MIMXRT1015

ADC: 12-bit Analog to Digital Converter Driver

void ADC_Init(ADC_Type *base, const adc_config_t *config)

Initialize the ADC module.

Parameters:

base – ADC peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to “adc_config_t” structure.

void ADC_Deinit(ADC_Type *base)

De-initializes the ADC module.

Parameters:

base – ADC peripheral base address.

void ADC_GetDefaultConfig(adc_config_t *config)

Gets an available pre-defined settings for the converter’s configuration.

This function initializes the converter configuration structure with available settings. The default values are:

config->enableAsynchronousClockOutput = true;
config->enableOverWrite =               false;
config->enableContinuousConversion =    false;
config->enableHighSpeed =               false;
config->enableLowPower =                false;
config->enableLongSample =              false;
config->referenceVoltageSource =        kADC_ReferenceVoltageSourceAlt0;
config->samplePeriodMode =              kADC_SamplePeriod2or12Clocks;
config->clockSource =                   kADC_ClockSourceAD;
config->clockDriver =                   kADC_ClockDriver1;
config->resolution =                    kADC_Resolution12Bit;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

void ADC_SetChannelConfig(ADC_Type *base, uint32_t channelGroup, const adc_channel_config_t *config)

Configures the conversion channel.

This operation triggers the conversion when in software trigger mode. When in hardware trigger mode, this API configures the channel while the external trigger source helps to trigger the conversion.

Note that the “Channel Group” has a detailed description. To allow sequential conversions of the ADC to be triggered by internal peripherals, the ADC has more than one group of status and control registers, one for each conversion. The channel group parameter indicates which group of registers are used, for example channel group 0 is for Group A registers and channel group 1 is for Group B registers. The channel groups are used in a “ping-pong” approach to control the ADC operation. At any point, only one of the channel groups is actively controlling ADC conversions. The channel group 0 is used for both software and hardware trigger modes. Channel groups 1 and greater indicate potentially multiple channel group registers for use only in hardware trigger mode. See the chip configuration information in the appropriate MCU reference manual about the number of SC1n registers (channel groups) specific to this device. None of the channel groups 1 or greater are used for software trigger operation. Therefore, writing to these channel groups does not initiate a new conversion. Updating the channel group 0 while a different channel group is actively controlling a conversion is allowed and vice versa. Writing any of the channel group registers while that specific channel group is actively controlling a conversion aborts the current conversion.

Parameters:

base – ADC peripheral base address.
channelGroup – Channel group index.
config – Pointer to the “adc_channel_config_t” structure for the conversion channel.

static inline uint32_t ADC_GetChannelConversionValue(ADC_Type *base, uint32_t channelGroup)

Gets the conversion value.

Parameters:

base – ADC peripheral base address.
channelGroup – Channel group index.

Returns:

Conversion value.

static inline uint32_t ADC_GetChannelStatusFlags(ADC_Type *base, uint32_t channelGroup)

Gets the status flags of channel.

A conversion is completed when the result of the conversion is transferred into the data result registers. (provided the compare function & hardware averaging is disabled), this is indicated by the setting of COCOn. If hardware averaging is enabled, COCOn sets only, if the last of the selected number of conversions is complete. If the compare function is enabled, COCOn sets and conversion result data is transferred only if the compare condition is true. If both hardware averaging and compare functions are enabled, then COCOn sets only if the last of the selected number of conversions is complete and the compare condition is true.

Parameters:

base – ADC peripheral base address.
channelGroup – Channel group index.

Returns:

Status flags of channel.return 0 means COCO flag is 0,return 1 means COCOflag is 1.

status_t ADC_DoAutoCalibration(ADC_Type *base)

Automates the hardware calibration.

This auto calibration helps to adjust the plus/minus side gain automatically. Execute the calibration before using the converter. Note that the software trigger should be used during calibration.

Parameters:

base – ADC peripheral base address.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Calibration is done successfully.
kStatus_Fail – Calibration has failed.

Returns:

Execution status.

void ADC_SetOffsetConfig(ADC_Type *base, const adc_offest_config_t *config)

Set user defined offset.

Parameters:

base – ADC peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to “adc_offest_config_t” structure.

static inline void ADC_EnableDMA(ADC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables generating the DMA trigger when the conversion is complete.

Parameters:

base – ADC peripheral base address.
enable – Switcher of the DMA feature. “true” means enabled, “false” means not enabled.

void ADC_SetHardwareCompareConfig(ADC_Type *base, const adc_hardware_compare_config_t *config)

Enables the hardware trigger mode.

Configures the hardware compare mode.

The hardware compare mode provides a way to process the conversion result automatically by using hardware. Only the result in the compare range is available. To compare the range, see “adc_hardware_compare_mode_t” or the appopriate reference manual for more information.

Parameters:

base – ADC peripheral base address.
enable – Switcher of the trigger mode. “true” means hardware tirgger mode,”false” means software mode.
base – ADC peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to “adc_hardware_compare_config_t” structure.

void ADC_SetHardwareAverageConfig(ADC_Type *base, adc_hardware_average_mode_t mode)

Configures the hardware average mode.

The hardware average mode provides a way to process the conversion result automatically by using hardware. The multiple conversion results are accumulated and averaged internally making them easier to read.

Parameters:

base – ADC peripheral base address.
mode – Setting the hardware average mode. See “adc_hardware_average_mode_t”.

static inline uint32_t ADC_GetStatusFlags(ADC_Type *base)

Gets the converter’s status flags.

Parameters:

base – ADC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Flags’ mask if indicated flags are asserted. See “adc_status_flags_t”.

void ADC_ClearStatusFlags(ADC_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the converter’s status falgs.

Parameters:

base – ADC peripheral base address.
mask – Mask value for the cleared flags. See “adc_status_flags_t”.

enum _adc_status_flags

Converter’s status flags.

Values:

enumerator kADC_ConversionActiveFlag: Conversion is active,not support w1c.

enumerator kADC_CalibrationFailedFlag: Calibration is failed,support w1c.

enumerator kADC_AsynchronousWakeupInterruptFlag: Asynchronous wakeup interrupt occurred, support w1c.

enum _adc_reference_voltage_source

Reference voltage source.

Values:

enumerator kADC_ReferenceVoltageSourceAlt0: For external pins pair of VrefH and VrefL.

enum _adc_sample_period_mode

Sample time duration.

Values:

enumerator kADC_SamplePeriod2or12Clocks: Long sample 12 clocks or short sample 2 clocks.

enumerator kADC_SamplePeriod4or16Clocks: Long sample 16 clocks or short sample 4 clocks.

enumerator kADC_SamplePeriod6or20Clocks: Long sample 20 clocks or short sample 6 clocks.

enumerator kADC_SamplePeriod8or24Clocks: Long sample 24 clocks or short sample 8 clocks.

enumerator kADC_SamplePeriodLong12Clcoks: Long sample 12 clocks.

enumerator kADC_SamplePeriodLong16Clcoks: Long sample 16 clocks.

enumerator kADC_SamplePeriodLong20Clcoks: Long sample 20 clocks.

enumerator kADC_SamplePeriodLong24Clcoks: Long sample 24 clocks.

enumerator kADC_SamplePeriodShort2Clocks: Short sample 2 clocks.

enumerator kADC_SamplePeriodShort4Clocks: Short sample 4 clocks.

enumerator kADC_SamplePeriodShort6Clocks: Short sample 6 clocks.

enumerator kADC_SamplePeriodShort8Clocks: Short sample 8 clocks.

enum _adc_clock_source

Clock source.

Values:

enumerator kADC_ClockSourceIPG: Select IPG clock to generate ADCK.

enumerator kADC_ClockSourceIPGDiv2: Select IPG clock divided by 2 to generate ADCK.

enumerator kADC_ClockSourceAD: Select Asynchronous clock to generate ADCK.

enum _adc_clock_drvier

Clock divider for the converter.

Values:

enumerator kADC_ClockDriver1: For divider 1 from the input clock to the module.

enumerator kADC_ClockDriver2: For divider 2 from the input clock to the module.

enumerator kADC_ClockDriver4: For divider 4 from the input clock to the module.

enumerator kADC_ClockDriver8: For divider 8 from the input clock to the module.

enum _adc_resolution

Converter’s resolution.

Values:

enumerator kADC_Resolution8Bit: Single End 8-bit resolution.

enumerator kADC_Resolution10Bit: Single End 10-bit resolution.

enumerator kADC_Resolution12Bit: Single End 12-bit resolution.

enum _adc_hardware_compare_mode

Converter hardware compare mode.

Values:

enumerator kADC_HardwareCompareMode0: Compare true if the result is less than the value1.

enumerator kADC_HardwareCompareMode1: Compare true if the result is greater than or equal to value1.

enumerator kADC_HardwareCompareMode2: Value1 <= Value2, compare true if the result is less than value1 Or the result is Greater than value2. Value1 > Value2, compare true if the result is less than value1 And the result is greater than value2

enumerator kADC_HardwareCompareMode3: Value1 <= Value2, compare true if the result is greater than or equal to value1 And the result is less than or equal to value2. Value1 > Value2, compare true if the result is greater than or equal to value1 Or the result is less than or equal to value2.

enum _adc_hardware_average_mode

Converter hardware average mode.

Values:

enumerator kADC_HardwareAverageCount4: For hardware average with 4 samples.

enumerator kADC_HardwareAverageCount8: For hardware average with 8 samples.

enumerator kADC_HardwareAverageCount16: For hardware average with 16 samples.

enumerator kADC_HardwareAverageCount32: For hardware average with 32 samples.

enumerator kADC_HardwareAverageDiasable: Disable the hardware average function.

typedef enum _adc_status_flags adc_status_flags_t: Converter’s status flags.

typedef enum _adc_reference_voltage_source adc_reference_voltage_source_t: Reference voltage source.

typedef enum _adc_sample_period_mode adc_sample_period_mode_t: Sample time duration.

typedef enum _adc_clock_source adc_clock_source_t: Clock source.

typedef enum _adc_clock_drvier adc_clock_driver_t: Clock divider for the converter.

typedef enum _adc_resolution adc_resolution_t: Converter’s resolution.

typedef enum _adc_hardware_compare_mode adc_hardware_compare_mode_t: Converter hardware compare mode.

typedef enum _adc_hardware_average_mode adc_hardware_average_mode_t: Converter hardware average mode.

typedef struct _adc_config adc_config_t: Converter configuration.

typedef struct _adc_offest_config adc_offest_config_t: Converter Offset configuration.

typedef struct _adc_hardware_compare_config adc_hardware_compare_config_t

ADC hardware compare configuration.

In kADC_HardwareCompareMode0, compare true if the result is less than the value1. In kADC_HardwareCompareMode1, compare true if the result is greater than or equal to value1. In kADC_HardwareCompareMode2, Value1 <= Value2, compare true if the result is less than value1 Or the result is Greater than value2. Value1 > Value2, compare true if the result is less than value1 And the result is Greater than value2. In kADC_HardwareCompareMode3, Value1 <= Value2, compare true if the result is greater than or equal to value1 And the result is less than or equal to value2. Value1 > Value2, compare true if the result is greater than or equal to value1 Or the result is less than or equal to value2.

typedef struct _adc_channel_config adc_channel_config_t: ADC channel conversion configuration.

FSL_ADC_DRIVER_VERSION

ADC driver version.

Version 2.0.4.

struct _adc_config

#include <fsl_adc.h>

Converter configuration.

Public Members

bool enableOverWrite: Enable the overwriting.

bool enableContinuousConversion: Enable the continuous conversion mode.

bool enableHighSpeed: Enable the high-speed mode.

bool enableLowPower: Enable the low power mode.

bool enableLongSample: Enable the long sample mode.

bool enableAsynchronousClockOutput: Enable the asynchronous clock output.

adc_reference_voltage_source_t referenceVoltageSource: Select the reference voltage source.

adc_sample_period_mode_t samplePeriodMode: Select the sample period in long sample mode or short mode.

adc_clock_source_t clockSource: Select the input clock source to generate the internal clock ADCK.

adc_clock_driver_t clockDriver: Select the divide ratio used by the ADC to generate the internal clock ADCK.

adc_resolution_t resolution: Select the ADC resolution mode.

struct _adc_offest_config

#include <fsl_adc.h>

Converter Offset configuration.

Public Members

bool enableSigned: if false,The offset value is added with the raw result. if true,The offset value is subtracted from the raw converted value.

uint32_t offsetValue: User configurable offset value(0-4095).

struct _adc_hardware_compare_config

#include <fsl_adc.h>

ADC hardware compare configuration.

In kADC_HardwareCompareMode0, compare true if the result is less than the value1. In kADC_HardwareCompareMode1, compare true if the result is greater than or equal to value1. In kADC_HardwareCompareMode2, Value1 <= Value2, compare true if the result is less than value1 Or the result is Greater than value2. Value1 > Value2, compare true if the result is less than value1 And the result is Greater than value2. In kADC_HardwareCompareMode3, Value1 <= Value2, compare true if the result is greater than or equal to value1 And the result is less than or equal to value2. Value1 > Value2, compare true if the result is greater than or equal to value1 Or the result is less than or equal to value2.

Public Members

adc_hardware_compare_mode_t hardwareCompareMode: Select the hardware compare mode. See “adc_hardware_compare_mode_t”.

uint16_t value1: Setting value1(0-4095) for hardware compare mode.

uint16_t value2: Setting value2(0-4095) for hardware compare mode.

struct _adc_channel_config

#include <fsl_adc.h>

ADC channel conversion configuration.

Public Members

uint32_t channelNumber: Setting the conversion channel number. The available range is 0-31. See channel connection information for each chip in Reference Manual document.

bool enableInterruptOnConversionCompleted: Generate an interrupt request once the conversion is completed.

ADC_ETC: ADC External Trigger Control

void ADC_ETC_Init(ADC_ETC_Type *base, const adc_etc_config_t *config)

Initialize the ADC_ETC module.

Parameters:

base – ADC_ETC peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to “adc_etc_config_t” structure.

void ADC_ETC_Deinit(ADC_ETC_Type *base)

De-Initialize the ADC_ETC module.

Parameters:

base – ADC_ETC peripheral base address.

void ADC_ETC_GetDefaultConfig(adc_etc_config_t *config)

Gets an available pre-defined settings for the ADC_ETC’s configuration. This function initializes the ADC_ETC’s configuration structure with available settings. The default values are:

config->enableTSCBypass = true;
config->enableTSC0Trigger = false;
config->enableTSC1Trigger = false;
config->TSC0triggerPriority = 0U;
config->TSC1triggerPriority = 0U;
config->clockPreDivider = 0U;
config->XBARtriggerMask = 0U;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to “adc_etc_config_t” structure.

void ADC_ETC_SetTriggerConfig(ADC_ETC_Type *base, uint32_t triggerGroup, const adc_etc_trigger_config_t *config)

Set the external XBAR trigger configuration.

Parameters:

base – ADC_ETC peripheral base address.
triggerGroup – Trigger group index.
config – Pointer to “adc_etc_trigger_config_t” structure.

void ADC_ETC_SetTriggerChainConfig(ADC_ETC_Type *base, uint32_t triggerGroup, uint32_t chainGroup, const adc_etc_trigger_chain_config_t *config)

Set the external XBAR trigger chain configuration. For example, if triggerGroup is set to 0U and chainGroup is set to 1U, which means Trigger0 source’s chain1 would be configurated.

Parameters:

base – ADC_ETC peripheral base address.
triggerGroup – Trigger group index. Available number is 0~7.
chainGroup – Trigger chain group index. Available number is 0~7.
config – Pointer to “adc_etc_trigger_chain_config_t” structure.

uint32_t ADC_ETC_GetInterruptStatusFlags(ADC_ETC_Type *base, adc_etc_external_trigger_source_t sourceIndex)

Gets the interrupt status flags of external XBAR and TSC triggers.

Parameters:

base – ADC_ETC peripheral base address.
sourceIndex – trigger source index.

Returns:

Status flags mask of trigger. Refer to “_adc_etc_status_flag_mask”.

void ADC_ETC_ClearInterruptStatusFlags(ADC_ETC_Type *base, adc_etc_external_trigger_source_t sourceIndex, uint32_t mask)

Clears the ADC_ETC’s interrupt status falgs.

Parameters:

base – ADC_ETC peripheral base address.
sourceIndex – trigger source index.
mask – Status flags mask of trigger. Refer to “_adc_etc_status_flag_mask”.

static inline void ADC_ETC_EnableDMA(ADC_ETC_Type *base, uint32_t triggerGroup)

Enable the DMA corresponding to each trigger source.

Parameters:

base – ADC_ETC peripheral base address.
triggerGroup – Trigger group index. Available number is 0~7.

static inline void ADC_ETC_DisableDMA(ADC_ETC_Type *base, uint32_t triggerGroup)

Disable the DMA corresponding to each trigger sources.

Parameters:

base – ADC_ETC peripheral base address.
triggerGroup – Trigger group index. Available number is 0~7.

static inline uint32_t ADC_ETC_GetDMAStatusFlags(ADC_ETC_Type *base)

Get the DMA request status falgs. Only external XBAR sources support DMA request.

Parameters:

base – ADC_ETC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Mask of external XBAR tirgger’s DMA request asserted flags. Available range is trigger0:0x01 to trigger7:0x80.

static inline void ADC_ETC_ClearDMAStatusFlags(ADC_ETC_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clear the DMA request status falgs. Only external XBAR sources support DMA request.

Parameters:

base – ADC_ETC peripheral base address.
mask – Mask of external XBAR tirgger’s DMA request asserted flags. Available range is trigger0:0x01 to trigger7:0x80.

static inline void ADC_ETC_DoSoftwareReset(ADC_ETC_Type *base, bool enable)

When enable, all logical will be reset.

Parameters:

base – ADC_ETC peripheral base address.
enable – Enable/Disable the software reset.

static inline void ADC_ETC_DoSoftwareTrigger(ADC_ETC_Type *base, uint32_t triggerGroup)

Do software trigger corresponding to each XBAR trigger sources. Each XBAR trigger sources can be configured as HW or SW trigger mode. In hardware trigger mode, trigger source is from XBAR. In software mode, trigger source is from software tigger. TSC trigger sources can only work in hardware trigger mode.

Parameters:

base – ADC_ETC peripheral base address.
triggerGroup – Trigger group index. Available number is 0~7.

static inline void ADC_ETC_DoSoftwareTriggerBlocking(ADC_ETC_Type *base, uint32_t triggerGroup)

Do software trigger corresponding to each XBAR trigger sources.

Note

This function provides a workaround implementation for ERR052412 by using blocking way to implement SW trigger.

Parameters:

base – ADC_ETC peripheral base address.
triggerGroup – Trigger group index. Available number is 0~7.

uint32_t ADC_ETC_GetADCConversionValue(ADC_ETC_Type *base, uint32_t triggerGroup, uint32_t chainGroup)

Get ADC conversion result from external XBAR sources. For example, if triggerGroup is set to 0U and chainGroup is set to 1U, which means the API would return Trigger0 source’s chain1 conversion result.

Parameters:

base – ADC_ETC peripheral base address.
triggerGroup – Trigger group index. Available number is 0~7.
chainGroup – Trigger chain group index. Available number is 0~7.

Returns:

ADC conversion result value.

enum _adc_etc_status_flag_mask

ADC_ETC customized status flags mask.

Values:

enumerator kADC_ETC_Done0StatusFlagMask

enumerator kADC_ETC_Done1StatusFlagMask

enumerator kADC_ETC_Done2StatusFlagMask

enumerator kADC_ETC_Done3StatusFlagMask

enumerator kADC_ETC_ErrorStatusFlagMask

enum _adc_etc_external_trigger_source

External triggers sources.

Values:

enumerator kADC_ETC_Trg0TriggerSource

enumerator kADC_ETC_Trg1TriggerSource

enumerator kADC_ETC_Trg2TriggerSource

enumerator kADC_ETC_Trg3TriggerSource

enumerator kADC_ETC_Trg4TriggerSource

enumerator kADC_ETC_Trg5TriggerSource

enumerator kADC_ETC_Trg6TriggerSource

enumerator kADC_ETC_Trg7TriggerSource

enumerator kADC_ETC_TSC0TriggerSource

enumerator kADC_ETC_TSC1TriggerSource

enum _adc_etc_interrupt_enable

Interrupt enable/disable mask.

Values:

enumerator kADC_ETC_Done0InterruptEnable

enumerator kADC_ETC_Done1InterruptEnable

enumerator kADC_ETC_Done2InterruptEnable

enumerator kADC_ETC_Done3InterruptEnable

enum _adc_etc_dma_mode_selection

DMA mode selection.

Values:

enumerator kADC_ETC_TrigDMAWithLatchedSignal

enumerator kADC_ETC_TrigDMAWithPulsedSignal

typedef enum _adc_etc_external_trigger_source adc_etc_external_trigger_source_t: External triggers sources.

typedef enum _adc_etc_interrupt_enable adc_etc_interrupt_enable_t: Interrupt enable/disable mask.

typedef enum _adc_etc_dma_mode_selection adc_etc_dma_mode_selection_t: DMA mode selection.

typedef struct _adc_etc_config adc_etc_config_t: ADC_ETC configuration.

typedef struct _adc_etc_trigger_chain_config adc_etc_trigger_chain_config_t: ADC_ETC trigger chain configuration.

typedef struct _adc_etc_trigger_config adc_etc_trigger_config_t: ADC_ETC trigger configuration.

FSL_ADC_ETC_DRIVER_VERSION

ADC_ETC driver version.

Version 2.3.0.

ADC_ETC_DMA_CTRL_TRGn_REQ_MASK: The mask of status flags cleared by writing 1.

struct _adc_etc_config: #include <fsl_adc_etc.h>

ADC_ETC configuration.

struct _adc_etc_trigger_chain_config: #include <fsl_adc_etc.h>

ADC_ETC trigger chain configuration.

struct _adc_etc_trigger_config: #include <fsl_adc_etc.h>

ADC_ETC trigger configuration.

AIPSTZ: AHB to IP Bridge

void AIPSTZ_SetMasterPriviledgeLevel(AIPSTZ_Type *base, aipstz_master_t master, uint32_t privilegeConfig)

Configure the privilege level for master.

Parameters:

base – AIPSTZ peripheral base pointer
master – Masters for AIPSTZ.
privilegeConfig – Configuration is ORed from aipstz_master_privilege_level_t.

void AIPSTZ_SetPeripheralAccessControl(AIPSTZ_Type *base, aipstz_peripheral_t peripheral, uint32_t accessControl)

Configure the access for peripheral.

Parameters:

base – AIPSTZ peripheral base pointer
peripheral – Peripheral for AIPSTZ.
accessControl – Configuration is ORed from aipstz_peripheral_access_control_t.

FSL_AIPSTZ_DRIVER_VERSION: Version 2.0.1

enum _aipstz_master_privilege_level

List of AIPSTZ privilege configuration.

Values:

enumerator kAIPSTZ_MasterBufferedWriteEnable: Write accesses from this master are allowed to be buffered.

enumerator kAIPSTZ_MasterTrustedForReadEnable: This master is trusted for read accesses.

enumerator kAIPSTZ_MasterTrustedForWriteEnable: This master is trusted for write accesses.

enumerator kAIPSTZ_MasterForceUserModeEnable: Accesses from this master are forced to user-mode.

enum _aipstz_master

List of AIPSTZ masters. Organized by width for the 8-15 bits and shift for lower 8 bits.

Values:

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Master0

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Master1

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Master2

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Master3

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Master5

enum _aipstz_peripheral_access_control

List of AIPSTZ peripheral access control configuration.

Values:

enumerator kAIPSTZ_PeripheralAllowUntrustedMaster

enumerator kAIPSTZ_PeripheralWriteProtected

enumerator kAIPSTZ_PeripheralRequireSupervisor

enumerator kAIPSTZ_PeripheralAllowBufferedWrite

enum _aipstz_peripheral

List of AIPSTZ peripherals. Organized by register offset for higher 32 bits, width for the 8-15 bits and shift for lower 8 bits.

Values:

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral0

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral1

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral2

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral3

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral4

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral5

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral6

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral7

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral8

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral9

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral10

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral11

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral12

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral13

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral14

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral15

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral16

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral17

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral18

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral19

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral20

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral21

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral22

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral23

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral24

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral25

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral26

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral27

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral28

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral29

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral30

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral31

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral32

enumerator kAIPSTZ_Peripheral33

typedef enum _aipstz_master_privilege_level aipstz_master_privilege_level_t: List of AIPSTZ privilege configuration.

typedef enum _aipstz_master aipstz_master_t: List of AIPSTZ masters. Organized by width for the 8-15 bits and shift for lower 8 bits.

typedef enum _aipstz_peripheral_access_control aipstz_peripheral_access_control_t: List of AIPSTZ peripheral access control configuration.

typedef enum _aipstz_peripheral aipstz_peripheral_t: List of AIPSTZ peripherals. Organized by register offset for higher 32 bits, width for the 8-15 bits and shift for lower 8 bits.

AOI: Crossbar AND/OR/INVERT Driver

void AOI_Init(AOI_Type *base)

Initializes an AOI instance for operation.

This function un-gates the AOI clock.

Parameters:

base – AOI peripheral address.

void AOI_Deinit(AOI_Type *base)

Deinitializes an AOI instance for operation.

This function shutdowns AOI module.

Parameters:

base – AOI peripheral address.

void AOI_GetEventLogicConfig(AOI_Type *base, aoi_event_t event, aoi_event_config_t *config)

Gets the Boolean evaluation associated.

This function returns the Boolean evaluation associated.

Example:

aoi_event_config_t demoEventLogicStruct;

AOI_GetEventLogicConfig(AOI, kAOI_Event0, &demoEventLogicStruct);

Parameters:

base – AOI peripheral address.
event – Index of the event which will be set of type aoi_event_t.
config – Selected input configuration .

void AOI_SetEventLogicConfig(AOI_Type *base, aoi_event_t event, const aoi_event_config_t *eventConfig)

Configures an AOI event.

This function configures an AOI event according to the aoiEventConfig structure. This function configures all inputs (A, B, C, and D) of all product terms (0, 1, 2, and 3) of a desired event.

Example:

aoi_event_config_t demoEventLogicStruct;

demoEventLogicStruct.PT0AC = kAOI_InvInputSignal;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT0BC = kAOI_InputSignal;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT0CC = kAOI_LogicOne;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT0DC = kAOI_LogicOne;

demoEventLogicStruct.PT1AC = kAOI_LogicZero;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT1BC = kAOI_LogicOne;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT1CC = kAOI_LogicOne;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT1DC = kAOI_LogicOne;

demoEventLogicStruct.PT2AC = kAOI_LogicZero;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT2BC = kAOI_LogicOne;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT2CC = kAOI_LogicOne;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT2DC = kAOI_LogicOne;

demoEventLogicStruct.PT3AC = kAOI_LogicZero;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT3BC = kAOI_LogicOne;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT3CC = kAOI_LogicOne;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT3DC = kAOI_LogicOne;

AOI_SetEventLogicConfig(AOI, kAOI_Event0, demoEventLogicStruct);

Parameters:

base – AOI peripheral address.
event – Event which will be configured of type aoi_event_t.
eventConfig – Pointer to type aoi_event_config_t structure. The user is responsible for filling out the members of this structure and passing the pointer to this function.

FSL_AOI_DRIVER_VERSION: Version 2.0.2.

enum _aoi_input_config

AOI input configurations.

The selection item represents the Boolean evaluations.

Values:

enumerator kAOI_LogicZero: Forces the input to logical zero.

enumerator kAOI_InputSignal: Passes the input signal.

enumerator kAOI_InvInputSignal: Inverts the input signal.

enumerator kAOI_LogicOne: Forces the input to logical one.

enum _aoi_event

AOI event indexes, where an event is the collection of the four product terms (0, 1, 2, and 3) and the four signal inputs (A, B, C, and D).

Values:

enumerator kAOI_Event0: Event 0 index

enumerator kAOI_Event1: Event 1 index

enumerator kAOI_Event2: Event 2 index

enumerator kAOI_Event3: Event 3 index

typedef enum _aoi_input_config aoi_input_config_t

AOI input configurations.

The selection item represents the Boolean evaluations.

typedef enum _aoi_event aoi_event_t: AOI event indexes, where an event is the collection of the four product terms (0, 1, 2, and 3) and the four signal inputs (A, B, C, and D).

typedef struct _aoi_event_config aoi_event_config_t

AOI event configuration structure.

Defines structure _aoi_event_config and use the AOI_SetEventLogicConfig() function to make whole event configuration.

AOI: AOI peripheral address

struct _aoi_event_config

#include <fsl_aoi.h>

AOI event configuration structure.

Defines structure _aoi_event_config and use the AOI_SetEventLogicConfig() function to make whole event configuration.

Public Members

aoi_input_config_t PT0AC: Product term 0 input A

aoi_input_config_t PT0BC: Product term 0 input B

aoi_input_config_t PT0CC: Product term 0 input C

aoi_input_config_t PT0DC: Product term 0 input D

aoi_input_config_t PT1AC: Product term 1 input A

aoi_input_config_t PT1BC: Product term 1 input B

aoi_input_config_t PT1CC: Product term 1 input C

aoi_input_config_t PT1DC: Product term 1 input D

aoi_input_config_t PT2AC: Product term 2 input A

aoi_input_config_t PT2BC: Product term 2 input B

aoi_input_config_t PT2CC: Product term 2 input C

aoi_input_config_t PT2DC: Product term 2 input D

aoi_input_config_t PT3AC: Product term 3 input A

aoi_input_config_t PT3BC: Product term 3 input B

aoi_input_config_t PT3CC: Product term 3 input C

aoi_input_config_t PT3DC: Product term 3 input D

BEE: Bus Encryption Engine

FSL_BEE_DRIVER_VERSION

BEE driver version. Version 2.0.2.

Current version: 2.0.2

Change log:

2.0.2
- Bug Fixes
  - Fixed MISRA issue.
2.0.1
- Bug Fixes
  - Fixed bug in key user key loading sequence. BEE must be enabled during loading of user key.
  - Fixed typos in comments.
- New Features
  - Added configuration setting for endian swap, access permission and region security level.
- Improvements
  - Setting of AES nonce was moved from BEE_SetRegionKey() into separate BEE_SetRegionNonce() function.
    - Changed handling of region settings. Both regions are configured simultaneously by BEE_SetConfig() function. Configuration of FAC start and end address using IOMUXC_GPRs was moved to application.
  - Default value for region address offset was changed to 0.
2.0.0
- Initial version

enum _bee_aes_mode

BEE aes mode.

Values:

enumerator kBEE_AesEcbMode: AES ECB Mode

enumerator kBEE_AesCtrMode: AES CTR Mode

enum _bee_region

BEE region.

Values:

enumerator kBEE_Region0: BEE region 0

enumerator kBEE_Region1: BEE region 1

enum _bee_ac_prot_enable

BEE ac prot enable.

Values:

enumerator kBEE_AccessProtDisabled: BEE access permission control disabled

enumerator kBEE_AccessProtEnabled: BEE access permission control enabled

enum _bee_endian_swap_enable

BEE endian swap enable.

Values:

enumerator kBEE_EndianSwapDisabled: BEE endian swap disabled

enumerator kBEE_EndianSwapEnabled: BEE endian swap enabled

enum _bee_security_level

BEE security level.

Values:

enumerator kBEE_SecurityLevel0: BEE security level 0

enumerator kBEE_SecurityLevel1: BEE security level 1

enumerator kBEE_SecurityLevel2: BEE security level 2

enumerator kBEE_SecurityLevel3: BEE security level 3

enum _bee_status_flags

BEE status flags.

Values:

enumerator kBEE_DisableAbortFlag: Disable abort flag.

enumerator kBEE_Reg0ReadSecViolation: Region-0 read channel security violation

enumerator kBEE_ReadIllegalAccess: Read channel illegal access detected

enumerator kBEE_Reg1ReadSecViolation: Region-1 read channel security violation

enumerator kBEE_Reg0AccessViolation: Protected region-0 access violation

enumerator kBEE_Reg1AccessViolation: Protected region-1 access violation

enumerator kBEE_IdleFlag: Idle flag

typedef enum _bee_aes_mode bee_aes_mode_t: BEE aes mode.

typedef enum _bee_region bee_region_t: BEE region.

typedef enum _bee_ac_prot_enable bee_ac_prot_enable: BEE ac prot enable.

typedef enum _bee_endian_swap_enable bee_endian_swap_enable: BEE endian swap enable.

typedef enum _bee_security_level bee_security_level: BEE security level.

typedef enum _bee_status_flags bee_status_flags_t: BEE status flags.

typedef struct _bee_region_config bee_region_config_t: BEE region configuration structure.

void BEE_Init(BEE_Type *base)

Resets BEE module to factory default values.

This function performs hardware reset of BEE module. Attributes and keys from software for both regions are cleared.

Parameters:

base – BEE peripheral address.

void BEE_Deinit(BEE_Type *base)

Resets BEE module, clears keys for both regions and disables clock to the BEE.

This function performs hardware reset of BEE module and disables clocks. Attributes and keys from software for both regions are cleared.

Parameters:

base – BEE peripheral address.

static inline void BEE_Enable(BEE_Type *base)

Enables BEE decryption.

This function enables decryption using BEE.

Parameters:

base – BEE peripheral address.

static inline void BEE_Disable(BEE_Type *base)

Disables BEE decryption.

This function disables decryption using BEE.

Parameters:

base – BEE peripheral address.

void BEE_GetDefaultConfig(bee_region_config_t *config)

Loads default values to the BEE region configuration structure.

Loads default values to the BEE region configuration structure. The default values are as follows:

config->region0Mode = kBEE_AesCtrMode;
config->region1Mode = kBEE_AesCtrMode;
config->region0AddrOffset = 0U;
config->region1AddrOffset = 0U;
config->region0SecLevel = kBEE_SecurityLevel3;
config->region1SecLevel = kBEE_SecurityLevel3;
config->region1Bot = 0U;
config->region1Top = 0U;
config->accessPermission = kBEE_AccessProtDisabled;
config->endianSwapEn = kBEE_EndianSwapEnabled;

Parameters:

config – Configuration structure for BEE peripheral.

void BEE_SetConfig(BEE_Type *base, const bee_region_config_t *config)

Sets BEE configuration.

This function sets BEE peripheral and BEE region settings accorging to given configuration structure.

Parameters:

base – BEE peripheral address.
config – Configuration structure for BEE.

status_t BEE_SetRegionKey(BEE_Type *base, bee_region_t region, const uint8_t *key, size_t keySize)

Loads the AES key for selected region into BEE key registers.

This function loads given AES key to BEE register for the given region. The key must be 32-bit aligned and stored in little-endian format.

Please note, that eFuse BEE_KEYx_SEL must be set accordingly to be able to load and use key loaded in BEE registers. Otherwise, key cannot loaded and BEE will use key from OTPMK or SW_GP2.

Parameters:

base – BEE peripheral address.
region – Selection of the BEE region to be configured.
key – AES key (in little-endian format).
keySize – Size of AES key.

status_t BEE_SetRegionNonce(BEE_Type *base, bee_region_t region, const uint8_t *nonce, size_t nonceSize)

Loads the nonce for selected region into BEE nonce registers.

This function loads given nonce(only AES CTR mode) to BEE register for the given region. The nonce must be 32-bit aligned and stored in little-endian format.

Parameters:

base – BEE peripheral address.
region – Selection of the BEE region to be configured.
nonce – AES nonce (in little-endian format).
nonceSize – Size of AES nonce.

uint32_t BEE_GetStatusFlags(BEE_Type *base)

Gets the BEE status flags.

This function returns status of BEE peripheral.

Parameters:

base – BEE peripheral address.

Returns:

The status flags. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration bee_status_flags_t

void BEE_ClearStatusFlags(BEE_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the BEE status flags.

Parameters:

base – BEE peripheral base address.
mask – The status flags to clear. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration bee_status_flags_t

struct _bee_region_config

#include <fsl_bee.h>

BEE region configuration structure.

Public Members

bee_aes_mode_t region0Mode: AES mode used for encryption/decryption for region 0

bee_aes_mode_t region1Mode: AES mode used for encryption/decryption for region 1

uint32_t region0AddrOffset: Region 0 address offset

uint32_t region1AddrOffset: Region 1 address offset

bee_security_level region0SecLevel: Region 0 security level

bee_security_level region1SecLevel: Region 1 security level

uint32_t region1Bot: Region 1 bottom address

uint32_t region1Top: Region 1 top address

bee_ac_prot_enable accessPermission: Access permission control enable/disable

bee_endian_swap_enable endianSwapEn: Endian swap enable/disable

CACHE: ARMV7-M7 CACHE Memory Controller

static inline void L1CACHE_EnableICache(void): Enables cortex-m7 L1 instruction cache.

static inline void L1CACHE_DisableICache(void): Disables cortex-m7 L1 instruction cache.

static inline void L1CACHE_InvalidateICache(void): Invalidate cortex-m7 L1 instruction cache.

void L1CACHE_InvalidateICacheByRange(uint32_t address, uint32_t size_byte)

Invalidate cortex-m7 L1 instruction cache by range.

Note

The start address and size_byte should be 32-byte(FSL_FEATURE_L1ICACHE_LINESIZE_BYTE) aligned. The startAddr here will be forced to align to L1 I-cache line size if startAddr is not aligned. For the size_byte, application should make sure the alignment or make sure the right operation order if the size_byte is not aligned.

Parameters:

address – The start address of the memory to be invalidated.
size_byte – The memory size.

static inline void L1CACHE_EnableDCache(void): Enables cortex-m7 L1 data cache.

static inline void L1CACHE_DisableDCache(void): Disables cortex-m7 L1 data cache.

static inline void L1CACHE_InvalidateDCache(void): Invalidates cortex-m7 L1 data cache.

static inline void L1CACHE_CleanDCache(void): Cleans cortex-m7 L1 data cache.

static inline void L1CACHE_CleanInvalidateDCache(void): Cleans and Invalidates cortex-m7 L1 data cache.

static inline void L1CACHE_InvalidateDCacheByRange(uint32_t address, uint32_t size_byte)

Invalidates cortex-m7 L1 data cache by range.

Note

The start address and size_byte should be 32-byte(FSL_FEATURE_L1DCACHE_LINESIZE_BYTE) aligned. The startAddr here will be forced to align to L1 D-cache line size if startAddr is not aligned. For the size_byte, application should make sure the alignment or make sure the right operation order if the size_byte is not aligned.

Parameters:

address – The start address of the memory to be invalidated.
size_byte – The memory size.

static inline void L1CACHE_CleanDCacheByRange(uint32_t address, uint32_t size_byte)

Cleans cortex-m7 L1 data cache by range.

Note

The start address and size_byte should be 32-byte(FSL_FEATURE_L1DCACHE_LINESIZE_BYTE) aligned. The startAddr here will be forced to align to L1 D-cache line size if startAddr is not aligned. For the size_byte, application should make sure the alignment or make sure the right operation order if the size_byte is not aligned.

Parameters:

address – The start address of the memory to be cleaned.
size_byte – The memory size.

static inline void L1CACHE_CleanInvalidateDCacheByRange(uint32_t address, uint32_t size_byte)

Cleans and Invalidates cortex-m7 L1 data cache by range.

Note

The start address and size_byte should be 32-byte(FSL_FEATURE_L1DCACHE_LINESIZE_BYTE) aligned. The startAddr here will be forced to align to L1 D-cache line size if startAddr is not aligned. For the size_byte, application should make sure the alignment or make sure the right operation order if the size_byte is not aligned.

Parameters:

address – The start address of the memory to be clean and invalidated.
size_byte – The memory size.

void ICACHE_InvalidateByRange(uint32_t address, uint32_t size_byte)

Invalidates all instruction caches by range.

Both cortex-m7 L1 cache line and L2 PL310 cache line length is 32-byte.

Note

address and size should be aligned to cache line size 32-Byte due to the cache operation unit is one cache line. The startAddr here will be forced to align to the cache line size if startAddr is not aligned. For the size_byte, application should make sure the alignment or make sure the right operation order if the size_byte is not aligned.

Parameters:

address – The physical address.
size_byte – size of the memory to be invalidated.

void DCACHE_InvalidateByRange(uint32_t address, uint32_t size_byte)

Invalidates all data caches by range.

Both cortex-m7 L1 cache line and L2 PL310 cache line length is 32-byte.

Note

address and size should be aligned to cache line size 32-Byte due to the cache operation unit is one cache line. The startAddr here will be forced to align to the cache line size if startAddr is not aligned. For the size_byte, application should make sure the alignment or make sure the right operation order if the size_byte is not aligned.

Parameters:

address – The physical address.
size_byte – size of the memory to be invalidated.

void DCACHE_CleanByRange(uint32_t address, uint32_t size_byte)

Cleans all data caches by range.

Both cortex-m7 L1 cache line and L2 PL310 cache line length is 32-byte.

Note

address and size should be aligned to cache line size 32-Byte due to the cache operation unit is one cache line. The startAddr here will be forced to align to the cache line size if startAddr is not aligned. For the size_byte, application should make sure the alignment or make sure the right operation order if the size_byte is not aligned.

Parameters:

address – The physical address.
size_byte – size of the memory to be cleaned.

void DCACHE_CleanInvalidateByRange(uint32_t address, uint32_t size_byte)

Cleans and Invalidates all data caches by range.

Both cortex-m7 L1 cache line and L2 PL310 cache line length is 32-byte.

Note

address and size should be aligned to cache line size 32-Byte due to the cache operation unit is one cache line. The startAddr here will be forced to align to the cache line size if startAddr is not aligned. For the size_byte, application should make sure the alignment or make sure the right operation order if the size_byte is not aligned.

Parameters:

address – The physical address.
size_byte – size of the memory to be cleaned and invalidated.

FSL_CACHE_DRIVER_VERSION: cache driver version 2.0.4.

Clock Driver

enum _clock_name

Clock name used to get clock frequency.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_CpuClk: CPU clock

enumerator kCLOCK_AhbClk: AHB clock

enumerator kCLOCK_SemcClk: SEMC clock

enumerator kCLOCK_IpgClk: IPG clock

enumerator kCLOCK_PerClk: PER clock

enumerator kCLOCK_OscClk: OSC clock selected by PMU_LOWPWR_CTRL[OSC_SEL].

enumerator kCLOCK_RtcClk: RTC clock. (RTCCLK)

enumerator kCLOCK_Usb1PllClk: USB1PLLCLK.

enumerator kCLOCK_Usb1PllPfd0Clk: USB1PLLPDF0CLK.

enumerator kCLOCK_Usb1PllPfd1Clk: USB1PLLPFD1CLK.

enumerator kCLOCK_Usb1PllPfd2Clk: USB1PLLPFD2CLK.

enumerator kCLOCK_Usb1PllPfd3Clk: USB1PLLPFD3CLK.

enumerator kCLOCK_Usb1SwClk: USB1PLLSWCLK

enumerator kCLOCK_Usb1Sw60MClk: USB1PLLSw60MCLK

enumerator kCLOCK_Usb1Sw80MClk: USB1PLLSw80MCLK

enumerator kCLOCK_SysPllClk: SYSPLLCLK.

enumerator kCLOCK_SysPllPfd0Clk: SYSPLLPDF0CLK.

enumerator kCLOCK_SysPllPfd1Clk: SYSPLLPFD1CLK.

enumerator kCLOCK_SysPllPfd2Clk: SYSPLLPFD2CLK.

enumerator kCLOCK_SysPllPfd3Clk: SYSPLLPFD3CLK.

enumerator kCLOCK_EnetPllClk: Enet PLLCLK ref_enetpll.

enumerator kCLOCK_EnetPll25MClk: Enet PLLCLK ref_enetpll25M.

enumerator kCLOCK_EnetPll500MClk: Enet PLLCLK ref_enetpll500M.

enumerator kCLOCK_AudioPllClk: Audio PLLCLK.

enumerator kCLOCK_NoneName: None Clock Name.

enum _clock_ip_name

CCM CCGR gate control for each module independently.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_IpInvalid

enumerator kCLOCK_Aips_tz1: CCGR0, CG0

enumerator kCLOCK_Aips_tz2: CCGR0, CG1

enumerator kCLOCK_Mqs: CCGR0, CG2

enumerator kCLOCK_Sim_m_clk_r: CCGR0, CG4

enumerator kCLOCK_Dcp: CCGR0, CG5

enumerator kCLOCK_Lpuart3: CCGR0, CG6

enumerator kCLOCK_Trace: CCGR0, CG11

enumerator kCLOCK_Gpt2: CCGR0, CG12

enumerator kCLOCK_Gpt2S: CCGR0, CG13

enumerator kCLOCK_Lpuart2: CCGR0, CG14

enumerator kCLOCK_Gpio2: CCGR0, CG15

enumerator kCLOCK_Lpspi1: CCGR1, CG0

enumerator kCLOCK_Lpspi2: CCGR1, CG1

enumerator kCLOCK_Pit: CCGR1, CG6

enumerator kCLOCK_Adc1: CCGR1, CG8

enumerator kCLOCK_Gpt1: CCGR1, CG10

enumerator kCLOCK_Gpt1S: CCGR1, CG11

enumerator kCLOCK_Lpuart4: CCGR1, CG12

enumerator kCLOCK_Gpio1: CCGR1, CG13

enumerator kCLOCK_Csu: CCGR1, CG14

enumerator kCLOCK_Gpio5: CCGR1, CG15

enumerator kCLOCK_OcramExsc: CCGR2, CG0

enumerator kCLOCK_IomuxcSnvs: CCGR2, CG2

enumerator kCLOCK_Lpi2c1: CCGR2, CG3

enumerator kCLOCK_Lpi2c2: CCGR2, CG4

enumerator kCLOCK_Ocotp: CCGR2, CG6

enumerator kCLOCK_Xbar1: CCGR2, CG11

enumerator kCLOCK_Xbar2: CCGR2, CG12

enumerator kCLOCK_Gpio3: CCGR2, CG13

enumerator kCLOCK_Aoi: CCGR3, CG4

enumerator kCLOCK_Ewm0: CCGR3, CG7

enumerator kCLOCK_Wdog1: CCGR3, CG8

enumerator kCLOCK_FlexRam: CCGR3, CG9

enumerator kCLOCK_IomuxcSnvsGpr: CCGR3, CG15

enumerator kCLOCK_Sim_m7_clk_r: CCGR4, CG0

enumerator kCLOCK_Iomuxc: CCGR4, CG1

enumerator kCLOCK_IomuxcGpr: CCGR4, CG2

enumerator kCLOCK_Bee: CCGR4, CG3

enumerator kCLOCK_SimM7: CCGR4, CG4

enumerator kCLOCK_SimM: CCGR4, CG6

enumerator kCLOCK_SimEms: CCGR4, CG7

enumerator kCLOCK_Pwm1: CCGR4, CG8

enumerator kCLOCK_Enc1: CCGR4, CG12

enumerator kCLOCK_Rom: CCGR5, CG0

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio1: CCGR5, CG1

enumerator kCLOCK_Wdog3: CCGR5, CG2

enumerator kCLOCK_Dma: CCGR5, CG3

enumerator kCLOCK_Kpp: CCGR5, CG4

enumerator kCLOCK_Wdog2: CCGR5, CG5

enumerator kCLOCK_Aips_tz4: CCGR5, CG6

enumerator kCLOCK_Spdif: CCGR5, CG7

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai1: CCGR5, CG9

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai2: CCGR5, CG10

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai3: CCGR5, CG11

enumerator kCLOCK_Lpuart1: CCGR5, CG12

enumerator kCLOCK_SnvsHp: CCGR5, CG14

enumerator kCLOCK_SnvsLp: CCGR5, CG15

enumerator kCLOCK_UsbOh3: CCGR6, CG0

enumerator kCLOCK_Dcdc: CCGR6, CG3

enumerator kCLOCK_FlexSpi: CCGR6, CG5

enumerator kCLOCK_Trng: CCGR6, CG6

enumerator kCLOCK_Aips_tz3: CCGR6, CG9

enumerator kCLOCK_SimPer: CCGR6, CG10

enumerator kCLOCK_Anadig: CCGR6, CG11

enumerator kCLOCK_Timer1: CCGR6, CG13

enum _clock_osc

OSC 24M sorce select.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_RcOsc: On chip OSC.

enumerator kCLOCK_XtalOsc: 24M Xtal OSC

enum _clock_gate_value

Clock gate value.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_ClockNotNeeded: Clock is off during all modes.

enumerator kCLOCK_ClockNeededRun: Clock is on in run mode, but off in WAIT and STOP modes

enumerator kCLOCK_ClockNeededRunWait: Clock is on during all modes, except STOP mode

enum _clock_mode_t

System clock mode.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_ModeRun: Remain in run mode.

enumerator kCLOCK_ModeWait: Transfer to wait mode.

enumerator kCLOCK_ModeStop: Transfer to stop mode.

enum _clock_mux

MUX control names for clock mux setting.

These constants define the mux control names for clock mux setting.

0:7: REG offset to CCM_BASE in bytes.
8:15: Root clock setting bit field shift.
16:31: Root clock setting bit field width.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_Pll3SwMux: pll3_sw_clk mux name

enumerator kCLOCK_PeriphMux: periph mux name

enumerator kCLOCK_SemcAltMux: semc mux name

enumerator kCLOCK_SemcMux: semc mux name

enumerator kCLOCK_PrePeriphMux: pre-periph mux name

enumerator kCLOCK_TraceMux: trace mux name

enumerator kCLOCK_PeriphClk2Mux: periph clock2 mux name

enumerator kCLOCK_LpspiMux: lpspi mux name

enumerator kCLOCK_FlexspiMux: flexspi mux name

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai3Mux: sai3 mux name

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai2Mux: sai2 mux name

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai1Mux: sai1 mux name

enumerator kCLOCK_PerclkMux: perclk mux name

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio1Mux: flexio1 mux name

enumerator kCLOCK_UartMux: uart mux name

enumerator kCLOCK_SpdifMux: spdif mux name

enumerator kCLOCK_Lpi2cMux: lpi2c mux name

enum _clock_div

DIV control names for clock div setting.

These constants define div control names for clock div setting.

0:7: REG offset to CCM_BASE in bytes.
8:15: Root clock setting bit field shift.
16:31: Root clock setting bit field width.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_ArmDiv: core div name

enumerator kCLOCK_PeriphClk2Div: periph clock2 div name

enumerator kCLOCK_SemcDiv: semc div name

enumerator kCLOCK_AhbDiv: ahb div name

enumerator kCLOCK_IpgDiv: ipg div name

enumerator kCLOCK_LpspiDiv: lpspi div name

enumerator kCLOCK_FlexspiDiv: flexspi div name

enumerator kCLOCK_PerclkDiv: perclk div name

enumerator kCLOCK_TraceDiv: trace div name

enumerator kCLOCK_UartDiv: uart div name

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio1Div: flexio1 pre div name

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai3PreDiv: sai3 pre div name

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai3Div: sai3 div name

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio1PreDiv: flexio1 pre div name

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai1PreDiv: sai1 pre div name

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai1Div: sai1 div name

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai2PreDiv: sai2 pre div name

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai2Div: sai2 div name

enumerator kCLOCK_Spdif0PreDiv: spdif pre div name

enumerator kCLOCK_Spdif0Div: spdif div name

enumerator kCLOCK_Lpi2cDiv: lpi2c div name

enumerator kCLOCK_NonePreDiv: None Pre div.

enum _clock_div_value

Clock divider value.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_ArmDivBy1: ARM clock divider set to divided by 1.

enumerator kCLOCK_ArmDivBy2: ARM clock divider set to divided by 2.

enumerator kCLOCK_ArmDivBy3: ARM clock divider set to divided by 3.

enumerator kCLOCK_ArmDivBy4: ARM clock divider set to divided by 4.

enumerator kCLOCK_ArmDivBy5: ARM clock divider set to divided by 5.

enumerator kCLOCK_ArmDivBy6: ARM clock divider set to divided by 6.

enumerator kCLOCK_ArmDivBy7: ARM clock divider set to divided by 7.

enumerator kCLOCK_ArmDivBy8: ARM clock divider set to divided by 8.

enumerator kCLOCK_PeriphClk2DivBy1: periph clock2 divider set to divided by 1.

enumerator kCLOCK_PeriphClk2DivBy2: periph clock2 divider set to divided by 2.

enumerator kCLOCK_PeriphClk2DivBy3: periph clock2 divider set to divided by 3.

enumerator kCLOCK_PeriphClk2DivBy4: periph clock2 divider set to divided by 4.

enumerator kCLOCK_PeriphClk2DivBy5: periph clock2 divider set to divided by 5.

enumerator kCLOCK_PeriphClk2DivBy6: periph clock2 divider set to divided by 6.

enumerator kCLOCK_PeriphClk2DivBy7: periph clock2 divider set to divided by 7.

enumerator kCLOCK_PeriphClk2DivBy8: periph clock2 divider set to divided by 8.

enumerator kCLOCK_SemcDivBy1: semc clock divider set to divided by 1.

enumerator kCLOCK_SemcDivBy2: semc clock divider set to divided by 2.

enumerator kCLOCK_SemcDivBy3: semc clock divider set to divided by 3.

enumerator kCLOCK_SemcDivBy4: semc clock divider set to divided by 4.

enumerator kCLOCK_SemcDivBy5: semc clock divider set to divided by 5.

enumerator kCLOCK_SemcDivBy6: semc clock divider set to divided by 6.

enumerator kCLOCK_SemcDivBy7: semc clock divider set to divided by 7.

enumerator kCLOCK_SemcDivBy8: semc clock divider set to divided by 8.

enumerator kCLOCK_AhbDivBy1: Ahb clock divider set to divided by 1.

enumerator kCLOCK_AhbDivBy2: Ahb clock divider set to divided by 2.

enumerator kCLOCK_AhbDivBy3: Ahb clock divider set to divided by 3.

enumerator kCLOCK_AhbDivBy4: Ahb clock divider set to divided by 4.

enumerator kCLOCK_AhbDivBy5: Ahb clock divider set to divided by 5.

enumerator kCLOCK_AhbDivBy6: Ahb clock divider set to divided by 6.

enumerator kCLOCK_AhbDivBy7: Ahb clock divider set to divided by 7.

enumerator kCLOCK_AhbDivBy8: Ahb clock divider set to divided by 8.

enumerator kCLOCK_IpgDivBy1: ipg clock divider set to divided by 1.

enumerator kCLOCK_IpgDivBy2: ipg clock divider set to divided by 2.

enumerator kCLOCK_IpgDivBy3: ipg clock divider set to divided by 3.

enumerator kCLOCK_IpgDivBy4: ipg clock divider set to divided by 4.

enumerator kCLOCK_LpspiDivBy1: lpspi clock divider set to divided by 1.

enumerator kCLOCK_LpspiDivBy2: lpspi clock divider set to divided by 2.

enumerator kCLOCK_LpspiDivBy3: lpspi clock divider set to divided by 3.

enumerator kCLOCK_LpspiDivBy4: lpspi clock divider set to divided by 4.

enumerator kCLOCK_LpspiDivBy5: lpspi clock divider set to divided by 5.

enumerator kCLOCK_LpspiDivBy6: lpspi clock divider set to divided by 6.

enumerator kCLOCK_LpspiDivBy7: lpspi clock divider set to divided by 7.

enumerator kCLOCK_LpspiDivBy8: lpspi clock divider set to divided by 8.

enumerator kCLOCK_FlexspiDivBy1: flexspi clock divider set to divided by 1.

enumerator kCLOCK_FlexspiDivBy2: flexspi clock divider set to divided by 2.

enumerator kCLOCK_FlexspiDivBy3: flexspi clock divider set to divided by 3.

enumerator kCLOCK_FlexspiDivBy4: flexspi clock divider set to divided by 4.

enumerator kCLOCK_FlexspiDivBy5: flexspi clock divider set to divided by 5.

enumerator kCLOCK_FlexspiDivBy6: flexspi clock divider set to divided by 6.

enumerator kCLOCK_FlexspiDivBy7: flexspi clock divider set to divided by 7.

enumerator kCLOCK_FlexspiDivBy8: flexspi clock divider set to divided by 8.

enumerator kCLOCK_TraceDivBy1: trace clock divider set to divided by 1.

enumerator kCLOCK_TraceDivBy2: trace clock divider set to divided by 2.

enumerator kCLOCK_TraceDivBy3: trace clock divider set to divided by 3.

enumerator kCLOCK_TraceDivBy4: trace clock divider set to divided by 4.

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio1DivBy1: flexio1 clock divider set to divided by 1.

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio1DivBy2: flexio1 clock divider set to divided by 2.

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio1DivBy3: flexio1 clock divider set to divided by 3.

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio1DivBy4: flexio1 clock divider set to divided by 4.

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio1DivBy5: flexio1 clock divider set to divided by 5.

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio1DivBy6: flexio1 clock divider set to divided by 6.

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio1DivBy7: flexio1 clock divider set to divided by 7.

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio1DivBy8: flexio1 clock divider set to divided by 8.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai3PreDivBy1: sai3 pre clock divider set to divided by 1.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai3PreDivBy2: sai3 pre clock divider set to divided by 2.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai3PreDivBy3: sai3 pre clock divider set to divided by 3.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai3PreDivBy4: sai3 pre clock divider set to divided by 4.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai3PreDivBy5: sai3 pre clock divider set to divided by 5.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai3PreDivBy6: sai3 pre clock divider set to divided by 6.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai3PreDivBy7: sai3 pre clock divider set to divided by 7.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai3PreDivBy8: sai3 pre clock divider set to divided by 8.

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio1PreDivBy1: flexio1 pre clock divider set to divided by 1.

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio1PreDivBy2: flexio1 pre clock divider set to divided by 2.

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio1PreDivBy3: flexio1 pre clock divider set to divided by 3.

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio1PreDivBy4: flexio1 pre clock divider set to divided by 4.

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio1PreDivBy5: flexio1 pre clock divider set to divided by 5.

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio1PreDivBy6: flexio1 pre clock divider set to divided by 6.

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio1PreDivBy7: flexio1 pre clock divider set to divided by 7.

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio1PreDivBy8: flexio1 pre clock divider set to divided by 8.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai1PreDivBy1: sai1 pre clock divider set to divided by 1.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai1PreDivBy2: sai1 pre clock divider set to divided by 2.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai1PreDivBy3: sai1 pre clock divider set to divided by 3.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai1PreDivBy4: sai1 pre clock divider set to divided by 4.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai1PreDivBy5: sai1 pre clock divider set to divided by 5.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai1PreDivBy6: sai1 pre clock divider set to divided by 6.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai1PreDivBy7: sai1 pre clock divider set to divided by 7.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai1PreDivBy8: sai1 pre clock divider set to divided by 8.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai2PreDivBy1: sai2 pre clock divider set to divided by 1.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai2PreDivBy2: sai2 pre clock divider set to divided by 2.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai2PreDivBy3: sai2 pre clock divider set to divided by 3.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai2PreDivBy4: sai2 pre clock divider set to divided by 4.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai2PreDivBy5: sai2 pre clock divider set to divided by 5.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai2PreDivBy6: sai2 pre clock divider set to divided by 6.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai2PreDivBy7: sai2 pre clock divider set to divided by 7.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai2PreDivBy8: sai2 pre clock divider set to divided by 8.

enumerator kCLOCK_Spdif0PreDivBy1: spdif pre clock divider set to divided by 1.

enumerator kCLOCK_Spdif0PreDivBy2: spdif pre clock divider set to divided by 2.

enumerator kCLOCK_Spdif0PreDivBy3: spdif pre clock divider set to divided by 3.

enumerator kCLOCK_Spdif0PreDivBy4: spdif pre clock divider set to divided by 4.

enumerator kCLOCK_Spdif0PreDivBy5: spdif pre clock divider set to divided by 5.

enumerator kCLOCK_Spdif0PreDivBy6: spdif pre clock divider set to divided by 6.

enumerator kCLOCK_Spdif0PreDivBy7: spdif pre clock divider set to divided by 7.

enumerator kCLOCK_Spdif0PreDivBy8: spdif pre clock divider set to divided by 8.

enumerator kCLOCK_Spdif0DivBy1: spdif clock divider set to divided by 1.

enumerator kCLOCK_Spdif0DivBy2: spdif clock divider set to divided by 2.

enumerator kCLOCK_Spdif0DivBy3: spdif clock divider set to divided by 3.

enumerator kCLOCK_Spdif0DivBy4: spdif clock divider set to divided by 4.

enumerator kCLOCK_Spdif0DivBy5: spdif clock divider set to divided by 5.

enumerator kCLOCK_Spdif0DivBy6: spdif clock divider set to divided by 6.

enumerator kCLOCK_Spdif0DivBy7: spdif clock divider set to divided by 7.

enumerator kCLOCK_Spdif0DivBy8: spdif clock divider set to divided by 8.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy1: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 1.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy2: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 2.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy3: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 3.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy4: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 4.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy5: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 5.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy6: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 6.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy7: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 7.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy8: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 8.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy9: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 9.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy10: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 10.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy11: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 11.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy12: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 12.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy13: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 13.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy14: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 14.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy15: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 15.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy16: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 16.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy17: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 17.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy18: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 18.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy19: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 19.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy20: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 20.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy21: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 21.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy22: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 22.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy23: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 23.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy24: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 24.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy25: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 25.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy26: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 26.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy27: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 27.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy28: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 28.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy29: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 29.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy30: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 30.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy31: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 31.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy32: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 32.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy33: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 33.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy34: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 34.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy35: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 35.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy36: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 36.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy37: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 37.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy38: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 38.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy39: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 39.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy40: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 40.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy41: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 41.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy42: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 42.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy43: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 43.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy44: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 44.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy45: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 45.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy46: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 46.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy47: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 47.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy48: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 48.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy49: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 49.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy50: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 50.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy51: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 51.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy52: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 52.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy53: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 53.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy54: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 54.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy55: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 55.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy56: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 56.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy57: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 57.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy58: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 58.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy59: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 59.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy60: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 60.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy61: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 61.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy62: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 62.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy63: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 63.

enumerator kCLOCK_MiscDivBy64: Misc divider like LPI2C set to divided by 64.

enum _clock_usb_src

USB clock source definition.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_Usb480M: Use 480M.

enumerator kCLOCK_UsbSrcUnused: Used when the function does not care the clock source.

enum _clock_usb_phy_src

Source of the USB HS PHY.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_Usbphy480M: Use 480M.

enum _clock_pll_clk_src

PLL clock source, bypass cloco source also.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_PllClkSrc24M: Pll clock source 24M

enumerator kCLOCK_PllSrcClkPN: Pll clock source CLK1_P and CLK1_N

enum _clock_pll

PLL name.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_PllSys: PLL SYS

enumerator kCLOCK_PllUsb1: PLL USB1

enumerator kCLOCK_PllAudio: PLL Audio

enumerator kCLOCK_PllEnet500M: PLL ENET

enum _clock_pfd

PLL PFD name.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_Pfd0: PLL PFD0

enumerator kCLOCK_Pfd1: PLL PFD1

enumerator kCLOCK_Pfd2: PLL PFD2

enumerator kCLOCK_Pfd3: PLL PFD3

enum _clock_output1_selection

The enumerater of clock output1’s clock source, such as USB1 PLL, SYS PLL and so on.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_OutputPllUsb1Sw: Selects USB1 PLL SW clock(Divided by 2) output.

enumerator kCLOCK_OutputPllSys: Selects SYS PLL clock(Divided by 2) output.

enumerator kCLOCK_OutputPllENET: Selects ENET PLL clock(Divided by 2) output.

enumerator kCLOCK_OutputAhbClk: Selects AHB clock root output.

enumerator kCLOCK_OutputIpgClk: Selects IPG clock root output.

enumerator kCLOCK_OutputPerClk: Selects PERCLK clock root output.

enumerator kCLOCK_OutputPll4MainClk: Selects PLL4 main clock output.

enumerator kCLOCK_DisableClockOutput1: Disables CLKO1.

enum _clock_output2_selection

The enumerater of clock output2’s clock source, such as USDHC1 clock root, LPI2C clock root and so on.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_OutputLpi2cClk: Selects LPI2C clock root output.

enumerator kCLOCK_OutputOscClk: Selects OSC output.

enumerator kCLOCK_OutputLpspiClk: Selects LPSPI clock root output.

enumerator kCLOCK_OutputSai1Clk: Selects SAI1 clock root output.

enumerator kCLOCK_OutputSai2Clk: Selects SAI2 clock root output.

enumerator kCLOCK_OutputSai3Clk: Selects SAI3 clock root output.

enumerator kCLOCK_OutputTraceClk: Selects Trace clock root output.

enumerator kCLOCK_OutputFlexspiClk: Selects FLEXSPI clock root output.

enumerator kCLOCK_OutputUartClk: Selects UART clock root output.

enumerator kCLOCK_OutputSpdif0Clk: Selects SPDIF0 clock root output.

enumerator kCLOCK_DisableClockOutput2: Disables CLKO2.

enum _clock_output_divider

The enumerator of clock output’s divider.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_DivideBy1: Output clock divided by 1.

enumerator kCLOCK_DivideBy2: Output clock divided by 2.

enumerator kCLOCK_DivideBy3: Output clock divided by 3.

enumerator kCLOCK_DivideBy4: Output clock divided by 4.

enumerator kCLOCK_DivideBy5: Output clock divided by 5.

enumerator kCLOCK_DivideBy6: Output clock divided by 6.

enumerator kCLOCK_DivideBy7: Output clock divided by 7.

enumerator kCLOCK_DivideBy8: Output clock divided by 8.

enum _clock_root

The enumerator of clock root.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_FlexspiClkRoot: FLEXSPI clock root.

enumerator kCLOCK_LpspiClkRoot: LPSPI clock root.

enumerator kCLOCK_TraceClkRoot: Trace clock root.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai1ClkRoot: SAI1 clock root.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai2ClkRoot: SAI2 clock root.

enumerator kCLOCK_Sai3ClkRoot: SAI3 clock root.

enumerator kCLOCK_Lpi2cClkRoot: LPI2C clock root.

enumerator kCLOCK_UartClkRoot: UART clock root.

enumerator kCLOCK_SpdifClkRoot: SPDIF clock root.

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio1ClkRoot: FLEXIO1 clock root.

typedef enum _clock_name clock_name_t: Clock name used to get clock frequency.

typedef enum _clock_ip_name clock_ip_name_t: CCM CCGR gate control for each module independently.

typedef enum _clock_osc clock_osc_t: OSC 24M sorce select.

typedef enum _clock_gate_value clock_gate_value_t: Clock gate value.

typedef enum _clock_mode_t clock_mode_t: System clock mode.

typedef enum _clock_mux clock_mux_t

MUX control names for clock mux setting.

These constants define the mux control names for clock mux setting.

0:7: REG offset to CCM_BASE in bytes.
8:15: Root clock setting bit field shift.
16:31: Root clock setting bit field width.

typedef enum _clock_div clock_div_t

DIV control names for clock div setting.

These constants define div control names for clock div setting.

0:7: REG offset to CCM_BASE in bytes.
8:15: Root clock setting bit field shift.
16:31: Root clock setting bit field width.

typedef enum _clock_div_value clock_div_value_t: Clock divider value.

typedef enum _clock_usb_src clock_usb_src_t: USB clock source definition.

typedef enum _clock_usb_phy_src clock_usb_phy_src_t: Source of the USB HS PHY.

typedef struct _clock_usb_pll_config clock_usb_pll_config_t: PLL configuration for USB.

typedef struct _clock_sys_pll_config clock_sys_pll_config_t: PLL configuration for System.

typedef struct _clock_audio_pll_config clock_audio_pll_config_t: PLL configuration for AUDIO and VIDEO.

typedef struct _clock_enet_pll_config clock_enet_pll_config_t: PLL configuration for ENET.

typedef enum _clock_pll clock_pll_t: PLL name.

typedef enum _clock_pfd clock_pfd_t: PLL PFD name.

typedef enum _clock_output1_selection clock_output1_selection_t: The enumerater of clock output1’s clock source, such as USB1 PLL, SYS PLL and so on.

typedef enum _clock_output2_selection clock_output2_selection_t: The enumerater of clock output2’s clock source, such as USDHC1 clock root, LPI2C clock root and so on.

typedef enum _clock_output_divider clock_output_divider_t: The enumerator of clock output’s divider.

typedef enum _clock_root clock_root_t: The enumerator of clock root.

volatile uint32_t g_xtalFreq

External XTAL (24M OSC/SYSOSC) clock frequency.

The XTAL (24M OSC/SYSOSC) clock frequency in Hz, when the clock is setup, use the function CLOCK_SetXtalFreq to set the value in to clock driver. For example, if XTAL is 24MHz,

CLOCK_InitExternalClk(false);
CLOCK_SetXtalFreq(240000000);

volatile uint32_t g_rtcXtalFreq

External RTC XTAL (32K OSC) clock frequency.

The RTC XTAL (32K OSC) clock frequency in Hz, when the clock is setup, use the function CLOCK_SetRtcXtalFreq to set the value in to clock driver.

static inline void CLOCK_SetMux(clock_mux_t mux, uint32_t value)

Set CCM MUX node to certain value.

Parameters:

mux – Which mux node to set, see clock_mux_t.
value – Clock mux value to set, different mux has different value range.

static inline uint32_t CLOCK_GetMux(clock_mux_t mux)

Get CCM MUX value.

Parameters:

mux – Which mux node to get, see clock_mux_t.

Returns:

Clock mux value.

static inline void CLOCK_SetDiv(clock_div_t divider, uint32_t value)

Set clock divider value.

Example, set the ARM clock divider to divide by 2:

CLOCK_SetDiv(kCLOCK_ArmDiv, kCLOCK_ArmDivBy2);

Example, set the LPI2C clock divider to divide by 5.

CLOCK_SetDiv(kCLOCK_Lpi2cDiv, kCLOCK_MiscDivBy5);

Only kCLOCK_PerclkDiv, kCLOCK_UartDiv, kCLOCK_Sai3Div, kCLOCK_Sai1Div, kCLOCK_Sai2Div, kCLOCK_Lpi2cDiv can use the divider kCLOCK_MiscDivByxxx.

Parameters:

divider – Which divider node to set.
value – Clock div value to set, different divider has different value range. See clock_div_value_t for details. Divided clock frequency = Undivided clock frequency / (value + 1)

static inline uint32_t CLOCK_GetDiv(clock_div_t divider)

Get CCM DIV node value.

Parameters:

divider – Which div node to get, see clock_div_t.

static inline void CLOCK_ControlGate(clock_ip_name_t name, clock_gate_value_t value)

Control the clock gate for specific IP.

Parameters:

name – Which clock to enable, see clock_ip_name_t.
value – Clock gate value to set, see clock_gate_value_t.

static inline void CLOCK_EnableClock(clock_ip_name_t name)

Enable the clock for specific IP.

Parameters:

name – Which clock to enable, see clock_ip_name_t.

static inline void CLOCK_DisableClock(clock_ip_name_t name)

Disable the clock for specific IP.

Parameters:

name – Which clock to disable, see clock_ip_name_t.

static inline void CLOCK_SetMode(clock_mode_t mode)

Setting the low power mode that system will enter on next assertion of dsm_request signal.

Parameters:

mode – Which mode to enter, see clock_mode_t.

static inline uint32_t CLOCK_GetOscFreq(void)

Gets the OSC clock frequency.

This function will return the external XTAL OSC frequency if it is selected as the source of OSC, otherwise internal 24MHz RC OSC frequency will be returned.

Returns:: Clock frequency; If the clock is invalid, returns 0.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetAhbFreq(void)

Gets the AHB clock frequency.

Returns:: The AHB clock frequency value in hertz.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetSemcFreq(void)

Gets the SEMC clock frequency.

Returns:: The SEMC clock frequency value in hertz.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetIpgFreq(void)

Gets the IPG clock frequency.

Returns:: The IPG clock frequency value in hertz.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetPerClkFreq(void)

Gets the PER clock frequency.

Returns:: The PER clock frequency value in hertz.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetFreq(clock_name_t name)

Gets the clock frequency for a specific clock name.

This function checks the current clock configurations and then calculates the clock frequency for a specific clock name defined in clock_name_t.

Parameters:

name – Clock names defined in clock_name_t

Returns:

Clock frequency value in hertz

static inline uint32_t CLOCK_GetCpuClkFreq(void)

Get the CCM CPU/core/system frequency.

Returns:: Clock frequency; If the clock is invalid, returns 0.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetClockRootFreq(clock_root_t clockRoot)

Gets the frequency of selected clock root.

Parameters:

clockRoot – The clock root used to get the frequency, please refer to clock_root_t.

Returns:

The frequency of selected clock root.

FSL_CLOCK_DRIVER_VERSION: CLOCK driver version 2.5.3.

CCM_ANALOG_PLL_BYPASS_SHIFT

CCM_ANALOG_PLL_BYPASS_SHIFT

CCM_ANALOG_PLL_BYPASS_CLK_SRC_MASK

CCM_ANALOG_PLL_BYPASS_CLK_SRC_MASK

CCM_ANALOG_PLL_BYPASS_CLK_SRC_SHIFT

CCM_ANALOG_PLL_BYPASS_CLK_SRC_SHIFT

SDK_DEVICE_MAXIMUM_CPU_CLOCK_FREQUENCY

CCSR_OFFSET: CCM registers offset.

CBCDR_OFFSET

CBCMR_OFFSET

CSCMR1_OFFSET

CSCMR2_OFFSET

CSCDR1_OFFSET

CDCDR_OFFSET

CSCDR2_OFFSET

CACRR_OFFSET

CS1CDR_OFFSET

CS2CDR_OFFSET

PLL_SYS_OFFSET: CCM Analog registers offset.

PLL_USB1_OFFSET

PLL_AUDIO_OFFSET

PLL_ENET_OFFSET

CCM_TUPLE(reg, shift, mask, busyShift)

CCM_TUPLE_REG(base, tuple)

CCM_TUPLE_SHIFT(tuple)

CCM_TUPLE_MASK(tuple)

CCM_TUPLE_BUSY_SHIFT(tuple)

CCM_NO_BUSY_WAIT

CCM_ANALOG_TUPLE(reg, shift): CCM ANALOG tuple macros to map corresponding registers and bit fields.

CCM_ANALOG_TUPLE_SHIFT(tuple)

CCM_ANALOG_TUPLE_REG_OFF(base, tuple, off)

CCM_ANALOG_TUPLE_REG(base, tuple)

CLKPN_FREQ: clock1PN frequency.

CLOCK_SetXtal0Freq

CLOCK_SetXtal32Freq

ADC_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for ADC.

AOI_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for AOI.

BEE_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for BEE.

DCDC_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for DCDC.

DCP_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for DCP.

DMAMUX_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for DMAMUX_CLOCKS.

EDMA_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for DMA.

ENC_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for ENC.

EWM_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for EWM.

FLEXIO_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for FLEXIO.

FLEXRAM_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for FLEXRAM.

FLEXSPI_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for FLEXSPI.

GPIO_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for GPIO.

GPT_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for GPT.

KPP_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for KPP.

LPI2C_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for LPI2C.

LPSPI_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for LPSPI.

LPUART_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for LPUART.

OCRAM_EXSC_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for OCRAM EXSC.

PIT_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for PIT.

PWM_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for PWM.

RTWDOG_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for RTWDOG.

SAI_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for SAI.

TMR_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for QTIMER.

TRNG_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for TRNG.

WDOG_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for WDOG.

SPDIF_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for SPDIF.

XBARA_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for XBARA.

XBARB_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for XBARB.

CLOCK_SOURCE_NONE

CLOCK_ROOT_SOUCE

CLOCK_ROOT_MUX_TUPLE

CLOCK_ROOT_NONE_PRE_DIV

CLOCK_ROOT_DIV_TUPLE

kCLOCK_CoreSysClk: For compatible with other platforms without CCM.

CLOCK_GetCoreSysClkFreq: For compatible with other platforms without CCM.

void CLOCK_InitExternalClk(bool bypassXtalOsc)

Initialize the external 24MHz clock.

This function supports two modes:

Use external crystal oscillator.
Bypass the external crystal oscillator, using input source clock directly.

After this function, please call CLOCK_SetXtal0Freq to inform clock driver the external clock frequency.

Note

This device does not support bypass external crystal oscillator, so the input parameter should always be false.

Parameters:

bypassXtalOsc – Pass in true to bypass the external crystal oscillator.

void CLOCK_DeinitExternalClk(void)

Deinitialize the external 24MHz clock.

This function disables the external 24MHz clock.

After this function, please call CLOCK_SetXtal0Freq to set external clock frequency to 0.

void CLOCK_SwitchOsc(clock_osc_t osc)

Switch the OSC.

This function switches the OSC source for SoC.

Parameters:

osc – OSC source to switch to.

static inline uint32_t CLOCK_GetRtcFreq(void)

Gets the RTC clock frequency.

Returns:: Clock frequency; If the clock is invalid, returns 0.

static inline void CLOCK_SetXtalFreq(uint32_t freq)

Set the XTAL (24M OSC) frequency based on board setting.

Parameters:

freq – The XTAL input clock frequency in Hz.

static inline void CLOCK_SetRtcXtalFreq(uint32_t freq)

Set the RTC XTAL (32K OSC) frequency based on board setting.

Parameters:

freq – The RTC XTAL input clock frequency in Hz.

void CLOCK_InitRcOsc24M(void): Initialize the RC oscillator 24MHz clock.

void CLOCK_DeinitRcOsc24M(void): Power down the RCOSC 24M clock.

bool CLOCK_EnableUsbhs0Clock(clock_usb_src_t src, uint32_t freq)

Enable USB HS clock.

This function only enables the access to USB HS prepheral, upper layer should first call the CLOCK_EnableUsbhs0PhyPllClock to enable the PHY clock to use USB HS.

Parameters:

src – USB HS does not care about the clock source, here must be kCLOCK_UsbSrcUnused.
freq – USB HS does not care about the clock source, so this parameter is ignored.

Return values:

true – The clock is set successfully.
false – The clock source is invalid to get proper USB HS clock.

static inline void CLOCK_SetPllBypass(CCM_ANALOG_Type *base, clock_pll_t pll, bool bypass)

PLL bypass setting.

Parameters:

base – CCM_ANALOG base pointer.
pll – PLL control name (see ccm_analog_pll_control_t enumeration)
bypass – Bypass the PLL.
- true: Bypass the PLL.
- false:Not bypass the PLL.

static inline bool CLOCK_IsPllBypassed(CCM_ANALOG_Type *base, clock_pll_t pll)

Check if PLL is bypassed.

Parameters:

base – CCM_ANALOG base pointer.
pll – PLL control name (see ccm_analog_pll_control_t enumeration)

Returns:

PLL bypass status.

true: The PLL is bypassed.
false: The PLL is not bypassed.

static inline bool CLOCK_IsPllEnabled(CCM_ANALOG_Type *base, clock_pll_t pll)

Check if PLL is enabled.

Parameters:

base – CCM_ANALOG base pointer.
pll – PLL control name (see ccm_analog_pll_control_t enumeration)

Returns:

PLL bypass status.

true: The PLL is enabled.
false: The PLL is not enabled.

static inline void CLOCK_SetPllBypassRefClkSrc(CCM_ANALOG_Type *base, clock_pll_t pll, uint32_t src)

PLL bypass clock source setting. Note: change the bypass clock source also change the pll reference clock source.

Parameters:

base – CCM_ANALOG base pointer.
pll – PLL control name (see ccm_analog_pll_control_t enumeration)
src – Bypass clock source, reference _clock_pll_bypass_clk_src.

static inline uint32_t CLOCK_GetPllBypassRefClk(CCM_ANALOG_Type *base, clock_pll_t pll)

Get PLL bypass clock value, it is PLL reference clock actually. If CLOCK1_P,CLOCK1_N is choose as the pll bypass clock source, please implement the CLKPN_FREQ define, otherwise 0 will be returned.

Parameters:

base – CCM_ANALOG base pointer.
pll – PLL control name (see ccm_analog_pll_control_t enumeration)

Return values:

bypass – reference clock frequency value.

void CLOCK_InitSysPll(const clock_sys_pll_config_t *config)

Initialize the System PLL.

This function initializes the System PLL with specific settings

Parameters:

config – Configuration to set to PLL.

void CLOCK_DeinitSysPll(void): De-initialize the System PLL.

void CLOCK_InitUsb1Pll(const clock_usb_pll_config_t *config)

Initialize the USB1 PLL.

This function initializes the USB1 PLL with specific settings

Parameters:

config – Configuration to set to PLL.

void CLOCK_DeinitUsb1Pll(void): Deinitialize the USB1 PLL.

void CLOCK_InitAudioPll(const clock_audio_pll_config_t *config)

Initializes the Audio PLL.

This function initializes the Audio PLL with specific settings

Parameters:

config – Configuration to set to PLL.

void CLOCK_DeinitAudioPll(void): De-initialize the Audio PLL.

void CLOCK_InitEnetPll(const clock_enet_pll_config_t *config)

Initialize the ENET PLL.

This function initializes the ENET PLL with specific settings.

Parameters:

config – Configuration to set to PLL.

void CLOCK_DeinitEnetPll(void)

Deinitialize the ENET PLL.

This function disables the ENET PLL.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetPllFreq(clock_pll_t pll)

Get current PLL output frequency.

This function get current output frequency of specific PLL

Parameters:

pll – pll name to get frequency.

Returns:

The PLL output frequency in hertz.

void CLOCK_InitSysPfd(clock_pfd_t pfd, uint8_t pfdFrac)

Initialize the System PLL PFD.

This function initializes the System PLL PFD. During new value setting, the clock output is disabled to prevent glitch.

Note

It is recommended that PFD settings are kept between 12-35.

Parameters:

pfd – Which PFD clock to enable.
pfdFrac – The PFD FRAC value.

void CLOCK_DeinitSysPfd(clock_pfd_t pfd)

De-initialize the System PLL PFD.

This function disables the System PLL PFD.

Parameters:

pfd – Which PFD clock to disable.

bool CLOCK_IsSysPfdEnabled(clock_pfd_t pfd)

Check if Sys PFD is enabled.

Parameters:

pfd – PFD control name

Returns:

PFD bypass status.

true: power on.
false: power off.

void CLOCK_InitUsb1Pfd(clock_pfd_t pfd, uint8_t pfdFrac)

Initialize the USB1 PLL PFD.

This function initializes the USB1 PLL PFD. During new value setting, the clock output is disabled to prevent glitch.

Note

It is recommended that PFD settings are kept between 12-35.

Parameters:

pfd – Which PFD clock to enable.
pfdFrac – The PFD FRAC value.

void CLOCK_DeinitUsb1Pfd(clock_pfd_t pfd)

De-initialize the USB1 PLL PFD.

This function disables the USB1 PLL PFD.

Parameters:

pfd – Which PFD clock to disable.

bool CLOCK_IsUsb1PfdEnabled(clock_pfd_t pfd)

Check if Usb1 PFD is enabled.

Parameters:

pfd – PFD control name.

Returns:

PFD bypass status.

true: power on.
false: power off.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetSysPfdFreq(clock_pfd_t pfd)

Get current System PLL PFD output frequency.

This function get current output frequency of specific System PLL PFD

Parameters:

pfd – pfd name to get frequency.

Returns:

The PFD output frequency in hertz.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetUsb1PfdFreq(clock_pfd_t pfd)

Get current USB1 PLL PFD output frequency.

This function get current output frequency of specific USB1 PLL PFD

Parameters:

pfd – pfd name to get frequency.

Returns:

The PFD output frequency in hertz.

bool CLOCK_EnableUsbhs0PhyPllClock(clock_usb_phy_src_t src, uint32_t freq)

Enable USB HS PHY PLL clock.

This function enables the internal 480MHz USB PHY PLL clock.

Parameters:

src – USB HS PHY PLL clock source.
freq – The frequency specified by src.

Return values:

true – The clock is set successfully.
false – The clock source is invalid to get proper USB HS clock.

void CLOCK_DisableUsbhs0PhyPllClock(void)

Disable USB HS PHY PLL clock.

This function disables USB HS PHY PLL clock.

void CLOCK_SetClockOutput1(clock_output1_selection_t selection, clock_output_divider_t divider)

Set the clock source and the divider of the clock output1.

Parameters:

selection – The clock source to be output, please refer to clock_output1_selection_t.
divider – The divider of the output clock signal, please refer to clock_output_divider_t.

void CLOCK_SetClockOutput2(clock_output2_selection_t selection, clock_output_divider_t divider)

Set the clock source and the divider of the clock output2.

Parameters:

selection – The clock source to be output, please refer to clock_output2_selection_t.
divider – The divider of the output clock signal, please refer to clock_output_divider_t.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetClockOutCLKO1Freq(void)

Get the frequency of clock output1 clock signal.

Returns:: The frequency of clock output1 clock signal.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetClockOutClkO2Freq(void)

Get the frequency of clock output2 clock signal.

Returns:: The frequency of clock output2 clock signal.

FSL_SDK_DISABLE_DRIVER_CLOCK_CONTROL

Configure whether driver controls clock.

When set to 0, peripheral drivers will enable clock in initialize function and disable clock in de-initialize function. When set to 1, peripheral driver will not control the clock, application could control the clock out of the driver.

Note

All drivers share this feature switcher. If it is set to 1, application should handle clock enable and disable for all drivers.

struct _clock_usb_pll_config

#include <fsl_clock.h>

PLL configuration for USB.

Public Members

uint8_t loopDivider: PLL loop divider. 0 - Fout=Fref*20; 1 - Fout=Fref*22

uint8_t src: Pll clock source, reference _clock_pll_clk_src

struct _clock_sys_pll_config

#include <fsl_clock.h>

PLL configuration for System.

Public Members

uint8_t loopDivider: PLL loop divider. Intended to be 1 (528M). 0 - Fout=Fref*20; 1 - Fout=Fref*22

uint32_t numerator: 30 bit numerator of fractional loop divider.

uint32_t denominator: 30 bit denominator of fractional loop divider

uint8_t src: Pll clock source, reference _clock_pll_clk_src

uint16_t ss_stop: Stop value to get frequency change.

uint8_t ss_enable: Enable spread spectrum modulation

uint16_t ss_step: Step value to get frequency change step.

struct _clock_audio_pll_config

#include <fsl_clock.h>

PLL configuration for AUDIO and VIDEO.

Public Members

uint8_t loopDivider: PLL loop divider. Valid range for DIV_SELECT divider value: 27~54.

uint8_t postDivider: Divider after the PLL, should only be 1, 2, 4, 8, 16.

uint32_t numerator: 30 bit numerator of fractional loop divider.

uint32_t denominator: 30 bit denominator of fractional loop divider

uint8_t src: Pll clock source, reference _clock_pll_clk_src

struct _clock_enet_pll_config

#include <fsl_clock.h>

PLL configuration for ENET.

Public Members

bool enableClkOutput: Power on and enable PLL clock output for ENET0 (ref_enetpll0).

bool enableClkOutput500M: Power on and enable PLL clock output for ENET (ref_enetpll500M).

bool enableClkOutput25M: Power on and enable PLL clock output for ENET1 (ref_enetpll1).

uint8_t loopDivider: Controls the frequency of the ENET0 reference clock. b00 25MHz b01 50MHz b10 100MHz (not 50% duty cycle) b11 125MHz

uint8_t src: Pll clock source, reference _clock_pll_clk_src

DCDC: DCDC Converter

void DCDC_Init(DCDC_Type *base, dcdc_config_t *config)

Enable the access to DCDC registers.

Parameters:

base – DCDC peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

void DCDC_Deinit(DCDC_Type *base)

Disable the access to DCDC registers.

Parameters:

base – DCDC peripheral base address.

void DCDC_GetDefaultConfig(DCDC_Type *base, dcdc_config_t *config)

brief Get the default setting for DCDC user configuration structure.

This function initializes the user configuration structure to a default value. The default values are: code config->controlMode = kDCDC_StaticControl; config->trimInputMode = kDCDC_SampleTrimInput; config->enableDcdcTimeout = false; config->enableSwitchingConverterOutput = false; endcode

param config Pointer to configuration structure. See to “dcdc_config_t”

uint32_t DCDC_GetstatusFlags(DCDC_Type *base)

Get DCDC status flags.

Parameters:

base – peripheral base address.

Returns:

Mask of asserted status flags. See to “_dcdc_status_flags_t”.

void DCDC_EnterLowPowerMode(DCDC_Type *base, dcdc_low_power_mode_t mode)

Make DCDC enter into low power modes.

Parameters:

base – DCDC peripheral base address.
mode – DCDC low power mode selection. See to “_dcdc_low_power_mode”

static inline void DCDC_EnableOutputRangeComparator(DCDC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the output range comparator.

The output range comparator is disabled by default.

Parameters:

base – DCDC peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the feature or not.

void DCDC_SetClockSource(DCDC_Type *base, dcdc_clock_source_t clockSource)

Configure the DCDC clock source.

Parameters:

base – DCDC peripheral base address.
clockSource – Clock source for DCDC. See to “dcdc_clock_source_t”.

void DCDC_GetDefaultDetectionConfig(dcdc_detection_config_t *config)

Get the default setting for detection configuration.

The default configuration are set according to responding registers’ setting when powered on. They are:

config->enableXtalokDetection = false;
config->powerDownOverVoltageDetection = true;
config->powerDownLowVlotageDetection = false;
config->powerDownOverCurrentDetection = true;
config->powerDownPeakCurrentDetection = true;
config->powerDownZeroCrossDetection = true;
config->OverCurrentThreshold = kDCDC_OverCurrentThresholdAlt0;
config->PeakCurrentThreshold = kDCDC_PeakCurrentThresholdAlt0;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to configuration structure. See to “dcdc_detection_config_t”

void DCDC_SetDetectionConfig(DCDC_Type *base, const dcdc_detection_config_t *config)

Configure the DCDC detection.

Parameters:

base – DCDC peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to configuration structure. See to “dcdc_detection_config_t”

void DCDC_GetDefaultLowPowerConfig(dcdc_low_power_config_t *config)

Get the default setting for low power configuration.

The default configuration are set according to responding registers’ setting when powered on. They are:

config->enableOverloadDetection = true;
config->enableAdjustHystereticValue = false;
config->countChargingTimePeriod = kDCDC_CountChargingTimePeriod8Cycle;
config->countChargingTimeThreshold = kDCDC_CountChargingTimeThreshold32;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to configuration structure. See to “dcdc_low_power_config_t”

void DCDC_SetLowPowerConfig(DCDC_Type *base, const dcdc_low_power_config_t *config)

Configure the DCDC low power.

Parameters:

base – DCDC peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to configuration structure. See to “dcdc_low_power_config_t”.

void DCDC_ResetCurrentAlertSignal(DCDC_Type *base, bool enable)

Reset current alert signal. Alert signal is generate by peak current detection.

Parameters:

base – DCDC peripheral base address.
enable – Switcher to reset signal. True means reset signal. False means don’t reset signal.

static inline void DCDC_SetBandgapVoltageTrimValue(DCDC_Type *base, uint32_t trimValue)

Set the bangap trim value to trim bandgap voltage.

Parameters:

base – DCDC peripheral base address.
trimValue – The bangap trim value. Available range is 0U-31U.

void DCDC_GetDefaultLoopControlConfig(dcdc_loop_control_config_t *config)

Get the default setting for loop control configuration.

The default configuration are set according to responding registers’ setting when powered on. They are:

config->enableCommonHysteresis = false;
config->enableCommonThresholdDetection = false;
config->enableInvertHysteresisSign = false;
config->enableRCThresholdDetection = false;
config->enableRCScaleCircuit = 0U;
config->complementFeedForwardStep = 0U;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to configuration structure. See to “dcdc_loop_control_config_t”

void DCDC_SetLoopControlConfig(DCDC_Type *base, const dcdc_loop_control_config_t *config)

Configure the DCDC loop control.

Parameters:

base – DCDC peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to configuration structure. See to “dcdc_loop_control_config_t”.

void DCDC_SetMinPowerConfig(DCDC_Type *base, const dcdc_min_power_config_t *config)

Configure for the min power.

Parameters:

base – DCDC peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to configuration structure. See to “dcdc_min_power_config_t”.

static inline void DCDC_SetLPComparatorBiasValue(DCDC_Type *base, dcdc_comparator_current_bias_t biasVaule)

Set the current bias of low power comparator.

Parameters:

base – DCDC peripheral base address.
biasVaule – The current bias of low power comparator. Refer to “dcdc_comparator_current_bias_t”.

static inline void DCDC_LockTargetVoltage(DCDC_Type *base)

Lock target voltage.

Parameters:

base – DCDC peripheral base address.

void DCDC_AdjustTargetVoltage(DCDC_Type *base, uint32_t VDDRun, uint32_t VDDStandby)

Adjust the target voltage of VDD_SOC in run mode and low power mode.

Deprecated:: Do not use this function. It has been superceded by DCDC_AdjustRunTargetVoltage and DCDC_AdjustLowPowerTargetVoltage

This function is to adjust the target voltage of DCDC output. Change them and finally wait until the output is stabled. Set the target value of run mode the same as low power mode before entering power save mode, because DCDC will switch back to run mode if it detects the current loading is larger than about 50 mA(typical value).

Parameters:

base – DCDC peripheral base address.
VDDRun – Target value in run mode. 25 mV each step from 0x00 to 0x1F. 00 is for 0.8V, 0x1F is for 1.575V.
VDDStandby – Target value in low power mode. 25 mV each step from 0x00 to 0x4. 00 is for 0.9V, 0x4 is for 1.0V.

void DCDC_AdjustRunTargetVoltage(DCDC_Type *base, uint32_t VDDRun)

Adjust the target voltage of VDD_SOC in run mode.

This function is to adjust the target voltage of DCDC output. Change them and finally wait until the output is stabled. Set the target value of run mode the same as low power mode before entering power save mode, because DCDC will switch back to run mode if it detects the current loading is larger than about 50 mA(typical value).

Parameters:

base – DCDC peripheral base address.
VDDRun – Target value in run mode. 25 mV each step from 0x00 to 0x1F. 00 is for 0.8V, 0x1F is for 1.575V.

void DCDC_AdjustLowPowerTargetVoltage(DCDC_Type *base, uint32_t VDDStandby)

Adjust the target voltage of VDD_SOC in low power mode.

This function is to adjust the target voltage of DCDC output. Change them and finally wait until the output is stabled. Set the target value of run mode the same as low power mode before entering power save mode, because DCDC will switch back to run mode if it detects the current loading is larger than about 50 mA(typical value).

Parameters:

base – DCDC peripheral base address.
VDDStandby – Target value in low power mode. 25 mV each step from 0x00 to 0x4. 00 is for 0.9V, 0x4 is for 1.0V.

void DCDC_SetInternalRegulatorConfig(DCDC_Type *base, const dcdc_internal_regulator_config_t *config)

Configure the DCDC internal regulator.

Parameters:

base – DCDC peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to configuration structure. See to “dcdc_internal_regulator_config_t”.

static inline void DCDC_EnableImproveTransition(DCDC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable/Disable to improve the transition from heavy load to light load. It is valid while zero cross detection is enabled. If ouput exceeds the threshold, DCDC would return CCM from DCM.

Parameters:

base – DCDC peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the feature or not.

void DCDC_BootIntoDCM(DCDC_Type *base)

Boot DCDC into DCM(discontinous conduction mode).

pwd_zcd=0x0; pwd_cmp_offset=0x0; dcdc_loopctrl_en_rcscale= 0x5; DCM_set_ctrl=1’b1;

Parameters:

base – DCDC peripheral base address.

void DCDC_BootIntoCCM(DCDC_Type *base)

Boot DCDC into CCM(continous conduction mode).

pwd_zcd=0x1; pwd_cmp_offset=0x0; dcdc_loopctrl_en_rcscale=0x3;

Parameters:

base – DCDC peripheral base address.

enum _dcdc_status_flags_t

DCDC status flags.

Values:

enumerator kDCDC_LockedOKStatus: Indicate DCDC status. 1’b1: DCDC already settled 1’b0: DCDC is settling.

enum _dcdc_comparator_current_bias

The current bias of low power comparator.

Values:

enumerator kDCDC_ComparatorCurrentBias50nA: The current bias of low power comparator is 50nA.

enumerator kDCDC_ComparatorCurrentBias100nA: The current bias of low power comparator is 100nA.

enumerator kDCDC_ComparatorCurrentBias200nA: The current bias of low power comparator is 200nA.

enumerator kDCDC_ComparatorCurrentBias400nA: The current bias of low power comparator is 400nA.

enum _dcdc_over_current_threshold

The threshold of over current detection.

Values:

enumerator kDCDC_OverCurrentThresholdAlt0: 1A in the run mode, 0.25A in the power save mode.

enumerator kDCDC_OverCurrentThresholdAlt1: 2A in the run mode, 0.25A in the power save mode.

enumerator kDCDC_OverCurrentThresholdAlt2: 1A in the run mode, 0.2A in the power save mode.

enumerator kDCDC_OverCurrentThresholdAlt3: 2A in the run mode, 0.2A in the power save mode.

enum _dcdc_peak_current_threshold

The threshold if peak current detection.

Values:

enumerator kDCDC_PeakCurrentThresholdAlt0: 150mA peak current threshold.

enumerator kDCDC_PeakCurrentThresholdAlt1: 250mA peak current threshold.

enumerator kDCDC_PeakCurrentThresholdAlt2: 350mA peak current threshold.

enumerator kDCDC_PeakCurrentThresholdAlt3: 450mA peak current threshold.

enumerator kDCDC_PeakCurrentThresholdAlt4: 550mA peak current threshold.

enumerator kDCDC_PeakCurrentThresholdAlt5: 650mA peak current threshold.

enum _dcdc_count_charging_time_period

The period of counting the charging times in power save mode.

Values:

enumerator kDCDC_CountChargingTimePeriod8Cycle: Eight 32k cycle.

enumerator kDCDC_CountChargingTimePeriod16Cycle: Sixteen 32k cycle.

enum _dcdc_count_charging_time_threshold

The threshold of the counting number of charging times.

Values:

enumerator kDCDC_CountChargingTimeThreshold32: 0x0: 32.

enumerator kDCDC_CountChargingTimeThreshold64: 0x1: 64.

enumerator kDCDC_CountChargingTimeThreshold16: 0x2: 16.

enumerator kDCDC_CountChargingTimeThreshold8: 0x3: 8.

enum _dcdc_clock_source

Oscillator clock option.

Values:

enumerator kDCDC_ClockAutoSwitch: Automatic clock switch from internal oscillator to external clock.

enumerator kDCDC_ClockInternalOsc: Use internal oscillator.

enumerator kDCDC_ClockExternalOsc: Use external 24M crystal oscillator.

enum _dcdc_low_power_mode

DCDC low power modes.

Values:

enumerator kDCDC_StandbyMode: Standby mode.

enumerator kDCDC_LowPowerMode: Low power mode.

enumerator kDCDC_GpcStandbyLowPowerMode: low power mode for GPC standby request.

enum _dcdc_control_mode

DCDC control mode.

Values:

enumerator kDCDC_StaticControl: Static control.

enumerator kDCDC_SetPointControl: Controlled by GPC set points.

enum _dcdc_trim_input_mode

DCDC trim input mode.

Values:

enumerator kDCDC_SampleTrimInput: Sample trim input.

enumerator kDCDC_HoldTrimInput: Hold trim input.

typedef enum _dcdc_comparator_current_bias dcdc_comparator_current_bias_t: The current bias of low power comparator.

typedef enum _dcdc_over_current_threshold dcdc_over_current_threshold_t: The threshold of over current detection.

typedef enum _dcdc_peak_current_threshold dcdc_peak_current_threshold_t: The threshold if peak current detection.

typedef enum _dcdc_count_charging_time_period dcdc_count_charging_time_period_t: The period of counting the charging times in power save mode.

typedef enum _dcdc_count_charging_time_threshold dcdc_count_charging_time_threshold_t: The threshold of the counting number of charging times.

typedef enum _dcdc_clock_source dcdc_clock_source_t: Oscillator clock option.

typedef enum _dcdc_low_power_mode dcdc_low_power_mode_t: DCDC low power modes.

typedef enum _dcdc_control_mode dcdc_control_mode_t: DCDC control mode.

typedef enum _dcdc_trim_input_mode dcdc_trim_input_mode_t: DCDC trim input mode.

typedef struct _dcdc_config dcdc_config_t: Configuration for DCDC.

typedef struct _dcdc_detection_config dcdc_detection_config_t: Configuration for DCDC detection.

typedef struct _dcdc_loop_control_config dcdc_loop_control_config_t: Configuration for the loop control.

typedef struct _dcdc_low_power_config dcdc_low_power_config_t: Configuration for DCDC low power.

typedef struct _dcdc_internal_regulator_config dcdc_internal_regulator_config_t: Configuration for DCDC internal regulator.

typedef struct _dcdc_min_power_config dcdc_min_power_config_t: Configuration for min power setting.

FSL_DCDC_DRIVER_VERSION

DCDC driver version.

Version 2.3.0.

struct _dcdc_config

#include <fsl_dcdc.h>

Configuration for DCDC.

Public Members

dcdc_control_mode_t controlMode: DCDC control mode.

dcdc_trim_input_mode_t trimInputMode: Hold trim input.

bool enableDcdcTimeout: Enable internal count for DCDC_OK timeout.

bool enableSwitchingConverterOutput: Enable the VDDIO switching converter output.

struct _dcdc_detection_config

#include <fsl_dcdc.h>

Configuration for DCDC detection.

Public Members

bool enableXtalokDetection: Enable xtalok detection circuit.

bool powerDownOverVoltageDetection: Power down over-voltage detection comparator.

bool powerDownLowVlotageDetection: Power down low-voltage detection comparator.

bool powerDownOverCurrentDetection: Power down over-current detection.

bool powerDownPeakCurrentDetection: Power down peak-current detection.

bool powerDownZeroCrossDetection: Power down the zero cross detection function for discontinuous conductor mode.

dcdc_over_current_threshold_t OverCurrentThreshold: The threshold of over current detection.

dcdc_peak_current_threshold_t PeakCurrentThreshold: The threshold of peak current detection.

struct _dcdc_loop_control_config

#include <fsl_dcdc.h>

Configuration for the loop control.

Public Members

bool enableCommonHysteresis: Enable hysteresis in switching converter common mode analog comparators. This feature will improve transient supply ripple and efficiency.

bool enableCommonThresholdDetection: Increase the threshold detection for common mode analog comparator.

bool enableDifferentialHysteresis: Enable hysteresis in switching converter differential mode analog comparators. This feature will improve transient supply ripple and efficiency.

bool enableDifferentialThresholdDetection: Increase the threshold detection for differential mode analog comparators.

bool enableInvertHysteresisSign: Invert the sign of the hysteresis in DC-DC analog comparators.

bool enableRCThresholdDetection: Increase the threshold detection for RC scale circuit.

uint32_t enableRCScaleCircuit: Available range is 0~7. Enable analog circuit of DC-DC converter to respond faster under transient load conditions.

uint32_t complementFeedForwardStep: Available range is 0~7. Two’s complement feed forward step in duty cycle in the switching DC-DC converter. Each time this field makes a transition from 0x0, the loop filter of the DC-DC converter is stepped once by a value proportional to the change. This can be used to force a certain control loop behavior, such as improving response under known heavy load transients.

struct _dcdc_low_power_config

#include <fsl_dcdc.h>

Configuration for DCDC low power.

Public Members

bool enableAdjustHystereticValue: Adjust hysteretic value in low power from 12.5mV to 25mV.

dcdc_count_charging_time_period_t countChargingTimePeriod: The period of counting the charging times in power save mode.

dcdc_count_charging_time_threshold_t countChargingTimeThreshold: the threshold of the counting number of charging times during the period that lp_overload_freq_sel sets in power save mode.

struct _dcdc_internal_regulator_config

#include <fsl_dcdc.h>

Configuration for DCDC internal regulator.

Public Members

bool enableLoadResistor: control the load resistor of the internal regulator of DCDC, the load resistor is connected as default “true”, and need set to “false” to disconnect the load resistor.

uint32_t feedbackPoint: Available range is 0~3. Select the feedback point of the internal regulator.

struct _dcdc_min_power_config

#include <fsl_dcdc.h>

Configuration for min power setting.

Public Members

bool enableUseHalfFreqForContinuous: Set DCDC clock to half frequency for the continuous mode.

DCP: Data Co-Processor

FSL_DCP_DRIVER_VERSION

DCP driver version. Version 2.1.7.

Current version: 2.1.7

Change log:

Version 2.1.7
- Bug Fix
  - Reduce optimization level for critical functions working with SRF.
Version 2.1.6
- Bug Fix
  - MISRA C-2012 issue fix.
Version 2.1.5
- Improvements
  - Add support for DCACHE.
Version 2.1.4
- Bug Fix
  - Fix CRC-32 computation issue on the code’s block boundary size.
Version 2.1.3
- Bug Fix
  - MISRA C-2012 issue fixed: rule 10.1, 10.3, 10.4, 11.9, 14.4, 16.4 and 17.7.
Version 2.1.2
- Fix sign-compare warning in dcp_reverse_and_copy.
Version 2.1.1
- Add DCP status clearing when channel operation is complete
2.1.0
- Add byte/word swap feature for key, input and output data
Version 2.0.0
- Initial version

enum _dcp_status

DCP status return codes.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_DCP_Again: Non-blocking function shall be called again.

enum _dcp_ch_enable

DCP channel enable.

Values:

enumerator kDCP_chDisable: DCP channel disable

enumerator kDCP_ch0Enable: DCP channel 0 enable

enumerator kDCP_ch1Enable: DCP channel 1 enable

enumerator kDCP_ch2Enable: DCP channel 2 enable

enumerator kDCP_ch3Enable: DCP channel 3 enable

enumerator kDCP_chEnableAll: DCP channel enable all

enum _dcp_ch_int_enable

DCP interrupt enable.

Values:

enumerator kDCP_chIntDisable: DCP interrupts disable

enumerator kDCP_ch0IntEnable: DCP channel 0 interrupt enable

enumerator kDCP_ch1IntEnable: DCP channel 1 interrupt enable

enumerator kDCP_ch2IntEnable: DCP channel 2 interrupt enable

enumerator kDCP_ch3IntEnable: DCP channel 3 interrupt enable

enum _dcp_channel

DCP channel selection.

Values:

enumerator kDCP_Channel0: DCP channel 0.

enumerator kDCP_Channel1: DCP channel 1.

enumerator kDCP_Channel2: DCP channel 2.

enumerator kDCP_Channel3: DCP channel 3.

enum _dcp_key_slot

DCP key slot selection.

Values:

enumerator kDCP_KeySlot0: DCP key slot 0.

enumerator kDCP_KeySlot1: DCP key slot 1.

enumerator kDCP_KeySlot2: DCP key slot 2.

enumerator kDCP_KeySlot3: DCP key slot 3.

enumerator kDCP_OtpKey: DCP OTP key.

enumerator kDCP_OtpUniqueKey: DCP unique OTP key.

enumerator kDCP_PayloadKey: DCP payload key.

enum _dcp_swap

DCP key, input & output swap options.

Values:

enumerator kDCP_NoSwap

enumerator kDCP_KeyByteSwap

enumerator kDCP_KeyWordSwap

enumerator kDCP_InputByteSwap

enumerator kDCP_InputWordSwap

enumerator kDCP_OutputByteSwap

enumerator kDCP_OutputWordSwap

typedef enum _dcp_ch_enable _dcp_ch_enable_t: DCP channel enable.

typedef enum _dcp_ch_int_enable _dcp_ch_int_enable_t: DCP interrupt enable.

typedef enum _dcp_channel dcp_channel_t: DCP channel selection.

typedef enum _dcp_key_slot dcp_key_slot_t: DCP key slot selection.

typedef enum _dcp_swap dcp_swap_t: DCP key, input & output swap options.

typedef struct _dcp_work_packet dcp_work_packet_t: DCP’s work packet.

typedef struct _dcp_handle dcp_handle_t: Specify DCP’s key resource and DCP channel.

typedef struct _dcp_context dcp_context_t: DCP’s context buffer, used by DCP for context switching between channels.

typedef struct _dcp_config dcp_config_t: DCP’s configuration structure.

void DCP_Init(DCP_Type *base, const dcp_config_t *config)

Enables clock to and enables DCP.

Enable DCP clock and configure DCP.

Parameters:

base – DCP base address
config – Pointer to configuration structure.

void DCP_Deinit(DCP_Type *base)

Disable DCP clock.

Reset DCP and Disable DCP clock.

Parameters:

base – DCP base address

void DCP_GetDefaultConfig(dcp_config_t *config)

Gets the default configuration structure.

This function initializes the DCP configuration structure to a default value. The default values are as follows. dcpConfig->gatherResidualWrites = true; dcpConfig->enableContextCaching = true; dcpConfig->enableContextSwitching = true; dcpConfig->enableChannnel = kDCP_chEnableAll; dcpConfig->enableChannelInterrupt = kDCP_chIntDisable;

Parameters:

config – [out] Pointer to configuration structure.

status_t DCP_WaitForChannelComplete(DCP_Type *base, dcp_handle_t *handle)

Poll and wait on DCP channel.

Polls the specified DCP channel until current it completes activity.

Parameters:

base – DCP peripheral base address.
handle – Specifies DCP channel.

Returns:

kStatus_Success When data processing completes without error.

Returns:

kStatus_Fail When error occurs.

struct _dcp_work_packet: #include <fsl_dcp.h>

DCP’s work packet.

struct _dcp_handle

#include <fsl_dcp.h>

Specify DCP’s key resource and DCP channel.

Public Members

dcp_channel_t channel: Specify DCP channel.

dcp_key_slot_t keySlot: For operations with key (such as AES encryption/decryption), specify DCP key slot.

uint32_t swapConfig: For configuration of key, input, output byte/word swap options

struct _dcp_context: #include <fsl_dcp.h>

DCP’s context buffer, used by DCP for context switching between channels.

struct _dcp_config

#include <fsl_dcp.h>

DCP’s configuration structure.

Public Members

bool gatherResidualWrites: Enable the ragged writes to the unaligned buffers.

bool enableContextCaching: Enable the caching of contexts between the operations.

bool enableContextSwitching: Enable automatic context switching for the channels.

uint8_t enableChannel: DCP channel enable.

uint8_t enableChannelInterrupt: Per-channel interrupt enable.

DCP AES blocking driver

status_t DCP_AES_SetKey(DCP_Type *base, dcp_handle_t *handle, const uint8_t *key, size_t keySize)

Set AES key to dcp_handle_t struct and optionally to DCP.

Sets the AES key for encryption/decryption with the dcp_handle_t structure. The dcp_handle_t input argument specifies keySlot. If the keySlot is kDCP_OtpKey, the function will check the OTP_KEY_READY bit and will return it’s ready to use status. For other keySlot selections, the function will copy and hold the key in dcp_handle_t struct. If the keySlot is one of the four DCP SRAM-based keys (one of kDCP_KeySlot0, kDCP_KeySlot1, kDCP_KeySlot2, kDCP_KeySlot3), this function will also load the supplied key to the specified keySlot in DCP.

Parameters:

base – DCP peripheral base address.
handle – Handle used for the request.
key – 0-mod-4 aligned pointer to AES key.
keySize – AES key size in bytes. Shall equal 16.

Returns:

status from set key operation

status_t DCP_AES_EncryptEcb(DCP_Type *base, dcp_handle_t *handle, const uint8_t *plaintext, uint8_t *ciphertext, size_t size)

Encrypts AES on one or multiple 128-bit block(s).

Encrypts AES. The source plaintext and destination ciphertext can overlap in system memory.

Parameters:

base – DCP peripheral base address
handle – Handle used for this request.
plaintext – Input plain text to encrypt
ciphertext – [out] Output cipher text
size – Size of input and output data in bytes. Must be multiple of 16 bytes.

Returns:

Status from encrypt operation

status_t DCP_AES_DecryptEcb(DCP_Type *base, dcp_handle_t *handle, const uint8_t *ciphertext, uint8_t *plaintext, size_t size)

Decrypts AES on one or multiple 128-bit block(s).

Decrypts AES. The source ciphertext and destination plaintext can overlap in system memory.

Parameters:

base – DCP peripheral base address
handle – Handle used for this request.
ciphertext – Input plain text to encrypt
plaintext – [out] Output cipher text
size – Size of input and output data in bytes. Must be multiple of 16 bytes.

Returns:

Status from decrypt operation

status_t DCP_AES_EncryptCbc(DCP_Type *base, dcp_handle_t *handle, const uint8_t *plaintext, uint8_t *ciphertext, size_t size, const uint8_t iv[16])

Encrypts AES using CBC block mode.

Encrypts AES using CBC block mode. The source plaintext and destination ciphertext can overlap in system memory.

Parameters:

base – DCP peripheral base address
handle – Handle used for this request.
plaintext – Input plain text to encrypt
ciphertext – [out] Output cipher text
size – Size of input and output data in bytes. Must be multiple of 16 bytes.
iv – Input initial vector to combine with the first input block.

Returns:

Status from encrypt operation

status_t DCP_AES_DecryptCbc(DCP_Type *base, dcp_handle_t *handle, const uint8_t *ciphertext, uint8_t *plaintext, size_t size, const uint8_t iv[16])

Decrypts AES using CBC block mode.

Decrypts AES using CBC block mode. The source ciphertext and destination plaintext can overlap in system memory.

Parameters:

base – DCP peripheral base address
handle – Handle used for this request.
ciphertext – Input cipher text to decrypt
plaintext – [out] Output plain text
size – Size of input and output data in bytes. Must be multiple of 16 bytes.
iv – Input initial vector to combine with the first input block.

Returns:

Status from decrypt operation

DCP_AES_BLOCK_SIZE: AES block size in bytes

DCP HASH driver

enum _dcp_hash_algo_t

Supported cryptographic block cipher functions for HASH creation.

Values:

enumerator kDCP_Sha1: SHA_1

enumerator kDCP_Sha256: SHA_256

enumerator kDCP_Crc32: CRC_32

typedef enum _dcp_hash_algo_t dcp_hash_algo_t: Supported cryptographic block cipher functions for HASH creation.

typedef struct _dcp_hash_ctx_t dcp_hash_ctx_t: Storage type used to save hash context.

status_t DCP_HASH_Init(DCP_Type *base, dcp_handle_t *handle, dcp_hash_ctx_t *ctx, dcp_hash_algo_t algo)

Initialize HASH context.

This function initializes the HASH.

Parameters:

base – DCP peripheral base address
handle – Specifies the DCP channel used for hashing.
ctx – [out] Output hash context
algo – Underlaying algorithm to use for hash computation.

Returns:

Status of initialization

status_t DCP_HASH_Update(DCP_Type *base, dcp_hash_ctx_t *ctx, const uint8_t *input, size_t inputSize)

Add data to current HASH.

Add data to current HASH. This can be called repeatedly with an arbitrary amount of data to be hashed. The functions blocks. If it returns kStatus_Success, the running hash has been updated (DCP has processed the input data), so the memory at the input pointer can be released back to system. The DCP context buffer is updated with the running hash and with all necessary information to support possible context switch.

Parameters:

base – DCP peripheral base address
ctx – [inout] HASH context
input – Input data
inputSize – Size of input data in bytes

Returns:

Status of the hash update operation

status_t DCP_HASH_Finish(DCP_Type *base, dcp_hash_ctx_t *ctx, uint8_t *output, size_t *outputSize)

Finalize hashing.

Outputs the final hash (computed by DCP_HASH_Update()) and erases the context.

Parameters:

base – DCP peripheral base address
ctx – [inout] Input hash context
output – [out] Output hash data
outputSize – [inout] Optional parameter (can be passed as NULL). On function entry, it specifies the size of output[] buffer. On function return, it stores the number of updated output bytes.

Returns:

Status of the hash finish operation

status_t DCP_HASH(DCP_Type *base, dcp_handle_t *handle, dcp_hash_algo_t algo, const uint8_t *input, size_t inputSize, uint8_t *output, size_t *outputSize)

Create HASH on given data.

Perform the full SHA or CRC32 in one function call. The function is blocking.

Parameters:

base – DCP peripheral base address
handle – Handle used for the request.
algo – Underlaying algorithm to use for hash computation.
input – Input data
inputSize – Size of input data in bytes
output – [out] Output hash data
outputSize – [out] Output parameter storing the size of the output hash in bytes

Returns:

Status of the one call hash operation.

DCP_HASH_CAVP_COMPATIBLE

DCP_SHA_BLOCK_SIZE

DCP HASH Context size.

internal buffer block size

DCP_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE: DCP hash block size

DCP_HASH_CTX_SIZE: DCP HASH Context size.

struct _dcp_hash_ctx_t: #include <fsl_dcp.h>

Storage type used to save hash context.

DCP AES non-blocking driver

status_t DCP_AES_EncryptEcbNonBlocking(DCP_Type *base, dcp_handle_t *handle, dcp_work_packet_t *dcpPacket, const uint8_t *plaintext, uint8_t *ciphertext, size_t size)

Encrypts AES using the ECB block mode.

Puts AES ECB encrypt work packet to DCP channel.

Parameters:

base – DCP peripheral base address
handle – Handle used for this request.
dcpPacket – [out] Memory for the DCP work packet.
plaintext – Input plain text to encrypt.
ciphertext – [out] Output cipher text
size – Size of input and output data in bytes. Must be multiple of 16 bytes.

Returns:

kStatus_Success The work packet has been scheduled at DCP channel.

Returns:

kStatus_DCP_Again The DCP channel is busy processing previous request.

status_t DCP_AES_DecryptEcbNonBlocking(DCP_Type *base, dcp_handle_t *handle, dcp_work_packet_t *dcpPacket, const uint8_t *ciphertext, uint8_t *plaintext, size_t size)

Decrypts AES using ECB block mode.

Puts AES ECB decrypt dcpPacket to DCP input job ring.

Parameters:

base – DCP peripheral base address
handle – Handle used for this request.
dcpPacket – [out] Memory for the DCP work packet.
ciphertext – Input cipher text to decrypt
plaintext – [out] Output plain text
size – Size of input and output data in bytes. Must be multiple of 16 bytes.

Returns:

kStatus_Success The work packet has been scheduled at DCP channel.

Returns:

kStatus_DCP_Again The DCP channel is busy processing previous request.

status_t DCP_AES_EncryptCbcNonBlocking(DCP_Type *base, dcp_handle_t *handle, dcp_work_packet_t *dcpPacket, const uint8_t *plaintext, uint8_t *ciphertext, size_t size, const uint8_t *iv)

Encrypts AES using CBC block mode.

Puts AES CBC encrypt dcpPacket to DCP input job ring.

Parameters:

base – DCP peripheral base address
handle – Handle used for this request. Specifies jobRing.
dcpPacket – [out] Memory for the DCP work packet.
plaintext – Input plain text to encrypt
ciphertext – [out] Output cipher text
size – Size of input and output data in bytes. Must be multiple of 16 bytes.
iv – Input initial vector to combine with the first input block.

Returns:

kStatus_Success The work packet has been scheduled at DCP channel.

Returns:

kStatus_DCP_Again The DCP channel is busy processing previous request.

status_t DCP_AES_DecryptCbcNonBlocking(DCP_Type *base, dcp_handle_t *handle, dcp_work_packet_t *dcpPacket, const uint8_t *ciphertext, uint8_t *plaintext, size_t size, const uint8_t *iv)

Decrypts AES using CBC block mode.

Puts AES CBC decrypt dcpPacket to DCP input job ring.

Parameters:

base – DCP peripheral base address
handle – Handle used for this request. Specifies jobRing.
dcpPacket – [out] Memory for the DCP work packet.
ciphertext – Input cipher text to decrypt
plaintext – [out] Output plain text
size – Size of input and output data in bytes. Must be multiple of 16 bytes.
iv – Input initial vector to combine with the first input block.

Returns:

kStatus_Success The work packet has been scheduled at DCP channel.

Returns:

kStatus_DCP_Again The DCP channel is busy processing previous request.

DMAMUX: Direct Memory Access Multiplexer Driver

void DMAMUX_Init(DMAMUX_Type *base)

Initializes the DMAMUX peripheral.

This function ungates the DMAMUX clock.

Parameters:

base – DMAMUX peripheral base address.

void DMAMUX_Deinit(DMAMUX_Type *base)

Deinitializes the DMAMUX peripheral.

This function gates the DMAMUX clock.

Parameters:

base – DMAMUX peripheral base address.

static inline void DMAMUX_EnableChannel(DMAMUX_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Enables the DMAMUX channel.

This function enables the DMAMUX channel.

Parameters:

base – DMAMUX peripheral base address.
channel – DMAMUX channel number.

static inline void DMAMUX_DisableChannel(DMAMUX_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Disables the DMAMUX channel.

This function disables the DMAMUX channel.

Note

The user must disable the DMAMUX channel before configuring it.

Parameters:

base – DMAMUX peripheral base address.
channel – DMAMUX channel number.

static inline void DMAMUX_SetSource(DMAMUX_Type *base, uint32_t channel, int32_t source)

Configures the DMAMUX channel source.

Parameters:

base – DMAMUX peripheral base address.
channel – DMAMUX channel number.
source – Channel source, which is used to trigger the DMA transfer.User need to use the dma_request_source_t type as the input parameter.

static inline void DMAMUX_EnablePeriodTrigger(DMAMUX_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Enables the DMAMUX period trigger.

This function enables the DMAMUX period trigger feature.

Parameters:

base – DMAMUX peripheral base address.
channel – DMAMUX channel number.

static inline void DMAMUX_DisablePeriodTrigger(DMAMUX_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Disables the DMAMUX period trigger.

This function disables the DMAMUX period trigger.

Parameters:

base – DMAMUX peripheral base address.
channel – DMAMUX channel number.

static inline void DMAMUX_EnableAlwaysOn(DMAMUX_Type *base, uint32_t channel, bool enable)

Enables the DMA channel to be always ON.

This function enables the DMAMUX channel always ON feature.

Parameters:

base – DMAMUX peripheral base address.
channel – DMAMUX channel number.
enable – Switcher of the always ON feature. “true” means enabled, “false” means disabled.

FSL_DMAMUX_DRIVER_VERSION: DMAMUX driver version 2.1.0.

eDMA: Enhanced Direct Memory Access (eDMA) Controller Driver

void EDMA_Init(DMA_Type *base, const edma_config_t *config)

Initializes the eDMA peripheral.

This function ungates the eDMA clock and configures the eDMA peripheral according to the configuration structure. All emda enabled request will be cleared in this function.

Note

This function enables the minor loop map feature.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
config – A pointer to the configuration structure, see “edma_config_t”.

void EDMA_Deinit(DMA_Type *base)

Deinitializes the eDMA peripheral.

This function gates the eDMA clock.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.

void EDMA_InstallTCD(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, edma_tcd_t *tcd)

Push content of TCD structure into hardware TCD register.

Parameters:

base – EDMA peripheral base address.
channel – EDMA channel number.
tcd – Point to TCD structure.

void EDMA_GetDefaultConfig(edma_config_t *config)

Gets the eDMA default configuration structure.

This function sets the configuration structure to default values. The default configuration is set to the following values.

config.enableContinuousLinkMode = false;
config.enableHaltOnError = true;
config.enableRoundRobinArbitration = false;
config.enableDebugMode = false;

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the eDMA configuration structure.

static inline void EDMA_EnableContinuousChannelLinkMode(DMA_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable/Disable continuous channel link mode.

Note

Do not use continuous link mode with a channel linking to itself if there is only one minor loop iteration per service request, for example, if the channel’s NBYTES value is the same as either the source or destination size. The same data transfer profile can be achieved by simply increasing the NBYTES value, which provides more efficient, faster processing.

Parameters:

base – EDMA peripheral base address.
enable – true is enable, false is disable.

static inline void EDMA_EnableMinorLoopMapping(DMA_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable/Disable minor loop mapping.

The TCDn.word2 is redefined to include individual enable fields, an offset field, and the NBYTES field.

Parameters:

base – EDMA peripheral base address.
enable – true is enable, false is disable.

void EDMA_ResetChannel(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Sets all TCD registers to default values.

This function sets TCD registers for this channel to default values.

Note

This function must not be called while the channel transfer is ongoing or it causes unpredictable results.

Note

This function enables the auto stop request feature.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

void EDMA_SetTransferConfig(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, const edma_transfer_config_t *config, edma_tcd_t *nextTcd)

Configures the eDMA transfer attribute.

This function configures the transfer attribute, including source address, destination address, transfer size, address offset, and so on. It also configures the scatter gather feature if the user supplies the TCD address. Example:

edma_transfer_t config;
edma_tcd_t tcd;
config.srcAddr = ..;
config.destAddr = ..;
...
EDMA_SetTransferConfig(DMA0, channel, &config, &stcd);

Note

If nextTcd is not NULL, it means scatter gather feature is enabled and DREQ bit is cleared in the previous transfer configuration, which is set in the eDMA_ResetChannel.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
config – Pointer to eDMA transfer configuration structure.
nextTcd – Point to TCD structure. It can be NULL if users do not want to enable scatter/gather feature.

void EDMA_SetMinorOffsetConfig(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, const edma_minor_offset_config_t *config)

Configures the eDMA minor offset feature.

The minor offset means that the signed-extended value is added to the source address or destination address after each minor loop.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
config – A pointer to the minor offset configuration structure.

void EDMA_SetChannelPreemptionConfig(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, const edma_channel_Preemption_config_t *config)

Configures the eDMA channel preemption feature.

This function configures the channel preemption attribute and the priority of the channel.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number
config – A pointer to the channel preemption configuration structure.

void EDMA_SetChannelLink(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, edma_channel_link_type_t linkType, uint32_t linkedChannel)

Sets the channel link for the eDMA transfer.

This function configures either the minor link or the major link mode. The minor link means that the channel link is triggered every time CITER decreases by 1. The major link means that the channel link is triggered when the CITER is exhausted.

Note

Users should ensure that DONE flag is cleared before calling this interface, or the configuration is invalid.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
linkType – A channel link type, which can be one of the following:
- kEDMA_LinkNone
- kEDMA_MinorLink
- kEDMA_MajorLink
linkedChannel – The linked channel number.

void EDMA_SetBandWidth(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, edma_bandwidth_t bandWidth)

Sets the bandwidth for the eDMA transfer.

Because the eDMA processes the minor loop, it continuously generates read/write sequences until the minor count is exhausted. The bandwidth forces the eDMA to stall after the completion of each read/write access to control the bus request bandwidth seen by the crossbar switch.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
bandWidth – A bandwidth setting, which can be one of the following:
- kEDMABandwidthStallNone
- kEDMABandwidthStall4Cycle
- kEDMABandwidthStall8Cycle

void EDMA_SetModulo(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, edma_modulo_t srcModulo, edma_modulo_t destModulo)

Sets the source modulo and the destination modulo for the eDMA transfer.

This function defines a specific address range specified to be the value after (SADDR + SOFF)/(DADDR + DOFF) calculation is performed or the original register value. It provides the ability to implement a circular data queue easily.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
srcModulo – A source modulo value.
destModulo – A destination modulo value.

static inline void EDMA_EnableAsyncRequest(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, bool enable)

Enables an async request for the eDMA transfer.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
enable – The command to enable (true) or disable (false).

static inline void EDMA_EnableAutoStopRequest(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, bool enable)

Enables an auto stop request for the eDMA transfer.

If enabling the auto stop request, the eDMA hardware automatically disables the hardware channel request.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
enable – The command to enable (true) or disable (false).

void EDMA_EnableChannelInterrupts(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Enables the interrupt source for the eDMA transfer.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
mask – The mask of interrupt source to be set. Users need to use the defined edma_interrupt_enable_t type.

void EDMA_DisableChannelInterrupts(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Disables the interrupt source for the eDMA transfer.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
mask – The mask of the interrupt source to be set. Use the defined edma_interrupt_enable_t type.

void EDMA_SetMajorOffsetConfig(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, int32_t sourceOffset, int32_t destOffset)

Configures the eDMA channel TCD major offset feature.

Adjustment value added to the source address at the completion of the major iteration count

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – edma channel number.
sourceOffset – source address offset will be applied to source address after major loop done.
destOffset – destination address offset will be applied to source address after major loop done.

void EDMA_TcdReset(edma_tcd_t *tcd)

Sets all fields to default values for the TCD structure.

This function sets all fields for this TCD structure to default value.

Note

This function enables the auto stop request feature.

Parameters:

tcd – Pointer to the TCD structure.

void EDMA_TcdSetTransferConfig(edma_tcd_t *tcd, const edma_transfer_config_t *config, edma_tcd_t *nextTcd)

Configures the eDMA TCD transfer attribute.

The TCD is a transfer control descriptor. The content of the TCD is the same as the hardware TCD registers. The TCD is used in the scatter-gather mode. This function configures the TCD transfer attribute, including source address, destination address, transfer size, address offset, and so on. It also configures the scatter gather feature if the user supplies the next TCD address. Example:

edma_transfer_t config = {
...
}
edma_tcd_t tcd __aligned(32);
edma_tcd_t nextTcd __aligned(32);
EDMA_TcdSetTransferConfig(&tcd, &config, &nextTcd);

Note

TCD address should be 32 bytes aligned or it causes an eDMA error.

Note

If the nextTcd is not NULL, the scatter gather feature is enabled and DREQ bit is cleared in the previous transfer configuration, which is set in the EDMA_TcdReset.

Parameters:

tcd – Pointer to the TCD structure.
config – Pointer to eDMA transfer configuration structure.
nextTcd – Pointer to the next TCD structure. It can be NULL if users do not want to enable scatter/gather feature.

void EDMA_TcdSetMinorOffsetConfig(edma_tcd_t *tcd, const edma_minor_offset_config_t *config)

Configures the eDMA TCD minor offset feature.

A minor offset is a signed-extended value added to the source address or a destination address after each minor loop.

Parameters:

tcd – A point to the TCD structure.
config – A pointer to the minor offset configuration structure.

void EDMA_TcdSetChannelLink(edma_tcd_t *tcd, edma_channel_link_type_t linkType, uint32_t linkedChannel)

Sets the channel link for the eDMA TCD.

This function configures either a minor link or a major link. The minor link means the channel link is triggered every time CITER decreases by 1. The major link means that the channel link is triggered when the CITER is exhausted.

Note

Users should ensure that DONE flag is cleared before calling this interface, or the configuration is invalid.

Parameters:

tcd – Point to the TCD structure.
linkType – Channel link type, it can be one of:
- kEDMA_LinkNone
- kEDMA_MinorLink
- kEDMA_MajorLink
linkedChannel – The linked channel number.

static inline void EDMA_TcdSetBandWidth(edma_tcd_t *tcd, edma_bandwidth_t bandWidth)

Sets the bandwidth for the eDMA TCD.

Because the eDMA processes the minor loop, it continuously generates read/write sequences until the minor count is exhausted. The bandwidth forces the eDMA to stall after the completion of each read/write access to control the bus request bandwidth seen by the crossbar switch.

Parameters:

tcd – A pointer to the TCD structure.
bandWidth – A bandwidth setting, which can be one of the following:
- kEDMABandwidthStallNone
- kEDMABandwidthStall4Cycle
- kEDMABandwidthStall8Cycle

void EDMA_TcdSetModulo(edma_tcd_t *tcd, edma_modulo_t srcModulo, edma_modulo_t destModulo)

Sets the source modulo and the destination modulo for the eDMA TCD.

This function defines a specific address range specified to be the value after (SADDR + SOFF)/(DADDR + DOFF) calculation is performed or the original register value. It provides the ability to implement a circular data queue easily.

Parameters:

tcd – A pointer to the TCD structure.
srcModulo – A source modulo value.
destModulo – A destination modulo value.

static inline void EDMA_TcdEnableAutoStopRequest(edma_tcd_t *tcd, bool enable)

Sets the auto stop request for the eDMA TCD.

If enabling the auto stop request, the eDMA hardware automatically disables the hardware channel request.

Parameters:

tcd – A pointer to the TCD structure.
enable – The command to enable (true) or disable (false).

void EDMA_TcdEnableInterrupts(edma_tcd_t *tcd, uint32_t mask)

Enables the interrupt source for the eDMA TCD.

Parameters:

tcd – Point to the TCD structure.
mask – The mask of interrupt source to be set. Users need to use the defined edma_interrupt_enable_t type.

void EDMA_TcdDisableInterrupts(edma_tcd_t *tcd, uint32_t mask)

Disables the interrupt source for the eDMA TCD.

Parameters:

tcd – Point to the TCD structure.
mask – The mask of interrupt source to be set. Users need to use the defined edma_interrupt_enable_t type.

void EDMA_TcdSetMajorOffsetConfig(edma_tcd_t *tcd, int32_t sourceOffset, int32_t destOffset)

Configures the eDMA TCD major offset feature.

Adjustment value added to the source address at the completion of the major iteration count

Parameters:

tcd – A point to the TCD structure.
sourceOffset – source address offset wiil be applied to source address after major loop done.
destOffset – destination address offset will be applied to source address after major loop done.

static inline void EDMA_EnableChannelRequest(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Enables the eDMA hardware channel request.

This function enables the hardware channel request.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

static inline void EDMA_DisableChannelRequest(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Disables the eDMA hardware channel request.

This function disables the hardware channel request.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

static inline void EDMA_TriggerChannelStart(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Starts the eDMA transfer by using the software trigger.

This function starts a minor loop transfer.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

uint32_t EDMA_GetRemainingMajorLoopCount(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Gets the remaining major loop count from the eDMA current channel TCD.

This function checks the TCD (Task Control Descriptor) status for a specified eDMA channel and returns the number of major loop count that has not finished.

Note

1. This function can only be used to get unfinished major loop count of transfer without the next TCD, or it might be inaccuracy.

The unfinished/remaining transfer bytes cannot be obtained directly from registers while the channel is running. Because to calculate the remaining bytes, the initial NBYTES configured in DMA_TCDn_NBYTES_MLNO register is needed while the eDMA IP does not support getting it while a channel is active. In another word, the NBYTES value reading is always the actual (decrementing) NBYTES value the dma_engine is working with while a channel is running. Consequently, to get the remaining transfer bytes, a software-saved initial value of NBYTES (for example copied before enabling the channel) is needed. The formula to calculate it is shown below: RemainingBytes = RemainingMajorLoopCount * NBYTES(initially configured)

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

Returns:

Major loop count which has not been transferred yet for the current TCD.

static inline uint32_t EDMA_GetErrorStatusFlags(DMA_Type *base)

Gets the eDMA channel error status flags.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.

Returns:

The mask of error status flags. Users need to use the _edma_error_status_flags type to decode the return variables.

uint32_t EDMA_GetChannelStatusFlags(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Gets the eDMA channel status flags.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

Returns:

The mask of channel status flags. Users need to use the _edma_channel_status_flags type to decode the return variables.

void EDMA_ClearChannelStatusFlags(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Clears the eDMA channel status flags.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
mask – The mask of channel status to be cleared. Users need to use the defined _edma_channel_status_flags type.

void EDMA_CreateHandle(edma_handle_t *handle, DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Creates the eDMA handle.

This function is called if using the transactional API for eDMA. This function initializes the internal state of the eDMA handle.

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer. The eDMA handle stores callback function and parameters.
base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

void EDMA_InstallTCDMemory(edma_handle_t *handle, edma_tcd_t *tcdPool, uint32_t tcdSize)

Installs the TCDs memory pool into the eDMA handle.

This function is called after the EDMA_CreateHandle to use scatter/gather feature. This function shall only be used while users need to use scatter gather mode. Scatter gather mode enables EDMA to load a new transfer control block (tcd) in hardware, and automatically reconfigure that DMA channel for a new transfer. Users need to prepare tcd memory and also configure tcds using interface EDMA_SubmitTransfer.

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer.
tcdPool – A memory pool to store TCDs. It must be 32 bytes aligned.
tcdSize – The number of TCD slots.

void EDMA_SetCallback(edma_handle_t *handle, edma_callback callback, void *userData)

Installs a callback function for the eDMA transfer.

This callback is called in the eDMA IRQ handler. Use the callback to do something after the current major loop transfer completes. This function will be called every time one tcd finished transfer.

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer.
callback – eDMA callback function pointer.
userData – A parameter for the callback function.

void EDMA_PrepareTransferConfig(edma_transfer_config_t *config, void *srcAddr, uint32_t srcWidth, int16_t srcOffset, void *destAddr, uint32_t destWidth, int16_t destOffset, uint32_t bytesEachRequest, uint32_t transferBytes)

Prepares the eDMA transfer structure configurations.

This function prepares the transfer configuration structure according to the user input.

Note

The data address and the data width must be consistent. For example, if the SRC is 4 bytes, the source address must be 4 bytes aligned, or it results in source address error (SAE).

Parameters:

config – The user configuration structure of type edma_transfer_t.
srcAddr – eDMA transfer source address.
srcWidth – eDMA transfer source address width(bytes).
srcOffset – source address offset.
destAddr – eDMA transfer destination address.
destWidth – eDMA transfer destination address width(bytes).
destOffset – destination address offset.
bytesEachRequest – eDMA transfer bytes per channel request.
transferBytes – eDMA transfer bytes to be transferred.

void EDMA_PrepareTransfer(edma_transfer_config_t *config, void *srcAddr, uint32_t srcWidth, void *destAddr, uint32_t destWidth, uint32_t bytesEachRequest, uint32_t transferBytes, edma_transfer_type_t transferType)

Prepares the eDMA transfer structure.

This function prepares the transfer configuration structure according to the user input.

Note

The data address and the data width must be consistent. For example, if the SRC is 4 bytes, the source address must be 4 bytes aligned, or it results in source address error (SAE).

Parameters:

config – The user configuration structure of type edma_transfer_t.
srcAddr – eDMA transfer source address.
srcWidth – eDMA transfer source address width(bytes).
destAddr – eDMA transfer destination address.
destWidth – eDMA transfer destination address width(bytes).
bytesEachRequest – eDMA transfer bytes per channel request.
transferBytes – eDMA transfer bytes to be transferred.
transferType – eDMA transfer type.

status_t EDMA_SubmitTransfer(edma_handle_t *handle, const edma_transfer_config_t *config)

Submits the eDMA transfer request.

This function submits the eDMA transfer request according to the transfer configuration structure. In scatter gather mode, call this function will add a configured tcd to the circular list of tcd pool. The tcd pools is setup by call function EDMA_InstallTCDMemory before.

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer.
config – Pointer to eDMA transfer configuration structure.

Return values:

kStatus_EDMA_Success – It means submit transfer request succeed.
kStatus_EDMA_QueueFull – It means TCD queue is full. Submit transfer request is not allowed.
kStatus_EDMA_Busy – It means the given channel is busy, need to submit request later.

void EDMA_StartTransfer(edma_handle_t *handle)

eDMA starts transfer.

This function enables the channel request. Users can call this function after submitting the transfer request or before submitting the transfer request.

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer.

void EDMA_StopTransfer(edma_handle_t *handle)

eDMA stops transfer.

This function disables the channel request to pause the transfer. Users can call EDMA_StartTransfer() again to resume the transfer.

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer.

void EDMA_AbortTransfer(edma_handle_t *handle)

eDMA aborts transfer.

This function disables the channel request and clear transfer status bits. Users can submit another transfer after calling this API.

Parameters:

handle – DMA handle pointer.

static inline uint32_t EDMA_GetUnusedTCDNumber(edma_handle_t *handle)

Get unused TCD slot number.

This function gets current tcd index which is run. If the TCD pool pointer is NULL, it will return 0.

Parameters:

handle – DMA handle pointer.

Returns:

The unused tcd slot number.

static inline uint32_t EDMA_GetNextTCDAddress(edma_handle_t *handle)

Get the next tcd address.

This function gets the next tcd address. If this is last TCD, return 0.

Parameters:

handle – DMA handle pointer.

Returns:

The next TCD address.

void EDMA_HandleIRQ(edma_handle_t *handle)

eDMA IRQ handler for the current major loop transfer completion.

This function clears the channel major interrupt flag and calls the callback function if it is not NULL.

Note: For the case using TCD queue, when the major iteration count is exhausted, additional operations are performed. These include the final address adjustments and reloading of the BITER field into the CITER. Assertion of an optional interrupt request also occurs at this time, as does a possible fetch of a new TCD from memory using the scatter/gather address pointer included in the descriptor (if scatter/gather is enabled).

For instance, when the time interrupt of TCD[0] happens, the TCD[1] has already been loaded into the eDMA engine. As sga and sga_index are calculated based on the DLAST_SGA bitfield lies in the TCD_CSR register, the sga_index in this case should be 2 (DLAST_SGA of TCD[1] stores the address of TCD[2]). Thus, the “tcdUsed” updated should be (tcdUsed - 2U) which indicates the number of TCDs can be loaded in the memory pool (because TCD[0] and TCD[1] have been loaded into the eDMA engine at this point already.).

For the last two continuous ISRs in a scatter/gather process, they both load the last TCD (The last ISR does not load a new TCD) from the memory pool to the eDMA engine when major loop completes. Therefore, ensure that the header and tcdUsed updated are identical for them. tcdUsed are both 0 in this case as no TCD to be loaded.

See the “eDMA basic data flow” in the eDMA Functional description section of the Reference Manual for further details.

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer.

FSL_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION

eDMA driver version

Version 2.4.4.

enum _edma_transfer_size

eDMA transfer configuration

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize1Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 1 byte every time

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize2Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 2 bytes every time

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize4Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 4 bytes every time

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize8Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 8 bytes every time

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize16Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 16 bytes every time

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize32Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 32 bytes every time

enum _edma_modulo

eDMA modulo configuration

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_ModuloDisable: Disable modulo

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo2bytes: Circular buffer size is 2 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo4bytes: Circular buffer size is 4 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo8bytes: Circular buffer size is 8 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo16bytes: Circular buffer size is 16 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo32bytes: Circular buffer size is 32 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo64bytes: Circular buffer size is 64 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo128bytes: Circular buffer size is 128 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo256bytes: Circular buffer size is 256 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo512bytes: Circular buffer size is 512 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo1Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 1 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo2Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 2 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo4Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 4 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo8Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 8 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo16Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 16 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo32Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 32 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo64Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 64 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo128Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 128 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo256Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 256 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo512Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 512 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo1Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 1 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo2Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 2 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo4Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 4 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo8Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 8 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo16Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 16 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo32Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 32 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo64Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 64 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo128Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 128 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo256Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 256 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo512Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 512 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo1Gbytes: Circular buffer size is 1 G bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo2Gbytes: Circular buffer size is 2 G bytes.

enum _edma_bandwidth

Bandwidth control.

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_BandwidthStallNone: No eDMA engine stalls.

enumerator kEDMA_BandwidthStall4Cycle: eDMA engine stalls for 4 cycles after each read/write.

enumerator kEDMA_BandwidthStall8Cycle: eDMA engine stalls for 8 cycles after each read/write.

enum _edma_channel_link_type

Channel link type.

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_LinkNone: No channel link

enumerator kEDMA_MinorLink: Channel link after each minor loop

enumerator kEDMA_MajorLink: Channel link while major loop count exhausted

_edma_channel_status_flags eDMA channel status flags.

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_DoneFlag: DONE flag, set while transfer finished, CITER value exhausted

enumerator kEDMA_ErrorFlag: eDMA error flag, an error occurred in a transfer

enumerator kEDMA_InterruptFlag: eDMA interrupt flag, set while an interrupt occurred of this channel

_edma_error_status_flags eDMA channel error status flags.

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_DestinationBusErrorFlag: Bus error on destination address

enumerator kEDMA_SourceBusErrorFlag: Bus error on the source address

enumerator kEDMA_ScatterGatherErrorFlag: Error on the Scatter/Gather address, not 32byte aligned.

enumerator kEDMA_NbytesErrorFlag: NBYTES/CITER configuration error

enumerator kEDMA_DestinationOffsetErrorFlag: Destination offset not aligned with destination size

enumerator kEDMA_DestinationAddressErrorFlag: Destination address not aligned with destination size

enumerator kEDMA_SourceOffsetErrorFlag: Source offset not aligned with source size

enumerator kEDMA_SourceAddressErrorFlag: Source address not aligned with source size

enumerator kEDMA_ErrorChannelFlag: Error channel number of the cancelled channel number

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelPriorityErrorFlag: Channel priority is not unique.

enumerator kEDMA_TransferCanceledFlag: Transfer cancelled

enumerator kEDMA_ValidFlag: No error occurred, this bit is 0. Otherwise, it is 1.

enum _edma_interrupt_enable

eDMA interrupt source

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_ErrorInterruptEnable: Enable interrupt while channel error occurs.

enumerator kEDMA_MajorInterruptEnable: Enable interrupt while major count exhausted.

enumerator kEDMA_HalfInterruptEnable: Enable interrupt while major count to half value.

enum _edma_transfer_type

eDMA transfer type

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_MemoryToMemory: Transfer from memory to memory

enumerator kEDMA_PeripheralToMemory: Transfer from peripheral to memory

enumerator kEDMA_MemoryToPeripheral: Transfer from memory to peripheral

enumerator kEDMA_PeripheralToPeripheral: Transfer from Peripheral to peripheral

_edma_transfer_status eDMA transfer status

Values:

enumerator kStatus_EDMA_QueueFull: TCD queue is full.

enumerator kStatus_EDMA_Busy: Channel is busy and can’t handle the transfer request.

typedef enum _edma_transfer_size edma_transfer_size_t: eDMA transfer configuration

typedef enum _edma_modulo edma_modulo_t: eDMA modulo configuration

typedef enum _edma_bandwidth edma_bandwidth_t: Bandwidth control.

typedef enum _edma_channel_link_type edma_channel_link_type_t: Channel link type.

typedef enum _edma_interrupt_enable edma_interrupt_enable_t: eDMA interrupt source

typedef enum _edma_transfer_type edma_transfer_type_t: eDMA transfer type

typedef struct _edma_config edma_config_t: eDMA global configuration structure.

typedef struct _edma_transfer_config edma_transfer_config_t

eDMA transfer configuration

This structure configures the source/destination transfer attribute.

typedef struct _edma_channel_Preemption_config edma_channel_Preemption_config_t: eDMA channel priority configuration

typedef struct _edma_minor_offset_config edma_minor_offset_config_t: eDMA minor offset configuration

typedef struct _edma_tcd edma_tcd_t

eDMA TCD.

This structure is same as TCD register which is described in reference manual, and is used to configure the scatter/gather feature as a next hardware TCD.

typedef void (*edma_callback)(struct _edma_handle *handle, void *userData, bool transferDone, uint32_t tcds)

Define callback function for eDMA.

This callback function is called in the EDMA interrupt handle. In normal mode, run into callback function means the transfer users need is done. In scatter gather mode, run into callback function means a transfer control block (tcd) is finished. Not all transfer finished, users can get the finished tcd numbers using interface EDMA_GetUnusedTCDNumber.

Param handle:: EDMA handle pointer, users shall not touch the values inside.
Param userData:: The callback user parameter pointer. Users can use this parameter to involve things users need to change in EDMA callback function.
Param transferDone:: If the current loaded transfer done. In normal mode it means if all transfer done. In scatter gather mode, this parameter shows is the current transfer block in EDMA register is done. As the load of core is different, it will be different if the new tcd loaded into EDMA registers while this callback called. If true, it always means new tcd still not loaded into registers, while false means new tcd already loaded into registers.
Param tcds:: How many tcds are done from the last callback. This parameter only used in scatter gather mode. It tells user how many tcds are finished between the last callback and this.

typedef struct _edma_handle edma_handle_t: eDMA transfer handle structure

DMA_DCHPRI_INDEX(channel): Compute the offset unit from DCHPRI3.

struct _edma_config

#include <fsl_edma.h>

eDMA global configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableContinuousLinkMode: Enable (true) continuous link mode. Upon minor loop completion, the channel activates again if that channel has a minor loop channel link enabled and the link channel is itself.

bool enableHaltOnError: Enable (true) transfer halt on error. Any error causes the HALT bit to set. Subsequently, all service requests are ignored until the HALT bit is cleared.

bool enableRoundRobinArbitration: Enable (true) round robin channel arbitration method or fixed priority arbitration is used for channel selection

bool enableDebugMode: Enable(true) eDMA debug mode. When in debug mode, the eDMA stalls the start of a new channel. Executing channels are allowed to complete.

struct _edma_transfer_config

#include <fsl_edma.h>

eDMA transfer configuration

This structure configures the source/destination transfer attribute.

Public Members

uint32_t srcAddr: Source data address.

uint32_t destAddr: Destination data address.

edma_transfer_size_t srcTransferSize: Source data transfer size.

edma_transfer_size_t destTransferSize: Destination data transfer size.

int16_t srcOffset: Sign-extended offset applied to the current source address to form the next-state value as each source read is completed.

int16_t destOffset: Sign-extended offset applied to the current destination address to form the next-state value as each destination write is completed.

uint32_t minorLoopBytes: Bytes to transfer in a minor loop

uint32_t majorLoopCounts: Major loop iteration count.

struct _edma_channel_Preemption_config

#include <fsl_edma.h>

eDMA channel priority configuration

Public Members

bool enableChannelPreemption: If true: a channel can be suspended by other channel with higher priority

bool enablePreemptAbility: If true: a channel can suspend other channel with low priority

uint8_t channelPriority: Channel priority

struct _edma_minor_offset_config

#include <fsl_edma.h>

eDMA minor offset configuration

Public Members

bool enableSrcMinorOffset: Enable(true) or Disable(false) source minor loop offset.

bool enableDestMinorOffset: Enable(true) or Disable(false) destination minor loop offset.

uint32_t minorOffset: Offset for a minor loop mapping.

struct _edma_tcd

#include <fsl_edma.h>

eDMA TCD.

This structure is same as TCD register which is described in reference manual, and is used to configure the scatter/gather feature as a next hardware TCD.

Public Members

__IO uint32_t SADDR: SADDR register, used to save source address

__IO uint16_t SOFF: SOFF register, save offset bytes every transfer

__IO uint16_t ATTR: ATTR register, source/destination transfer size and modulo

__IO uint32_t NBYTES: Nbytes register, minor loop length in bytes

__IO uint32_t SLAST: SLAST register

__IO uint32_t DADDR: DADDR register, used for destination address

__IO uint16_t DOFF: DOFF register, used for destination offset

__IO uint16_t CITER: CITER register, current minor loop numbers, for unfinished minor loop.

__IO uint32_t DLAST_SGA: DLASTSGA register, next tcd address used in scatter-gather mode

__IO uint16_t CSR: CSR register, for TCD control status

__IO uint16_t BITER: BITER register, begin minor loop count.

struct _edma_handle

#include <fsl_edma.h>

eDMA transfer handle structure

Public Members

edma_callback callback: Callback function for major count exhausted.

void *userData: Callback function parameter.

DMA_Type *base: eDMA peripheral base address.

edma_tcd_t *tcdPool: Pointer to memory stored TCDs.

uint8_t channel: eDMA channel number.

volatile int8_t header: The first TCD index. Should point to the next TCD to be loaded into the eDMA engine.

volatile int8_t tail: The last TCD index. Should point to the next TCD to be stored into the memory pool.

volatile int8_t tcdUsed: The number of used TCD slots. Should reflect the number of TCDs can be used/loaded in the memory.

volatile int8_t tcdSize: The total number of TCD slots in the queue.

uint8_t flags: The status of the current channel.

ENC: Quadrature Encoder/Decoder

void ENC_Init(ENC_Type *base, const enc_config_t *config)

Initialization for the ENC module.

This function is to make the initialization for the ENC module. It should be called firstly before any operation to the ENC with the operations like:

Enable the clock for ENC module.
Configure the ENC’s working attributes.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to configuration structure. See to “enc_config_t”.

void ENC_Deinit(ENC_Type *base)

De-initialization for the ENC module.

This function is to make the de-initialization for the ENC module. It could be called when ENC is no longer used with the operations like:

Disable the clock for ENC module.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address.

void ENC_GetDefaultConfig(enc_config_t *config)

Get an available pre-defined settings for ENC’s configuration.

This function initializes the ENC configuration structure with an available settings, the default value are:

config->enableReverseDirection                = false;
config->decoderWorkMode                       = kENC_DecoderWorkAsNormalMode;
config->HOMETriggerMode                       = kENC_HOMETriggerDisabled;
config->INDEXTriggerMode                      = kENC_INDEXTriggerDisabled;
config->enableTRIGGERClearPositionCounter     = false;
config->enableTRIGGERClearHoldPositionCounter = false;
config->enableWatchdog                        = false;
config->watchdogTimeoutValue                  = 0U;
config->filterCount                           = 0U;
config->filterSamplePeriod                    = 0U;
config->positionMatchMode                     = kENC_POSMATCHOnPositionCounterEqualToComapreValue;
config->positionCompareValue                  = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
config->revolutionCountCondition              = kENC_RevolutionCountOnINDEXPulse;
config->enableModuloCountMode                 = false;
config->positionModulusValue                  = 0U;
config->positionInitialValue                  = 0U;
config->prescalerValue                        = kENC_ClockDiv1;
config->enablePeriodMeasurementFunction       = true;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to a variable of configuration structure. See to “enc_config_t”.

void ENC_DoSoftwareLoadInitialPositionValue(ENC_Type *base)

Load the initial position value to position counter.

This function is to transfer the initial position value (UINIT and LINIT) contents to position counter (UPOS and LPOS), so that to provide the consistent operation the position counter registers.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address.

void ENC_SetSelfTestConfig(ENC_Type *base, const enc_self_test_config_t *config)

Enable and configure the self test function.

This function is to enable and configuration the self test function. It controls and sets the frequency of a quadrature signal generator. It provides a quadrature test signal to the inputs of the quadrature decoder module. It is a factory test feature; however, it may be useful to customers’ software development and testing.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to configuration structure. See to “enc_self_test_config_t”. Pass “NULL” to disable.

void ENC_EnableWatchdog(ENC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable watchdog for ENC module.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address
enable – Enables or disables the watchdog

void ENC_SetInitialPositionValue(ENC_Type *base, uint32_t value)

Set initial position value for ENC module.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address
value – Positive initial value

uint32_t ENC_GetStatusFlags(ENC_Type *base)

Get the status flags.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Mask value of status flags. For available mask, see to “_enc_status_flags”.

void ENC_ClearStatusFlags(ENC_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clear the status flags.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address.
mask – Mask value of status flags to be cleared. For available mask, see to “_enc_status_flags”.

static inline uint16_t ENC_GetSignalStatusFlags(ENC_Type *base)

Get the signals’ real-time status.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Mask value of signals’ real-time status. For available mask, see to “_enc_signal_status_flags”

void ENC_EnableInterrupts(ENC_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enable the interrupts.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address.
mask – Mask value of interrupts to be enabled. For available mask, see to “_enc_interrupt_enable”.

void ENC_DisableInterrupts(ENC_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disable the interrupts.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address.
mask – Mask value of interrupts to be disabled. For available mask, see to “_enc_interrupt_enable”.

uint32_t ENC_GetEnabledInterrupts(ENC_Type *base)

Get the enabled interrupts’ flags.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Mask value of enabled interrupts.

uint32_t ENC_GetPositionValue(ENC_Type *base)

Get the current position counter’s value.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Current position counter’s value.

uint32_t ENC_GetHoldPositionValue(ENC_Type *base)

Get the hold position counter’s value.

When any of the counter registers is read, the contents of each counter register is written to the corresponding hold register. Taking a snapshot of the counters’ values provides a consistent view of a system position and a velocity to be attained.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Hold position counter’s value.

static inline uint16_t ENC_GetPositionDifferenceValue(ENC_Type *base)

Get the position difference counter’s value.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address.

Returns:

The position difference counter’s value.

static inline uint16_t ENC_GetHoldPositionDifferenceValue(ENC_Type *base)

Get the hold position difference counter’s value.

When any of the counter registers is read, the contents of each counter register is written to the corresponding hold register. Taking a snapshot of the counters’ values provides a consistent view of a system position and a velocity to be attained.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Hold position difference counter’s value.

static inline uint16_t ENC_GetRevolutionValue(ENC_Type *base)

Get the position revolution counter’s value.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address.

Returns:

The position revolution counter’s value.

static inline uint16_t ENC_GetHoldRevolutionValue(ENC_Type *base)

Get the hold position revolution counter’s value.

When any of the counter registers is read, the contents of each counter register is written to the corresponding hold register. Taking a snapshot of the counters’ values provides a consistent view of a system position and a velocity to be attained.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Hold position revolution counter’s value.

static inline uint16_t ENC_GetLastEdgeTimeValue(ENC_Type *base)

Get the last edge time value.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address.

Returns:

The last edge time hold value.

static inline uint16_t ENC_GetHoldLastEdgeTimeValue(ENC_Type *base)

Get the last edge time hold value.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address.

Returns:

The last edge time hold value.

static inline uint16_t ENC_GetPositionDifferencePeriodValue(ENC_Type *base)

Get the position difference period value.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address.

Returns:

The position difference period hold value.

static inline uint16_t ENC_GetPositionDifferencePeriodBufferValue(ENC_Type *base)

Get the position difference period buffer value.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address.

Returns:

The position difference period hold value.

static inline uint16_t ENC_GetHoldPositionDifferencePeriodValue(ENC_Type *base)

Get the position difference period hold value.

Parameters:

base – ENC peripheral base address.

Returns:

The position difference period hold value.

enum _enc_interrupt_enable

Interrupt enable/disable mask.

Values:

enumerator kENC_HOMETransitionInterruptEnable: HOME interrupt enable.

enumerator kENC_INDEXPulseInterruptEnable: INDEX pulse interrupt enable.

enumerator kENC_WatchdogTimeoutInterruptEnable: Watchdog timeout interrupt enable.

enumerator kENC_PositionCompareInerruptEnable: Position compare interrupt enable.

enumerator kENC_PositionRollOverInterruptEnable: Roll-over interrupt enable.

enumerator kENC_PositionRollUnderInterruptEnable: Roll-under interrupt enable.

enum _enc_status_flags

Status flag mask.

These flags indicate the counter’s events.

Values:

enumerator kENC_HOMETransitionFlag: HOME signal transition interrupt request.

enumerator kENC_INDEXPulseFlag: INDEX Pulse Interrupt Request.

enumerator kENC_WatchdogTimeoutFlag: Watchdog timeout interrupt request.

enumerator kENC_PositionCompareFlag: Position compare interrupt request.

enumerator kENC_PositionRollOverFlag: Roll-over interrupt request.

enumerator kENC_PositionRollUnderFlag: Roll-under interrupt request.

enumerator kENC_LastCountDirectionFlag: Last count was in the up direction, or the down direction.

enum _enc_signal_status_flags

Signal status flag mask.

These flags indicate the counter’s signal.

Values:

enumerator kENC_RawHOMEStatusFlag: Raw HOME input.

enumerator kENC_RawINDEXStatusFlag: Raw INDEX input.

enumerator kENC_RawPHBStatusFlag: Raw PHASEB input.

enumerator kENC_RawPHAEXStatusFlag: Raw PHASEA input.

enumerator kENC_FilteredHOMEStatusFlag: The filtered version of HOME input.

enumerator kENC_FilteredINDEXStatusFlag: The filtered version of INDEX input.

enumerator kENC_FilteredPHBStatusFlag: The filtered version of PHASEB input.

enumerator kENC_FilteredPHAStatusFlag: The filtered version of PHASEA input.

enum _enc_home_trigger_mode

Define HOME signal’s trigger mode.

The ENC would count the trigger from HOME signal line.

Values:

enumerator kENC_HOMETriggerDisabled: HOME signal’s trigger is disabled.

enumerator kENC_HOMETriggerOnRisingEdge: Use positive going edge-to-trigger initialization of position counters.

enumerator kENC_HOMETriggerOnFallingEdge: Use negative going edge-to-trigger initialization of position counters.

enum _enc_index_trigger_mode

Define INDEX signal’s trigger mode.

The ENC would count the trigger from INDEX signal line.

Values:

enumerator kENC_INDEXTriggerDisabled: INDEX signal’s trigger is disabled.

enumerator kENC_INDEXTriggerOnRisingEdge: Use positive going edge-to-trigger initialization of position counters.

enumerator kENC_INDEXTriggerOnFallingEdge: Use negative going edge-to-trigger initialization of position counters.

enum _enc_decoder_work_mode

Define type for decoder work mode.

The normal work mode uses the standard quadrature decoder with PHASEA and PHASEB. When in signal phase count mode, a positive transition of the PHASEA input generates a count signal while the PHASEB input and the reverse direction control the counter direction. If the reverse direction is not enabled, PHASEB = 0 means counting up and PHASEB = 1 means counting down. Otherwise, the direction is reversed.

Values:

enumerator kENC_DecoderWorkAsNormalMode: Use standard quadrature decoder with PHASEA and PHASEB.

enumerator kENC_DecoderWorkAsSignalPhaseCountMode: PHASEA input generates a count signal while PHASEB input control the direction.

enum _enc_position_match_mode

Define type for the condition of POSMATCH pulses.

Values:

enumerator kENC_POSMATCHOnPositionCounterEqualToComapreValue: POSMATCH pulses when a match occurs between the position counters (POS) and the compare value (COMP).

enumerator kENC_POSMATCHOnReadingAnyPositionCounter: POSMATCH pulses when any position counter register is read.

enum _enc_revolution_count_condition

Define type for determining how the revolution counter (REV) is incremented/decremented.

Values:

enumerator kENC_RevolutionCountOnINDEXPulse: Use INDEX pulse to increment/decrement revolution counter.

enumerator kENC_RevolutionCountOnRollOverModulus: Use modulus counting roll-over/under to increment/decrement revolution counter.

enum _enc_self_test_direction

Define type for direction of self test generated signal.

Values:

enumerator kENC_SelfTestDirectionPositive: Self test generates the signal in positive direction.

enumerator kENC_SelfTestDirectionNegative: Self test generates the signal in negative direction.

enum _enc_prescaler

Define prescaler value for clock in CTRL3.

The clock is prescaled by a value of 2^PRSC which means that the prescaler logic can divide the clock by a minimum of 1 and a maximum of 32,768.

Values:

enumerator kENC_ClockDiv1

enumerator kENC_ClockDiv2

enumerator kENC_ClockDiv4

enumerator kENC_ClockDiv8

enumerator kENC_ClockDiv16

enumerator kENC_ClockDiv32

enumerator kENC_ClockDiv64

enumerator kENC_ClockDiv128

enumerator kENC_ClockDiv256

enumerator kENC_ClockDiv512

enumerator kENC_ClockDiv1024

enumerator kENC_ClockDiv2048

enumerator kENC_ClockDiv4096

enumerator kENC_ClockDiv8192

enumerator kENC_ClockDiv16384

enumerator kENC_ClockDiv32768

enum _enc_filter_prescaler

Define input filter prescaler value.

The input filter prescaler value is to prescale the IPBus clock. (Frequency of FILT clock) = (Frequency of IPBus clock) / 2^FILT_PRSC.

Values:

enumerator kENC_FilterPrescalerDiv1: Input filter prescaler is 1.

enumerator kENC_FilterPrescalerDiv2: Input filter prescaler is 2.

enumerator kENC_FilterPrescalerDiv4: Input filter prescaler is 4.

enumerator kENC_FilterPrescalerDiv8: Input filter prescaler is 8.

enumerator kENC_FilterPrescalerDiv16: Input filter prescaler is 16.

enumerator kENC_FilterPrescalerDiv32: Input filter prescaler is 32.

enumerator kENC_FilterPrescalerDiv64: Input filter prescaler is 64.

enumerator kENC_FilterPrescalerDiv128: Input filter prescaler is 128.

typedef enum _enc_home_trigger_mode enc_home_trigger_mode_t

Define HOME signal’s trigger mode.

The ENC would count the trigger from HOME signal line.

typedef enum _enc_index_trigger_mode enc_index_trigger_mode_t

Define INDEX signal’s trigger mode.

The ENC would count the trigger from INDEX signal line.

typedef enum _enc_decoder_work_mode enc_decoder_work_mode_t

Define type for decoder work mode.

The normal work mode uses the standard quadrature decoder with PHASEA and PHASEB. When in signal phase count mode, a positive transition of the PHASEA input generates a count signal while the PHASEB input and the reverse direction control the counter direction. If the reverse direction is not enabled, PHASEB = 0 means counting up and PHASEB = 1 means counting down. Otherwise, the direction is reversed.

typedef enum _enc_position_match_mode enc_position_match_mode_t: Define type for the condition of POSMATCH pulses.

typedef enum _enc_revolution_count_condition enc_revolution_count_condition_t: Define type for determining how the revolution counter (REV) is incremented/decremented.

typedef enum _enc_self_test_direction enc_self_test_direction_t: Define type for direction of self test generated signal.

typedef enum _enc_prescaler enc_prescaler_t

Define prescaler value for clock in CTRL3.

The clock is prescaled by a value of 2^PRSC which means that the prescaler logic can divide the clock by a minimum of 1 and a maximum of 32,768.

typedef enum _enc_filter_prescaler enc_filter_prescaler_t

Define input filter prescaler value.

The input filter prescaler value is to prescale the IPBus clock. (Frequency of FILT clock) = (Frequency of IPBus clock) / 2^FILT_PRSC.

typedef struct _enc_config enc_config_t: Define user configuration structure for ENC module.

typedef struct _enc_self_test_config enc_self_test_config_t

Define configuration structure for self test module.

The self test module provides a quadrature test signal to the inputs of the quadrature decoder module. This is a factory test feature. It is also useful to customers’ software development and testing.

FSL_ENC_DRIVER_VERSION

struct _enc_config

#include <fsl_enc.h>

Define user configuration structure for ENC module.

Public Members

bool enableReverseDirection: Enable reverse direction counting.

enc_decoder_work_mode_t decoderWorkMode: Enable signal phase count mode.

enc_home_trigger_mode_t HOMETriggerMode: Enable HOME to initialize position counters.

enc_index_trigger_mode_t INDEXTriggerMode: Enable INDEX to initialize position counters.

bool enableTRIGGERClearPositionCounter: Clear POSD, REV, UPOS and LPOS on rising edge of TRIGGER, or not.

bool enableTRIGGERClearHoldPositionCounter: Enable update of hold registers on rising edge of TRIGGER, or not.

bool enableWatchdog: Enable the watchdog to detect if the target is moving or not.

uint16_t watchdogTimeoutValue: Watchdog timeout count value. It stores the timeout count for the quadrature decoder module watchdog timer. This field is only available when “enableWatchdog” = true. The available value is a 16-bit unsigned number.

enc_filter_prescaler_t filterPrescaler: Input filter prescaler.

uint16_t filterCount: Input Filter Sample Count. This value should be chosen to reduce the probability of noisy samples causing an incorrect transition to be recognized. The value represent the number of consecutive samples that must agree prior to the input filter accepting an input transition. A value of 0x0 represents 3 samples. A value of 0x7 represents 10 samples. The Available range is 0 - 7.

uint16_t filterSamplePeriod: Input Filter Sample Period. This value should be set such that the sampling period is larger than the period of the expected noise. This value represents the sampling period (in IPBus clock cycles) of the decoder input signals. The available range is 0 - 255.

enc_position_match_mode_t positionMatchMode: The condition of POSMATCH pulses.

uint32_t positionCompareValue: Position compare value. The available value is a 32-bit number.

enc_revolution_count_condition_t revolutionCountCondition: Revolution Counter Modulus Enable.

bool enableModuloCountMode: Enable Modulo Counting.

uint32_t positionModulusValue: Position modulus value. This value would be available only when “enableModuloCountMode” = true. The available value is a 32-bit number.

uint32_t positionInitialValue: Position initial value. The available value is a 32-bit number.

bool enablePeriodMeasurementFunction: Enable period measurement function.

enc_prescaler_t prescalerValue: The value of prescaler.

struct _enc_self_test_config

#include <fsl_enc.h>

Define configuration structure for self test module.

The self test module provides a quadrature test signal to the inputs of the quadrature decoder module. This is a factory test feature. It is also useful to customers’ software development and testing.

Public Members

enc_self_test_direction_t signalDirection: Direction of self test generated signal.

uint16_t signalCount: Hold the number of quadrature advances to generate. The available range is 0 - 255.

uint16_t signalPeriod: Hold the period of quadrature phase in IPBus clock cycles. The available range is 0 - 31.

EWM: External Watchdog Monitor Driver

void EWM_Init(EWM_Type *base, const ewm_config_t *config)

Initializes the EWM peripheral.

This function is used to initialize the EWM. After calling, the EWM runs immediately according to the configuration. Note that, except for the interrupt enable control bit, other control bits and registers are write once after a CPU reset. Modifying them more than once generates a bus transfer error.

This is an example.

ewm_config_t config;
EWM_GetDefaultConfig(&config);
config.compareHighValue = 0xAAU;
EWM_Init(ewm_base,&config);

Parameters:

base – EWM peripheral base address
config – The configuration of the EWM

void EWM_Deinit(EWM_Type *base)

Deinitializes the EWM peripheral.

This function is used to shut down the EWM.

Parameters:

base – EWM peripheral base address

void EWM_GetDefaultConfig(ewm_config_t *config)

Initializes the EWM configuration structure.

This function initializes the EWM configuration structure to default values. The default values are as follows.

ewmConfig->enableEwm = true;
ewmConfig->enableEwmInput = false;
ewmConfig->setInputAssertLogic = false;
ewmConfig->enableInterrupt = false;
ewmConfig->ewm_lpo_clock_source_t = kEWM_LpoClockSource0;
ewmConfig->prescaler = 0;
ewmConfig->compareLowValue = 0;
ewmConfig->compareHighValue = 0xFEU;

See also

ewm_config_t

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the EWM configuration structure.

static inline void EWM_EnableInterrupts(EWM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the EWM interrupt.

This function enables the EWM interrupt.

Parameters:

base – EWM peripheral base address
mask – The interrupts to enable The parameter can be combination of the following source if defined
- kEWM_InterruptEnable

static inline void EWM_DisableInterrupts(EWM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the EWM interrupt.

This function enables the EWM interrupt.

Parameters:

base – EWM peripheral base address
mask – The interrupts to disable The parameter can be combination of the following source if defined
- kEWM_InterruptEnable

static inline uint32_t EWM_GetStatusFlags(EWM_Type *base)

Gets all status flags.

This function gets all status flags.

This is an example for getting the running flag.

uint32_t status;
status = EWM_GetStatusFlags(ewm_base) & kEWM_RunningFlag;

See also

_ewm_status_flags_t

True: a related status flag has been set.
False: a related status flag is not set.

Parameters:

base – EWM peripheral base address

Returns:

State of the status flag: asserted (true) or not-asserted (false).

void EWM_Refresh(EWM_Type *base)

Services the EWM.

This function resets the EWM counter to zero.

Parameters:

base – EWM peripheral base address

FSL_EWM_DRIVER_VERSION: EWM driver version 2.0.3.

enum _ewm_lpo_clock_source

Describes EWM clock source.

Values:

enumerator kEWM_LpoClockSource0: EWM clock sourced from lpo_clk[0]

enumerator kEWM_LpoClockSource1: EWM clock sourced from lpo_clk[1]

enumerator kEWM_LpoClockSource2: EWM clock sourced from lpo_clk[2]

enumerator kEWM_LpoClockSource3: EWM clock sourced from lpo_clk[3]

enum _ewm_interrupt_enable_t

EWM interrupt configuration structure with default settings all disabled.

This structure contains the settings for all of EWM interrupt configurations.

Values:

enumerator kEWM_InterruptEnable: Enable the EWM to generate an interrupt

enum _ewm_status_flags_t

EWM status flags.

This structure contains the constants for the EWM status flags for use in the EWM functions.

Values:

enumerator kEWM_RunningFlag: Running flag, set when EWM is enabled

typedef enum _ewm_lpo_clock_source ewm_lpo_clock_source_t: Describes EWM clock source.

typedef struct _ewm_config ewm_config_t

Data structure for EWM configuration.

This structure is used to configure the EWM.

struct _ewm_config

#include <fsl_ewm.h>

Data structure for EWM configuration.

This structure is used to configure the EWM.

Public Members

bool enableEwm: Enable EWM module

bool enableEwmInput: Enable EWM_in input

bool setInputAssertLogic: EWM_in signal assertion state

bool enableInterrupt: Enable EWM interrupt

ewm_lpo_clock_source_t clockSource: Clock source select

uint8_t prescaler: Clock prescaler value

uint8_t compareLowValue: Compare low-register value

uint8_t compareHighValue: Compare high-register value

FlexIO: FlexIO Driver

FlexIO Driver

void FLEXIO_GetDefaultConfig(flexio_config_t *userConfig)

Gets the default configuration to configure the FlexIO module. The configuration can used directly to call the FLEXIO_Configure().

Example:

flexio_config_t config;
FLEXIO_GetDefaultConfig(&config);

Parameters:

userConfig – pointer to flexio_config_t structure

void FLEXIO_Init(FLEXIO_Type *base, const flexio_config_t *userConfig)

Configures the FlexIO with a FlexIO configuration. The configuration structure can be filled by the user or be set with default values by FLEXIO_GetDefaultConfig().

Example

flexio_config_t config = {
.enableFlexio = true,
.enableInDoze = false,
.enableInDebug = true,
.enableFastAccess = false
};
FLEXIO_Configure(base, &config);

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
userConfig – pointer to flexio_config_t structure

void FLEXIO_Deinit(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Gates the FlexIO clock. Call this API to stop the FlexIO clock.

Note

After calling this API, call the FLEXO_Init to use the FlexIO module.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address

uint32_t FLEXIO_GetInstance(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Get instance number for FLEXIO module.

Parameters:

base – FLEXIO peripheral base address.

void FLEXIO_Reset(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Resets the FlexIO module.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address

static inline void FLEXIO_Enable(FLEXIO_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables the FlexIO module operation.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
enable – true to enable, false to disable.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_ReadPinInput(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Reads the input data on each of the FlexIO pins.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address

Returns:

FlexIO pin input data

static inline uint8_t FLEXIO_GetShifterState(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Gets the current state pointer for state mode use.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address

Returns:

current State pointer

void FLEXIO_SetShifterConfig(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint8_t index, const flexio_shifter_config_t *shifterConfig)

Configures the shifter with the shifter configuration. The configuration structure covers both the SHIFTCTL and SHIFTCFG registers. To configure the shifter to the proper mode, select which timer controls the shifter to shift, whether to generate start bit/stop bit, and the polarity of start bit and stop bit.

Example

flexio_shifter_config_t config = {
.timerSelect = 0,
.timerPolarity = kFLEXIO_ShifterTimerPolarityOnPositive,
.pinConfig = kFLEXIO_PinConfigOpenDrainOrBidirection,
.pinPolarity = kFLEXIO_PinActiveLow,
.shifterMode = kFLEXIO_ShifterModeTransmit,
.inputSource = kFLEXIO_ShifterInputFromPin,
.shifterStop = kFLEXIO_ShifterStopBitHigh,
.shifterStart = kFLEXIO_ShifterStartBitLow
};
FLEXIO_SetShifterConfig(base, &config);

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
index – Shifter index
shifterConfig – Pointer to flexio_shifter_config_t structure

void FLEXIO_SetTimerConfig(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint8_t index, const flexio_timer_config_t *timerConfig)

Configures the timer with the timer configuration. The configuration structure covers both the TIMCTL and TIMCFG registers. To configure the timer to the proper mode, select trigger source for timer and the timer pin output and the timing for timer.

Example

flexio_timer_config_t config = {
.triggerSelect = FLEXIO_TIMER_TRIGGER_SEL_SHIFTnSTAT(0),
.triggerPolarity = kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerPolarityActiveLow,
.triggerSource = kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerSourceInternal,
.pinConfig = kFLEXIO_PinConfigOpenDrainOrBidirection,
.pinSelect = 0,
.pinPolarity = kFLEXIO_PinActiveHigh,
.timerMode = kFLEXIO_TimerModeDual8BitBaudBit,
.timerOutput = kFLEXIO_TimerOutputZeroNotAffectedByReset,
.timerDecrement = kFLEXIO_TimerDecSrcOnFlexIOClockShiftTimerOutput,
.timerReset = kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerPinEqualToTimerOutput,
.timerDisable = kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnTimerCompare,
.timerEnable = kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnTriggerHigh,
.timerStop = kFLEXIO_TimerStopBitEnableOnTimerDisable,
.timerStart = kFLEXIO_TimerStartBitEnabled
};
FLEXIO_SetTimerConfig(base, &config);

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
index – Timer index
timerConfig – Pointer to the flexio_timer_config_t structure

static inline void FLEXIO_SetClockMode(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint8_t index, flexio_timer_decrement_source_t clocksource)

This function set the value of the prescaler on flexio channels.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FlexIO simulated peripheral type.
index – Timer index
clocksource – Set clock value

static inline void FLEXIO_EnableShifterStatusInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the shifter status interrupt. The interrupt generates when the corresponding SSF is set.

Note

For multiple shifter status interrupt enable, for example, two shifter status enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The shifter status mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline void FLEXIO_DisableShifterStatusInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the shifter status interrupt. The interrupt won’t generate when the corresponding SSF is set.

Note

For multiple shifter status interrupt enable, for example, two shifter status enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The shifter status mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline void FLEXIO_EnableShifterErrorInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the shifter error interrupt. The interrupt generates when the corresponding SEF is set.

Note

For multiple shifter error interrupt enable, for example, two shifter error enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The shifter error mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline void FLEXIO_DisableShifterErrorInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the shifter error interrupt. The interrupt won’t generate when the corresponding SEF is set.

Note

For multiple shifter error interrupt enable, for example, two shifter error enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The shifter error mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline void FLEXIO_EnableTimerStatusInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the timer status interrupt. The interrupt generates when the corresponding SSF is set.

Note

For multiple timer status interrupt enable, for example, two timer status enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << timer index0) | (1 << timer index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The timer status mask which can be calculated by (1 << timer index)

static inline void FLEXIO_DisableTimerStatusInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the timer status interrupt. The interrupt won’t generate when the corresponding SSF is set.

Note

For multiple timer status interrupt enable, for example, two timer status enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << timer index0) | (1 << timer index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The timer status mask which can be calculated by (1 << timer index)

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_GetShifterStatusFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Gets the shifter status flags.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address

Returns:

Shifter status flags

static inline void FLEXIO_ClearShifterStatusFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the shifter status flags.

Note

For clearing multiple shifter status flags, for example, two shifter status flags, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The shifter status mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_GetShifterErrorFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Gets the shifter error flags.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address

Returns:

Shifter error flags

static inline void FLEXIO_ClearShifterErrorFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the shifter error flags.

Note

For clearing multiple shifter error flags, for example, two shifter error flags, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The shifter error mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_GetTimerStatusFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Gets the timer status flags.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address

Returns:

Timer status flags

static inline void FLEXIO_ClearTimerStatusFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the timer status flags.

Note

For clearing multiple timer status flags, for example, two timer status flags, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << timer index0) | (1 << timer index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The timer status mask which can be calculated by (1 << timer index)

static inline void FLEXIO_EnableShifterStatusDMA(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask, bool enable)

Enables/disables the shifter status DMA. The DMA request generates when the corresponding SSF is set.

Note

For multiple shifter status DMA enables, for example, calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The shifter status mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)
enable – True to enable, false to disable.

uint32_t FLEXIO_GetShifterBufferAddress(FLEXIO_Type *base, flexio_shifter_buffer_type_t type, uint8_t index)

Gets the shifter buffer address for the DMA transfer usage.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
type – Shifter type of flexio_shifter_buffer_type_t
index – Shifter index

Returns:

Corresponding shifter buffer index

status_t FLEXIO_RegisterHandleIRQ(void *base, void *handle, flexio_isr_t isr)

Registers the handle and the interrupt handler for the FlexIO-simulated peripheral.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FlexIO simulated peripheral type.
handle – Pointer to the handler for FlexIO simulated peripheral.
isr – FlexIO simulated peripheral interrupt handler.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/ISR table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_UnregisterHandleIRQ(void *base)

Unregisters the handle and the interrupt handler for the FlexIO-simulated peripheral.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FlexIO simulated peripheral type.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/ISR table out of range.

static inline void FLEXIO_ClearPortOutput(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple FLEXIO pins to the logic 0.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – FLEXIO pin number mask

static inline void FLEXIO_SetPortOutput(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple FLEXIO pins to the logic 1.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – FLEXIO pin number mask

static inline void FLEXIO_TogglePortOutput(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Reverses the current output logic of the multiple FLEXIO pins.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – FLEXIO pin number mask

static inline void FLEXIO_PinWrite(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, uint8_t output)

Sets the output level of the FLEXIO pins to the logic 1 or 0.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
pin – FLEXIO pin number.
output – FLEXIO pin output logic level.
- 0: corresponding pin output low-logic level.
- 1: corresponding pin output high-logic level.

static inline void FLEXIO_EnablePinOutput(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin)

Enables the FLEXIO output pin function.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
pin – FLEXIO pin number.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_PinRead(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin)

Reads the current input value of the FLEXIO pin.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
pin – FLEXIO pin number.

Return values:

FLEXIO – port input value

0: corresponding pin input low-logic level.
1: corresponding pin input high-logic level.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_GetPinStatus(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin)

Gets the FLEXIO input pin status.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
pin – FLEXIO pin number.

Return values:

FLEXIO – port input status

0: corresponding pin input capture no status.
1: corresponding pin input capture rising or falling edge.

static inline void FLEXIO_ClearPortStatus(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the multiple FLEXIO input pins status.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – FLEXIO pin number mask

FSL_FLEXIO_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexIO driver version.

enum _flexio_timer_trigger_polarity

Define time of timer trigger polarity.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerPolarityActiveHigh: Active high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerPolarityActiveLow: Active low.

enum _flexio_timer_trigger_source

Define type of timer trigger source.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerSourceExternal: External trigger selected.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerSourceInternal: Internal trigger selected.

enum _flexio_pin_config

Define type of timer/shifter pin configuration.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinConfigOutputDisabled: Pin output disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinConfigOpenDrainOrBidirection: Pin open drain or bidirectional output enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinConfigBidirectionOutputData: Pin bidirectional output data.

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinConfigOutput: Pin output.

enum _flexio_pin_polarity

Definition of pin polarity.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinActiveHigh: Active high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinActiveLow: Active low.

enum _flexio_timer_mode

Define type of timer work mode.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerModeDisabled: Timer Disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerModeDual8BitBaudBit: Dual 8-bit counters baud/bit mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerModeDual8BitPWM: Dual 8-bit counters PWM mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerModeSingle16Bit: Single 16-bit counter mode.

enum _flexio_timer_output

Define type of timer initial output or timer reset condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerOutputOneNotAffectedByReset: Logic one when enabled and is not affected by timer reset.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerOutputZeroNotAffectedByReset: Logic zero when enabled and is not affected by timer reset.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerOutputOneAffectedByReset: Logic one when enabled and on timer reset.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerOutputZeroAffectedByReset: Logic zero when enabled and on timer reset.

enum _flexio_timer_decrement_source

Define type of timer decrement.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDecSrcOnFlexIOClockShiftTimerOutput: Decrement counter on FlexIO clock, Shift clock equals Timer output.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDecSrcOnTriggerInputShiftTimerOutput: Decrement counter on Trigger input (both edges), Shift clock equals Timer output.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDecSrcOnPinInputShiftPinInput: Decrement counter on Pin input (both edges), Shift clock equals Pin input.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDecSrcOnTriggerInputShiftTriggerInput: Decrement counter on Trigger input (both edges), Shift clock equals Trigger input.

enum _flexio_timer_reset_condition

Define type of timer reset condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetNever: Timer never reset.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerPinEqualToTimerOutput: Timer reset on Timer Pin equal to Timer Output.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerTriggerEqualToTimerOutput: Timer reset on Timer Trigger equal to Timer Output.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerPinRisingEdge: Timer reset on Timer Pin rising edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerTriggerRisingEdge: Timer reset on Trigger rising edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerTriggerBothEdge: Timer reset on Trigger rising or falling edge.

enum _flexio_timer_disable_condition

Define type of timer disable condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableNever: Timer never disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnPreTimerDisable: Timer disabled on Timer N-1 disable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnTimerCompare: Timer disabled on Timer compare.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnTimerCompareTriggerLow: Timer disabled on Timer compare and Trigger Low.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnPinBothEdge: Timer disabled on Pin rising or falling edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnPinBothEdgeTriggerHigh: Timer disabled on Pin rising or falling edge provided Trigger is high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnTriggerFallingEdge: Timer disabled on Trigger falling edge.

enum _flexio_timer_enable_condition

Define type of timer enable condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnabledAlways: Timer always enabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnPrevTimerEnable: Timer enabled on Timer N-1 enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnTriggerHigh: Timer enabled on Trigger high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnTriggerHighPinHigh: Timer enabled on Trigger high and Pin high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnPinRisingEdge: Timer enabled on Pin rising edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnPinRisingEdgeTriggerHigh: Timer enabled on Pin rising edge and Trigger high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnTriggerRisingEdge: Timer enabled on Trigger rising edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnTriggerBothEdge: Timer enabled on Trigger rising or falling edge.

enum _flexio_timer_stop_bit_condition

Define type of timer stop bit generate condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStopBitDisabled: Stop bit disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStopBitEnableOnTimerCompare: Stop bit is enabled on timer compare.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStopBitEnableOnTimerDisable: Stop bit is enabled on timer disable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStopBitEnableOnTimerCompareDisable: Stop bit is enabled on timer compare and timer disable.

enum _flexio_timer_start_bit_condition

Define type of timer start bit generate condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStartBitDisabled: Start bit disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStartBitEnabled: Start bit enabled.

enum _flexio_timer_output_state

FlexIO as PWM channel output state.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_PwmLow: The output state of PWM channel is low

enumerator kFLEXIO_PwmHigh: The output state of PWM channel is high

enum _flexio_shifter_timer_polarity

Define type of timer polarity for shifter control.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterTimerPolarityOnPositive: Shift on positive edge of shift clock.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterTimerPolarityOnNegitive: Shift on negative edge of shift clock.

enum _flexio_shifter_mode

Define type of shifter working mode.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterDisabled: Shifter is disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeReceive: Receive mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeTransmit: Transmit mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeMatchStore: Match store mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeMatchContinuous: Match continuous mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeState: SHIFTBUF contents are used for storing programmable state attributes.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeLogic: SHIFTBUF contents are used for implementing programmable logic look up table.

enum _flexio_shifter_input_source

Define type of shifter input source.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterInputFromPin: Shifter input from pin.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterInputFromNextShifterOutput: Shifter input from Shifter N+1.

enum _flexio_shifter_stop_bit

Define of STOP bit configuration.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStopBitDisable: Disable shifter stop bit.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStopBitLow: Set shifter stop bit to logic low level.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStopBitHigh: Set shifter stop bit to logic high level.

enum _flexio_shifter_start_bit

Define type of START bit configuration.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStartBitDisabledLoadDataOnEnable: Disable shifter start bit, transmitter loads data on enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStartBitDisabledLoadDataOnShift: Disable shifter start bit, transmitter loads data on first shift.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStartBitLow: Set shifter start bit to logic low level.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStartBitHigh: Set shifter start bit to logic high level.

enum _flexio_shifter_buffer_type

Define FlexIO shifter buffer type.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBuffer: Shifter Buffer N Register.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBufferBitSwapped: Shifter Buffer N Bit Byte Swapped Register.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBufferByteSwapped: Shifter Buffer N Byte Swapped Register.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBufferBitByteSwapped: Shifter Buffer N Bit Swapped Register.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBufferNibbleByteSwapped: Shifter Buffer N Nibble Byte Swapped Register.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBufferHalfWordSwapped: Shifter Buffer N Half Word Swapped Register.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBufferNibbleSwapped: Shifter Buffer N Nibble Swapped Register.

enum _flexio_gpio_direction

FLEXIO gpio direction definition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_DigitalInput: Set current pin as digital input

enumerator kFLEXIO_DigitalOutput: Set current pin as digital output

enum _flexio_pin_input_config

FLEXIO gpio input config.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_InputInterruptDisabled: Interrupt request is disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_InputInterruptEnable: Interrupt request is enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_FlagRisingEdgeEnable: Input pin flag on rising edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_FlagFallingEdgeEnable: Input pin flag on falling edge.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_trigger_polarity flexio_timer_trigger_polarity_t: Define time of timer trigger polarity.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_trigger_source flexio_timer_trigger_source_t: Define type of timer trigger source.

typedef enum _flexio_pin_config flexio_pin_config_t: Define type of timer/shifter pin configuration.

typedef enum _flexio_pin_polarity flexio_pin_polarity_t: Definition of pin polarity.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_mode flexio_timer_mode_t: Define type of timer work mode.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_output flexio_timer_output_t: Define type of timer initial output or timer reset condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_decrement_source flexio_timer_decrement_source_t: Define type of timer decrement.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_reset_condition flexio_timer_reset_condition_t: Define type of timer reset condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_disable_condition flexio_timer_disable_condition_t: Define type of timer disable condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_enable_condition flexio_timer_enable_condition_t: Define type of timer enable condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_stop_bit_condition flexio_timer_stop_bit_condition_t: Define type of timer stop bit generate condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_start_bit_condition flexio_timer_start_bit_condition_t: Define type of timer start bit generate condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_output_state flexio_timer_output_state_t: FlexIO as PWM channel output state.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_timer_polarity flexio_shifter_timer_polarity_t: Define type of timer polarity for shifter control.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_mode flexio_shifter_mode_t: Define type of shifter working mode.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_input_source flexio_shifter_input_source_t: Define type of shifter input source.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_stop_bit flexio_shifter_stop_bit_t: Define of STOP bit configuration.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_start_bit flexio_shifter_start_bit_t: Define type of START bit configuration.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_buffer_type flexio_shifter_buffer_type_t: Define FlexIO shifter buffer type.

typedef struct _flexio_config_ flexio_config_t: Define FlexIO user configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_timer_config flexio_timer_config_t: Define FlexIO timer configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_shifter_config flexio_shifter_config_t: Define FlexIO shifter configuration structure.

typedef enum _flexio_gpio_direction flexio_gpio_direction_t: FLEXIO gpio direction definition.

typedef enum _flexio_pin_input_config flexio_pin_input_config_t: FLEXIO gpio input config.

typedef struct _flexio_gpio_config flexio_gpio_config_t

The FLEXIO pin configuration structure.

Each pin can only be configured as either an output pin or an input pin at a time. If configured as an input pin, use inputConfig param. If configured as an output pin, use outputLogic.

typedef void (*flexio_isr_t)(void *base, void *handle): typedef for FlexIO simulated driver interrupt handler.

FLEXIO_Type *const s_flexioBases[]: Pointers to flexio bases for each instance.

const clock_ip_name_t s_flexioClocks[]: Pointers to flexio clocks for each instance.

void FLEXIO_SetPinConfig(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, flexio_gpio_config_t *config)

Configure a FLEXIO pin used by the board.

To Config the FLEXIO PIN, define a pin configuration, as either input or output, in the user file. Then, call the FLEXIO_SetPinConfig() function.

This is an example to define an input pin or an output pin configuration.

Define a digital input pin configuration,
flexio_gpio_config_t config =
{
  kFLEXIO_DigitalInput,
  0U,
  kFLEXIO_FlagRisingEdgeEnable | kFLEXIO_InputInterruptEnable,
}
Define a digital output pin configuration,
flexio_gpio_config_t config =
{
  kFLEXIO_DigitalOutput,
  0U,
  0U
}

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
pin – FLEXIO pin number.
config – FLEXIO pin configuration pointer.

FLEXIO_TIMER_TRIGGER_SEL_PININPUT(x): Calculate FlexIO timer trigger.

FLEXIO_TIMER_TRIGGER_SEL_SHIFTnSTAT(x)

FLEXIO_TIMER_TRIGGER_SEL_TIMn(x)

struct _flexio_config_

#include <fsl_flexio.h>

Define FlexIO user configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableFlexio: Enable/disable FlexIO module

bool enableInDoze: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in doze mode

bool enableInDebug: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in debug mode

bool enableFastAccess: Enable/disable fast access to FlexIO registers, fast access requires the FlexIO clock to be at least twice the frequency of the bus clock.

struct _flexio_timer_config

#include <fsl_flexio.h>

Define FlexIO timer configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t triggerSelect: The internal trigger selection number using MACROs.

flexio_timer_trigger_polarity_t triggerPolarity: Trigger Polarity.

flexio_timer_trigger_source_t triggerSource: Trigger Source, internal (see ‘trgsel’) or external.

flexio_pin_config_t pinConfig: Timer Pin Configuration.

uint32_t pinSelect: Timer Pin number Select.

flexio_pin_polarity_t pinPolarity: Timer Pin Polarity.

flexio_timer_mode_t timerMode: Timer work Mode.

flexio_timer_output_t timerOutput: Configures the initial state of the Timer Output and whether it is affected by the Timer reset.

flexio_timer_decrement_source_t timerDecrement: Configures the source of the Timer decrement and the source of the Shift clock.

flexio_timer_reset_condition_t timerReset: Configures the condition that causes the timer counter (and optionally the timer output) to be reset.

flexio_timer_disable_condition_t timerDisable: Configures the condition that causes the Timer to be disabled and stop decrementing.

flexio_timer_enable_condition_t timerEnable: Configures the condition that causes the Timer to be enabled and start decrementing.

flexio_timer_stop_bit_condition_t timerStop: Timer STOP Bit generation.

flexio_timer_start_bit_condition_t timerStart: Timer STRAT Bit generation.

uint32_t timerCompare: Value for Timer Compare N Register.

struct _flexio_shifter_config

#include <fsl_flexio.h>

Define FlexIO shifter configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t timerSelect: Selects which Timer is used for controlling the logic/shift register and generating the Shift clock.

flexio_shifter_timer_polarity_t timerPolarity: Timer Polarity.

flexio_pin_config_t pinConfig: Shifter Pin Configuration.

uint32_t pinSelect: Shifter Pin number Select.

flexio_pin_polarity_t pinPolarity: Shifter Pin Polarity.

flexio_shifter_mode_t shifterMode: Configures the mode of the Shifter.

uint32_t parallelWidth: Configures the parallel width when using parallel mode.

flexio_shifter_input_source_t inputSource: Selects the input source for the shifter.

flexio_shifter_stop_bit_t shifterStop: Shifter STOP bit.

flexio_shifter_start_bit_t shifterStart: Shifter START bit.

struct _flexio_gpio_config

#include <fsl_flexio.h>

The FLEXIO pin configuration structure.

Each pin can only be configured as either an output pin or an input pin at a time. If configured as an input pin, use inputConfig param. If configured as an output pin, use outputLogic.

Public Members

flexio_gpio_direction_t pinDirection: FLEXIO pin direction, input or output

uint8_t outputLogic: Set a default output logic, which has no use in input

uint8_t inputConfig: Set an input config

FlexIO eDMA I2S Driver

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferTxCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_edma_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *dmaHandle)

Initializes the FlexIO I2S eDMA handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO I2S master DMA handle which can be used for other FlexIO I2S master transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified FlexIO I2S instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S eDMA handle pointer.
callback – FlexIO I2S eDMA callback function called while finished a block.
userData – User parameter for callback.
dmaHandle – eDMA handle for FlexIO I2S. This handle is a static value allocated by users.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferRxCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_edma_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *dmaHandle)

Initializes the FlexIO I2S Rx eDMA handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO I2S slave DMA handle which can be used for other FlexIO I2S master transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified FlexIO I2S instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S eDMA handle pointer.
callback – FlexIO I2S eDMA callback function called while finished a block.
userData – User parameter for callback.
dmaHandle – eDMA handle for FlexIO I2S. This handle is a static value allocated by users.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferSetFormatEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_format_t *format, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Configures the FlexIO I2S Tx audio format.

Audio format can be changed in run-time of FlexIO I2S. This function configures the sample rate and audio data format to be transferred. This function also sets the eDMA parameter according to format.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S eDMA handle pointer
format – Pointer to FlexIO I2S audio data format structure.
srcClock_Hz – FlexIO I2S clock source frequency in Hz, it should be 0 while in slave mode.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferSendEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking FlexIO I2S transfer using DMA.

Note

This interface returned immediately after transfer initiates. Users should call FLEXIO_I2S_GetTransferStatus to poll the transfer status and check whether the FlexIO I2S transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.
xfer – Pointer to DMA transfer structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Start a FlexIO I2S eDMA send successfully.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input arguments is invalid.
kStatus_TxBusy – FlexIO I2S is busy sending data.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferReceiveEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking FlexIO I2S receive using eDMA.

Note

This interface returned immediately after transfer initiates. Users should call FLEXIO_I2S_GetReceiveRemainingBytes to poll the transfer status and check whether the FlexIO I2S transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.
xfer – Pointer to DMA transfer structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Start a FlexIO I2S eDMA receive successfully.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input arguments is invalid.
kStatus_RxBusy – FlexIO I2S is busy receiving data.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferAbortSendEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a FlexIO I2S transfer using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferAbortReceiveEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a FlexIO I2S receive using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferGetSendCountEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the remaining bytes to be sent.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.
count – Bytes sent.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferGetReceiveCountEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Get the remaining bytes to be received.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.
count – Bytes received.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

FSL_FLEXIO_I2S_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexIO I2S EDMA driver version 2.1.8.

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_edma_handle flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t

typedef void (*flexio_i2s_edma_callback_t)(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO I2S eDMA transfer callback function for finish and error.

struct _flexio_i2s_edma_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s_edma.h>

FlexIO I2S DMA transfer handle, users should not touch the content of the handle.

Public Members

edma_handle_t *dmaHandle: DMA handler for FlexIO I2S send

uint8_t bytesPerFrame: Bytes in a frame

uint8_t nbytes: eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

uint32_t state: Internal state for FlexIO I2S eDMA transfer

flexio_i2s_edma_callback_t callback: Callback for users while transfer finish or error occurred

void *userData: User callback parameter

edma_tcd_t tcd[(4U) + 1U]: TCD pool for eDMA transfer.

flexio_i2s_transfer_t queue[(4U)]: Transfer queue storing queued transfer.

size_t transferSize[(4U)]: Data bytes need to transfer

volatile uint8_t queueUser: Index for user to queue transfer.

volatile uint8_t queueDriver: Index for driver to get the transfer data and size

FlexIO eDMA SPI Driver

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_master_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *txHandle, edma_handle_t *rxHandle)

Initializes the FlexIO SPI master eDMA handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO SPI master eDMA handle which can be used for other FlexIO SPI master transactional APIs. For a specified FlexIO SPI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – SPI callback, NULL means no callback.
userData – callback function parameter.
txHandle – User requested eDMA handle for FlexIO SPI RX eDMA transfer.
rxHandle – User requested eDMA handle for FlexIO SPI TX eDMA transfer.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO SPI eDMA type/handle table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking FlexIO SPI transfer using eDMA.

Note

This interface returns immediately after transfer initiates. Call FLEXIO_SPI_MasterGetTransferCountEDMA to poll the transfer status and check whether the FlexIO SPI transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
xfer – Pointer to FlexIO SPI transfer structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start a transfer.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Input argument is invalid.
kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Busy – FlexIO SPI is not idle, is running another transfer.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferAbortEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a FlexIO SPI transfer using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – FlexIO SPI eDMA handle pointer.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferGetCountEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes transferred so far using FlexIO SPI master eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – FlexIO SPI eDMA handle pointer.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

static inline void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_slave_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *txHandle, edma_handle_t *rxHandle)

Initializes the FlexIO SPI slave eDMA handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO SPI slave eDMA handle.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – SPI callback, NULL means no callback.
userData – callback function parameter.
txHandle – User requested eDMA handle for FlexIO SPI TX eDMA transfer.
rxHandle – User requested eDMA handle for FlexIO SPI RX eDMA transfer.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking FlexIO SPI transfer using eDMA.

Note

This interface returns immediately after transfer initiates. Call FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveGetTransferCountEDMA to poll the transfer status and check whether the FlexIO SPI transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
xfer – Pointer to FlexIO SPI transfer structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start a transfer.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Input argument is invalid.
kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Busy – FlexIO SPI is not idle, is running another transfer.

static inline void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferAbortEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a FlexIO SPI transfer using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

static inline status_t FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferGetCountEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes transferred so far using FlexIO SPI slave eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – FlexIO SPI eDMA handle pointer.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

FSL_FLEXIO_SPI_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexIO SPI EDMA driver version.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_master_edma_handle flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t: typedef for flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t in advance.

typedef flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t: Slave handle is the same with master handle.

typedef void (*flexio_spi_master_edma_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO SPI master callback for finished transmit.

typedef void (*flexio_spi_slave_edma_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO SPI slave callback for finished transmit.

struct _flexio_spi_master_edma_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_spi_edma.h>

FlexIO SPI eDMA transfer handle, users should not touch the content of the handle.

Public Members

size_t transferSize: Total bytes to be transferred.

uint8_t nbytes: eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

bool txInProgress: Send transfer in progress

bool rxInProgress: Receive transfer in progress

edma_handle_t *txHandle: DMA handler for SPI send

edma_handle_t *rxHandle: DMA handler for SPI receive

flexio_spi_master_edma_transfer_callback_t callback: Callback for SPI DMA transfer

void *userData: User Data for SPI DMA callback

FlexIO eDMA UART Driver

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *txEdmaHandle, edma_handle_t *rxEdmaHandle)

Initializes the UART handle which is used in transactional functions.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type.
handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure.
callback – The callback function.
userData – The parameter of the callback function.
rxEdmaHandle – User requested DMA handle for RX DMA transfer.
txEdmaHandle – User requested DMA handle for TX DMA transfer.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO SPI eDMA type/handle table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferSendEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_transfer_t *xfer)

Sends data using eDMA.

This function sends data using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is sent out, the send callback function is called.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type
handle – UART handle pointer.
xfer – UART eDMA transfer structure, see flexio_uart_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – if succeed, others failed.
kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_TxBusy – Previous transfer on going.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferReceiveEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_transfer_t *xfer)

Receives data using eDMA.

This function receives data using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is received, the receive callback function is called.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type
handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure
xfer – UART eDMA transfer structure, see flexio_uart_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – if succeed, others failed.
kStatus_UART_RxBusy – Previous transfer on going.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferAbortSendEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the sent data which using eDMA.

This function aborts sent data which using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type
handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferAbortReceiveEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the receive data which using eDMA.

This function aborts the receive data which using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type
handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferGetSendCountEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes sent out.

This function gets the number of bytes sent out.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type
handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure
count – Number of bytes sent so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – transfer has finished or no transfer in progress.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferGetReceiveCountEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes received.

This function gets the number of bytes received.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type
handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure
count – Number of bytes received so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – transfer has finished or no transfer in progress.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

FSL_FLEXIO_UART_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexIO UART EDMA driver version.

typedef struct _flexio_uart_edma_handle flexio_uart_edma_handle_t

typedef void (*flexio_uart_edma_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): UART transfer callback function.

struct _flexio_uart_edma_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_uart_edma.h>

UART eDMA handle.

Public Members

flexio_uart_edma_transfer_callback_t callback: Callback function.

void *userData: UART callback function parameter.

size_t txDataSizeAll: Total bytes to be sent.

size_t rxDataSizeAll: Total bytes to be received.

edma_handle_t *txEdmaHandle: The eDMA TX channel used.

edma_handle_t *rxEdmaHandle: The eDMA RX channel used.

uint8_t nbytes: eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

volatile uint8_t txState: TX transfer state.

volatile uint8_t rxState: RX transfer state

FlexIO I2C Master Driver

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_CheckForBusyBus(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Make sure the bus isn’t already pulled down.

Check the FLEXIO pin status to see whether either of SDA and SCL pin is pulled down.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure..

Return values:

kStatus_Success –
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Busy –

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterInit(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_config_t *masterConfig, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Ungates the FlexIO clock, resets the FlexIO module, and configures the FlexIO I2C hardware configuration.

Example

FLEXIO_I2C_Type base = {
.flexioBase = FLEXIO,
.SDAPinIndex = 0,
.SCLPinIndex = 1,
.shifterIndex = {0,1},
.timerIndex = {0,1}
};
flexio_i2c_master_config_t config = {
.enableInDoze = false,
.enableInDebug = true,
.enableFastAccess = false,
.baudRate_Bps = 100000
};
FLEXIO_I2C_MasterInit(base, &config, srcClock_Hz);

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
masterConfig – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_config_t structure.
srcClock_Hz – FlexIO source clock in Hz.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Initialization successful
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The source clock exceed upper range limitation

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterDeinit(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

De-initializes the FlexIO I2C master peripheral. Calling this API Resets the FlexIO I2C master shifer and timer config, module can’t work unless the FLEXIO_I2C_MasterInit is called.

Parameters:

base – pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig(flexio_i2c_master_config_t *masterConfig)

Gets the default configuration to configure the FlexIO module. The configuration can be used directly for calling the FLEXIO_I2C_MasterInit().

Example:

flexio_i2c_master_config_t config;
FLEXIO_I2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig(&config);

Parameters:

masterConfig – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_config_t structure.

static inline void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterEnable(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO module operation.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
enable – Pass true to enable module, false does not have any effect.

uint32_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterGetStatusFlags(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO I2C master status flags.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure

Returns:

Status flag, use status flag to AND _flexio_i2c_master_status_flags can get the related status.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterClearStatusFlags(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the FlexIO I2C master status flags.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
mask – Status flag. The parameter can be any combination of the following values:
- kFLEXIO_I2C_RxFullFlag
- kFLEXIO_I2C_ReceiveNakFlag

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterEnableInterrupts(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the FlexIO i2c master interrupt requests.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
mask – Interrupt source. Currently only one interrupt request source:
- kFLEXIO_I2C_TransferCompleteInterruptEnable

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterDisableInterrupts(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the FlexIO I2C master interrupt requests.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
mask – Interrupt source.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterSetBaudRate(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint32_t baudRate_Bps, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Sets the FlexIO I2C master transfer baudrate.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure
baudRate_Bps – the baud rate value in HZ
srcClock_Hz – source clock in HZ

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterStart(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint8_t address, flexio_i2c_direction_t direction)

Sends START + 7-bit address to the bus.

Note

This API should be called when the transfer configuration is ready to send a START signal and 7-bit address to the bus. This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the address is put into the data register but the address transfer is not finished on the bus. Ensure that the kFLEXIO_I2C_RxFullFlag status is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
address – 7-bit address.
direction – transfer direction. This parameter is one of the values in flexio_i2c_direction_t:
- kFLEXIO_I2C_Write: Transmit
- kFLEXIO_I2C_Read: Receive

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterStop(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Sends the stop signal on the bus.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterRepeatedStart(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Sends the repeated start signal on the bus.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterAbortStop(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Sends the stop signal when transfer is still on-going.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterEnableAck(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, bool enable)

Configures the sent ACK/NAK for the following byte.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
enable – True to configure send ACK, false configure to send NAK.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterSetTransferCount(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint16_t count)

Sets the number of bytes to be transferred from a start signal to a stop signal.

Note

Call this API before a transfer begins because the timer generates a number of clocks according to the number of bytes that need to be transferred.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
count – Number of bytes need to be transferred from a start signal to a re-start/stop signal

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully configured the count.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Input argument is invalid.

static inline void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterWriteByte(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint32_t data)

Writes one byte of data to the I2C bus.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is put into the data register but the data transfer is not finished on the bus. Ensure that the TxEmptyFlag is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
data – a byte of data.

static inline uint8_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterReadByte(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Reads one byte of data from the I2C bus.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is read from the data register. Ensure that the data is ready in the register.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

Returns:

data byte read.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterWriteBlocking(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, const uint8_t *txBuff, uint8_t txSize)

Sends a buffer of data in bytes.

Note

This function blocks via polling until all bytes have been sent.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
txBuff – The data bytes to send.
txSize – The number of data bytes to send.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully write data.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Nak – Receive NAK during writing data.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Timeout – Timeout polling status flags.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterReadBlocking(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint8_t *rxBuff, uint8_t rxSize)

Receives a buffer of bytes.

Note

This function blocks via polling until all bytes have been received.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
rxBuff – The buffer to store the received bytes.
rxSize – The number of data bytes to be received.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully read data.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Timeout – Timeout polling status flags.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferBlocking(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a master polling transfer on the I2C bus.

Note

The API does not return until the transfer succeeds or fails due to receiving NAK.

Parameters:

base – pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
xfer – pointer to flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferCreateHandle(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2c_master_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the I2C handle which is used in transactional functions.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – Pointer to user callback function.
userData – User param passed to the callback function.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/isr table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferNonBlocking(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a master interrupt non-blocking transfer on the I2C bus.

Note

The API returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferGetCount to poll the transfer status to check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is not kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Busy, the transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state
xfer – pointer to flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t structure

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start a transfer.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Busy – FlexIO I2C is not idle, is running another transfer.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferGetCount(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the master transfer status during a interrupt non-blocking transfer.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_InvalidArgument – count is Invalid.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferAbort(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_handle_t *handle)

Aborts an interrupt non-blocking transfer early.

Note

This API can be called at any time when an interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer early.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferHandleIRQ(void *i2cType, void *i2cHandle)

Master interrupt handler.

Parameters:

i2cType – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure
i2cHandle – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t structure

FSL_FLEXIO_I2C_MASTER_DRIVER_VERSION

FlexIO I2C transfer status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Busy: I2C is busy doing transfer.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Idle: I2C is busy doing transfer.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Nak: NAK received during transfer.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Timeout: Timeout polling status flags.

enum _flexio_i2c_master_interrupt

Define FlexIO I2C master interrupt mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_TxEmptyInterruptEnable: Tx buffer empty interrupt enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_RxFullInterruptEnable: Rx buffer full interrupt enable.

enum _flexio_i2c_master_status_flags

Define FlexIO I2C master status mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_TxEmptyFlag: Tx shifter empty flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_RxFullFlag: Rx shifter full/Transfer complete flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_ReceiveNakFlag: Receive NAK flag.

enum _flexio_i2c_direction

Direction of master transfer.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_Write: Master send to slave.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_Read: Master receive from slave.

typedef enum _flexio_i2c_direction flexio_i2c_direction_t: Direction of master transfer.

typedef struct _flexio_i2c_type FLEXIO_I2C_Type: Define FlexIO I2C master access structure typedef.

typedef struct _flexio_i2c_master_config flexio_i2c_master_config_t: Define FlexIO I2C master user configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_i2c_master_transfer flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t: Define FlexIO I2C master transfer structure.

typedef struct _flexio_i2c_master_handle flexio_i2c_master_handle_t: FlexIO I2C master handle typedef.

typedef void (*flexio_i2c_master_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO I2C master transfer callback typedef.

I2C_RETRY_TIMES: Retry times for waiting flag.

struct _flexio_i2c_type

#include <fsl_flexio_i2c_master.h>

Define FlexIO I2C master access structure typedef.

Public Members

FLEXIO_Type *flexioBase: FlexIO base pointer.

uint8_t SDAPinIndex: Pin select for I2C SDA.

uint8_t SCLPinIndex: Pin select for I2C SCL.

uint8_t shifterIndex[2]: Shifter index used in FlexIO I2C.

uint8_t timerIndex[3]: Timer index used in FlexIO I2C.

uint32_t baudrate: Master transfer baudrate, used to calculate delay time.

struct _flexio_i2c_master_config

#include <fsl_flexio_i2c_master.h>

Define FlexIO I2C master user configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableMaster: Enables the FlexIO I2C peripheral at initialization time.

bool enableInDoze: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in doze mode.

bool enableInDebug: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in debug mode.

bool enableFastAccess: Enable/disable fast access to FlexIO registers, fast access requires the FlexIO clock to be at least twice the frequency of the bus clock.

uint32_t baudRate_Bps: Baud rate in Bps.

struct _flexio_i2c_master_transfer

#include <fsl_flexio_i2c_master.h>

Define FlexIO I2C master transfer structure.

Public Members

uint32_t flags: Transfer flag which controls the transfer, reserved for FlexIO I2C.

uint8_t slaveAddress: 7-bit slave address.

flexio_i2c_direction_t direction: Transfer direction, read or write.

uint32_t subaddress: Sub address. Transferred MSB first.

uint8_t subaddressSize: Size of command buffer.

uint8_t volatile *data: Transfer buffer.

volatile size_t dataSize: Transfer size.

struct _flexio_i2c_master_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_i2c_master.h>

Define FlexIO I2C master handle structure.

Public Members

flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t transfer: FlexIO I2C master transfer copy.

size_t transferSize: Total bytes to be transferred.

uint8_t state: Transfer state maintained during transfer.

flexio_i2c_master_transfer_callback_t completionCallback: Callback function called at transfer event. Callback function called at transfer event.

void *userData: Callback parameter passed to callback function.

bool needRestart: Whether master needs to send re-start signal.

FlexIO I2S Driver

void FLEXIO_I2S_Init(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, const flexio_i2s_config_t *config)

Initializes the FlexIO I2S.

This API configures FlexIO pins and shifter to I2S and configures the FlexIO I2S with a configuration structure. The configuration structure can be filled by the user, or be set with default values by FLEXIO_I2S_GetDefaultConfig().

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application to use the FlexIO I2S driver. Otherwise, any access to the FlexIO I2S module can cause hard fault because the clock is not enabled.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer
config – FlexIO I2S configure structure.

void FLEXIO_I2S_GetDefaultConfig(flexio_i2s_config_t *config)

Sets the FlexIO I2S configuration structure to default values.

The purpose of this API is to get the configuration structure initialized for use in FLEXIO_I2S_Init(). Users may use the initialized structure unchanged in FLEXIO_I2S_Init() or modify some fields of the structure before calling FLEXIO_I2S_Init().

Parameters:

config – pointer to master configuration structure

void FLEXIO_I2S_Deinit(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base)

De-initializes the FlexIO I2S.

Calling this API resets the FlexIO I2S shifter and timer config. After calling this API, call the FLEXO_I2S_Init to use the FlexIO I2S module.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer

static inline void FLEXIO_I2S_Enable(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO I2S module operation.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type
enable – True to enable, false dose not have any effect.

uint32_t FLEXIO_I2S_GetStatusFlags(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO I2S status flags.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure

Returns:

Status flag, which are ORed by the enumerators in the _flexio_i2s_status_flags.

void FLEXIO_I2S_EnableInterrupts(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the FlexIO I2S interrupt.

This function enables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure
mask – interrupt source

void FLEXIO_I2S_DisableInterrupts(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the FlexIO I2S interrupt.

This function enables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

Parameters:

base – pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure
mask – interrupt source

static inline void FLEXIO_I2S_TxEnableDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO I2S Tx DMA requests.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer
enable – True means enable DMA, false means disable DMA.

static inline void FLEXIO_I2S_RxEnableDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO I2S Rx DMA requests.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer
enable – True means enable DMA, false means disable DMA.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_I2S_TxGetDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO I2S send data register address.

This function returns the I2S data register address, mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure

Returns:

FlexIO i2s send data register address.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_I2S_RxGetDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO I2S receive data register address.

This function returns the I2S data register address, mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure

Returns:

FlexIO i2s receive data register address.

void FLEXIO_I2S_MasterSetFormat(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_format_t *format, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Configures the FlexIO I2S audio format in master mode.

Audio format can be changed in run-time of FlexIO I2S. This function configures the sample rate and audio data format to be transferred.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure
format – Pointer to FlexIO I2S audio data format structure.
srcClock_Hz – I2S master clock source frequency in Hz.

void FLEXIO_I2S_SlaveSetFormat(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_format_t *format)

Configures the FlexIO I2S audio format in slave mode.

Audio format can be changed in run-time of FlexIO I2S. This function configures the sample rate and audio data format to be transferred.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure
format – Pointer to FlexIO I2S audio data format structure.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_WriteBlocking(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, uint8_t bitWidth, uint8_t *txData, size_t size)

Sends data using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks via polling until data is ready to be sent.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer.
bitWidth – How many bits in a audio word, usually 8/16/24/32 bits.
txData – Pointer to the data to be written.
size – Bytes to be written.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully write data.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Timeout – Timeout polling status flags.

static inline void FLEXIO_I2S_WriteData(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, uint8_t bitWidth, uint32_t data)

Writes data into a data register.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer.
bitWidth – How many bits in a audio word, usually 8/16/24/32 bits.
data – Data to be written.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_ReadBlocking(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, uint8_t bitWidth, uint8_t *rxData, size_t size)

Receives a piece of data using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks via polling until data is ready to be sent.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer
bitWidth – How many bits in a audio word, usually 8/16/24/32 bits.
rxData – Pointer to the data to be read.
size – Bytes to be read.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully read data.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Timeout – Timeout polling status flags.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_I2S_ReadData(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base)

Reads a data from the data register.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer

Returns:

Data read from data register.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferTxCreateHandle(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the FlexIO I2S handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO I2S handle which can be used for other FlexIO I2S transactional APIs. Call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – FlexIO I2S callback function, which is called while finished a block.
userData – User parameter for the FlexIO I2S callback.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferSetFormat(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_format_t *format, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Configures the FlexIO I2S audio format.

Audio format can be changed at run-time of FlexIO I2S. This function configures the sample rate and audio data format to be transferred.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – FlexIO I2S handle pointer.
format – Pointer to audio data format structure.
srcClock_Hz – FlexIO I2S bit clock source frequency in Hz. This parameter should be 0 while in slave mode.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferRxCreateHandle(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the FlexIO I2S receive handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO I2S handle which can be used for other FlexIO I2S transactional APIs. Call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – FlexIO I2S callback function, which is called while finished a block.
userData – User parameter for the FlexIO I2S callback.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferSendNonBlocking(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs an interrupt non-blocking send transfer on FlexIO I2S.

Note

The API returns immediately after transfer initiates. Call FLEXIO_I2S_GetRemainingBytes to poll the transfer status and check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is 0, the transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state
xfer – Pointer to flexio_i2s_transfer_t structure

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start the data transmission.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_TxBusy – Previous transmission still not finished, data not all written to TX register yet.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input parameter is invalid.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferReceiveNonBlocking(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs an interrupt non-blocking receive transfer on FlexIO I2S.

Note

The API returns immediately after transfer initiates. Call FLEXIO_I2S_GetRemainingBytes to poll the transfer status to check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is 0, the transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state
xfer – Pointer to flexio_i2s_transfer_t structure

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start the data receive.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_RxBusy – Previous receive still not finished.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input parameter is invalid.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferAbortSend(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the current send.

Note

This API can be called at any time when interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer in a early time.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferAbortReceive(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the current receive.

Note

This API can be called at any time when interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer in a early time.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferGetSendCount(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the remaining bytes to be sent.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state
count – Bytes sent.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferGetReceiveCount(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the remaining bytes to be received.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state
count – Bytes recieved.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

Returns:

count Bytes received.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferTxHandleIRQ(void *i2sBase, void *i2sHandle)

Tx interrupt handler.

Parameters:

i2sBase – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
i2sHandle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferRxHandleIRQ(void *i2sBase, void *i2sHandle)

Rx interrupt handler.

Parameters:

i2sBase – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
i2sHandle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure.

FSL_FLEXIO_I2S_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexIO I2S driver version 2.2.0.

FlexIO I2S transfer status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_Idle: FlexIO I2S is in idle state

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_TxBusy: FlexIO I2S Tx is busy

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_RxBusy: FlexIO I2S Tx is busy

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_Error: FlexIO I2S error occurred

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_QueueFull: FlexIO I2S transfer queue is full.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_Timeout: FlexIO I2S timeout polling status flags.

enum _flexio_i2s_master_slave

Master or slave mode.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_Master: Master mode

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_Slave: Slave mode

_flexio_i2s_interrupt_enable Define FlexIO FlexIO I2S interrupt mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable: Transmit buffer empty interrupt enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable: Receive buffer full interrupt enable.

_flexio_i2s_status_flags Define FlexIO FlexIO I2S status mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_TxDataRegEmptyFlag: Transmit buffer empty flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_RxDataRegFullFlag: Receive buffer full flag.

enum _flexio_i2s_sample_rate

Audio sample rate.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate8KHz: Sample rate 8000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate11025Hz: Sample rate 11025Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate12KHz: Sample rate 12000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate16KHz: Sample rate 16000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate22050Hz: Sample rate 22050Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate24KHz: Sample rate 24000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate32KHz: Sample rate 32000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate44100Hz: Sample rate 44100Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate48KHz: Sample rate 48000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate96KHz: Sample rate 96000Hz

enum _flexio_i2s_word_width

Audio word width.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_WordWidth8bits: Audio data width 8 bits

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_WordWidth16bits: Audio data width 16 bits

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_WordWidth24bits: Audio data width 24 bits

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_WordWidth32bits: Audio data width 32 bits

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_type FLEXIO_I2S_Type: Define FlexIO I2S access structure typedef.

typedef enum _flexio_i2s_master_slave flexio_i2s_master_slave_t: Master or slave mode.

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_config flexio_i2s_config_t: FlexIO I2S configure structure.

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_format flexio_i2s_format_t: FlexIO I2S audio format, FlexIO I2S only support the same format in Tx and Rx.

typedef enum _flexio_i2s_sample_rate flexio_i2s_sample_rate_t: Audio sample rate.

typedef enum _flexio_i2s_word_width flexio_i2s_word_width_t: Audio word width.

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_transfer flexio_i2s_transfer_t: Define FlexIO I2S transfer structure.

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_handle flexio_i2s_handle_t

typedef void (*flexio_i2s_callback_t)(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO I2S xfer callback prototype.

I2S_RETRY_TIMES: Retry times for waiting flag.

FLEXIO_I2S_XFER_QUEUE_SIZE: FlexIO I2S transfer queue size, user can refine it according to use case.

struct _flexio_i2s_type

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s.h>

Define FlexIO I2S access structure typedef.

Public Members

FLEXIO_Type *flexioBase: FlexIO base pointer

uint8_t txPinIndex: Tx data pin index in FlexIO pins

uint8_t rxPinIndex: Rx data pin index

uint8_t bclkPinIndex: Bit clock pin index

uint8_t fsPinIndex: Frame sync pin index

uint8_t txShifterIndex: Tx data shifter index

uint8_t rxShifterIndex: Rx data shifter index

uint8_t bclkTimerIndex: Bit clock timer index

uint8_t fsTimerIndex: Frame sync timer index

struct _flexio_i2s_config

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s.h>

FlexIO I2S configure structure.

Public Members

bool enableI2S: Enable FlexIO I2S

flexio_i2s_master_slave_t masterSlave: Master or slave

flexio_pin_polarity_t txPinPolarity: Tx data pin polarity, active high or low

flexio_pin_polarity_t rxPinPolarity: Rx data pin polarity

flexio_pin_polarity_t bclkPinPolarity: Bit clock pin polarity

flexio_pin_polarity_t fsPinPolarity: Frame sync pin polarity

flexio_shifter_timer_polarity_t txTimerPolarity: Tx data valid on bclk rising or falling edge

flexio_shifter_timer_polarity_t rxTimerPolarity: Rx data valid on bclk rising or falling edge

struct _flexio_i2s_format

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s.h>

FlexIO I2S audio format, FlexIO I2S only support the same format in Tx and Rx.

Public Members

uint8_t bitWidth: Bit width of audio data, always 8/16/24/32 bits

uint32_t sampleRate_Hz: Sample rate of the audio data

struct _flexio_i2s_transfer

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s.h>

Define FlexIO I2S transfer structure.

Public Members

uint8_t *data: Data buffer start pointer

size_t dataSize: Bytes to be transferred.

struct _flexio_i2s_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s.h>

Define FlexIO I2S handle structure.

Public Members

uint32_t state: Internal state

flexio_i2s_callback_t callback: Callback function called at transfer event

void *userData: Callback parameter passed to callback function

uint8_t bitWidth: Bit width for transfer, 8/16/24/32bits

flexio_i2s_transfer_t queue[(4U)]: Transfer queue storing queued transfer

size_t transferSize[(4U)]: Data bytes need to transfer

volatile uint8_t queueUser: Index for user to queue transfer

volatile uint8_t queueDriver: Index for driver to get the transfer data and size

FlexIO SPI Driver

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterInit(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_config_t *masterConfig, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Ungates the FlexIO clock, resets the FlexIO module, configures the FlexIO SPI master hardware, and configures the FlexIO SPI with FlexIO SPI master configuration. The configuration structure can be filled by the user, or be set with default values by the FLEXIO_SPI_MasterGetDefaultConfig().

Example

FLEXIO_SPI_Type spiDev = {
.flexioBase = FLEXIO,
.SDOPinIndex = 0,
.SDIPinIndex = 1,
.SCKPinIndex = 2,
.CSnPinIndex = 3,
.shifterIndex = {0,1},
.timerIndex = {0,1}
};
flexio_spi_master_config_t config = {
.enableMaster = true,
.enableInDoze = false,
.enableInDebug = true,
.enableFastAccess = false,
.baudRate_Bps = 500000,
.phase = kFLEXIO_SPI_ClockPhaseFirstEdge,
.direction = kFLEXIO_SPI_MsbFirst,
.dataMode = kFLEXIO_SPI_8BitMode
};
FLEXIO_SPI_MasterInit(&spiDev, &config, srcClock_Hz);

Note

1.FlexIO SPI master only support CPOL = 0, which means clock inactive low. 2.For FlexIO SPI master, the input valid time is 1.5 clock cycles, for slave the output valid time is 2.5 clock cycles. So if FlexIO SPI master communicates with other spi IPs, the maximum baud rate is FlexIO clock frequency divided by 2*2=4. If FlexIO SPI master communicates with FlexIO SPI slave, the maximum baud rate is FlexIO clock frequency divided by (1.5+2.5)*2=8.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
masterConfig – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_config_t structure.
srcClock_Hz – FlexIO source clock in Hz.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterDeinit(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base)

Resets the FlexIO SPI timer and shifter config.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterGetDefaultConfig(flexio_spi_master_config_t *masterConfig)

Gets the default configuration to configure the FlexIO SPI master. The configuration can be used directly by calling the FLEXIO_SPI_MasterConfigure(). Example:

flexio_spi_master_config_t masterConfig;
FLEXIO_SPI_MasterGetDefaultConfig(&masterConfig);

Parameters:

masterConfig – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_config_t structure.

void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveInit(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

Ungates the FlexIO clock, resets the FlexIO module, configures the FlexIO SPI slave hardware configuration, and configures the FlexIO SPI with FlexIO SPI slave configuration. The configuration structure can be filled by the user, or be set with default values by the FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveGetDefaultConfig().

Note

1.Only one timer is needed in the FlexIO SPI slave. As a result, the second timer index is ignored. 2.FlexIO SPI slave only support CPOL = 0, which means clock inactive low. 3.For FlexIO SPI master, the input valid time is 1.5 clock cycles, for slave the output valid time is 2.5 clock cycles. So if FlexIO SPI slave communicates with other spi IPs, the maximum baud rate is FlexIO clock frequency divided by 3*2=6. If FlexIO SPI slave communicates with FlexIO SPI master, the maximum baud rate is FlexIO clock frequency divided by (1.5+2.5)*2=8. Example

FLEXIO_SPI_Type spiDev = {
.flexioBase = FLEXIO,
.SDOPinIndex = 0,
.SDIPinIndex = 1,
.SCKPinIndex = 2,
.CSnPinIndex = 3,
.shifterIndex = {0,1},
.timerIndex = {0}
};
flexio_spi_slave_config_t config = {
.enableSlave = true,
.enableInDoze = false,
.enableInDebug = true,
.enableFastAccess = false,
.phase = kFLEXIO_SPI_ClockPhaseFirstEdge,
.direction = kFLEXIO_SPI_MsbFirst,
.dataMode = kFLEXIO_SPI_8BitMode
};
FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveInit(&spiDev, &config);

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
slaveConfig – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_config_t structure.

void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveDeinit(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base)

Gates the FlexIO clock.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type.

void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(flexio_spi_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

Gets the default configuration to configure the FlexIO SPI slave. The configuration can be used directly for calling the FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveConfigure(). Example:

flexio_spi_slave_config_t slaveConfig;
FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(&slaveConfig);

Parameters:

slaveConfig – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_config_t structure.

uint32_t FLEXIO_SPI_GetStatusFlags(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base)

Gets FlexIO SPI status flags.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

Returns:

status flag; Use the status flag to AND the following flag mask and get the status.

kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyFlag
kFLEXIO_SPI_RxEmptyFlag

void FLEXIO_SPI_ClearStatusFlags(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears FlexIO SPI status flags.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
mask – status flag The parameter can be any combination of the following values:
- kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyFlag
- kFLEXIO_SPI_RxEmptyFlag

void FLEXIO_SPI_EnableInterrupts(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the FlexIO SPI interrupt.

This function enables the FlexIO SPI interrupt.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
mask – interrupt source. The parameter can be any combination of the following values:
- kFLEXIO_SPI_RxFullInterruptEnable
- kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyInterruptEnable

void FLEXIO_SPI_DisableInterrupts(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the FlexIO SPI interrupt.

This function disables the FlexIO SPI interrupt.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
mask – interrupt source The parameter can be any combination of the following values:
- kFLEXIO_SPI_RxFullInterruptEnable
- kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyInterruptEnable

void FLEXIO_SPI_EnableDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO SPI transmit DMA. This function enables/disables the FlexIO SPI Tx DMA, which means that asserting the kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyFlag does/doesn’t trigger the DMA request.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
mask – SPI DMA source.
enable – True means enable DMA, false means disable DMA.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_SPI_GetTxDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction)

Gets the FlexIO SPI transmit data register address for MSB first transfer.

This function returns the SPI data register address, which is mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.

Returns:

FlexIO SPI transmit data register address.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_SPI_GetRxDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction)

Gets the FlexIO SPI receive data register address for the MSB first transfer.

This function returns the SPI data register address, which is mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.

Returns:

FlexIO SPI receive data register address.

static inline void FLEXIO_SPI_Enable(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO SPI module operation.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type.
enable – True to enable, false does not have any effect.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterSetBaudRate(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, uint32_t baudRate_Bps, uint32_t srcClockHz)

Sets baud rate for the FlexIO SPI transfer, which is only used for the master.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
baudRate_Bps – Baud Rate needed in Hz.
srcClockHz – SPI source clock frequency in Hz.

static inline void FLEXIO_SPI_WriteData(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction, uint32_t data)

Writes one byte of data, which is sent using the MSB method.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is put into the data register but the data transfer is not finished on the bus. Ensure that the TxEmptyFlag is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.
data – 8/16/32 bit data.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_SPI_ReadData(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction)

Reads 8 bit/16 bit data.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is read from the data register. Ensure that the RxFullFlag is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.

Returns:

8 bit/16 bit data received.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_WriteBlocking(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction, const uint8_t *buffer, size_t size)

Sends a buffer of data bytes.

Note

This function blocks using the polling method until all bytes have been sent.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.
buffer – The data bytes to send.
size – The number of data bytes to send.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Timeout – The transfer timed out and was aborted.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_ReadBlocking(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction, uint8_t *buffer, size_t size)

Receives a buffer of bytes.

Note

This function blocks using the polling method until all bytes have been received.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.
buffer – The buffer to store the received bytes.
size – The number of data bytes to be received.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Timeout – The transfer timed out and was aborted.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferBlocking(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_transfer_t *xfer)

Receives a buffer of bytes.

Note

This function blocks via polling until all bytes have been received.

Parameters:

base – pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure
xfer – FlexIO SPI transfer structure, see flexio_spi_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Timeout – The transfer timed out and was aborted.

void FLEXIO_SPI_FlushShifters(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base)

Flush tx/rx shifters.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferCreateHandle(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_master_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the FlexIO SPI Master handle, which is used in transactional functions.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – The callback function.
userData – The parameter of the callback function.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/ISR table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferNonBlocking(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_transfer_t *xfer)

Master transfer data using IRQ.

This function sends data using IRQ. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is sent out/received, the callback function is called.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
xfer – FlexIO SPI transfer structure. See flexio_spi_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start a transfer.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Input argument is invalid.
kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Busy – SPI is not idle, is running another transfer.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferAbort(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the master data transfer, which used IRQ.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferGetCount(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the data transfer status which used IRQ.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_InvalidArgument – count is Invalid.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferHandleIRQ(void *spiType, void *spiHandle)

FlexIO SPI master IRQ handler function.

Parameters:

spiType – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
spiHandle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferCreateHandle(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_slave_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the FlexIO SPI Slave handle, which is used in transactional functions.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – The callback function.
userData – The parameter of the callback function.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/ISR table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferNonBlocking(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_transfer_t *xfer)

Slave transfer data using IRQ.

This function sends data using IRQ. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is sent out/received, the callback function is called.

Parameters:

handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
xfer – FlexIO SPI transfer structure. See flexio_spi_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start a transfer.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Input argument is invalid.
kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Busy – SPI is not idle; it is running another transfer.

static inline void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferAbort(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the slave data transfer which used IRQ, share same API with master.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

static inline status_t FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferGetCount(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the data transfer status which used IRQ, share same API with master.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_InvalidArgument – count is Invalid.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferHandleIRQ(void *spiType, void *spiHandle)

FlexIO SPI slave IRQ handler function.

Parameters:

spiType – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
spiHandle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

FSL_FLEXIO_SPI_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexIO SPI driver version.

Error codes for the FlexIO SPI driver.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Busy: FlexIO SPI is busy.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Idle: SPI is idle

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Error: FlexIO SPI error.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Timeout: FlexIO SPI timeout polling status flags.

enum _flexio_spi_clock_phase

FlexIO SPI clock phase configuration.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_ClockPhaseFirstEdge: First edge on SPSCK occurs at the middle of the first cycle of a data transfer.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_ClockPhaseSecondEdge: First edge on SPSCK occurs at the start of the first cycle of a data transfer.

enum _flexio_spi_shift_direction

FlexIO SPI data shifter direction options.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_MsbFirst: Data transfers start with most significant bit.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_LsbFirst: Data transfers start with least significant bit.

enum _flexio_spi_data_bitcount_mode

FlexIO SPI data length mode options.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_8BitMode: 8-bit data transmission mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_16BitMode: 16-bit data transmission mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_32BitMode: 32-bit data transmission mode.

enum _flexio_spi_interrupt_enable

Define FlexIO SPI interrupt mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyInterruptEnable: Transmit buffer empty interrupt enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_RxFullInterruptEnable: Receive buffer full interrupt enable.

enum _flexio_spi_status_flags

Define FlexIO SPI status mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_TxBufferEmptyFlag: Transmit buffer empty flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_RxBufferFullFlag: Receive buffer full flag.

enum _flexio_spi_dma_enable

Define FlexIO SPI DMA mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_TxDmaEnable: Tx DMA request source

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_RxDmaEnable: Rx DMA request source

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_DmaAllEnable: All DMA request source

enum _flexio_spi_transfer_flags

Define FlexIO SPI transfer flags.

Note

Use kFLEXIO_SPI_csContinuous and one of the other flags to OR together to form the transfer flag.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_8bitMsb: FlexIO SPI 8-bit MSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_8bitLsb: FlexIO SPI 8-bit LSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_16bitMsb: FlexIO SPI 16-bit MSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_16bitLsb: FlexIO SPI 16-bit LSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_32bitMsb: FlexIO SPI 32-bit MSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_32bitLsb: FlexIO SPI 32-bit LSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_csContinuous: Enable the CS signal continuous mode

typedef enum _flexio_spi_clock_phase flexio_spi_clock_phase_t: FlexIO SPI clock phase configuration.

typedef enum _flexio_spi_shift_direction flexio_spi_shift_direction_t: FlexIO SPI data shifter direction options.

typedef enum _flexio_spi_data_bitcount_mode flexio_spi_data_bitcount_mode_t: FlexIO SPI data length mode options.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_type FLEXIO_SPI_Type: Define FlexIO SPI access structure typedef.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_master_config flexio_spi_master_config_t: Define FlexIO SPI master configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_slave_config flexio_spi_slave_config_t: Define FlexIO SPI slave configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_transfer flexio_spi_transfer_t: Define FlexIO SPI transfer structure.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_master_handle flexio_spi_master_handle_t: typedef for flexio_spi_master_handle_t in advance.

typedef flexio_spi_master_handle_t flexio_spi_slave_handle_t: Slave handle is the same with master handle.

typedef void (*flexio_spi_master_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO SPI master callback for finished transmit.

typedef void (*flexio_spi_slave_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO SPI slave callback for finished transmit.

FLEXIO_SPI_DUMMYDATA: FlexIO SPI dummy transfer data, the data is sent while txData is NULL.

SPI_RETRY_TIMES: Retry times for waiting flag.

FLEXIO_SPI_XFER_DATA_FORMAT(flag): Get the transfer data format of width and bit order.

struct _flexio_spi_type

#include <fsl_flexio_spi.h>

Define FlexIO SPI access structure typedef.

Public Members

FLEXIO_Type *flexioBase: FlexIO base pointer.

uint8_t SDOPinIndex: Pin select for data output. To set SDO pin in Hi-Z state, user needs to mux the pin as GPIO input and disable all pull up/down in application.

uint8_t SDIPinIndex: Pin select for data input.

uint8_t SCKPinIndex: Pin select for clock.

uint8_t CSnPinIndex: Pin select for enable.

uint8_t shifterIndex[2]: Shifter index used in FlexIO SPI.

uint8_t timerIndex[2]: Timer index used in FlexIO SPI.

struct _flexio_spi_master_config

#include <fsl_flexio_spi.h>

Define FlexIO SPI master configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableMaster: Enable/disable FlexIO SPI master after configuration.

bool enableInDoze: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in doze mode.

bool enableInDebug: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in debug mode.

bool enableFastAccess: Enable/disable fast access to FlexIO registers, fast access requires the FlexIO clock to be at least twice the frequency of the bus clock.

uint32_t baudRate_Bps: Baud rate in Bps.

flexio_spi_clock_phase_t phase: Clock phase.

flexio_spi_data_bitcount_mode_t dataMode: 8bit or 16bit mode.

struct _flexio_spi_slave_config

#include <fsl_flexio_spi.h>

Define FlexIO SPI slave configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableSlave: Enable/disable FlexIO SPI slave after configuration.

bool enableInDoze: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in doze mode.

bool enableInDebug: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in debug mode.

bool enableFastAccess: Enable/disable fast access to FlexIO registers, fast access requires the FlexIO clock to be at least twice the frequency of the bus clock.

flexio_spi_clock_phase_t phase: Clock phase.

flexio_spi_data_bitcount_mode_t dataMode: 8bit or 16bit mode.

struct _flexio_spi_transfer

#include <fsl_flexio_spi.h>

Define FlexIO SPI transfer structure.

Public Members

const uint8_t *txData: Send buffer.

uint8_t *rxData: Receive buffer.

size_t dataSize: Transfer bytes.

uint8_t flags: FlexIO SPI control flag, MSB first or LSB first.

struct _flexio_spi_master_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_spi.h>

Define FlexIO SPI handle structure.

Public Members

const uint8_t *txData: Transfer buffer.

uint8_t *rxData: Receive buffer.

size_t transferSize: Total bytes to be transferred.

volatile size_t txRemainingBytes: Send data remaining in bytes.

volatile size_t rxRemainingBytes: Receive data remaining in bytes.

volatile uint32_t state: FlexIO SPI internal state.

uint8_t bytePerFrame: SPI mode, 2bytes or 1byte in a frame

flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction: Shift direction.

flexio_spi_master_transfer_callback_t callback: FlexIO SPI callback.

void *userData: Callback parameter.

FlexIO UART Driver

status_t FLEXIO_UART_Init(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, const flexio_uart_config_t *userConfig, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Ungates the FlexIO clock, resets the FlexIO module, configures FlexIO UART hardware, and configures the FlexIO UART with FlexIO UART configuration. The configuration structure can be filled by the user or be set with default values by FLEXIO_UART_GetDefaultConfig().

Example

FLEXIO_UART_Type base = {
.flexioBase = FLEXIO,
.TxPinIndex = 0,
.RxPinIndex = 1,
.shifterIndex = {0,1},
.timerIndex = {0,1}
};
flexio_uart_config_t config = {
.enableInDoze = false,
.enableInDebug = true,
.enableFastAccess = false,
.baudRate_Bps = 115200U,
.bitCountPerChar = 8
};
FLEXIO_UART_Init(base, &config, srcClock_Hz);

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
userConfig – Pointer to the flexio_uart_config_t structure.
srcClock_Hz – FlexIO source clock in Hz.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Configuration success.
kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_BaudrateNotSupport – Baudrate is not supported for current clock source frequency.

void FLEXIO_UART_Deinit(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base)

Resets the FlexIO UART shifter and timer config.

Note

After calling this API, call the FLEXO_UART_Init to use the FlexIO UART module.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type structure

void FLEXIO_UART_GetDefaultConfig(flexio_uart_config_t *userConfig)

Gets the default configuration to configure the FlexIO UART. The configuration can be used directly for calling the FLEXIO_UART_Init(). Example:

flexio_uart_config_t config;
FLEXIO_UART_GetDefaultConfig(&userConfig);

Parameters:

userConfig – Pointer to the flexio_uart_config_t structure.

uint32_t FLEXIO_UART_GetStatusFlags(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO UART status flags.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

Returns:

FlexIO UART status flags.

void FLEXIO_UART_ClearStatusFlags(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Gets the FlexIO UART status flags.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
mask – Status flag. The parameter can be any combination of the following values:
- kFLEXIO_UART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag
- kFLEXIO_UART_RxEmptyFlag
- kFLEXIO_UART_RxOverRunFlag

void FLEXIO_UART_EnableInterrupts(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

This function enables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
mask – Interrupt source.

void FLEXIO_UART_DisableInterrupts(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

This function disables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
mask – Interrupt source.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_UART_GetTxDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO UARt transmit data register address.

This function returns the UART data register address, which is mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

Returns:

FlexIO UART transmit data register address.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_UART_GetRxDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO UART receive data register address.

This function returns the UART data register address, which is mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

Returns:

FlexIO UART receive data register address.

static inline void FLEXIO_UART_EnableTxDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO UART transmit DMA. This function enables/disables the FlexIO UART Tx DMA, which means asserting the kFLEXIO_UART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag does/doesn’t trigger the DMA request.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void FLEXIO_UART_EnableRxDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO UART receive DMA. This function enables/disables the FlexIO UART Rx DMA, which means asserting kFLEXIO_UART_RxDataRegFullFlag does/doesn’t trigger the DMA request.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void FLEXIO_UART_Enable(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO UART module operation.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type.
enable – True to enable, false does not have any effect.

static inline void FLEXIO_UART_WriteByte(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, const uint8_t *buffer)

Writes one byte of data.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is put into the data register. Ensure that the TxEmptyFlag is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
buffer – The data bytes to send.

static inline void FLEXIO_UART_ReadByte(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, uint8_t *buffer)

Reads one byte of data.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is read from the data register. Ensure that the RxFullFlag is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
buffer – The buffer to store the received bytes.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_WriteBlocking(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, const uint8_t *txData, size_t txSize)

Sends a buffer of data bytes.

Note

This function blocks using the polling method until all bytes have been sent.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
txData – The data bytes to send.
txSize – The number of data bytes to send.

Return values:

kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.
kStatus_Success – Successfully wrote all data.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_ReadBlocking(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, uint8_t *rxData, size_t rxSize)

Receives a buffer of bytes.

Note

This function blocks using the polling method until all bytes have been received.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
rxData – The buffer to store the received bytes.
rxSize – The number of data bytes to be received.

Return values:

kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.
kStatus_Success – Successfully received all data.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferCreateHandle(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the UART handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO UART handle, which can be used for other FlexIO UART transactional APIs. Call this API once to get the initialized handle.

The UART driver supports the “background” receiving, which means that users can set up a RX ring buffer optionally. Data received is stored into the ring buffer even when the user doesn’t call the FLEXIO_UART_TransferReceiveNonBlocking() API. If there is already data received in the ring buffer, users can get the received data from the ring buffer directly. The ring buffer is disabled if passing NULL as ringBuffer.

Parameters:

base – to FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – The callback function.
userData – The parameter of the callback function.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/ISR table out of range.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferStartRingBuffer(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, uint8_t *ringBuffer, size_t ringBufferSize)

Sets up the RX ring buffer.

This function sets up the RX ring buffer to a specific UART handle.

When the RX ring buffer is used, data received is stored into the ring buffer even when the user doesn’t call the UART_ReceiveNonBlocking() API. If there is already data received in the ring buffer, users can get the received data from the ring buffer directly.

Note

When using the RX ring buffer, one byte is reserved for internal use. In other words, if ringBufferSize is 32, only 31 bytes are used for saving data.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
ringBuffer – Start address of ring buffer for background receiving. Pass NULL to disable the ring buffer.
ringBufferSize – Size of the ring buffer.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferStopRingBuffer(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the background transfer and uninstalls the ring buffer.

This function aborts the background transfer and uninstalls the ring buffer.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferSendNonBlocking(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_transfer_t *xfer)

Transmits a buffer of data using the interrupt method.

This function sends data using an interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function, which returns directly without waiting for all data to be written to the TX register. When all data is written to the TX register in ISR, the FlexIO UART driver calls the callback function and passes the kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_TxIdle as status parameter.

Note

The kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_TxIdle is passed to the upper layer when all data is written to the TX register. However, it does not ensure that all data is sent out.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
xfer – FlexIO UART transfer structure. See flexio_uart_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully starts the data transmission.
kStatus_UART_TxBusy – Previous transmission still not finished, data not written to the TX register.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferAbortSend(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the interrupt-driven data transmit.

This function aborts the interrupt-driven data sending. Get the remainBytes to find out how many bytes are still not sent out.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferGetSendCount(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes sent.

This function gets the number of bytes sent driven by interrupt.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes sent so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – transfer has finished or no transfer in progress.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferReceiveNonBlocking(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_transfer_t *xfer, size_t *receivedBytes)

Receives a buffer of data using the interrupt method.

This function receives data using the interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function, which returns without waiting for all data to be received. If the RX ring buffer is used and not empty, the data in ring buffer is copied and the parameter receivedBytes shows how many bytes are copied from the ring buffer. After copying, if the data in ring buffer is not enough to read, the receive request is saved by the UART driver. When new data arrives, the receive request is serviced first. When all data is received, the UART driver notifies the upper layer through a callback function and passes the status parameter kStatus_UART_RxIdle. For example, if the upper layer needs 10 bytes but there are only 5 bytes in the ring buffer, the 5 bytes are copied to xfer->data. This function returns with the parameter receivedBytes set to 5. For the last 5 bytes, newly arrived data is saved from the xfer->data[5]. When 5 bytes are received, the UART driver notifies upper layer. If the RX ring buffer is not enabled, this function enables the RX and RX interrupt to receive data to xfer->data. When all data is received, the upper layer is notified.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
xfer – UART transfer structure. See flexio_uart_transfer_t.
receivedBytes – Bytes received from the ring buffer directly.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully queue the transfer into the transmit queue.
kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_RxBusy – Previous receive request is not finished.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferAbortReceive(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the receive data which was using IRQ.

This function aborts the receive data which was using IRQ.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferGetReceiveCount(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes received.

This function gets the number of bytes received driven by interrupt.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes received so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – transfer has finished or no transfer in progress.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferHandleIRQ(void *uartType, void *uartHandle)

FlexIO UART IRQ handler function.

This function processes the FlexIO UART transmit and receives the IRQ request.

Parameters:

uartType – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
uartHandle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

void FLEXIO_UART_FlushShifters(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base)

Flush tx/rx shifters.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

FSL_FLEXIO_UART_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexIO UART driver version.

Error codes for the UART driver.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_TxBusy: Transmitter is busy.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_RxBusy: Receiver is busy.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_TxIdle: UART transmitter is idle.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_RxIdle: UART receiver is idle.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_ERROR: ERROR happens on UART.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_RxRingBufferOverrun: UART RX software ring buffer overrun.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_RxHardwareOverrun: UART RX receiver overrun.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_Timeout: UART times out.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_BaudrateNotSupport: Baudrate is not supported in current clock source

enum _flexio_uart_bit_count_per_char

FlexIO UART bit count per char.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_7BitsPerChar: 7-bit data characters

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_8BitsPerChar: 8-bit data characters

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_9BitsPerChar: 9-bit data characters

enum _flexio_uart_interrupt_enable

Define FlexIO UART interrupt mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable: Transmit buffer empty interrupt enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable: Receive buffer full interrupt enable.

enum _flexio_uart_status_flags

Define FlexIO UART status mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag: Transmit buffer empty flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_RxDataRegFullFlag: Receive buffer full flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_RxOverRunFlag: Receive buffer over run flag.

typedef enum _flexio_uart_bit_count_per_char flexio_uart_bit_count_per_char_t: FlexIO UART bit count per char.

typedef struct _flexio_uart_type FLEXIO_UART_Type: Define FlexIO UART access structure typedef.

typedef struct _flexio_uart_config flexio_uart_config_t: Define FlexIO UART user configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_uart_transfer flexio_uart_transfer_t: Define FlexIO UART transfer structure.

typedef struct _flexio_uart_handle flexio_uart_handle_t

typedef void (*flexio_uart_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO UART transfer callback function.

UART_RETRY_TIMES: Retry times for waiting flag.

struct _flexio_uart_type

#include <fsl_flexio_uart.h>

Define FlexIO UART access structure typedef.

Public Members

FLEXIO_Type *flexioBase: FlexIO base pointer.

uint8_t TxPinIndex: Pin select for UART_Tx.

uint8_t RxPinIndex: Pin select for UART_Rx.

uint8_t shifterIndex[2]: Shifter index used in FlexIO UART.

uint8_t timerIndex[2]: Timer index used in FlexIO UART.

struct _flexio_uart_config

#include <fsl_flexio_uart.h>

Define FlexIO UART user configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableUart: Enable/disable FlexIO UART TX & RX.

bool enableInDoze: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in doze mode

bool enableInDebug: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in debug mode

bool enableFastAccess: Enable/disable fast access to FlexIO registers, fast access requires the FlexIO clock to be at least twice the frequency of the bus clock.

uint32_t baudRate_Bps: Baud rate in Bps.

flexio_uart_bit_count_per_char_t bitCountPerChar: number of bits, 7/8/9 -bit

struct _flexio_uart_transfer

#include <fsl_flexio_uart.h>

Define FlexIO UART transfer structure.

Public Members

size_t dataSize: Transfer size

struct _flexio_uart_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_uart.h>

Define FLEXIO UART handle structure.

Public Members

const uint8_t *volatile txData: Address of remaining data to send.

volatile size_t txDataSize: Size of the remaining data to send.

uint8_t *volatile rxData: Address of remaining data to receive.

volatile size_t rxDataSize: Size of the remaining data to receive.

size_t txDataSizeAll: Total bytes to be sent.

size_t rxDataSizeAll: Total bytes to be received.

uint8_t *rxRingBuffer: Start address of the receiver ring buffer.

size_t rxRingBufferSize: Size of the ring buffer.

volatile uint16_t rxRingBufferHead: Index for the driver to store received data into ring buffer.

volatile uint16_t rxRingBufferTail: Index for the user to get data from the ring buffer.

flexio_uart_transfer_callback_t callback: Callback function.

void *userData: UART callback function parameter.

volatile uint8_t txState: TX transfer state.

volatile uint8_t rxState: RX transfer state

union __unnamed40__

Public Members

uint8_t *data: The buffer of data to be transfer.

uint8_t *rxData: The buffer to receive data.

const uint8_t *txData: The buffer of data to be sent.

FLEXRAM: on-chip RAM manager

void FLEXRAM_Init(FLEXRAM_Type *base)

FLEXRAM module initialization function.

Parameters:

base – FLEXRAM base address.

void FLEXRAM_Deinit(FLEXRAM_Type *base): De-initializes the FLEXRAM.

static inline uint32_t FLEXRAM_GetInterruptStatus(FLEXRAM_Type *base)

FLEXRAM module gets interrupt status.

Parameters:

base – FLEXRAM base address.

static inline void FLEXRAM_ClearInterruptStatus(FLEXRAM_Type *base, uint32_t status)

FLEXRAM module clears interrupt status.

Parameters:

base – FLEXRAM base address.
status – Status to be cleared.

static inline void FLEXRAM_EnableInterruptStatus(FLEXRAM_Type *base, uint32_t status)

FLEXRAM module enables interrupt status.

Parameters:

base – FLEXRAM base address.
status – Status to be enabled.

static inline void FLEXRAM_DisableInterruptStatus(FLEXRAM_Type *base, uint32_t status)

FLEXRAM module disable interrupt status.

Parameters:

base – FLEXRAM base address.
status – Status to be disabled.

static inline void FLEXRAM_EnableInterruptSignal(FLEXRAM_Type *base, uint32_t status)

FLEXRAM module enables interrupt.

Parameters:

base – FLEXRAM base address.
status – Status interrupt to be enabled.

static inline void FLEXRAM_DisableInterruptSignal(FLEXRAM_Type *base, uint32_t status)

FLEXRAM module disables interrupt.

Parameters:

base – FLEXRAM base address.
status – Status interrupt to be disabled.

FSL_FLEXRAM_DRIVER_VERSION: Driver version.

Flexram write/read selection.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXRAM_Read: read

enumerator kFLEXRAM_Write: write

Interrupt status flag mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXRAM_OCRAMAccessError: OCRAM accesses unallocated address

enumerator kFLEXRAM_DTCMAccessError: DTCM accesses unallocated address

enumerator kFLEXRAM_ITCMAccessError: ITCM accesses unallocated address

enumerator kFLEXRAM_OCRAMMagicAddrMatch: OCRAM magic address match

enumerator kFLEXRAM_DTCMMagicAddrMatch: DTCM magic address match

enumerator kFLEXRAM_ITCMMagicAddrMatch: ITCM magic address match

enumerator kFLEXRAM_OCRAMECCMultiError

enumerator kFLEXRAM_OCRAMECCSingleError

enumerator kFLEXRAM_ITCMECCMultiError

enumerator kFLEXRAM_ITCMECCSingleError

enumerator kFLEXRAM_D0TCMECCMultiError

enumerator kFLEXRAM_D0TCMECCSingleError

enumerator kFLEXRAM_D1TCMECCMultiError

enumerator kFLEXRAM_D1TCMECCSingleError

enumerator kFLEXRAM_InterruptStatusAll

enum _flexram_tcm_access_mode

FLEXRAM TCM access mode. Fast access mode expected to be finished in 1-cycle; Wait access mode expected to be finished in 2-cycle. Wait access mode is a feature of the flexram and it should be used when the CPU clock is too fast to finish TCM access in 1-cycle. Normally, fast mode is the default mode, the efficiency of the TCM access will better.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXRAM_TCMAccessFastMode: fast access mode

enumerator kFLEXRAM_TCMAccessWaitMode: wait access mode

FLEXRAM TCM support size.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXRAM_TCMSize32KB: TCM total size be 32KB

enumerator kFLEXRAM_TCMSize64KB: TCM total size be 64KB

enumerator kFLEXRAM_TCMSize128KB: TCM total size be 128KB

enumerator kFLEXRAM_TCMSize256KB: TCM total size be 256KB

enumerator kFLEXRAM_TCMSize512KB: TCM total size be 512KB

enum _flexram_memory_type

FLEXRAM memory type, such as OCRAM/ITCM/D0TCM/D1TCM.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXRAM_OCRAM: Memory type OCRAM

enumerator kFLEXRAM_ITCM: Memory type ITCM

enumerator kFLEXRAM_D0TCM: Memory type D0TCM

enumerator kFLEXRAM_D1TCM: Memory type D1TCM

typedef enum _flexram_tcm_access_mode flexram_tcm_access_mode_t: FLEXRAM TCM access mode. Fast access mode expected to be finished in 1-cycle; Wait access mode expected to be finished in 2-cycle. Wait access mode is a feature of the flexram and it should be used when the CPU clock is too fast to finish TCM access in 1-cycle. Normally, fast mode is the default mode, the efficiency of the TCM access will better.

typedef enum _flexram_memory_type flexram_memory_type_t: FLEXRAM memory type, such as OCRAM/ITCM/D0TCM/D1TCM.

typedef struct _flexram_ecc_error_type flexram_ecc_error_type_t: FLEXRAM error type, such as single bit error position, multi-bit error position.

typedef struct _flexram_ocram_ecc_single_error_info flexram_ocram_ecc_single_error_info_t: FLEXRAM ocram ecc single error information, including single error information, error address, error data.

typedef struct _flexram_ocram_ecc_multi_error_info flexram_ocram_ecc_multi_error_info_t: FLEXRAM ocram ecc multiple error information, including multiple error information, error address, error data.

typedef struct _flexram_itcm_ecc_single_error_info flexram_itcm_ecc_single_error_info_t: FLEXRAM itcm ecc single error information, including single error information, error address, error data.

typedef struct _flexram_itcm_ecc_multi_error_info flexram_itcm_ecc_multi_error_info_t: FLEXRAM itcm ecc multiple error information, including multiple error information, error address, error data.

typedef struct _flexram_dtcm_ecc_single_error_info flexram_dtcm_ecc_single_error_info_t: FLEXRAM dtcm ecc single error information, including single error information, error address, error data.

typedef struct _flexram_dtcm_ecc_multi_error_info flexram_dtcm_ecc_multi_error_info_t: FLEXRAM dtcm ecc multiple error information, including multiple error information, error address, error data.

static inline void FLEXRAM_SetTCMReadAccessMode(FLEXRAM_Type *base, flexram_tcm_access_mode_t mode)

FLEXRAM module sets TCM read access mode.

Parameters:

base – FLEXRAM base address.
mode – Access mode.

static inline void FLEXRAM_SetTCMWriteAccessMode(FLEXRAM_Type *base, flexram_tcm_access_mode_t mode)

FLEXRAM module set TCM write access mode.

Parameters:

base – FLEXRAM base address.
mode – Access mode.

static inline void FLEXRAM_EnableForceRamClockOn(FLEXRAM_Type *base, bool enable)

FLEXRAM module force ram clock on.

Parameters:

base – FLEXRAM base address.
enable – Enable or disable clock force on.

static inline void FLEXRAM_SetOCRAMMagicAddr(FLEXRAM_Type *base, uint16_t magicAddr, uint32_t rwSel)

FLEXRAM OCRAM magic addr configuration. When read/write access hit magic address, it will generate interrupt.

Parameters:

base – FLEXRAM base address.
magicAddr – Magic address, the actual address bits [18:3] is corresponding to the register field [16:1].
rwSel – Read/write selection. 0 for read access while 1 for write access.

static inline void FLEXRAM_SetDTCMMagicAddr(FLEXRAM_Type *base, uint16_t magicAddr, uint32_t rwSel)

FLEXRAM DTCM magic addr configuration. When read/write access hits magic address, it will generate interrupt.

Parameters:

base – FLEXRAM base address.
magicAddr – Magic address, the actual address bits [18:3] is corresponding to the register field [16:1].
rwSel – Read/write selection. 0 for read access while 1 write access.

static inline void FLEXRAM_SetITCMMagicAddr(FLEXRAM_Type *base, uint16_t magicAddr, uint32_t rwSel)

FLEXRAM ITCM magic addr configuration. When read/write access hits magic address, it will generate interrupt.

Parameters:

base – FLEXRAM base address.
magicAddr – Magic address, the actual address bits [18:3] is corresponding to the register field [16:1].
rwSel – Read/write selection. 0 for read access while 1 for write access.

void FLEXRAM_EnableECC(FLEXRAM_Type *base, bool OcramECCEnable, bool TcmECCEnable)

FLEXRAM get ocram ecc single error information.

Parameters:

base – FLEXRAM base address.
OcramECCEnable – ocram ecc enablement.
TcmECCEnable – tcm(itcm/d0tcm/d1tcm) ecc enablement.

void FLEXRAM_ErrorInjection(FLEXRAM_Type *base, flexram_memory_type_t memory, flexram_ecc_error_type_t *error)

FLEXRAM ECC error injection.

Parameters:

base – FLEXRAM base address.
memory – memory type, such as OCRAM/ITCM/DTCM.
error – ECC error type.

void FLEXRAM_GetOcramSingleErroInfo(FLEXRAM_Type *base, flexram_ocram_ecc_single_error_info_t *info)

FLEXRAM get ocram ecc single error information.

Parameters:

base – FLEXRAM base address.
info – ecc error information.

void FLEXRAM_GetOcramMultiErroInfo(FLEXRAM_Type *base, flexram_ocram_ecc_multi_error_info_t *info)

FLEXRAM get ocram ecc multiple error information.

Parameters:

base – FLEXRAM base address.
info – ecc error information.

void FLEXRAM_GetItcmSingleErroInfo(FLEXRAM_Type *base, flexram_itcm_ecc_single_error_info_t *info)

FLEXRAM get itcm ecc single error information.

Parameters:

base – FLEXRAM base address.
info – ecc error information.

void FLEXRAM_GetItcmMultiErroInfo(FLEXRAM_Type *base, flexram_itcm_ecc_multi_error_info_t *info)

FLEXRAM get itcm ecc multiple error information.

Parameters:

base – FLEXRAM base address.
info – ecc error information.

void FLEXRAM_GetDtcmSingleErroInfo(FLEXRAM_Type *base, flexram_dtcm_ecc_single_error_info_t *info, uint8_t bank)

FLEXRAM get d0tcm ecc single error information.

Parameters:

base – FLEXRAM base address.
info – ecc error information.
bank – DTCM bank, 0 is D0TCM, 1 is D1TCM.

void FLEXRAM_GetDtcmMultiErroInfo(FLEXRAM_Type *base, flexram_dtcm_ecc_multi_error_info_t *info, uint8_t bank)

FLEXRAM get d0tcm ecc multiple error information.

Parameters:

base – FLEXRAM base address.
info – ecc error information.
bank – DTCM bank, 0 is D0TCM, 1 is D1TCM.

FLEXRAM_ECC_ERROR_DETAILED_INFO: Get ECC error detailed information.

struct _flexram_ecc_error_type

#include <fsl_flexram.h>

FLEXRAM error type, such as single bit error position, multi-bit error position.

Public Members

uint8_t SingleBitPos: Bit position of the bit to inject ECC Error.

uint8_t SecondBitPos: Bit position of the second bit to inject multi-bit ECC Error

bool Fource1BitDataInversion: Force One 1-Bit Data Inversion (single-bit ECC error) on memory write access

bool FourceOneNCDataInversion: Force One Non-correctable Data Inversion(multi-bit ECC error) on memory write access

bool FourceConti1BitDataInversion: Force Continuous 1-Bit Data Inversions (single-bit ECC error) on memory write access

bool FourceContiNCDataInversion: Force Continuous Non-correctable Data Inversions (multi-bit ECC error) on memory write access

struct _flexram_ocram_ecc_single_error_info

#include <fsl_flexram.h>

FLEXRAM ocram ecc single error information, including single error information, error address, error data.

Public Members

uint32_t OcramSingleErrorInfo: Ocram single error information, user should parse it by themself.

uint32_t OcramSingleErrorAddr: Ocram single error address

uint32_t OcramSingleErrorDataLSB: Ocram single error data LSB

uint32_t OcramSingleErrorDataMSB: Ocram single error data MSB

struct _flexram_ocram_ecc_multi_error_info

#include <fsl_flexram.h>

FLEXRAM ocram ecc multiple error information, including multiple error information, error address, error data.

Public Members

uint32_t OcramMultiErrorInfo: Ocram single error information, user should parse it by themself.

uint32_t OcramMultiErrorAddr: Ocram multiple error address

uint32_t OcramMultiErrorDataLSB: Ocram multiple error data LSB

uint32_t OcramMultiErrorDataMSB: Ocram multiple error data MSB

struct _flexram_itcm_ecc_single_error_info

#include <fsl_flexram.h>

FLEXRAM itcm ecc single error information, including single error information, error address, error data.

Public Members

uint32_t ItcmSingleErrorInfo: itcm single error information, user should parse it by themself.

uint32_t ItcmSingleErrorAddr: itcm single error address

uint32_t ItcmSingleErrorDataLSB: itcm single error data LSB

uint32_t ItcmSingleErrorDataMSB: itcm single error data MSB

struct _flexram_itcm_ecc_multi_error_info

#include <fsl_flexram.h>

FLEXRAM itcm ecc multiple error information, including multiple error information, error address, error data.

Public Members

uint32_t ItcmMultiErrorInfo: itcm multiple error information, user should parse it by themself.

uint32_t ItcmMultiErrorAddr: itcm multiple error address

uint32_t ItcmMultiErrorDataLSB: itcm multiple error data LSB

uint32_t ItcmMultiErrorDataMSB: itcm multiple error data MSB

struct _flexram_dtcm_ecc_single_error_info

#include <fsl_flexram.h>

FLEXRAM dtcm ecc single error information, including single error information, error address, error data.

Public Members

uint32_t DtcmSingleErrorInfo: dtcm single error information, user should parse it by themself.

uint32_t DtcmSingleErrorAddr: dtcm single error address

uint32_t DtcmSingleErrorData: dtcm single error data

struct _flexram_dtcm_ecc_multi_error_info

#include <fsl_flexram.h>

FLEXRAM dtcm ecc multiple error information, including multiple error information, error address, error data.

Public Members

uint32_t DtcmMultiErrorInfo: dtcm multiple error information, user should parse it by themself.

uint32_t DtcmMultiErrorAddr: dtcm multiple error address

uint32_t DtcmMultiErrorData: dtcm multiple error data

FLEXSPI: Flexible Serial Peripheral Interface Driver

uint32_t FLEXSPI_GetInstance(FLEXSPI_Type *base)

Get the instance number for FLEXSPI.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI base pointer.

status_t FLEXSPI_CheckAndClearError(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint32_t status)

Check and clear IP command execution errors.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI base pointer.
status – interrupt status.

void FLEXSPI_Init(FLEXSPI_Type *base, const flexspi_config_t *config)

Initializes the FLEXSPI module and internal state.

This function enables the clock for FLEXSPI and also configures the FLEXSPI with the input configure parameters. Users should call this function before any FLEXSPI operations.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
config – FLEXSPI configure structure.

void FLEXSPI_GetDefaultConfig(flexspi_config_t *config)

Gets default settings for FLEXSPI.

Parameters:

config – FLEXSPI configuration structure.

void FLEXSPI_Deinit(FLEXSPI_Type *base)

Deinitializes the FLEXSPI module.

Clears the FLEXSPI state and FLEXSPI module registers.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

void FLEXSPI_UpdateDllValue(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_device_config_t *config, flexspi_port_t port)

Update FLEXSPI DLL value depending on currently flexspi root clock.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
config – Flash configuration parameters.
port – FLEXSPI Operation port.

void FLEXSPI_SetFlashConfig(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_device_config_t *config, flexspi_port_t port)

Configures the connected device parameter.

This function configures the connected device relevant parameters, such as the size, command, and so on. The flash configuration value cannot have a default value. The user needs to configure it according to the connected device.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
config – Flash configuration parameters.
port – FLEXSPI Operation port.

void FLEXSPI_SoftwareReset(FLEXSPI_Type *base)

Software reset for the FLEXSPI logic.

This function sets the software reset flags for both AHB and buffer domain and resets both AHB buffer and also IP FIFOs.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

static inline void FLEXSPI_Enable(FLEXSPI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the FLEXSPI module.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
enable – True means enable FLEXSPI, false means disable.

static inline void FLEXSPI_EnableInterrupts(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the FLEXSPI interrupts.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
mask – FLEXSPI interrupt source.

static inline void FLEXSPI_DisableInterrupts(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disable the FLEXSPI interrupts.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
mask – FLEXSPI interrupt source.

static inline void FLEXSPI_EnableTxDMA(FLEXSPI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables FLEXSPI IP Tx FIFO DMA requests.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
enable – Enable flag for transmit DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

static inline void FLEXSPI_EnableRxDMA(FLEXSPI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables FLEXSPI IP Rx FIFO DMA requests.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
enable – Enable flag for receive DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

static inline uint32_t FLEXSPI_GetTxFifoAddress(FLEXSPI_Type *base)

Gets FLEXSPI IP tx fifo address for DMA transfer.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

Return values:

The – tx fifo address.

static inline uint32_t FLEXSPI_GetRxFifoAddress(FLEXSPI_Type *base)

Gets FLEXSPI IP rx fifo address for DMA transfer.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

Return values:

The – rx fifo address.

static inline void FLEXSPI_ResetFifos(FLEXSPI_Type *base, bool txFifo, bool rxFifo)

Clears the FLEXSPI IP FIFO logic.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
txFifo – Pass true to reset TX FIFO.
rxFifo – Pass true to reset RX FIFO.

static inline void FLEXSPI_GetFifoCounts(FLEXSPI_Type *base, size_t *txCount, size_t *rxCount)

Gets the valid data entries in the FLEXSPI FIFOs.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
txCount – [out] Pointer through which the current number of bytes in the transmit FIFO is returned. Pass NULL if this value is not required.
rxCount – [out] Pointer through which the current number of bytes in the receive FIFO is returned. Pass NULL if this value is not required.

static inline uint32_t FLEXSPI_GetInterruptStatusFlags(FLEXSPI_Type *base)

Get the FLEXSPI interrupt status flags.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

Return values:

interrupt – status flag, use status flag to AND flexspi_flags_t could get the related status.

static inline void FLEXSPI_ClearInterruptStatusFlags(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Get the FLEXSPI interrupt status flags.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
mask – FLEXSPI interrupt source.

static inline flexspi_arb_command_source_t FLEXSPI_GetArbitratorCommandSource(FLEXSPI_Type *base)

Gets the trigger source of current command sequence granted by arbitrator.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

Return values:

trigger – source of current command sequence.

static inline flexspi_ip_error_code_t FLEXSPI_GetIPCommandErrorCode(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint8_t *index)

Gets the error code when IP command error detected.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
index – Pointer to a uint8_t type variable to receive the sequence index when error detected.

Return values:

error – code when IP command error detected.

static inline flexspi_ahb_error_code_t FLEXSPI_GetAHBCommandErrorCode(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint8_t *index)

Gets the error code when AHB command error detected.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
index – Pointer to a uint8_t type variable to receive the sequence index when error detected.

Return values:

error – code when AHB command error detected.

static inline bool FLEXSPI_GetBusIdleStatus(FLEXSPI_Type *base)

Returns whether the bus is idle.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.

Return values:

true – Bus is idle.
false – Bus is busy.

void FLEXSPI_UpdateRxSampleClock(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_read_sample_clock_t clockSource)

Update read sample clock source.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
clockSource – clockSource of type flexspi_read_sample_clock_t

void FLEXSPI_UpdateLUT(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint32_t index, const uint32_t *cmd, uint32_t count)

Updates the LUT table.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
index – From which index start to update. It could be any index of the LUT table, which also allows user to update command content inside a command. Each command consists of up to 8 instructions and occupy 4*32-bit memory.
cmd – Command sequence array.
count – Number of sequences.

static inline void FLEXSPI_WriteData(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint32_t data, uint8_t fifoIndex)

Writes data into FIFO.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address
data – The data bytes to send
fifoIndex – Destination fifo index.

static inline uint32_t FLEXSPI_ReadData(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint8_t fifoIndex)

Receives data from data FIFO.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address
fifoIndex – Source fifo index.

Returns:

The data in the FIFO.

status_t FLEXSPI_WriteBlocking(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint8_t *buffer, size_t size)

Sends a buffer of data bytes using blocking method.

Note

This function blocks via polling until all bytes have been sent.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address
buffer – The data bytes to send
size – The number of data bytes to send

Return values:

kStatus_Success – write success without error
kStatus_FLEXSPI_SequenceExecutionTimeout – sequence execution timeout
kStatus_FLEXSPI_IpCommandSequenceError – IP command sequence error detected
kStatus_FLEXSPI_IpCommandGrantTimeout – IP command grant timeout detected

status_t FLEXSPI_ReadBlocking(FLEXSPI_Type *base, uint8_t *buffer, size_t size)

Receives a buffer of data bytes using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks via polling until all bytes have been sent.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address
buffer – The data bytes to send
size – The number of data bytes to receive

Return values:

kStatus_Success – read success without error
kStatus_FLEXSPI_SequenceExecutionTimeout – sequence execution timeout
kStatus_FLEXSPI_IpCommandSequenceError – IP command sequencen error detected
kStatus_FLEXSPI_IpCommandGrantTimeout – IP command grant timeout detected

status_t FLEXSPI_TransferBlocking(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_transfer_t *xfer)

Execute command to transfer a buffer data bytes using a blocking method.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address
xfer – pointer to the transfer structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – command transfer success without error
kStatus_FLEXSPI_SequenceExecutionTimeout – sequence execution timeout
kStatus_FLEXSPI_IpCommandSequenceError – IP command sequence error detected
kStatus_FLEXSPI_IpCommandGrantTimeout – IP command grant timeout detected

void FLEXSPI_TransferCreateHandle(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_handle_t *handle, flexspi_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the FLEXSPI handle which is used in transactional functions.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
handle – pointer to flexspi_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – pointer to user callback function.
userData – user parameter passed to the callback function.

status_t FLEXSPI_TransferNonBlocking(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_handle_t *handle, flexspi_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a interrupt non-blocking transfer on the FLEXSPI bus.

Note

Calling the API returns immediately after transfer initiates. The user needs to call FLEXSPI_GetTransferCount to poll the transfer status to check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is not kStatus_FLEXSPI_Busy, the transfer is finished. For FLEXSPI_Read, the dataSize should be multiple of rx watermark level, or FLEXSPI could not read data properly.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
handle – pointer to flexspi_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
xfer – pointer to flexspi_transfer_t structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start the data transmission.
kStatus_FLEXSPI_Busy – Previous transmission still not finished.

status_t FLEXSPI_TransferGetCount(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the master transfer status during a interrupt non-blocking transfer.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
handle – pointer to flexspi_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_InvalidArgument – count is Invalid.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

void FLEXSPI_TransferAbort(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_handle_t *handle)

Aborts an interrupt non-blocking transfer early.

Note

This API can be called at any time when an interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer early.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
handle – pointer to flexspi_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state

void FLEXSPI_TransferHandleIRQ(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_handle_t *handle)

Master interrupt handler.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
handle – pointer to flexspi_handle_t structure.

FSL_FLEXSPI_DRIVER_VERSION: FLEXSPI driver version.

Status structure of FLEXSPI.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FLEXSPI_Busy: FLEXSPI is busy

enumerator kStatus_FLEXSPI_SequenceExecutionTimeout: Sequence execution timeout error occurred during FLEXSPI transfer.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXSPI_IpCommandSequenceError: IP command Sequence execution timeout error occurred during FLEXSPI transfer.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXSPI_IpCommandGrantTimeout: IP command grant timeout error occurred during FLEXSPI transfer.

CMD definition of FLEXSPI, use to form LUT instruction, _flexspi_command.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_STOP: Stop execution, deassert CS.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_SDR: Transmit Command code to Flash, using SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_RADDR_SDR: Transmit Row Address to Flash, using SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_CADDR_SDR: Transmit Column Address to Flash, using SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_MODE1_SDR: Transmit 1-bit Mode bits to Flash, using SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_MODE2_SDR: Transmit 2-bit Mode bits to Flash, using SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_MODE4_SDR: Transmit 4-bit Mode bits to Flash, using SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_MODE8_SDR: Transmit 8-bit Mode bits to Flash, using SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_WRITE_SDR: Transmit Programming Data to Flash, using SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_READ_SDR: Receive Read Data from Flash, using SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_LEARN_SDR: Receive Read Data or Preamble bit from Flash, SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_DATSZ_SDR: Transmit Read/Program Data size (byte) to Flash, SDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_DUMMY_SDR: Leave data lines undriven by FlexSPI controller.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_DUMMY_RWDS_SDR: Leave data lines undriven by FlexSPI controller, dummy cycles decided by RWDS.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_DDR: Transmit Command code to Flash, using DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_RADDR_DDR: Transmit Row Address to Flash, using DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_CADDR_DDR: Transmit Column Address to Flash, using DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_MODE1_DDR: Transmit 1-bit Mode bits to Flash, using DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_MODE2_DDR: Transmit 2-bit Mode bits to Flash, using DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_MODE4_DDR: Transmit 4-bit Mode bits to Flash, using DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_MODE8_DDR: Transmit 8-bit Mode bits to Flash, using DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_WRITE_DDR: Transmit Programming Data to Flash, using DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_READ_DDR: Receive Read Data from Flash, using DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_LEARN_DDR: Receive Read Data or Preamble bit from Flash, DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_DATSZ_DDR: Transmit Read/Program Data size (byte) to Flash, DDR mode.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_DUMMY_DDR: Leave data lines undriven by FlexSPI controller.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_DUMMY_RWDS_DDR: Leave data lines undriven by FlexSPI controller, dummy cycles decided by RWDS.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command_JUMP_ON_CS: Stop execution, deassert CS and save operand[7:0] as the instruction start pointer for next sequence

enum _flexspi_pad

pad definition of FLEXSPI, use to form LUT instruction.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_1PAD: Transmit command/address and transmit/receive data only through DATA0/DATA1.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_2PAD: Transmit command/address and transmit/receive data only through DATA[1:0].

enumerator kFLEXSPI_4PAD: Transmit command/address and transmit/receive data only through DATA[3:0].

enumerator kFLEXSPI_8PAD: Transmit command/address and transmit/receive data only through DATA[7:0].

enum _flexspi_flags

FLEXSPI interrupt status flags.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_SequenceExecutionTimeoutFlag: Sequence execution timeout.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbBusErrorFlag: AHB Bus error flag.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_SckStoppedBecauseTxEmptyFlag: SCK is stopped during command sequence because Async TX FIFO empty.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_SckStoppedBecauseRxFullFlag: SCK is stopped during command sequence because Async RX FIFO full.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpTxFifoWatermarkEmptyFlag: IP TX FIFO WaterMark empty.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpRxFifoWatermarkAvailableFlag: IP RX FIFO WaterMark available.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbCommandSequenceErrorFlag: AHB triggered Command Sequences Error.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCommandSequenceErrorFlag: IP triggered Command Sequences Error.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbCommandGrantTimeoutFlag: AHB triggered Command Sequences Grant Timeout.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCommandGrantTimeoutFlag: IP triggered Command Sequences Grant Timeout.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCommandExecutionDoneFlag: IP triggered Command Sequences Execution finished.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AllInterruptFlags: All flags.

enum _flexspi_read_sample_clock

FLEXSPI sample clock source selection for Flash Reading.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_ReadSampleClkLoopbackInternally: Dummy Read strobe generated by FlexSPI Controller and loopback internally.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_ReadSampleClkLoopbackFromDqsPad: Dummy Read strobe generated by FlexSPI Controller and loopback from DQS pad.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_ReadSampleClkLoopbackFromSckPad: SCK output clock and loopback from SCK pad.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_ReadSampleClkExternalInputFromDqsPad: Flash provided Read strobe and input from DQS pad.

enum _flexspi_cs_interval_cycle_unit

FLEXSPI interval unit for flash device select.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_CsIntervalUnit1SckCycle: Chip selection interval: CSINTERVAL * 1 serial clock cycle.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_CsIntervalUnit256SckCycle: Chip selection interval: CSINTERVAL * 256 serial clock cycle.

enum _flexspi_ahb_write_wait_unit

FLEXSPI AHB wait interval unit for writing.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbWriteWaitUnit2AhbCycle: AWRWAIT unit is 2 ahb clock cycle.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbWriteWaitUnit8AhbCycle: AWRWAIT unit is 8 ahb clock cycle.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbWriteWaitUnit32AhbCycle: AWRWAIT unit is 32 ahb clock cycle.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbWriteWaitUnit128AhbCycle: AWRWAIT unit is 128 ahb clock cycle.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbWriteWaitUnit512AhbCycle: AWRWAIT unit is 512 ahb clock cycle.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbWriteWaitUnit2048AhbCycle: AWRWAIT unit is 2048 ahb clock cycle.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbWriteWaitUnit8192AhbCycle: AWRWAIT unit is 8192 ahb clock cycle.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbWriteWaitUnit32768AhbCycle: AWRWAIT unit is 32768 ahb clock cycle.

enum _flexspi_ip_error_code

Error Code when IP command Error detected.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCmdErrorNoError: No error.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCmdErrorJumpOnCsInIpCmd: IP command with JMP_ON_CS instruction used.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCmdErrorUnknownOpCode: Unknown instruction opcode in the sequence.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCmdErrorSdrDummyInDdrSequence: Instruction DUMMY_SDR/DUMMY_RWDS_SDR used in DDR sequence.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCmdErrorDdrDummyInSdrSequence: Instruction DUMMY_DDR/DUMMY_RWDS_DDR used in SDR sequence.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCmdErrorInvalidAddress: Flash access start address exceed the whole flash address range (A1/A2/B1/B2).

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCmdErrorSequenceExecutionTimeout: Sequence execution timeout.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCmdErrorFlashBoundaryAcrosss: Flash boundary crossed.

enum _flexspi_ahb_error_code

Error Code when AHB command Error detected.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbCmdErrorNoError: No error.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbCmdErrorJumpOnCsInWriteCmd: AHB Write command with JMP_ON_CS instruction used in the sequence.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbCmdErrorUnknownOpCode: Unknown instruction opcode in the sequence.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbCmdErrorSdrDummyInDdrSequence: Instruction DUMMY_SDR/DUMMY_RWDS_SDR used in DDR sequence.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbCmdErrorDdrDummyInSdrSequence: Instruction DUMMY_DDR/DUMMY_RWDS_DDR used in SDR sequence.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbCmdSequenceExecutionTimeout: Sequence execution timeout.

enum _flexspi_port

FLEXSPI operation port select.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_PortA1: Access flash on A1 port.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_PortA2: Access flash on A2 port.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_PortB1: Access flash on B1 port.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_PortB2: Access flash on B2 port.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_PortCount

enum _flexspi_arb_command_source

Trigger source of current command sequence granted by arbitrator.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbReadCommand

enumerator kFLEXSPI_AhbWriteCommand

enumerator kFLEXSPI_IpCommand

enumerator kFLEXSPI_SuspendedCommand

enum _flexspi_command_type

Command type.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Command: FlexSPI operation: Only command, both TX and Rx buffer are ignored.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Config: FlexSPI operation: Configure device mode, the TX fifo size is fixed in LUT.

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Read

enumerator kFLEXSPI_Write

typedef enum _flexspi_pad flexspi_pad_t: pad definition of FLEXSPI, use to form LUT instruction.

typedef enum _flexspi_flags flexspi_flags_t: FLEXSPI interrupt status flags.

typedef enum _flexspi_read_sample_clock flexspi_read_sample_clock_t: FLEXSPI sample clock source selection for Flash Reading.

typedef enum _flexspi_cs_interval_cycle_unit flexspi_cs_interval_cycle_unit_t: FLEXSPI interval unit for flash device select.

typedef enum _flexspi_ahb_write_wait_unit flexspi_ahb_write_wait_unit_t: FLEXSPI AHB wait interval unit for writing.

typedef enum _flexspi_ip_error_code flexspi_ip_error_code_t: Error Code when IP command Error detected.

typedef enum _flexspi_ahb_error_code flexspi_ahb_error_code_t: Error Code when AHB command Error detected.

typedef enum _flexspi_port flexspi_port_t: FLEXSPI operation port select.

typedef enum _flexspi_arb_command_source flexspi_arb_command_source_t: Trigger source of current command sequence granted by arbitrator.

typedef enum _flexspi_command_type flexspi_command_type_t: Command type.

typedef struct _flexspi_ahbBuffer_config flexspi_ahbBuffer_config_t

typedef struct _flexspi_config flexspi_config_t: FLEXSPI configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexspi_device_config flexspi_device_config_t: External device configuration items.

typedef struct _flexspi_transfer flexspi_transfer_t: Transfer structure for FLEXSPI.

typedef struct _flexspi_handle flexspi_handle_t

typedef void (*flexspi_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FLEXSPI transfer callback function.

FSL_FEATURE_FLEXSPI_AHB_BUFFER_COUNT

FLEXSPI_LUT_SEQ(cmd0, pad0, op0, cmd1, pad1, op1): Formula to form FLEXSPI instructions in LUT table.

struct _flexspi_ahbBuffer_config

#include <fsl_flexspi.h>

Public Members

uint8_t priority: This priority for AHB Master Read which this AHB RX Buffer is assigned.

uint8_t masterIndex: AHB Master ID the AHB RX Buffer is assigned.

uint16_t bufferSize: AHB buffer size in byte.

bool enablePrefetch: AHB Read Prefetch Enable for current AHB RX Buffer corresponding Master, allows prefetch disable/enable separately for each master.

struct _flexspi_config

#include <fsl_flexspi.h>

FLEXSPI configuration structure.

Public Members

flexspi_read_sample_clock_t rxSampleClock: Sample Clock source selection for Flash Reading.

bool enableSckFreeRunning: Enable/disable SCK output free-running.

bool enableCombination: Enable/disable combining PORT A and B Data Pins (SIOA[3:0] and SIOB[3:0]) to support Flash Octal mode.

bool enableDoze: Enable/disable doze mode support.

bool enableHalfSpeedAccess: Enable/disable divide by 2 of the clock for half speed commands.

bool enableSckBDiffOpt: Enable/disable SCKB pad use as SCKA differential clock output, when enable, Port B flash access is not available.

bool enableSameConfigForAll: Enable/disable same configuration for all connected devices when enabled, same configuration in FLASHA1CRx is applied to all.

uint16_t seqTimeoutCycle: Timeout wait cycle for command sequence execution, timeout after ahbGrantTimeoutCyle*1024 serial root clock cycles.

uint8_t ipGrantTimeoutCycle: Timeout wait cycle for IP command grant, timeout after ipGrantTimeoutCycle*1024 AHB clock cycles.

uint8_t txWatermark: FLEXSPI IP transmit watermark value.

uint8_t rxWatermark: FLEXSPI receive watermark value.

struct _flexspi_device_config

#include <fsl_flexspi.h>

External device configuration items.

Public Members

uint32_t flexspiRootClk: FLEXSPI serial root clock.

bool isSck2Enabled: FLEXSPI use SCK2.

uint32_t flashSize: Flash size in KByte.

bool addressShift: Address shift.

flexspi_cs_interval_cycle_unit_t CSIntervalUnit: CS interval unit, 1 or 256 cycle.

uint16_t CSInterval: CS line assert interval, multiply CS interval unit to get the CS line assert interval cycles.

uint8_t CSHoldTime: CS line hold time.

uint8_t CSSetupTime: CS line setup time.

uint8_t dataValidTime: Data valid time for external device.

uint8_t columnspace: Column space size.

bool enableWordAddress: If enable word address.

uint8_t AWRSeqIndex: Sequence ID for AHB write command.

uint8_t AWRSeqNumber: Sequence number for AHB write command.

uint8_t ARDSeqIndex: Sequence ID for AHB read command.

uint8_t ARDSeqNumber: Sequence number for AHB read command.

flexspi_ahb_write_wait_unit_t AHBWriteWaitUnit: AHB write wait unit.

uint16_t AHBWriteWaitInterval: AHB write wait interval, multiply AHB write interval unit to get the AHB write wait cycles.

bool enableWriteMask: Enable/Disable FLEXSPI drive DQS pin as write mask when writing to external device.

struct _flexspi_transfer

#include <fsl_flexspi.h>

Transfer structure for FLEXSPI.

Public Members

uint32_t deviceAddress: Operation device address.

flexspi_port_t port: Operation port.

flexspi_command_type_t cmdType: Execution command type.

uint8_t seqIndex: Sequence ID for command.

uint8_t SeqNumber: Sequence number for command.

uint32_t *data: Data buffer.

size_t dataSize: Data size in bytes.

struct _flexspi_handle

#include <fsl_flexspi.h>

Transfer handle structure for FLEXSPI.

Public Members

uint32_t state: Internal state for FLEXSPI transfer

uint8_t *data: Data buffer.

size_t dataSize: Remaining Data size in bytes.

size_t transferTotalSize: Total Data size in bytes.

flexspi_transfer_callback_t completionCallback: Callback for users while transfer finish or error occurred

void *userData: FLEXSPI callback function parameter.

struct ahbConfig

Public Members

uint8_t ahbGrantTimeoutCycle: Timeout wait cycle for AHB command grant, timeout after ahbGrantTimeoutCyle*1024 AHB clock cycles.

uint16_t ahbBusTimeoutCycle: Timeout wait cycle for AHB read/write access, timeout after ahbBusTimeoutCycle*1024 AHB clock cycles.

uint8_t resumeWaitCycle: Wait cycle for idle state before suspended command sequence resume, timeout after ahbBusTimeoutCycle AHB clock cycles.

flexspi_ahbBuffer_config_t buffer[FSL_FEATURE_FLEXSPI_AHB_BUFFER_COUNTn(0)]: AHB buffer size.

bool enableClearAHBBufferOpt: Enable/disable automatically clean AHB RX Buffer and TX Buffer when FLEXSPI returns STOP mode ACK.

bool enableReadAddressOpt: Enable/disable remove AHB read burst start address alignment limitation. when enable, there is no AHB read burst start address alignment limitation.

bool enableAHBPrefetch: Enable/disable AHB read prefetch feature, when enabled, FLEXSPI will fetch more data than current AHB burst.

bool enableAHBBufferable: Enable/disable AHB bufferable write access support, when enabled, FLEXSPI return before waiting for command execution finished.

bool enableAHBCachable: Enable AHB bus cachable read access support.

FLEXSPI eDMA Driver

void FLEXSPI_TransferCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_edma_handle_t *handle, flexspi_edma_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *txDmaHandle, edma_handle_t *rxDmaHandle)

Initializes the FLEXSPI handle for transfer which is used in transactional functions and set the callback.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address
handle – Pointer to flexspi_edma_handle_t structure
callback – FLEXSPI callback, NULL means no callback.
userData – User callback function data.
txDmaHandle – User requested DMA handle for TX DMA transfer.
rxDmaHandle – User requested DMA handle for RX DMA transfer.

void FLEXSPI_TransferUpdateSizeEDMA(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_edma_handle_t *handle, flexspi_edma_transfer_nsize_t nsize)

Update FLEXSPI EDMA transfer source data transfer size(SSIZE) and destination data transfer size(DSIZE).

See also

flexspi_edma_transfer_nsize_t .

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address
handle – Pointer to flexspi_edma_handle_t structure
nsize – FLEXSPI DMA transfer data transfer size(SSIZE/DSIZE), by default the size is kFLEXPSI_EDMAnSize1Bytes(one byte).

status_t FLEXSPI_TransferEDMA(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_edma_handle_t *handle, flexspi_transfer_t *xfer)

Transfers FLEXSPI data using an eDMA non-blocking method.

This function writes/receives data to/from the FLEXSPI transmit/receive FIFO. This function is non-blocking.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to flexspi_edma_handle_t structure
xfer – FLEXSPI transfer structure.

Return values:

kStatus_FLEXSPI_Busy – FLEXSPI is busy transfer.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The watermark configuration is invalid, the watermark should be power of 2 to do successfully EDMA transfer.
kStatus_Success – FLEXSPI successfully start edma transfer.

void FLEXSPI_TransferAbortEDMA(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the transfer data using eDMA.

This function aborts the transfer data using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to flexspi_edma_handle_t structure

status_t FLEXSPI_TransferGetTransferCountEDMA(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the transferred counts of transfer.

Parameters:

base – FLEXSPI peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to flexspi_edma_handle_t structure.
count – Bytes transfer.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

FSL_FLEXSPI_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION: FLEXSPI EDMA driver version.

enum _flexspi_edma_ntransfer_size

eDMA transfer configuration

Values:

enumerator kFLEXPSI_EDMAnSize1Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 1 byte every time

enumerator kFLEXPSI_EDMAnSize2Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 2 bytes every time

enumerator kFLEXPSI_EDMAnSize4Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 4 bytes every time

enumerator kFLEXPSI_EDMAnSize8Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 8 bytes every time

enumerator kFLEXPSI_EDMAnSize32Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 32 bytes every time

typedef struct _flexspi_edma_handle flexspi_edma_handle_t

typedef void (*flexspi_edma_callback_t)(FLEXSPI_Type *base, flexspi_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FLEXSPI eDMA transfer callback function for finish and error.

typedef enum _flexspi_edma_ntransfer_size flexspi_edma_transfer_nsize_t: eDMA transfer configuration

struct _flexspi_edma_handle

#include <fsl_flexspi_edma.h>

FLEXSPI DMA transfer handle, users should not touch the content of the handle.

Public Members

edma_handle_t *txDmaHandle: eDMA handler for FLEXSPI Tx.

edma_handle_t *rxDmaHandle: eDMA handler for FLEXSPI Rx.

size_t transferSize: Bytes need to transfer.

flexspi_edma_transfer_nsize_t nsize: eDMA SSIZE/DSIZE in each transfer.

uint8_t nbytes: eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

uint8_t count: The transfer data count in a DMA request.

uint32_t state: Internal state for FLEXSPI eDMA transfer.

flexspi_edma_callback_t completionCallback: A callback function called after the eDMA transfer is finished.

void *userData: User callback parameter

GPC: General Power Controller Driver

FSL_GPC_DRIVER_VERSION: GPC driver version 2.1.1.

static inline void GPC_AllowIRQs(GPC_Type *base)

Allow all the IRQ/Events within the charge of GPC.

Parameters:

base – GPC peripheral base address.

static inline void GPC_DisallowIRQs(GPC_Type *base)

Disallow all the IRQ/Events within the charge of GPC.

Parameters:

base – GPC peripheral base address.

void GPC_EnableIRQ(GPC_Type *base, uint32_t irqId)

Enable the IRQ.

Parameters:

base – GPC peripheral base address.
irqId – ID number of IRQ to be enabled, available range is 32-159. 0-31 is available in some platforms.

void GPC_DisableIRQ(GPC_Type *base, uint32_t irqId)

Disable the IRQ.

Parameters:

base – GPC peripheral base address.
irqId – ID number of IRQ to be disabled, available range is 32-159. 0-31 is available in some platforms.

bool GPC_GetIRQStatusFlag(GPC_Type *base, uint32_t irqId)

Get the IRQ/Event flag.

Parameters:

base – GPC peripheral base address.
irqId – ID number of IRQ to be enabled, available range is 32-159. 0-31 is available in some platforms.

Returns:

Indicated IRQ/Event is asserted or not.

static inline void GPC_RequestL2CachePowerDown(GPC_Type *base, bool enable)

L2 Cache Power Gate Enable.

This function configures the L2 cache if it will keep power when in low power mode. When the L2 cache power is OFF, L2 cache will be power down once when CPU core is power down and will be hardware invalidated automatically when CPU core is re-power up. When the L2 cache power is ON, L2 cache will keep power on even if CPU core is power down and will not be hardware invalidated. When CPU core is re-power up, the default setting is OFF.

Parameters:

base – GPC peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the request or not.

static inline void GPC_RequestPdram0PowerDown(GPC_Type *base, bool enable)

FLEXRAM PDRAM0 Power Gate Enable.

This function configures the FLEXRAM PDRAM0 if it will keep power when cpu core is power down. When the PDRAM0 Power is 1, PDRAM0 will be power down once when CPU core is power down. When the PDRAM0 Power is 0, PDRAM0 will keep power on even if CPU core is power down. When CPU core is re-power up, the default setting is 1.

Parameters:

base – GPC peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the request or not.

static inline void GPC_RequestVADCPowerDown(GPC_Type *base, bool enable)

VADC power down.

This function requests the VADC power down.

Parameters:

base – GPC peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the request or not.

static inline bool GPC_GetVADCPowerDownFlag(GPC_Type *base)

Checks if the VADC is power off.

Parameters:

base – GPC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Whether the VADC is power off or not.

static inline bool GPC_HasDVFS0ChangeRequest(GPC_Type *base)

Checks if the DVFS0 is requesting for frequency/voltage update.

Parameters:

base – GPC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Whether the DVFS0 is requesting for frequency/voltage update.

static inline void GPC_RequestDisplayPowerOn(GPC_Type *base, bool enable)

Requests the display power switch sequence.

Parameters:

base – GPC peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the power on sequence, or the power down sequence.

static inline void GPC_RequestMEGAPowerOn(GPC_Type *base, bool enable)

Requests the MEGA power switch sequence.

Parameters:

base – GPC peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the power on sequence, or the power down sequence.

GPIO: General-Purpose Input/Output Driver

void GPIO_PinInit(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, const gpio_pin_config_t *Config)

Initializes the GPIO peripheral according to the specified parameters in the initConfig.

Parameters:

base – GPIO base pointer.
pin – Specifies the pin number
Config – pointer to a gpio_pin_config_t structure that contains the configuration information.

void GPIO_PinWrite(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, uint8_t output)

Sets the output level of the individual GPIO pin to logic 1 or 0.

Parameters:

base – GPIO base pointer.
pin – GPIO port pin number.
output – GPIOpin output logic level.
- 0: corresponding pin output low-logic level.
- 1: corresponding pin output high-logic level.

static inline void GPIO_WritePinOutput(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, uint8_t output)

Sets the output level of the individual GPIO pin to logic 1 or 0.

Deprecated:: Do not use this function. It has been superceded by GPIO_PinWrite.

static inline void GPIO_PortSet(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple GPIO pins to the logic 1.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIO1, GPIO2, GPIO3, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline void GPIO_SetPinsOutput(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple GPIO pins to the logic 1.

Deprecated:: Do not use this function. It has been superceded by GPIO_PortSet.

static inline void GPIO_PortClear(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple GPIO pins to the logic 0.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIO1, GPIO2, GPIO3, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline void GPIO_ClearPinsOutput(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple GPIO pins to the logic 0.

Deprecated:: Do not use this function. It has been superceded by GPIO_PortClear.

static inline void GPIO_PortToggle(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Reverses the current output logic of the multiple GPIO pins.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIO1, GPIO2, GPIO3, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline uint32_t GPIO_PinRead(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin)

Reads the current input value of the GPIO port.

Parameters:

base – GPIO base pointer.
pin – GPIO port pin number.

Return values:

GPIO – port input value.

static inline uint32_t GPIO_ReadPinInput(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin)

Reads the current input value of the GPIO port.

Deprecated:: Do not use this function. It has been superceded by GPIO_PinRead.

static inline uint8_t GPIO_PinReadPadStatus(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin)

Reads the current GPIO pin pad status.

Parameters:

base – GPIO base pointer.
pin – GPIO port pin number.

Return values:

GPIO – pin pad status value.

static inline uint8_t GPIO_ReadPadStatus(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin)

Reads the current GPIO pin pad status.

Deprecated:: Do not use this function. It has been superceded by GPIO_PinReadPadStatus.

void GPIO_PinSetInterruptConfig(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, gpio_interrupt_mode_t pinInterruptMode)

Sets the current pin interrupt mode.

Parameters:

base – GPIO base pointer.
pin – GPIO port pin number.
pinInterruptMode – pointer to a gpio_interrupt_mode_t structure that contains the interrupt mode information.

static inline void GPIO_SetPinInterruptConfig(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, gpio_interrupt_mode_t pinInterruptMode)

Sets the current pin interrupt mode.

Deprecated:: Do not use this function. It has been superceded by GPIO_PinSetInterruptConfig.

static inline void GPIO_PortEnableInterrupts(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the specific pin interrupt.

Parameters:

base – GPIO base pointer.
mask – GPIO pin number macro.

static inline void GPIO_EnableInterrupts(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the specific pin interrupt.

Parameters:

base – GPIO base pointer.
mask – GPIO pin number macro.

static inline void GPIO_PortDisableInterrupts(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the specific pin interrupt.

Parameters:

base – GPIO base pointer.
mask – GPIO pin number macro.

static inline void GPIO_DisableInterrupts(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the specific pin interrupt.

Deprecated:: Do not use this function. It has been superceded by GPIO_PortDisableInterrupts.

static inline uint32_t GPIO_PortGetInterruptFlags(GPIO_Type *base)

Reads individual pin interrupt status.

Parameters:

base – GPIO base pointer.

Return values:

current – pin interrupt status flag.

static inline uint32_t GPIO_GetPinsInterruptFlags(GPIO_Type *base)

Reads individual pin interrupt status.

Parameters:

base – GPIO base pointer.

Return values:

current – pin interrupt status flag.

static inline void GPIO_PortClearInterruptFlags(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears pin interrupt flag. Status flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit position.

Parameters:

base – GPIO base pointer.
mask – GPIO pin number macro.

static inline void GPIO_ClearPinsInterruptFlags(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears pin interrupt flag. Status flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit position.

Parameters:

base – GPIO base pointer.
mask – GPIO pin number macro.

FSL_GPIO_DRIVER_VERSION: GPIO driver version.

enum _gpio_pin_direction

GPIO direction definition.

Values:

enumerator kGPIO_DigitalInput: Set current pin as digital input.

enumerator kGPIO_DigitalOutput: Set current pin as digital output.

enum _gpio_interrupt_mode

GPIO interrupt mode definition.

Values:

enumerator kGPIO_NoIntmode: Set current pin general IO functionality.

enumerator kGPIO_IntLowLevel: Set current pin interrupt is low-level sensitive.

enumerator kGPIO_IntHighLevel: Set current pin interrupt is high-level sensitive.

enumerator kGPIO_IntRisingEdge: Set current pin interrupt is rising-edge sensitive.

enumerator kGPIO_IntFallingEdge: Set current pin interrupt is falling-edge sensitive.

enumerator kGPIO_IntRisingOrFallingEdge: Enable the edge select bit to override the ICR register’s configuration.

typedef enum _gpio_pin_direction gpio_pin_direction_t: GPIO direction definition.

typedef enum _gpio_interrupt_mode gpio_interrupt_mode_t: GPIO interrupt mode definition.

typedef struct _gpio_pin_config gpio_pin_config_t: GPIO Init structure definition.

struct _gpio_pin_config

#include <fsl_gpio.h>

GPIO Init structure definition.

Public Members

gpio_pin_direction_t direction: Specifies the pin direction.

uint8_t outputLogic: Set a default output logic, which has no use in input

gpio_interrupt_mode_t interruptMode: Specifies the pin interrupt mode, a value of gpio_interrupt_mode_t.

GPT: General Purpose Timer

void GPT_Init(GPT_Type *base, const gpt_config_t *initConfig)

Initialize GPT to reset state and initialize running mode.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.
initConfig – GPT mode setting configuration.

void GPT_Deinit(GPT_Type *base)

Disables the module and gates the GPT clock.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.

void GPT_GetDefaultConfig(gpt_config_t *config)

Fills in the GPT configuration structure with default settings.

The default values are:

config->clockSource = kGPT_ClockSource_Periph;
config->divider = 1U;
config->enableRunInStop = true;
config->enableRunInWait = true;
config->enableRunInDoze = false;
config->enableRunInDbg = false;
config->enableFreeRun = false;
config->enableMode  = true;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the user configuration structure.

static inline void GPT_SoftwareReset(GPT_Type *base)

Software reset of GPT module.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.

static inline void GPT_SetClockSource(GPT_Type *base, gpt_clock_source_t gptClkSource)

Set clock source of GPT.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.
gptClkSource – Clock source (see gpt_clock_source_t typedef enumeration).

static inline gpt_clock_source_t GPT_GetClockSource(GPT_Type *base)

Get clock source of GPT.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.

Returns:

clock source (see gpt_clock_source_t typedef enumeration).

static inline void GPT_SetClockDivider(GPT_Type *base, uint32_t divider)

Set pre scaler of GPT.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.
divider – Divider of GPT (1-4096).

static inline uint32_t GPT_GetClockDivider(GPT_Type *base)

Get clock divider in GPT module.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.

Returns:

clock divider in GPT module (1-4096).

static inline void GPT_SetOscClockDivider(GPT_Type *base, uint32_t divider)

OSC 24M pre-scaler before selected by clock source.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.
divider – OSC Divider(1-16).

static inline uint32_t GPT_GetOscClockDivider(GPT_Type *base)

Get OSC 24M clock divider in GPT module.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.

Returns:

OSC clock divider in GPT module (1-16).

static inline void GPT_StartTimer(GPT_Type *base)

Start GPT timer.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.

static inline void GPT_StopTimer(GPT_Type *base)

Stop GPT timer.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.

static inline uint32_t GPT_GetCurrentTimerCount(GPT_Type *base)

Reads the current GPT counting value.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.

Returns:

Current GPT counter value.

static inline void GPT_SetInputOperationMode(GPT_Type *base, gpt_input_capture_channel_t channel, gpt_input_operation_mode_t mode)

Set GPT operation mode of input capture channel.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.
channel – GPT capture channel (see gpt_input_capture_channel_t typedef enumeration).
mode – GPT input capture operation mode (see gpt_input_operation_mode_t typedef enumeration).

static inline gpt_input_operation_mode_t GPT_GetInputOperationMode(GPT_Type *base, gpt_input_capture_channel_t channel)

Get GPT operation mode of input capture channel.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.
channel – GPT capture channel (see gpt_input_capture_channel_t typedef enumeration).

Returns:

GPT input capture operation mode (see gpt_input_operation_mode_t typedef enumeration).

static inline uint32_t GPT_GetInputCaptureValue(GPT_Type *base, gpt_input_capture_channel_t channel)

Get GPT input capture value of certain channel.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.
channel – GPT capture channel (see gpt_input_capture_channel_t typedef enumeration).

Returns:

GPT input capture value.

static inline void GPT_SetOutputOperationMode(GPT_Type *base, gpt_output_compare_channel_t channel, gpt_output_operation_mode_t mode)

Set GPT operation mode of output compare channel.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.
channel – GPT output compare channel (see gpt_output_compare_channel_t typedef enumeration).
mode – GPT output operation mode (see gpt_output_operation_mode_t typedef enumeration).

static inline gpt_output_operation_mode_t GPT_GetOutputOperationMode(GPT_Type *base, gpt_output_compare_channel_t channel)

Get GPT operation mode of output compare channel.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.
channel – GPT output compare channel (see gpt_output_compare_channel_t typedef enumeration).

Returns:

GPT output operation mode (see gpt_output_operation_mode_t typedef enumeration).

static inline void GPT_SetOutputCompareValue(GPT_Type *base, gpt_output_compare_channel_t channel, uint32_t value)

Set GPT output compare value of output compare channel.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.
channel – GPT output compare channel (see gpt_output_compare_channel_t typedef enumeration).
value – GPT output compare value.

static inline uint32_t GPT_GetOutputCompareValue(GPT_Type *base, gpt_output_compare_channel_t channel)

Get GPT output compare value of output compare channel.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.
channel – GPT output compare channel (see gpt_output_compare_channel_t typedef enumeration).

Returns:

GPT output compare value.

static inline void GPT_ForceOutput(GPT_Type *base, gpt_output_compare_channel_t channel)

Force GPT output action on output compare channel, ignoring comparator.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.
channel – GPT output compare channel (see gpt_output_compare_channel_t typedef enumeration).

static inline void GPT_EnableInterrupts(GPT_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the selected GPT interrupts.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.
mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration gpt_interrupt_enable_t

static inline void GPT_DisableInterrupts(GPT_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the selected GPT interrupts.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address
mask – The interrupts to disable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration gpt_interrupt_enable_t

static inline uint32_t GPT_GetEnabledInterrupts(GPT_Type *base)

Gets the enabled GPT interrupts.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address

Returns:

The enabled interrupts. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration gpt_interrupt_enable_t

static inline uint32_t GPT_GetStatusFlags(GPT_Type *base, gpt_status_flag_t flags)

Get GPT status flags.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.
flags – GPT status flag mask (see gpt_status_flag_t for bit definition).

Returns:

GPT status, each bit represents one status flag.

static inline void GPT_ClearStatusFlags(GPT_Type *base, gpt_status_flag_t flags)

Clears the GPT status flags.

Parameters:

base – GPT peripheral base address.
flags – GPT status flag mask (see gpt_status_flag_t for bit definition).

FSL_GPT_DRIVER_VERSION

enum _gpt_clock_source

List of clock sources.

Note

Actual number of clock sources is SoC dependent

Values:

enumerator kGPT_ClockSource_Off: GPT Clock Source Off.

enumerator kGPT_ClockSource_Periph: GPT Clock Source from Peripheral Clock.

enumerator kGPT_ClockSource_HighFreq: GPT Clock Source from High Frequency Reference Clock.

enumerator kGPT_ClockSource_Ext: GPT Clock Source from external pin.

enumerator kGPT_ClockSource_LowFreq: GPT Clock Source from Low Frequency Reference Clock.

enumerator kGPT_ClockSource_Osc: GPT Clock Source from Crystal oscillator.

enum _gpt_input_capture_channel

List of input capture channel number.

Values:

enumerator kGPT_InputCapture_Channel1: GPT Input Capture Channel1.

enumerator kGPT_InputCapture_Channel2: GPT Input Capture Channel2.

enum _gpt_input_operation_mode

List of input capture operation mode.

Values:

enumerator kGPT_InputOperation_Disabled: Don’t capture.

enumerator kGPT_InputOperation_RiseEdge: Capture on rising edge of input pin.

enumerator kGPT_InputOperation_FallEdge: Capture on falling edge of input pin.

enumerator kGPT_InputOperation_BothEdge: Capture on both edges of input pin.

enum _gpt_output_compare_channel

List of output compare channel number.

Values:

enumerator kGPT_OutputCompare_Channel1: Output Compare Channel1.

enumerator kGPT_OutputCompare_Channel2: Output Compare Channel2.

enumerator kGPT_OutputCompare_Channel3: Output Compare Channel3.

enum _gpt_output_operation_mode

List of output compare operation mode.

Values:

enumerator kGPT_OutputOperation_Disconnected: Don’t change output pin.

enumerator kGPT_OutputOperation_Toggle: Toggle output pin.

enumerator kGPT_OutputOperation_Clear: Set output pin low.

enumerator kGPT_OutputOperation_Set: Set output pin high.

enumerator kGPT_OutputOperation_Activelow: Generate a active low pulse on output pin.

enum _gpt_interrupt_enable

List of GPT interrupts.

Values:

enumerator kGPT_OutputCompare1InterruptEnable: Output Compare Channel1 interrupt enable

enumerator kGPT_OutputCompare2InterruptEnable: Output Compare Channel2 interrupt enable

enumerator kGPT_OutputCompare3InterruptEnable: Output Compare Channel3 interrupt enable

enumerator kGPT_InputCapture1InterruptEnable: Input Capture Channel1 interrupt enable

enumerator kGPT_InputCapture2InterruptEnable: Input Capture Channel1 interrupt enable

enumerator kGPT_RollOverFlagInterruptEnable: Counter rolled over interrupt enable

enum _gpt_status_flag

Status flag.

Values:

enumerator kGPT_OutputCompare1Flag: Output compare channel 1 event.

enumerator kGPT_OutputCompare2Flag: Output compare channel 2 event.

enumerator kGPT_OutputCompare3Flag: Output compare channel 3 event.

enumerator kGPT_InputCapture1Flag: Input Capture channel 1 event.

enumerator kGPT_InputCapture2Flag: Input Capture channel 2 event.

enumerator kGPT_RollOverFlag: Counter reaches maximum value and rolled over to 0 event.

typedef enum _gpt_clock_source gpt_clock_source_t: List of clock sources.

Note

Actual number of clock sources is SoC dependent

typedef enum _gpt_input_capture_channel gpt_input_capture_channel_t: List of input capture channel number.

typedef enum _gpt_input_operation_mode gpt_input_operation_mode_t: List of input capture operation mode.

typedef enum _gpt_output_compare_channel gpt_output_compare_channel_t: List of output compare channel number.

typedef enum _gpt_output_operation_mode gpt_output_operation_mode_t: List of output compare operation mode.

typedef enum _gpt_interrupt_enable gpt_interrupt_enable_t: List of GPT interrupts.

typedef enum _gpt_status_flag gpt_status_flag_t: Status flag.

typedef struct _gpt_init_config gpt_config_t: Structure to configure the running mode.

struct _gpt_init_config

#include <fsl_gpt.h>

Structure to configure the running mode.

Public Members

gpt_clock_source_t clockSource: clock source for GPT module.

uint32_t divider: clock divider (prescaler+1) from clock source to counter.

bool enableFreeRun: true: FreeRun mode, false: Restart mode.

bool enableRunInWait: GPT enabled in wait mode.

bool enableRunInStop: GPT enabled in stop mode.

bool enableRunInDoze: GPT enabled in doze mode.

bool enableRunInDbg: GPT enabled in debug mode.

bool enableMode: true: counter reset to 0 when enabled; false: counter retain its value when enabled.

IOMUXC: IOMUX Controller

enum _iomuxc_gpr_mode

Values:

enumerator kIOMUXC_GPR_GlobalInterruptRequest

enumerator kIOMUXC_GPR_SAI1MClkOutputDir

enumerator kIOMUXC_GPR_SAI2MClkOutputDir

enumerator kIOMUXC_GPR_SAI3MClkOutputDir

enumerator kIOMUXC_GPR_ExcMonitorSlavErrResponse

enumerator kIOMUXC_GPR_AHBClockEnable

enum _iomuxc_gpr_saimclk

Values:

enumerator kIOMUXC_GPR_SAI1MClk1Sel

enumerator kIOMUXC_GPR_SAI1MClk2Sel

enumerator kIOMUXC_GPR_SAI1MClk3Sel

enumerator kIOMUXC_GPR_SAI2MClk3Sel

enumerator kIOMUXC_GPR_SAI3MClk3Sel

enum _iomuxc_mqs_pwm_oversample_rate

Values:

enumerator kIOMUXC_MqsPwmOverSampleRate32

enumerator kIOMUXC_MqsPwmOverSampleRate64

typedef enum _iomuxc_gpr_mode iomuxc_gpr_mode_t

typedef enum _iomuxc_gpr_saimclk iomuxc_gpr_saimclk_t

typedef enum _iomuxc_mqs_pwm_oversample_rate iomuxc_mqs_pwm_oversample_rate_t

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_04_XBAR1_XBAR_INOUT04

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_04_SPDIF_OUT

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_04_SAI2_TX_BCLK

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_04_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO16

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_04_GPIO2_IO04

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_04_SJC_JTAG_ACT

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_05_XBAR1_XBAR_INOUT05

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_05_SPDIF_IN

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_05_SAI2_TX_SYNC

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_05_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO17

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_05_GPIO2_IO05

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_05_SJC_DE_B

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_06_XBAR1_XBAR_INOUT06

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_06_LPUART3_TX

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_06_SAI2_TX_DATA

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_06_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO18

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_06_GPIO2_IO06

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_07_XBAR1_XBAR_INOUT07

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_07_LPUART3_RX

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_07_SAI2_RX_SYNC

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_07_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO19

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_07_GPIO2_IO07

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_08_XBAR1_XBAR_INOUT08

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_08_SAI2_RX_DATA

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_08_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO20

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_08_GPIO2_IO08

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_09_XBAR1_XBAR_INOUT09

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_09_SAI2_RX_BCLK

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_09_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO21

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_09_GPIO2_IO09

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_16_MQS_RIGHT

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_16_SAI2_MCLK

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_16_GPIO2_IO16

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_16_SRC_BOOT_MODE00

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_17_MQS_LEFT

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_17_SAI3_MCLK

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_17_GPIO2_IO17

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_17_SRC_BOOT_MODE01

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_18_XBAR1_XBAR_INOUT16

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_18_LPI2C2_SDA

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_18_SAI1_RX_SYNC

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_18_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO22

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_18_GPIO2_IO18

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_18_SRC_BT_CFG00

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_19_XBAR1_XBAR_INOUT17

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_19_LPI2C2_SCL

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_19_SAI1_RX_BCLK

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_19_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO23

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_19_GPIO2_IO19

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_19_SRC_BT_CFG01

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_20_FLEXPWM1_PWMA03

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_20_LPUART2_CTS_B

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_20_SAI1_MCLK

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_20_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO24

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_20_GPIO2_IO20

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_20_SRC_BT_CFG02

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_21_FLEXPWM1_PWMB03

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_21_LPUART2_RTS_B

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_21_SAI1_RX_DATA00

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_21_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO25

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_21_GPIO2_IO21

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_21_SRC_BT_CFG03

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_22_FLEXPWM1_PWMA02

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_22_LPUART2_TX

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_22_SAI1_TX_DATA03

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_22_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO26

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_22_GPIO2_IO22

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_22_SRC_BT_CFG04

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_23_FLEXPWM1_PWMB02

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_23_LPUART2_RX

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_23_SAI1_TX_DATA02

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_23_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO27

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_23_GPIO2_IO23

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_23_SRC_BT_CFG05

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_24_FLEXPWM1_PWMA01

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_24_SAI1_TX_DATA01

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_24_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO28

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_24_GPIO2_IO24

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_24_SRC_BT_CFG06

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_25_FLEXPWM1_PWMB01

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_25_SAI1_TX_DATA00

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_25_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO29

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_25_GPIO2_IO25

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_25_SRC_BT_CFG07

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_26_FLEXPWM1_PWMA00

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_26_SAI1_TX_BCLK

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_26_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO30

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_26_GPIO2_IO26

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_26_SRC_BT_CFG08

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_27_FLEXPWM1_PWMB00

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_27_SAI1_TX_SYNC

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_27_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO31

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_27_GPIO2_IO27

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_27_SRC_BT_CFG09

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_32_QTIMER1_TIMER0

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_32_LPUART4_TX

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_32_SAI3_TX_DATA

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_32_GPIO3_IO00

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_32_REF_24M_OUT

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_33_QTIMER1_TIMER1

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_33_LPUART4_RX

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_33_SAI3_TX_BCLK

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_33_GPIO3_IO01

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_34_QTIMER1_TIMER2

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_34_SAI3_TX_SYNC

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_34_GPIO3_IO02

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_35_QTIMER1_TIMER3

IOMUXC_GPIO_EMC_35_GPIO3_IO03

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_00_JTAG_MUX_TMS

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_00_GPIO1_IO00

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_00_GPT1_COMPARE1

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_01_JTAG_MUX_TCK

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_01_GPIO1_IO01

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_01_GPT1_CAPTURE2

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_02_JTAG_MUX_MOD

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_02_GPIO1_IO02

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_02_GPT1_CAPTURE1

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_03_JTAG_MUX_TDI

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_03_WDOG1_WDOG_B

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_03_SAI1_MCLK

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_03_GPIO1_IO03

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_03_USB_OTG1_OC

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_03_CCM_PMIC_RDY

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_04_JTAG_MUX_TDO

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_04_GPIO1_IO04

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_04_USB_OTG1_PWR

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_04_EWM_EWM_OUT_B

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_05_JTAG_MUX_TRSTB

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_05_GPIO1_IO05

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_05_USB_OTG1_ID

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_05_NMI_GLUE_NMI

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_06_PIT_TRIGGER00

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_06_MQS_RIGHT

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_06_LPUART1_TX

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_06_GPIO1_IO06

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_06_REF_32K_OUT

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_07_PIT_TRIGGER01

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_07_MQS_LEFT

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_07_LPUART1_RX

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_07_GPIO1_IO07

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_07_REF_24M_OUT

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_08_LPUART1_CTS_B

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_08_KPP_COL00

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_08_GPIO1_IO08

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_08_ARM_CM7_TXEV

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_09_LPUART1_RTS_B

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_09_KPP_ROW00

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_09_CSU_CSU_INT_DEB

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_09_GPIO1_IO09

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_09_ARM_CM7_RXEV

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_10_LPSPI1_SCK

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_10_KPP_COL01

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_10_GPIO1_IO10

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_10_ARM_CM7_TRACE_CLK

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_11_LPSPI1_PCS0

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_11_KPP_ROW01

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_11_GPIO1_IO11

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_11_ARM_CM7_TRACE_SWO

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_12_LPSPI1_SDO

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_12_LPUART3_CTS_B

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_12_KPP_COL02

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_12_GPIO1_IO12

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_12_ARM_CM7_TRACE00

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_12_SNVS_HP_VIO_5_CTL

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_13_LPSPI1_SDI

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_13_LPUART3_RTS_B

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_13_KPP_ROW02

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_13_GPIO1_IO13

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_13_ARM_CM7_TRACE01

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_13_SNVS_HP_VIO_5_B

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_14_LPUART3_TX

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_14_KPP_COL03

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_14_GPIO1_IO14

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_14_ARM_CM7_TRACE02

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_14_WDOG1_WDOG_ANY

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_15_LPUART3_RX

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_15_KPP_ROW03

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_15_GPIO1_IO15

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B0_15_ARM_CM7_TRACE03

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_10_USB_OTG1_PWR

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_10_FLEXPWM1_PWMA02

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_10_LPUART4_TX

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_10_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO05

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_10_GPIO1_IO26

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_10_GPT2_CAPTURE1

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_11_USB_OTG1_ID

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_11_FLEXPWM1_PWMB02

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_11_LPUART4_RX

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_11_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO04

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_11_GPIO1_IO27

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_11_GPT2_COMPARE1

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_12_USB_OTG1_OC

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_12_ACMP_OUT00

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_12_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO03

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_12_GPIO1_IO28

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_12_FLEXPWM1_PWMA03

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_13_LPI2C1_HREQ

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_13_ACMP_OUT01

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_13_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO02

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_13_GPIO1_IO29

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_13_FLEXPWM1_PWMB03

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_14_LPI2C1_SCL

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_14_ACMP_OUT02

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_14_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO01

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_14_GPIO1_IO30

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_15_LPI2C1_SDA

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_15_ACMP_OUT03

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_15_FLEXIO1_FLEXIO00

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_15_GPIO1_IO31

IOMUXC_GPIO_AD_B1_15_CCM_DI0_EXT_CLK

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_00_FLEXSPI_B_DATA03

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_00_XBAR1_XBAR_INOUT10

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_00_GPIO3_IO20

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_01_FLEXSPI_B_SCLK

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_01_FLEXSPI_A_SS1_B

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_01_GPIO3_IO21

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_02_FLEXSPI_B_DATA00

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_02_GPIO3_IO22

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_02_CCM_CLKO1

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_03_FLEXSPI_B_DATA02

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_03_GPIO3_IO23

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_03_CCM_CLKO2

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_04_FLEXSPI_B_DATA01

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_04_EWM_EWM_OUT_B

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_04_GPIO3_IO24

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_04_CCM_WAIT

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_05_FLEXSPI_A_DQS

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_05_SAI3_MCLK

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_05_FLEXSPI_B_SS0_B

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_05_GPIO3_IO25

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_05_CCM_PMIC_RDY

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_06_FLEXSPI_A_DATA03

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_06_SAI3_TX_BCLK

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_06_LPSPI2_PCS0

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_06_GPIO3_IO26

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_06_CCM_STOP

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_07_FLEXSPI_A_SCLK

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_07_SAI3_TX_SYNC

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_07_LPSPI2_SCK

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_07_GPIO3_IO27

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_08_FLEXSPI_A_DATA00

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_08_SAI3_TX_DATA

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_08_LPSPI2_SDO

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_08_GPIO3_IO28

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_09_FLEXSPI_A_DATA02

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_09_SAI3_RX_BCLK

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_09_LPSPI2_SDI

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_09_GPIO3_IO29

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_09_CCM_REF_EN_B

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_10_FLEXSPI_A_DATA01

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_10_SAI3_RX_SYNC

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_10_LPSPI2_PCS2

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_10_GPIO3_IO30

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_11_FLEXSPI_A_SS0_B

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_11_SAI3_RX_DATA

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_11_LPSPI2_PCS3

IOMUXC_GPIO_SD_B1_11_GPIO3_IO31

IOMUXC_SNVS_PMIC_ON_REQ_SNVS_LP_PMIC_ON_REQ

IOMUXC_SNVS_PMIC_ON_REQ_GPIO5_IO01

IOMUXC_SNVS_TEST_MODE

IOMUXC_SNVS_POR_B

IOMUXC_SNVS_ONOFF

IOMUXC_GPR_SAIMCLK_LOWBITMASK

IOMUXC_GPR_SAIMCLK_HIGHBITMASK

static inline void IOMUXC_SetPinMux(uint32_t muxRegister, uint32_t muxMode, uint32_t inputRegister, uint32_t inputDaisy, uint32_t configRegister, uint32_t inputOnfield)

Sets the IOMUXC pin mux mode.

This is an example to set the PTA6 as the lpuart0_tx:

IOMUXC_SetPinMux(IOMUXC_PTA6_LPUART0_TX, 0);

This is an example to set the PTA0 as GPIOA0:

IOMUXC_SetPinMux(IOMUXC_PTA0_GPIOA0, 0);

Note

The first five parameters can be filled with the pin function ID macros.

Parameters:

muxRegister – The pin mux register.
muxMode – The pin mux mode.
inputRegister – The select input register.
inputDaisy – The input daisy.
configRegister – The config register.
inputOnfield – Software input on field.

static inline void IOMUXC_SetPinConfig(uint32_t muxRegister, uint32_t muxMode, uint32_t inputRegister, uint32_t inputDaisy, uint32_t configRegister, uint32_t configValue)

Sets the IOMUXC pin configuration.

This is an example to set pin configuration for IOMUXC_PTA3_LPI2C0_SCLS:

IOMUXC_SetPinConfig(IOMUXC_PTA3_LPI2C0_SCLS,IOMUXC_SW_PAD_CTL_PAD_PUS_MASK|IOMUXC_SW_PAD_CTL_PAD_PUS(2U))

Note

The previous five parameters can be filled with the pin function ID macros.

Parameters:

muxRegister – The pin mux register.
muxMode – The pin mux mode.
inputRegister – The select input register.
inputDaisy – The input daisy.
configRegister – The config register.
configValue – The pin config value.

static inline void IOMUXC_EnableMode(IOMUXC_GPR_Type *base, uint32_t mode, bool enable)

Sets IOMUXC general configuration for some mode.

Parameters:

base – The IOMUXC GPR base address.
mode – The mode for setting. the mode is the logical OR of “iomuxc_gpr_mode”
enable – True enable false disable.

static inline void IOMUXC_SetSaiMClkClockSource(IOMUXC_GPR_Type *base, iomuxc_gpr_saimclk_t mclk, uint8_t clkSrc)

Sets IOMUXC general configuration for SAI MCLK selection.

Parameters:

base – The IOMUXC GPR base address.
mclk – The SAI MCLK.
clkSrc – The clock source. Take refer to register setting details for the clock source in RM.

static inline void IOMUXC_MQSEnterSoftwareReset(IOMUXC_GPR_Type *base, bool enable)

Enters or exit MQS software reset.

Parameters:

base – The IOMUXC GPR base address.
enable – Enter or exit MQS software reset.

static inline void IOMUXC_MQSEnable(IOMUXC_GPR_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables MQS.

Parameters:

base – The IOMUXC GPR base address.
enable – Enable or disable the MQS.

static inline void IOMUXC_MQSConfig(IOMUXC_GPR_Type *base, iomuxc_mqs_pwm_oversample_rate_t rate, uint8_t divider)

Configure MQS PWM oversampling rate compared with mclk and divider ratio control for mclk from hmclk.

Parameters:

base – The IOMUXC GPR base address.
rate – The MQS PWM oversampling rate, refer to “iomuxc_mqs_pwm_oversample_rate_t”.
divider – The divider ratio control for mclk from hmclk. mclk freq = 1 /(divider + 1) * hmclk freq.

FSL_IOMUXC_DRIVER_VERSION: IOMUXC driver version 2.0.3.

FSL_COMPONENT_ID

KPP: KeyPad Port Driver

void KPP_Init(KPP_Type *base, kpp_config_t *configure)

KPP initialize. This function ungates the KPP clock and initializes KPP. This function must be called before calling any other KPP driver functions.

Parameters:

base – KPP peripheral base address.
configure – The KPP configuration structure pointer.

void KPP_Deinit(KPP_Type *base)

Deinitializes the KPP module and gates the clock. This function gates the KPP clock. As a result, the KPP module doesn’t work after calling this function.

Parameters:

base – KPP peripheral base address.

static inline void KPP_EnableInterrupts(KPP_Type *base, uint16_t mask)

Enable the interrupt.

Parameters:

base – KPP peripheral base address.
mask – KPP interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of the enumeration :: kpp_interrupt_enable_t.

static inline void KPP_DisableInterrupts(KPP_Type *base, uint16_t mask)

Disable the interrupt.

Parameters:

base – KPP peripheral base address.
mask – KPP interrupts to disable. This is a logical OR of the enumeration :: kpp_interrupt_enable_t.

static inline uint16_t KPP_GetStatusFlag(KPP_Type *base)

Gets the KPP interrupt event status.

Parameters:

base – KPP peripheral base address.

Returns:

The status of the KPP. Application can use the enum type in the “kpp_interrupt_enable_t” to get the right status of the related event.

static inline void KPP_ClearStatusFlag(KPP_Type *base, uint16_t mask)

Clears KPP status flag.

Parameters:

base – KPP peripheral base address.
mask – KPP mask to be cleared. This is a logical OR of the enumeration :: kpp_interrupt_enable_t.

static inline void KPP_SetSynchronizeChain(KPP_Type *base, uint16_t mask)

Set KPP synchronization chain.

Parameters:

base – KPP peripheral base address.
mask – KPP mask to be cleared. This is a logical OR of the enumeration :: kpp_sync_operation_t.

void KPP_keyPressScanning(KPP_Type *base, uint8_t *data, uint32_t clockSrc_Hz)

Keypad press scanning.

This function will scanning all columns and rows. so all scanning data will be stored in the data pointer.

Parameters:

base – KPP peripheral base address.
data – KPP key press scanning data. The data buffer should be prepared with length at least equal to KPP_KEYPAD_COLUMNNUM_MAX * KPP_KEYPAD_ROWNUM_MAX. the data pointer is recommended to be a array like uint8_t data[KPP_KEYPAD_COLUMNNUM_MAX]. for example the data[2] = 4, that means in column 1 row 2 has a key press event.
clockSrc_Hz – Source clock.

FSL_KPP_DRIVER_VERSION: KPP driver version.

enum _kpp_interrupt_enable

List of interrupts supported by the peripheral. This enumeration uses one-bot encoding to allow a logical OR of multiple members. Members usually map to interrupt enable bits in one or more peripheral registers.

Values:

enumerator kKPP_keyDepressInterrupt: Keypad depress interrupt source

enumerator kKPP_keyReleaseInterrupt: Keypad release interrupt source

enum _kpp_sync_operation

Lists of KPP synchronize chain operation.

Values:

enumerator kKPP_ClearKeyDepressSyncChain: Keypad depress interrupt status.

enumerator kKPP_SetKeyReleasesSyncChain: Keypad release interrupt status.

typedef enum _kpp_interrupt_enable kpp_interrupt_enable_t: List of interrupts supported by the peripheral. This enumeration uses one-bot encoding to allow a logical OR of multiple members. Members usually map to interrupt enable bits in one or more peripheral registers.

typedef enum _kpp_sync_operation kpp_sync_operation_t: Lists of KPP synchronize chain operation.

typedef struct _kpp_config kpp_config_t: Lists of KPP status.

KPP_KEYPAD_COLUMNNUM_MAX

KPP_KEYPAD_ROWNUM_MAX

struct _kpp_config

#include <fsl_kpp.h>

Lists of KPP status.

Public Members

uint8_t activeRow: The row number: bit 7 ~ 0 represents the row 7 ~ 0.

uint8_t activeColumn: The column number: bit 7 ~ 0 represents the column 7 ~ 0.

uint16_t interrupt: KPP interrupt source. A logical OR of “kpp_interrupt_enable_t”.

Common Driver

FSL_COMMON_DRIVER_VERSION: common driver version.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_NONE: No debug console.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_UART: Debug console based on UART.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_LPUART: Debug console based on LPUART.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_LPSCI: Debug console based on LPSCI.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_USBCDC: Debug console based on USBCDC.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_FLEXCOMM: Debug console based on FLEXCOMM.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_IUART: Debug console based on i.MX UART.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_VUSART: Debug console based on LPC_VUSART.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_MINI_USART: Debug console based on LPC_USART.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_SWO: Debug console based on SWO.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_QSCI: Debug console based on QSCI.

MIN(a, b): Computes the minimum of a and b.

MAX(a, b): Computes the maximum of a and b.

UINT16_MAX: Max value of uint16_t type.

UINT32_MAX: Max value of uint32_t type.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_ADD(addr, val): Add value val from the variable at address address.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_SUB(addr, val): Subtract value val to the variable at address address.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_SET(addr, bits): Set the bits specifiled by bits to the variable at address address.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_CLEAR(addr, bits): Clear the bits specifiled by bits to the variable at address address.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_TOGGLE(addr, bits): Toggle the bits specifiled by bits to the variable at address address.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_CLEAR_AND_SET(addr, clearBits, setBits): For the variable at address address, clear the bits specifiled by clearBits and set the bits specifiled by setBits.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_COMPARE_AND_SET(addr, expected, newValue): For the variable at address address, check whether the value equal to expected. If value same as expected then update newValue to address and return true , else return false .

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_TEST_AND_SET(addr, newValue): For the variable at address address, set as newValue value and return old value.

USEC_TO_COUNT(us, clockFreqInHz): Macro to convert a microsecond period to raw count value

COUNT_TO_USEC(count, clockFreqInHz): Macro to convert a raw count value to microsecond

MSEC_TO_COUNT(ms, clockFreqInHz): Macro to convert a millisecond period to raw count value

COUNT_TO_MSEC(count, clockFreqInHz): Macro to convert a raw count value to millisecond

SDK_ISR_EXIT_BARRIER

SDK_L1DCACHE_ALIGN(var): Macro to define a variable with L1 d-cache line size alignment

SDK_SIZEALIGN(var, alignbytes)

Macro to define a variable with L2 cache line size alignment

Macro to change a value to a given size aligned value

CACHE_LINE_DATA

enum _status_groups

Status group numbers.

Values:

enumerator kStatusGroup_Generic: Group number for generic status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLASH: Group number for FLASH status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPSPI: Group number for LPSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_SPI: Group number for FLEXIO SPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DSPI: Group number for DSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_UART: Group number for FLEXIO UART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_I2C: Group number for FLEXIO I2C status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPI2C: Group number for LPI2C status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_UART: Group number for UART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_I2C: Group number for UART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPSCI: Group number for LPSCI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPUART: Group number for LPUART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SPI: Group number for SPI status code.

enumerator kStatusGroup_XRDC: Group number for XRDC status code.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SEMA42: Group number for SEMA42 status code.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDHC: Group number for SDHC status code

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDMMC: Group number for SDMMC status code

enumerator kStatusGroup_SAI: Group number for SAI status code

enumerator kStatusGroup_MCG: Group number for MCG status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SCG: Group number for SCG status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDSPI: Group number for SDSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_I2S: Group number for FLEXIO I2S status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_MCULCD: Group number for FLEXIO LCD status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLASHIAP: Group number for FLASHIAP status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXCOMM_I2C: Group number for FLEXCOMM I2C status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_I2S: Group number for I2S status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_IUART: Group number for IUART status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_CSI: Group number for CSI status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_MIPI_DSI: Group number for MIPI DSI status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDRAMC: Group number for SDRAMC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_POWER: Group number for POWER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ENET: Group number for ENET status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_PHY: Group number for PHY status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_TRGMUX: Group number for TRGMUX status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SMARTCARD: Group number for SMARTCARD status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LMEM: Group number for LMEM status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_QSPI: Group number for QSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DMA: Group number for DMA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_EDMA: Group number for EDMA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DMAMGR: Group number for DMAMGR status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXCAN: Group number for FlexCAN status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LTC: Group number for LTC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_CAMERA: Group number for FLEXIO CAMERA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_SPI: Group number for LPC_SPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_USART: Group number for LPC_USART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DMIC: Group number for DMIC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDIF: Group number for SDIF status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SPIFI: Group number for SPIFI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_OTP: Group number for OTP status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MCAN: Group number for MCAN status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_CAAM: Group number for CAAM status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ECSPI: Group number for ECSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_USDHC: Group number for USDHC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_I2C: Group number for LPC_I2C status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DCP: Group number for DCP status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MSCAN: Group number for MSCAN status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ESAI: Group number for ESAI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXSPI: Group number for FLEXSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MMDC: Group number for MMDC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_PDM: Group number for MIC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDMA: Group number for SDMA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ICS: Group number for ICS status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SPDIF: Group number for SPDIF status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_MINISPI: Group number for LPC_MINISPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HASHCRYPT: Group number for Hashcrypt status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_SPI_SSP: Group number for LPC_SPI_SSP status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_I3C: Group number for I3C status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_I2C_1: Group number for LPC_I2C_1 status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_NOTIFIER: Group number for NOTIFIER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DebugConsole: Group number for debug console status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SEMC: Group number for SEMC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ApplicationRangeStart: Starting number for application groups.

enumerator kStatusGroup_IAP: Group number for IAP status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_SFA: Group number for SFA status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_SPC: Group number for SPC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_PUF: Group number for PUF status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_TOUCH_PANEL: Group number for touch panel status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_VBAT: Group number for VBAT status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_XSPI: Group number for XSPI status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_PNGDEC: Group number for PNGDEC status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_JPEGDEC: Group number for JPEGDEC status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_GPIO: Group number for HAL GPIO status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_UART: Group number for HAL UART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_TIMER: Group number for HAL TIMER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_SPI: Group number for HAL SPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_I2C: Group number for HAL I2C status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_FLASH: Group number for HAL FLASH status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_PWM: Group number for HAL PWM status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_RNG: Group number for HAL RNG status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_I2S: Group number for HAL I2S status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_ADC_SENSOR: Group number for HAL ADC SENSOR status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_TIMERMANAGER: Group number for TiMER MANAGER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SERIALMANAGER: Group number for SERIAL MANAGER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LED: Group number for LED status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_BUTTON: Group number for BUTTON status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_EXTERN_EEPROM: Group number for EXTERN EEPROM status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SHELL: Group number for SHELL status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MEM_MANAGER: Group number for MEM MANAGER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LIST: Group number for List status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_OSA: Group number for OSA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_COMMON_TASK: Group number for Common task status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MSG: Group number for messaging status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDK_OCOTP: Group number for OCOTP status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDK_FLEXSPINOR: Group number for FLEXSPINOR status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_CODEC: Group number for codec status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ASRC: Group number for codec status ASRC.

enumerator kStatusGroup_OTFAD: Group number for codec status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDIOSLV: Group number for SDIOSLV status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MECC: Group number for MECC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ENET_QOS: Group number for ENET_QOS status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LOG: Group number for LOG status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_I3CBUS: Group number for I3CBUS status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_QSCI: Group number for QSCI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ELEMU: Group number for ELEMU status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_QUEUEDSPI: Group number for QSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_POWER_MANAGER: Group number for POWER_MANAGER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_IPED: Group number for IPED status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ELS_PKC: Group number for ELS PKC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_CSS_PKC: Group number for CSS PKC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HOSTIF: Group number for HOSTIF status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_CLIF: Group number for CLIF status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_BMA: Group number for BMA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_NETC: Group number for NETC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ELE: Group number for ELE status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_GLIKEY: Group number for GLIKEY status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_AON_POWER: Group number for AON_POWER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_AON_COMMON: Group number for AON_COMMON status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ENDAT3: Group number for ENDAT3 status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HIPERFACE: Group number for HIPERFACE status codes.

Generic status return codes.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_Success: Generic status for Success.

enumerator kStatus_Fail: Generic status for Fail.

enumerator kStatus_ReadOnly: Generic status for read only failure.

enumerator kStatus_OutOfRange: Generic status for out of range access.

enumerator kStatus_InvalidArgument: Generic status for invalid argument check.

enumerator kStatus_Timeout: Generic status for timeout.

enumerator kStatus_NoTransferInProgress: Generic status for no transfer in progress.

enumerator kStatus_Busy: Generic status for module is busy.

enumerator kStatus_NoData: Generic status for no data is found for the operation.

typedef int32_t status_t: Type used for all status and error return values.

void *SDK_Malloc(size_t size, size_t alignbytes)

Allocate memory with given alignment and aligned size.

This is provided to support the dynamically allocated memory used in cache-able region.

Parameters:

size – The length required to malloc.
alignbytes – The alignment size.

Return values:

The – allocated memory.

void SDK_Free(void *ptr)

Free memory.

Parameters:

ptr – The memory to be release.

void SDK_DelayAtLeastUs(uint32_t delayTime_us, uint32_t coreClock_Hz)

Delay at least for some time. Please note that, this API uses while loop for delay, different run-time environments make the time not precise, if precise delay count was needed, please implement a new delay function with hardware timer.

Parameters:

delayTime_us – Delay time in unit of microsecond.
coreClock_Hz – Core clock frequency with Hz.

static inline status_t EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type interrupt)

Enable specific interrupt.

Enable LEVEL1 interrupt. For some devices, there might be multiple interrupt levels. For example, there are NVIC and intmux. Here the interrupts connected to NVIC are the LEVEL1 interrupts, because they are routed to the core directly. The interrupts connected to intmux are the LEVEL2 interrupts, they are routed to NVIC first then routed to core.

This function only enables the LEVEL1 interrupts. The number of LEVEL1 interrupts is indicated by the feature macro FSL_FEATURE_NUMBER_OF_LEVEL1_INT_VECTORS.

Parameters:

interrupt – The IRQ number.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Interrupt enabled successfully
kStatus_Fail – Failed to enable the interrupt

static inline status_t DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type interrupt)

Disable specific interrupt.

Disable LEVEL1 interrupt. For some devices, there might be multiple interrupt levels. For example, there are NVIC and intmux. Here the interrupts connected to NVIC are the LEVEL1 interrupts, because they are routed to the core directly. The interrupts connected to intmux are the LEVEL2 interrupts, they are routed to NVIC first then routed to core.

This function only disables the LEVEL1 interrupts. The number of LEVEL1 interrupts is indicated by the feature macro FSL_FEATURE_NUMBER_OF_LEVEL1_INT_VECTORS.

Parameters:

interrupt – The IRQ number.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Interrupt disabled successfully
kStatus_Fail – Failed to disable the interrupt

static inline status_t EnableIRQWithPriority(IRQn_Type interrupt, uint8_t priNum)

Enable the IRQ, and also set the interrupt priority.

Only handle LEVEL1 interrupt. For some devices, there might be multiple interrupt levels. For example, there are NVIC and intmux. Here the interrupts connected to NVIC are the LEVEL1 interrupts, because they are routed to the core directly. The interrupts connected to intmux are the LEVEL2 interrupts, they are routed to NVIC first then routed to core.

This function only handles the LEVEL1 interrupts. The number of LEVEL1 interrupts is indicated by the feature macro FSL_FEATURE_NUMBER_OF_LEVEL1_INT_VECTORS.

Parameters:

interrupt – The IRQ to Enable.
priNum – Priority number set to interrupt controller register.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Interrupt priority set successfully
kStatus_Fail – Failed to set the interrupt priority.

static inline status_t IRQ_SetPriority(IRQn_Type interrupt, uint8_t priNum)

Set the IRQ priority.

Only handle LEVEL1 interrupt. For some devices, there might be multiple interrupt levels. For example, there are NVIC and intmux. Here the interrupts connected to NVIC are the LEVEL1 interrupts, because they are routed to the core directly. The interrupts connected to intmux are the LEVEL2 interrupts, they are routed to NVIC first then routed to core.

This function only handles the LEVEL1 interrupts. The number of LEVEL1 interrupts is indicated by the feature macro FSL_FEATURE_NUMBER_OF_LEVEL1_INT_VECTORS.

Parameters:

interrupt – The IRQ to set.
priNum – Priority number set to interrupt controller register.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Interrupt priority set successfully
kStatus_Fail – Failed to set the interrupt priority.

static inline status_t IRQ_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type interrupt)

Clear the pending IRQ flag.

Only handle LEVEL1 interrupt. For some devices, there might be multiple interrupt levels. For example, there are NVIC and intmux. Here the interrupts connected to NVIC are the LEVEL1 interrupts, because they are routed to the core directly. The interrupts connected to intmux are the LEVEL2 interrupts, they are routed to NVIC first then routed to core.

This function only handles the LEVEL1 interrupts. The number of LEVEL1 interrupts is indicated by the feature macro FSL_FEATURE_NUMBER_OF_LEVEL1_INT_VECTORS.

Parameters:

interrupt – The flag which IRQ to clear.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Interrupt priority set successfully
kStatus_Fail – Failed to set the interrupt priority.

static inline uint32_t DisableGlobalIRQ(void)

Disable the global IRQ.

Disable the global interrupt and return the current primask register. User is required to provided the primask register for the EnableGlobalIRQ().

Returns:: Current primask value.

static inline void EnableGlobalIRQ(uint32_t primask)

Enable the global IRQ.

Set the primask register with the provided primask value but not just enable the primask. The idea is for the convenience of integration of RTOS. some RTOS get its own management mechanism of primask. User is required to use the EnableGlobalIRQ() and DisableGlobalIRQ() in pair.

Parameters:

primask – value of primask register to be restored. The primask value is supposed to be provided by the DisableGlobalIRQ().

static inline bool _SDK_AtomicLocalCompareAndSet(uint32_t *addr, uint32_t expected, uint32_t newValue)

static inline uint32_t _SDK_AtomicTestAndSet(uint32_t *addr, uint32_t newValue)

FSL_DRIVER_TRANSFER_DOUBLE_WEAK_IRQ: Macro to use the default weak IRQ handler in drivers.

MAKE_STATUS(group, code): Construct a status code value from a group and code number.

MAKE_VERSION(major, minor, bugfix)

Construct the version number for drivers.

The driver version is a 32-bit number, for both 32-bit platforms(such as Cortex M) and 16-bit platforms(such as DSC).

| Unused    || Major Version || Minor Version ||  Bug Fix    |
31        25  24           17  16            9  8            0

ARRAY_SIZE(x): Computes the number of elements in an array.

UINT64_H(X): Macro to get upper 32 bits of a 64-bit value

UINT64_L(X): Macro to get lower 32 bits of a 64-bit value

SUPPRESS_FALL_THROUGH_WARNING(): For switch case code block, if case section ends without “break;” statement, there wil be fallthrough warning with compiler flag -Wextra or -Wimplicit-fallthrough=n when using armgcc. To suppress this warning, “SUPPRESS_FALL_THROUGH_WARNING();” need to be added at the end of each case section which misses “break;”statement.

MSDK_REG_SECURE_ADDR(x): Convert the register address to the one used in secure mode.

MSDK_REG_NONSECURE_ADDR(x): Convert the register address to the one used in non-secure mode.

Lin_lpuart_driver

FSL_LIN_LPUART_DRIVER_VERSION: LIN LPUART driver version.

enum _lin_lpuart_stop_bit_count

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_OneStopBit: One stop bit

enumerator kLPUART_TwoStopBit: Two stop bits

enum _lin_lpuart_flags

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag: Transmit data register empty flag, sets when transmit buffer is empty

enumerator kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteFlag: Transmission complete flag, sets when transmission activity complete

enumerator kLPUART_RxDataRegFullFlag: Receive data register full flag, sets when the receive data buffer is full

enumerator kLPUART_IdleLineFlag: Idle line detect flag, sets when idle line detected

enumerator kLPUART_RxOverrunFlag: Receive Overrun, sets when new data is received before data is read from receive register

enumerator kLPUART_NoiseErrorFlag: Receive takes 3 samples of each received bit. If any of these samples differ, noise flag sets

enumerator kLPUART_FramingErrorFlag: Frame error flag, sets if logic 0 was detected where stop bit expected

enumerator kLPUART_ParityErrorFlag: If parity enabled, sets upon parity error detection

enumerator kLPUART_LinBreakFlag: LIN break detect interrupt flag, sets when LIN break char detected and LIN circuit enabled

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveEdgeFlag: Receive pin active edge interrupt flag, sets when active edge detected

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveFlag: Receiver Active Flag (RAF), sets at beginning of valid start bit

enumerator kLPUART_DataMatch1Flag: The next character to be read from LPUART_DATA matches MA1

enumerator kLPUART_DataMatch2Flag: The next character to be read from LPUART_DATA matches MA2

enumerator kLPUART_NoiseErrorInRxDataRegFlag: NOISY bit, sets if noise detected in current data word

enumerator kLPUART_ParityErrorInRxDataRegFlag: PARITY bit, sets if noise detected in current data word

enumerator kLPUART_TxFifoEmptyFlag: TXEMPT bit, sets if transmit buffer is empty

enumerator kLPUART_RxFifoEmptyFlag: RXEMPT bit, sets if receive buffer is empty

enumerator kLPUART_TxFifoOverflowFlag: TXOF bit, sets if transmit buffer overflow occurred

enumerator kLPUART_RxFifoUnderflowFlag: RXUF bit, sets if receive buffer underflow occurred

enum _lin_lpuart_interrupt_enable

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_LinBreakInterruptEnable: LIN break detect.

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveEdgeInterruptEnable: Receive Active Edge.

enumerator kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable: Transmit data register empty.

enumerator kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteInterruptEnable: Transmission complete.

enumerator kLPUART_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable: Receiver data register full.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleLineInterruptEnable: Idle line.

enumerator kLPUART_RxOverrunInterruptEnable: Receiver Overrun.

enumerator kLPUART_NoiseErrorInterruptEnable: Noise error flag.

enumerator kLPUART_FramingErrorInterruptEnable: Framing error flag.

enumerator kLPUART_ParityErrorInterruptEnable: Parity error flag.

enumerator kLPUART_TxFifoOverflowInterruptEnable: Transmit FIFO Overflow.

enumerator kLPUART_RxFifoUnderflowInterruptEnable: Receive FIFO Underflow.

enum _lin_lpuart_status

Values:

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxBusy: TX busy

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxBusy: RX busy

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxIdle: LPUART transmitter is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxIdle: LPUART receiver is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxWatermarkTooLarge: TX FIFO watermark too large

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxWatermarkTooLarge: RX FIFO watermark too large

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_FlagCannotClearManually: Some flag can’t manually clear

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_Error: Error happens on LPUART.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxRingBufferOverrun: LPUART RX software ring buffer overrun.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxHardwareOverrun: LPUART RX receiver overrun.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_NoiseError: LPUART noise error.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_FramingError: LPUART framing error.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_ParityError: LPUART parity error.

enum lin_lpuart_bit_count_per_char_t

Values:

enumerator LPUART_8_BITS_PER_CHAR: 8-bit data characters

enumerator LPUART_9_BITS_PER_CHAR: 9-bit data characters

enumerator LPUART_10_BITS_PER_CHAR: 10-bit data characters

typedef enum _lin_lpuart_stop_bit_count lin_lpuart_stop_bit_count_t

static inline bool LIN_LPUART_GetRxDataPolarity(const LPUART_Type *base)

static inline void LIN_LPUART_SetRxDataPolarity(LPUART_Type *base, bool polarity)

static inline void LIN_LPUART_WriteByte(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t data)

static inline void LIN_LPUART_ReadByte(const LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *readData)

status_t LIN_LPUART_CalculateBaudRate(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t baudRate_Bps, uint32_t srcClock_Hz, uint32_t *osr, uint16_t *sbr)

Calculates the best osr and sbr value for configured baudrate.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address
baudRate_Bps – user configuration structure of type #lin_user_config_t
srcClock_Hz – pointer to the LIN_LPUART driver state structure
osr – pointer to osr value
sbr – pointer to sbr value

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

void LIN_LPUART_SetBaudRate(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t *osr, uint16_t *sbr)

Configure baudrate according to osr and sbr value.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address
osr – pointer to osr value
sbr – pointer to sbr value

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_Init(LPUART_Type *base, lin_user_config_t *linUserConfig, lin_state_t *linCurrentState, uint32_t linSourceClockFreq)

Initializes an LIN_LPUART instance for LIN Network.

The caller provides memory for the driver state structures during initialization. The user must select the LIN_LPUART clock source in the application to initialize the LIN_LPUART. This function initializes a LPUART instance for operation. This function will initialize the run-time state structure to keep track of the on-going transfers, initialize the module to user defined settings and default settings, set break field length to be 13 bit times minimum, enable the break detect interrupt, Rx complete interrupt, frame error detect interrupt, and enable the LPUART module transmitter and receiver

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address
linUserConfig – user configuration structure of type #lin_user_config_t
linCurrentState – pointer to the LIN_LPUART driver state structure

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_Deinit(LPUART_Type *base)

Shuts down the LIN_LPUART by disabling interrupts and transmitter/receiver.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_SendFrameDataBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, const uint8_t *txBuff, uint8_t txSize, uint32_t timeoutMSec)

Sends Frame data out through the LIN_LPUART module using blocking method. This function will calculate the checksum byte and send it with the frame data. Blocking means that the function does not return until the transmission is complete.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address
txBuff – source buffer containing 8-bit data chars to send
txSize – the number of bytes to send
timeoutMSec – timeout value in milli seconds

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_SendFrameData(LPUART_Type *base, const uint8_t *txBuff, uint8_t txSize)

Sends frame data out through the LIN_LPUART module using non-blocking method. This enables an a-sync method for transmitting data. Non-blocking means that the function returns immediately. The application has to get the transmit status to know when the transmit is complete. This function will calculate the checksum byte and send it with the frame data.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address
txBuff – source buffer containing 8-bit data chars to send
txSize – the number of bytes to send

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_GetTransmitStatus(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *bytesRemaining)

Get status of an on-going non-blocking transmission While sending frame data using non-blocking method, users can use this function to get status of that transmission. This function return LIN_TX_BUSY while sending, or LIN_TIMEOUT if timeout has occurred, or return LIN_SUCCESS when the transmission is complete. The bytesRemaining shows number of bytes that still needed to transmit.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address
bytesRemaining – Number of bytes still needed to transmit

Returns:

lin_status_t LIN_TX_BUSY, LIN_SUCCESS or LIN_TIMEOUT

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_RecvFrmDataBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *rxBuff, uint8_t rxSize, uint32_t timeoutMSec)

Receives frame data through the LIN_LPUART module using blocking method. This function will check the checksum byte. If the checksum is correct, it will receive the frame data. Blocking means that the function does not return until the reception is complete.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address
rxBuff – buffer containing 8-bit received data
rxSize – the number of bytes to receive
timeoutMSec – timeout value in milli seconds

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_RecvFrmData(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *rxBuff, uint8_t rxSize)

Receives frame data through the LIN_LPUART module using non-blocking method. This function will check the checksum byte. If the checksum is correct, it will receive it with the frame data. Non-blocking means that the function returns immediately. The application has to get the receive status to know when the reception is complete.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address
rxBuff – buffer containing 8-bit received data
rxSize – the number of bytes to receive

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_AbortTransferData(LPUART_Type *base)

Aborts an on-going non-blocking transmission/reception. While performing a non-blocking transferring data, users can call this function to terminate immediately the transferring.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_GetReceiveStatus(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *bytesRemaining)

Get status of an on-going non-blocking reception While receiving frame data using non-blocking method, users can use this function to get status of that receiving. This function return the current event ID, LIN_RX_BUSY while receiving and return LIN_SUCCESS, or timeout (LIN_TIMEOUT) when the reception is complete. The bytesRemaining shows number of bytes that still needed to receive.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address
bytesRemaining – Number of bytes still needed to receive

Returns:

lin_status_t LIN_RX_BUSY, LIN_TIMEOUT or LIN_SUCCESS

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_GoToSleepMode(LPUART_Type *base)

This function puts current node to sleep mode This function changes current node state to LIN_NODE_STATE_SLEEP_MODE.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_GotoIdleState(LPUART_Type *base)

Puts current LIN node to Idle state This function changes current node state to LIN_NODE_STATE_IDLE.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_SendWakeupSignal(LPUART_Type *base)

Sends a wakeup signal through the LIN_LPUART interface.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_MasterSendHeader(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t id)

Sends frame header out through the LIN_LPUART module using a non-blocking method. This function sends LIN Break field, sync field then the ID with correct parity.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address
id – Frame Identifier

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_EnableIRQ(LPUART_Type *base)

Enables LIN_LPUART hardware interrupts.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_DisableIRQ(LPUART_Type *base)

Disables LIN_LPUART hardware interrupts.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_AutoBaudCapture(uint32_t instance)

This function capture bits time to detect break char, calculate baudrate from sync bits and enable transceiver if autobaud successful. This function should only be used in Slave. The timer should be in mode input capture of both rising and falling edges. The timer input capture pin should be externally connected to RXD pin.

Parameters:

instance – LPUART instance

Returns:

lin_status_t

void LIN_LPUART_IRQHandler(LPUART_Type *base)

LIN_LPUART RX TX interrupt handler.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

void

AUTOBAUD_BAUDRATE_TOLERANCE

BIT_RATE_TOLERANCE_UNSYNC

BIT_DURATION_MAX_19200

BIT_DURATION_MIN_19200

BIT_DURATION_MAX_14400

BIT_DURATION_MIN_14400

BIT_DURATION_MAX_9600

BIT_DURATION_MIN_9600

BIT_DURATION_MAX_4800

BIT_DURATION_MIN_4800

BIT_DURATION_MAX_2400

BIT_DURATION_MIN_2400

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MAX_19200

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MIN_19200

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MAX_14400

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MIN_14400

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MAX_9600

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MIN_9600

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MAX_4800

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MIN_4800

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MAX_2400

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MIN_2400

AUTOBAUD_BREAK_TIME_MIN

LPI2C: Low Power Inter-Integrated Circuit Driver

FSL_LPI2C_DRIVER_VERSION: LPI2C driver version.

LPI2C status return codes.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_Busy: The master is already performing a transfer.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_Idle: The slave driver is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_Nak: The slave device sent a NAK in response to a byte.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError: FIFO under run or overrun.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_BitError: Transferred bit was not seen on the bus.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost: Arbitration lost error.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout: SCL or SDA were held low longer than the timeout.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_NoTransferInProgress: Attempt to abort a transfer when one is not in progress.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_DmaRequestFail: DMA request failed.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_Timeout: Timeout polling status flags.

IRQn_Type const kLpi2cIrqs[]: Array to map LPI2C instance number to IRQ number, used internally for LPI2C master interrupt and EDMA transactional APIs.

lpi2c_master_isr_t s_lpi2cMasterIsr: Pointer to master IRQ handler for each instance, used internally for LPI2C master interrupt and EDMA transactional APIs.

void *s_lpi2cMasterHandle[]: Pointers to master handles for each instance, used internally for LPI2C master interrupt and EDMA transactional APIs.

uint32_t LPI2C_GetInstance(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns an instance number given a base address.

If an invalid base address is passed, debug builds will assert. Release builds will just return instance number 0.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPI2C instance number starting from 0.

I2C_RETRY_TIMES: Retry times for waiting flag.

LPI2C Master Driver

void LPI2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig(lpi2c_master_config_t *masterConfig)

Provides a default configuration for the LPI2C master peripheral.

This function provides the following default configuration for the LPI2C master peripheral:

masterConfig->enableMaster            = true;
masterConfig->debugEnable             = false;
masterConfig->ignoreAck               = false;
masterConfig->pinConfig               = kLPI2C_2PinOpenDrain;
masterConfig->baudRate_Hz             = 100000U;
masterConfig->busIdleTimeout_ns       = 0;
masterConfig->pinLowTimeout_ns        = 0;
masterConfig->sdaGlitchFilterWidth_ns = 0;
masterConfig->sclGlitchFilterWidth_ns = 0;
masterConfig->hostRequest.enable      = false;
masterConfig->hostRequest.source      = kLPI2C_HostRequestExternalPin;
masterConfig->hostRequest.polarity    = kLPI2C_HostRequestPinActiveHigh;

After calling this function, you can override any settings in order to customize the configuration, prior to initializing the master driver with LPI2C_MasterInit().

Parameters:

masterConfig – [out] User provided configuration structure for default values. Refer to lpi2c_master_config_t.

void LPI2C_MasterInit(LPI2C_Type *base, const lpi2c_master_config_t *masterConfig, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz)

Initializes the LPI2C master peripheral.

This function enables the peripheral clock and initializes the LPI2C master peripheral as described by the user provided configuration. A software reset is performed prior to configuration.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
masterConfig – User provided peripheral configuration. Use LPI2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig() to get a set of defaults that you can override.
sourceClock_Hz – Frequency in Hertz of the LPI2C functional clock. Used to calculate the baud rate divisors, filter widths, and timeout periods.

void LPI2C_MasterDeinit(LPI2C_Type *base)

Deinitializes the LPI2C master peripheral.

This function disables the LPI2C master peripheral and gates the clock. It also performs a software reset to restore the peripheral to reset conditions.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

void LPI2C_MasterConfigureDataMatch(LPI2C_Type *base, const lpi2c_data_match_config_t *matchConfig)

Configures LPI2C master data match feature.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
matchConfig – Settings for the data match feature.

status_t LPI2C_MasterCheckAndClearError(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t status)

Convert provided flags to status code, and clear any errors if present.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
status – Current status flags value that will be checked.

Return values:

kStatus_Success –
kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout –
kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost –
kStatus_LPI2C_Nak –
kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError –

status_t LPI2C_CheckForBusyBus(LPI2C_Type *base)

Make sure the bus isn’t already busy.

A busy bus is allowed if we are the one driving it.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Return values:

kStatus_Success –
kStatus_LPI2C_Busy –

static inline void LPI2C_MasterReset(LPI2C_Type *base)

Performs a software reset.

Restores the LPI2C master peripheral to reset conditions.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterEnable(LPI2C_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPI2C module as master.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
enable – Pass true to enable or false to disable the specified LPI2C as master.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_MasterGetStatusFlags(LPI2C_Type *base)

Gets the LPI2C master status flags.

A bit mask with the state of all LPI2C master status flags is returned. For each flag, the corresponding bit in the return value is set if the flag is asserted.

See also

_lpi2c_master_flags

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

State of the status flags:

1: related status flag is set.
0: related status flag is not set.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterClearStatusFlags(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t statusMask)

Clears the LPI2C master status flag state.

The following status register flags can be cleared:

kLPI2C_MasterEndOfPacketFlag
kLPI2C_MasterStopDetectFlag
kLPI2C_MasterNackDetectFlag
kLPI2C_MasterArbitrationLostFlag
kLPI2C_MasterFifoErrFlag
kLPI2C_MasterPinLowTimeoutFlag
kLPI2C_MasterDataMatchFlag

Attempts to clear other flags has no effect.

See also

_lpi2c_master_flags.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
statusMask – A bitmask of status flags that are to be cleared. The mask is composed of _lpi2c_master_flags enumerators OR’d together. You may pass the result of a previous call to LPI2C_MasterGetStatusFlags().

static inline void LPI2C_MasterEnableInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Enables the LPI2C master interrupt requests.

All flags except kLPI2C_MasterBusyFlag and kLPI2C_MasterBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to enable. See _lpi2c_master_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterDisableInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Disables the LPI2C master interrupt requests.

All flags except kLPI2C_MasterBusyFlag and kLPI2C_MasterBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to disable. See _lpi2c_master_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_MasterGetEnabledInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns the set of currently enabled LPI2C master interrupt requests.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

A bitmask composed of _lpi2c_master_flags enumerators OR’d together to indicate the set of enabled interrupts.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterEnableDMA(LPI2C_Type *base, bool enableTx, bool enableRx)

Enables or disables LPI2C master DMA requests.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
enableTx – Enable flag for transmit DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.
enableRx – Enable flag for receive DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_MasterGetTxFifoAddress(LPI2C_Type *base)

Gets LPI2C master transmit data register address for DMA transfer.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

The LPI2C Master Transmit Data Register address.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_MasterGetRxFifoAddress(LPI2C_Type *base)

Gets LPI2C master receive data register address for DMA transfer.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

The LPI2C Master Receive Data Register address.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterSetWatermarks(LPI2C_Type *base, size_t txWords, size_t rxWords)

Sets the watermarks for LPI2C master FIFOs.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
txWords – Transmit FIFO watermark value in words. The kLPI2C_MasterTxReadyFlag flag is set whenever the number of words in the transmit FIFO is equal or less than txWords. Writing a value equal or greater than the FIFO size is truncated.
rxWords – Receive FIFO watermark value in words. The kLPI2C_MasterRxReadyFlag flag is set whenever the number of words in the receive FIFO is greater than rxWords. Writing a value equal or greater than the FIFO size is truncated.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterGetFifoCounts(LPI2C_Type *base, size_t *rxCount, size_t *txCount)

Gets the current number of words in the LPI2C master FIFOs.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
txCount – [out] Pointer through which the current number of words in the transmit FIFO is returned. Pass NULL if this value is not required.
rxCount – [out] Pointer through which the current number of words in the receive FIFO is returned. Pass NULL if this value is not required.

void LPI2C_MasterSetBaudRate(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz, uint32_t baudRate_Hz)

Sets the I2C bus frequency for master transactions.

The LPI2C master is automatically disabled and re-enabled as necessary to configure the baud rate. Do not call this function during a transfer, or the transfer is aborted.

Note

Please note that the second parameter is the clock frequency of LPI2C module, the third parameter means user configured bus baudrate, this implementation is different from other I2C drivers which use baudrate configuration as second parameter and source clock frequency as third parameter.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
sourceClock_Hz – LPI2C functional clock frequency in Hertz.
baudRate_Hz – Requested bus frequency in Hertz.

static inline bool LPI2C_MasterGetBusIdleState(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns whether the bus is idle.

Requires the master mode to be enabled.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Return values:

true – Bus is busy.
false – Bus is idle.

status_t LPI2C_MasterStart(LPI2C_Type *base, uint8_t address, lpi2c_direction_t dir)

Sends a START signal and slave address on the I2C bus.

This function is used to initiate a new master mode transfer. First, the bus state is checked to ensure that another master is not occupying the bus. Then a START signal is transmitted, followed by the 7-bit address specified in the address parameter. Note that this function does not actually wait until the START and address are successfully sent on the bus before returning.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
address – 7-bit slave device address, in bits [6:0].
dir – Master transfer direction, either kLPI2C_Read or kLPI2C_Write. This parameter is used to set the R/w bit (bit 0) in the transmitted slave address.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – START signal and address were successfully enqueued in the transmit FIFO.
kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

static inline status_t LPI2C_MasterRepeatedStart(LPI2C_Type *base, uint8_t address, lpi2c_direction_t dir)

Sends a repeated START signal and slave address on the I2C bus.

This function is used to send a Repeated START signal when a transfer is already in progress. Like LPI2C_MasterStart(), it also sends the specified 7-bit address.

Note

This function exists primarily to maintain compatible APIs between LPI2C and I2C drivers, as well as to better document the intent of code that uses these APIs.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
address – 7-bit slave device address, in bits [6:0].
dir – Master transfer direction, either kLPI2C_Read or kLPI2C_Write. This parameter is used to set the R/w bit (bit 0) in the transmitted slave address.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Repeated START signal and address were successfully enqueued in the transmit FIFO.
kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

status_t LPI2C_MasterSend(LPI2C_Type *base, void *txBuff, size_t txSize)

Performs a polling send transfer on the I2C bus.

Sends up to txSize number of bytes to the previously addressed slave device. The slave may reply with a NAK to any byte in order to terminate the transfer early. If this happens, this function returns kStatus_LPI2C_Nak.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
txBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.
txSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Data was sent successfully.
kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.
kStatus_LPI2C_Nak – The slave device sent a NAK in response to a byte.
kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError – FIFO under run or over run.
kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost – Arbitration lost error.
kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout – SCL or SDA were held low longer than the timeout.

status_t LPI2C_MasterReceive(LPI2C_Type *base, void *rxBuff, size_t rxSize)

Performs a polling receive transfer on the I2C bus.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
rxBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.
rxSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Data was received successfully.
kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.
kStatus_LPI2C_Nak – The slave device sent a NAK in response to a byte.
kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError – FIFO under run or overrun.
kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost – Arbitration lost error.
kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout – SCL or SDA were held low longer than the timeout.

status_t LPI2C_MasterStop(LPI2C_Type *base)

Sends a STOP signal on the I2C bus.

This function does not return until the STOP signal is seen on the bus, or an error occurs.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – The STOP signal was successfully sent on the bus and the transaction terminated.
kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.
kStatus_LPI2C_Nak – The slave device sent a NAK in response to a byte.
kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError – FIFO under run or overrun.
kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost – Arbitration lost error.
kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout – SCL or SDA were held low longer than the timeout.

status_t LPI2C_MasterTransferBlocking(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_transfer_t *transfer)

Performs a master polling transfer on the I2C bus.

Note

The API does not return until the transfer succeeds or fails due to error happens during transfer.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
transfer – Pointer to the transfer structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Data was received successfully.
kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.
kStatus_LPI2C_Nak – The slave device sent a NAK in response to a byte.
kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError – FIFO under run or overrun.
kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost – Arbitration lost error.
kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout – SCL or SDA were held low longer than the timeout.

void LPI2C_MasterTransferCreateHandle(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_handle_t *handle, lpi2c_master_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Creates a new handle for the LPI2C master non-blocking APIs.

The creation of a handle is for use with the non-blocking APIs. Once a handle is created, there is not a corresponding destroy handle. If the user wants to terminate a transfer, the LPI2C_MasterTransferAbort() API shall be called.

Note

The function also enables the NVIC IRQ for the input LPI2C. Need to notice that on some SoCs the LPI2C IRQ is connected to INTMUX, in this case user needs to enable the associated INTMUX IRQ in application.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – [out] Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.
callback – User provided pointer to the asynchronous callback function.
userData – User provided pointer to the application callback data.

status_t LPI2C_MasterTransferNonBlocking(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_handle_t *handle, lpi2c_master_transfer_t *transfer)

Performs a non-blocking transaction on the I2C bus.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.
transfer – The pointer to the transfer descriptor.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – The transaction was started successfully.
kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Either another master is currently utilizing the bus, or a non-blocking transaction is already in progress.

status_t LPI2C_MasterTransferGetCount(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Returns number of bytes transferred so far.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.
count – [out] Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_Success –
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

void LPI2C_MasterTransferAbort(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_handle_t *handle)

Terminates a non-blocking LPI2C master transmission early.

Note

It is not safe to call this function from an IRQ handler that has a higher priority than the LPI2C peripheral’s IRQ priority.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

void LPI2C_MasterTransferHandleIRQ(LPI2C_Type *base, void *lpi2cMasterHandle)

Reusable routine to handle master interrupts.

Note

This function does not need to be called unless you are reimplementing the nonblocking API’s interrupt handler routines to add special functionality.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
lpi2cMasterHandle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

enum _lpi2c_master_flags

LPI2C master peripheral flags.

The following status register flags can be cleared:

kLPI2C_MasterEndOfPacketFlag
kLPI2C_MasterStopDetectFlag
kLPI2C_MasterNackDetectFlag
kLPI2C_MasterArbitrationLostFlag
kLPI2C_MasterFifoErrFlag
kLPI2C_MasterPinLowTimeoutFlag
kLPI2C_MasterDataMatchFlag

All flags except kLPI2C_MasterBusyFlag and kLPI2C_MasterBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Note

These enums are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterTxReadyFlag: Transmit data flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterRxReadyFlag: Receive data flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterEndOfPacketFlag: End Packet flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterStopDetectFlag: Stop detect flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterNackDetectFlag: NACK detect flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterArbitrationLostFlag: Arbitration lost flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterFifoErrFlag: FIFO error flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterPinLowTimeoutFlag: Pin low timeout flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterDataMatchFlag: Data match flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterBusyFlag: Master busy flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterBusBusyFlag: Bus busy flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterClearFlags: All flags which are cleared by the driver upon starting a transfer.

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterIrqFlags: IRQ sources enabled by the non-blocking transactional API.

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterErrorFlags: Errors to check for.

enum _lpi2c_direction

Direction of master and slave transfers.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_Write: Master transmit.

enumerator kLPI2C_Read: Master receive.

enum _lpi2c_master_pin_config

LPI2C pin configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinOpenDrain: LPI2C Configured for 2-pin open drain mode

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinOutputOnly: LPI2C Configured for 2-pin output only mode (ultra-fast mode)

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinPushPull: LPI2C Configured for 2-pin push-pull mode

enumerator kLPI2C_4PinPushPull: LPI2C Configured for 4-pin push-pull mode

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinOpenDrainWithSeparateSlave: LPI2C Configured for 2-pin open drain mode with separate LPI2C slave

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinOutputOnlyWithSeparateSlave: LPI2C Configured for 2-pin output only mode(ultra-fast mode) with separate LPI2C slave

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinPushPullWithSeparateSlave: LPI2C Configured for 2-pin push-pull mode with separate LPI2C slave

enumerator kLPI2C_4PinPushPullWithInvertedOutput: LPI2C Configured for 4-pin push-pull mode(inverted outputs)

enum _lpi2c_host_request_source

LPI2C master host request selection.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_HostRequestExternalPin: Select the LPI2C_HREQ pin as the host request input

enumerator kLPI2C_HostRequestInputTrigger: Select the input trigger as the host request input

enum _lpi2c_host_request_polarity

LPI2C master host request pin polarity configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_HostRequestPinActiveLow: Configure the LPI2C_HREQ pin active low

enumerator kLPI2C_HostRequestPinActiveHigh: Configure the LPI2C_HREQ pin active high

enum _lpi2c_data_match_config_mode

LPI2C master data match configuration modes.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_MatchDisabled: LPI2C Match Disabled

enumerator kLPI2C_1stWordEqualsM0OrM1: LPI2C Match Enabled and 1st data word equals MATCH0 OR MATCH1

enumerator kLPI2C_AnyWordEqualsM0OrM1: LPI2C Match Enabled and any data word equals MATCH0 OR MATCH1

enumerator kLPI2C_1stWordEqualsM0And2ndWordEqualsM1: LPI2C Match Enabled and 1st data word equals MATCH0, 2nd data equals MATCH1

enumerator kLPI2C_AnyWordEqualsM0AndNextWordEqualsM1: LPI2C Match Enabled and any data word equals MATCH0, next data equals MATCH1

enumerator kLPI2C_1stWordAndM1EqualsM0AndM1: LPI2C Match Enabled and 1st data word and MATCH0 equals MATCH0 and MATCH1

enumerator kLPI2C_AnyWordAndM1EqualsM0AndM1: LPI2C Match Enabled and any data word and MATCH0 equals MATCH0 and MATCH1

enum _lpi2c_master_transfer_flags

Transfer option flags.

Note

These enumerations are intended to be OR’d together to form a bit mask of options for the _lpi2c_master_transfer::flags field.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_TransferDefaultFlag: Transfer starts with a start signal, stops with a stop signal.

enumerator kLPI2C_TransferNoStartFlag: Don’t send a start condition, address, and sub address

enumerator kLPI2C_TransferRepeatedStartFlag: Send a repeated start condition

enumerator kLPI2C_TransferNoStopFlag: Don’t send a stop condition.

typedef enum _lpi2c_direction lpi2c_direction_t: Direction of master and slave transfers.

typedef enum _lpi2c_master_pin_config lpi2c_master_pin_config_t: LPI2C pin configuration.

typedef enum _lpi2c_host_request_source lpi2c_host_request_source_t: LPI2C master host request selection.

typedef enum _lpi2c_host_request_polarity lpi2c_host_request_polarity_t: LPI2C master host request pin polarity configuration.

typedef struct _lpi2c_master_config lpi2c_master_config_t

Structure with settings to initialize the LPI2C master module.

This structure holds configuration settings for the LPI2C peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPI2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

typedef enum _lpi2c_data_match_config_mode lpi2c_data_match_config_mode_t: LPI2C master data match configuration modes.

typedef struct _lpi2c_match_config lpi2c_data_match_config_t: LPI2C master data match configuration structure.

typedef struct _lpi2c_master_transfer lpi2c_master_transfer_t: LPI2C master descriptor of the transfer.

typedef struct _lpi2c_master_handle lpi2c_master_handle_t: LPI2C master handle of the transfer.

typedef void (*lpi2c_master_transfer_callback_t)(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_handle_t *handle, status_t completionStatus, void *userData)

Master completion callback function pointer type.

This callback is used only for the non-blocking master transfer API. Specify the callback you wish to use in the call to LPI2C_MasterTransferCreateHandle().

Param base:: The LPI2C peripheral base address.
Param handle:: Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.
Param completionStatus:: Either kStatus_Success or an error code describing how the transfer completed.
Param userData:: Arbitrary pointer-sized value passed from the application.

typedef void (*lpi2c_master_isr_t)(LPI2C_Type *base, void *handle): Typedef for master interrupt handler, used internally for LPI2C master interrupt and EDMA transactional APIs.

struct _lpi2c_master_config

#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

Structure with settings to initialize the LPI2C master module.

This structure holds configuration settings for the LPI2C peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPI2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

Public Members

bool enableMaster: Whether to enable master mode.

bool enableDoze: Whether master is enabled in doze mode.

bool debugEnable: Enable transfers to continue when halted in debug mode.

bool ignoreAck: Whether to ignore ACK/NACK.

lpi2c_master_pin_config_t pinConfig: The pin configuration option.

uint32_t baudRate_Hz: Desired baud rate in Hertz.

uint32_t busIdleTimeout_ns: Bus idle timeout in nanoseconds. Set to 0 to disable.

uint32_t pinLowTimeout_ns: Pin low timeout in nanoseconds. Set to 0 to disable.

uint8_t sdaGlitchFilterWidth_ns: Width in nanoseconds of glitch filter on SDA pin. Set to 0 to disable.

uint8_t sclGlitchFilterWidth_ns: Width in nanoseconds of glitch filter on SCL pin. Set to 0 to disable.

struct _lpi2c_master_config hostRequest: Host request options.

struct _lpi2c_match_config

#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

LPI2C master data match configuration structure.

Public Members

lpi2c_data_match_config_mode_t matchMode: Data match configuration setting.

bool rxDataMatchOnly: When set to true, received data is ignored until a successful match.

uint32_t match0: Match value 0.

uint32_t match1: Match value 1.

struct _lpi2c_master_transfer

#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

Non-blocking transfer descriptor structure.

This structure is used to pass transaction parameters to the LPI2C_MasterTransferNonBlocking() API.

Public Members

uint32_t flags: Bit mask of options for the transfer. See enumeration _lpi2c_master_transfer_flags for available options. Set to 0 or kLPI2C_TransferDefaultFlag for normal transfers.

uint16_t slaveAddress: The 7-bit slave address.

lpi2c_direction_t direction: Either kLPI2C_Read or kLPI2C_Write.

uint32_t subaddress: Sub address. Transferred MSB first.

size_t subaddressSize: Length of sub address to send in bytes. Maximum size is 4 bytes.

void *data: Pointer to data to transfer.

size_t dataSize: Number of bytes to transfer.

struct _lpi2c_master_handle

#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

Driver handle for master non-blocking APIs.

Note

The contents of this structure are private and subject to change.

Public Members

uint8_t state: Transfer state machine current state.

uint16_t remainingBytes: Remaining byte count in current state.

uint8_t *buf: Buffer pointer for current state.

uint16_t commandBuffer[6]: LPI2C command sequence. When all 6 command words are used: Start&addr&write[1 word] + subaddr[4 words] + restart&addr&read[1 word]

lpi2c_master_transfer_t transfer: Copy of the current transfer info.

lpi2c_master_transfer_callback_t completionCallback: Callback function pointer.

void *userData: Application data passed to callback.

struct hostRequest

Public Members

bool enable: Enable host request.

lpi2c_host_request_source_t source: Host request source.

lpi2c_host_request_polarity_t polarity: Host request pin polarity.

LPI2C Master DMA Driver

void LPI2C_MasterCreateEDMAHandle(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_edma_handle_t *handle, edma_handle_t *rxDmaHandle, edma_handle_t *txDmaHandle, lpi2c_master_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Create a new handle for the LPI2C master DMA APIs.

The creation of a handle is for use with the DMA APIs. Once a handle is created, there is not a corresponding destroy handle. If the user wants to terminate a transfer, the LPI2C_MasterTransferAbortEDMA() API shall be called.

For devices where the LPI2C send and receive DMA requests are OR’d together, the txDmaHandle parameter is ignored and may be set to NULL.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – [out] Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.
rxDmaHandle – Handle for the eDMA receive channel. Created by the user prior to calling this function.
txDmaHandle – Handle for the eDMA transmit channel. Created by the user prior to calling this function.
callback – User provided pointer to the asynchronous callback function.
userData – User provided pointer to the application callback data.

status_t LPI2C_MasterTransferEDMA(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_edma_handle_t *handle, lpi2c_master_transfer_t *transfer)

Performs a non-blocking DMA-based transaction on the I2C bus.

The callback specified when the handle was created is invoked when the transaction has completed.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.
transfer – The pointer to the transfer descriptor.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – The transaction was started successfully.
kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Either another master is currently utilizing the bus, or another DMA transaction is already in progress.

status_t LPI2C_MasterTransferGetCountEDMA(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Returns number of bytes transferred so far.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.
count – [out] Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_Success –
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a DMA transaction currently in progress.

status_t LPI2C_MasterTransferAbortEDMA(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_edma_handle_t *handle)

Terminates a non-blocking LPI2C master transmission early.

Note

It is not safe to call this function from an IRQ handler that has a higher priority than the eDMA peripheral’s IRQ priority.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – A transaction was successfully aborted.
kStatus_LPI2C_Idle – There is not a DMA transaction currently in progress.

typedef struct _lpi2c_master_edma_handle lpi2c_master_edma_handle_t: LPI2C master EDMA handle of the transfer.

typedef void (*lpi2c_master_edma_transfer_callback_t)(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t completionStatus, void *userData)

Master DMA completion callback function pointer type.

This callback is used only for the non-blocking master transfer API. Specify the callback you wish to use in the call to LPI2C_MasterCreateEDMAHandle().

Param base:: The LPI2C peripheral base address.
Param handle:: Handle associated with the completed transfer.
Param completionStatus:: Either kStatus_Success or an error code describing how the transfer completed.
Param userData:: Arbitrary pointer-sized value passed from the application.

struct _lpi2c_master_edma_handle

#include <fsl_lpi2c_edma.h>

Driver handle for master DMA APIs.

Note

The contents of this structure are private and subject to change.

Public Members

LPI2C_Type *base: LPI2C base pointer.

bool isBusy: Transfer state machine current state.

uint8_t nbytes: eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

uint16_t commandBuffer[10]: LPI2C command sequence. When all 10 command words are used: Start&addr&write[1 word] + subaddr[4 words] + restart&addr&read[1 word] + receive&Size[4 words]

lpi2c_master_transfer_t transfer: Copy of the current transfer info.

lpi2c_master_edma_transfer_callback_t completionCallback: Callback function pointer.

void *userData: Application data passed to callback.

edma_handle_t *rx: Handle for receive DMA channel.

edma_handle_t *tx: Handle for transmit DMA channel.

edma_tcd_t tcds[3]: Software TCD. Three are allocated to provide enough room to align to 32-bytes.

LPI2C Slave Driver

void LPI2C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(lpi2c_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

Provides a default configuration for the LPI2C slave peripheral.

This function provides the following default configuration for the LPI2C slave peripheral:

slaveConfig->enableSlave               = true;
slaveConfig->address0                  = 0U;
slaveConfig->address1                  = 0U;
slaveConfig->addressMatchMode          = kLPI2C_MatchAddress0;
slaveConfig->filterDozeEnable          = true;
slaveConfig->filterEnable              = true;
slaveConfig->enableGeneralCall         = false;
slaveConfig->sclStall.enableAck        = false;
slaveConfig->sclStall.enableTx         = true;
slaveConfig->sclStall.enableRx         = true;
slaveConfig->sclStall.enableAddress    = true;
slaveConfig->ignoreAck                 = false;
slaveConfig->enableReceivedAddressRead = false;
slaveConfig->sdaGlitchFilterWidth_ns   = 0;
slaveConfig->sclGlitchFilterWidth_ns   = 0;
slaveConfig->dataValidDelay_ns         = 0;
slaveConfig->clockHoldTime_ns          = 0;

After calling this function, override any settings to customize the configuration, prior to initializing the master driver with LPI2C_SlaveInit(). Be sure to override at least the address0 member of the configuration structure with the desired slave address.

Parameters:

slaveConfig – [out] User provided configuration structure that is set to default values. Refer to lpi2c_slave_config_t.

void LPI2C_SlaveInit(LPI2C_Type *base, const lpi2c_slave_config_t *slaveConfig, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz)

Initializes the LPI2C slave peripheral.

This function enables the peripheral clock and initializes the LPI2C slave peripheral as described by the user provided configuration.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
slaveConfig – User provided peripheral configuration. Use LPI2C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig() to get a set of defaults that you can override.
sourceClock_Hz – Frequency in Hertz of the LPI2C functional clock. Used to calculate the filter widths, data valid delay, and clock hold time.

void LPI2C_SlaveDeinit(LPI2C_Type *base)

Deinitializes the LPI2C slave peripheral.

This function disables the LPI2C slave peripheral and gates the clock. It also performs a software reset to restore the peripheral to reset conditions.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveReset(LPI2C_Type *base)

Performs a software reset of the LPI2C slave peripheral.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveEnable(LPI2C_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPI2C module as slave.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
enable – Pass true to enable or false to disable the specified LPI2C as slave.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_SlaveGetStatusFlags(LPI2C_Type *base)

Gets the LPI2C slave status flags.

A bit mask with the state of all LPI2C slave status flags is returned. For each flag, the corresponding bit in the return value is set if the flag is asserted.

See also

_lpi2c_slave_flags

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

State of the status flags:

1: related status flag is set.
0: related status flag is not set.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveClearStatusFlags(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t statusMask)

Clears the LPI2C status flag state.

The following status register flags can be cleared:

kLPI2C_SlaveRepeatedStartDetectFlag
kLPI2C_SlaveStopDetectFlag
kLPI2C_SlaveBitErrFlag
kLPI2C_SlaveFifoErrFlag

Attempts to clear other flags has no effect.

See also

_lpi2c_slave_flags.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
statusMask – A bitmask of status flags that are to be cleared. The mask is composed of _lpi2c_slave_flags enumerators OR’d together. You may pass the result of a previous call to LPI2C_SlaveGetStatusFlags().

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveEnableInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Enables the LPI2C slave interrupt requests.

All flags except kLPI2C_SlaveBusyFlag and kLPI2C_SlaveBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to enable. See _lpi2c_slave_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveDisableInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Disables the LPI2C slave interrupt requests.

All flags except kLPI2C_SlaveBusyFlag and kLPI2C_SlaveBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to disable. See _lpi2c_slave_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_SlaveGetEnabledInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns the set of currently enabled LPI2C slave interrupt requests.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

A bitmask composed of _lpi2c_slave_flags enumerators OR’d together to indicate the set of enabled interrupts.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveEnableDMA(LPI2C_Type *base, bool enableAddressValid, bool enableRx, bool enableTx)

Enables or disables the LPI2C slave peripheral DMA requests.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
enableAddressValid – Enable flag for the address valid DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable. The address valid DMA request is shared with the receive data DMA request.
enableRx – Enable flag for the receive data DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.
enableTx – Enable flag for the transmit data DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

static inline bool LPI2C_SlaveGetBusIdleState(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns whether the bus is idle.

Requires the slave mode to be enabled.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Return values:

true – Bus is busy.
false – Bus is idle.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveTransmitAck(LPI2C_Type *base, bool ackOrNack)

Transmits either an ACK or NAK on the I2C bus in response to a byte from the master.

Use this function to send an ACK or NAK when the kLPI2C_SlaveTransmitAckFlag is asserted. This only happens if you enable the sclStall.enableAck field of the lpi2c_slave_config_t configuration structure used to initialize the slave peripheral.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
ackOrNack – Pass true for an ACK or false for a NAK.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveEnableAckStall(LPI2C_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables ACKSTALL.

When enables ACKSTALL, software can transmit either an ACK or NAK on the I2C bus in response to a byte from the master.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
enable – True will enable ACKSTALL,false will disable ACKSTALL.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_SlaveGetReceivedAddress(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns the slave address sent by the I2C master.

This function should only be called if the kLPI2C_SlaveAddressValidFlag is asserted.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

The 8-bit address matched by the LPI2C slave. Bit 0 contains the R/w direction bit, and the 7-bit slave address is in the upper 7 bits.

status_t LPI2C_SlaveSend(LPI2C_Type *base, void *txBuff, size_t txSize, size_t *actualTxSize)

Performs a polling send transfer on the I2C bus.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
txBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.
txSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.
actualTxSize – [out]

Returns:

Error or success status returned by API.

status_t LPI2C_SlaveReceive(LPI2C_Type *base, void *rxBuff, size_t rxSize, size_t *actualRxSize)

Performs a polling receive transfer on the I2C bus.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
rxBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.
rxSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.
actualRxSize – [out]

Returns:

Error or success status returned by API.

void LPI2C_SlaveTransferCreateHandle(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_handle_t *handle, lpi2c_slave_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Creates a new handle for the LPI2C slave non-blocking APIs.

The creation of a handle is for use with the non-blocking APIs. Once a handle is created, there is not a corresponding destroy handle. If the user wants to terminate a transfer, the LPI2C_SlaveTransferAbort() API shall be called.

Note

The function also enables the NVIC IRQ for the input LPI2C. Need to notice that on some SoCs the LPI2C IRQ is connected to INTMUX, in this case user needs to enable the associated INTMUX IRQ in application.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – [out] Pointer to the LPI2C slave driver handle.
callback – User provided pointer to the asynchronous callback function.
userData – User provided pointer to the application callback data.

status_t LPI2C_SlaveTransferNonBlocking(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_handle_t *handle, uint32_t eventMask)

Starts accepting slave transfers.

Call this API after calling I2C_SlaveInit() and LPI2C_SlaveTransferCreateHandle() to start processing transactions driven by an I2C master. The slave monitors the I2C bus and pass events to the callback that was passed into the call to LPI2C_SlaveTransferCreateHandle(). The callback is always invoked from the interrupt context.

The set of events received by the callback is customizable. To do so, set the eventMask parameter to the OR’d combination of lpi2c_slave_transfer_event_t enumerators for the events you wish to receive. The kLPI2C_SlaveTransmitEvent and kLPI2C_SlaveReceiveEvent events are always enabled and do not need to be included in the mask. Alternatively, you can pass 0 to get a default set of only the transmit and receive events that are always enabled. In addition, the kLPI2C_SlaveAllEvents constant is provided as a convenient way to enable all events.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to lpi2c_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
eventMask – Bit mask formed by OR’ing together lpi2c_slave_transfer_event_t enumerators to specify which events to send to the callback. Other accepted values are 0 to get a default set of only the transmit and receive events, and kLPI2C_SlaveAllEvents to enable all events.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Slave transfers were successfully started.
kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Slave transfers have already been started on this handle.

status_t LPI2C_SlaveTransferGetCount(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the slave transfer status during a non-blocking transfer.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to i2c_slave_handle_t structure.
count – [out] Pointer to a value to hold the number of bytes transferred. May be NULL if the count is not required.

Return values:

kStatus_Success –
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress –

void LPI2C_SlaveTransferAbort(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the slave non-blocking transfers.

Note

This API could be called at any time to stop slave for handling the bus events.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to lpi2c_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void LPI2C_SlaveTransferHandleIRQ(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_handle_t *handle)

Reusable routine to handle slave interrupts.

Note

This function does not need to be called unless you are reimplementing the non blocking API’s interrupt handler routines to add special functionality.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to lpi2c_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

enum _lpi2c_slave_flags

LPI2C slave peripheral flags.

The following status register flags can be cleared:

kLPI2C_SlaveRepeatedStartDetectFlag
kLPI2C_SlaveStopDetectFlag
kLPI2C_SlaveBitErrFlag
kLPI2C_SlaveFifoErrFlag

All flags except kLPI2C_SlaveBusyFlag and kLPI2C_SlaveBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Note

These enumerations are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveTxReadyFlag: Transmit data flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveRxReadyFlag: Receive data flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveAddressValidFlag: Address valid flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveTransmitAckFlag: Transmit ACK flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveRepeatedStartDetectFlag: Repeated start detect flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveStopDetectFlag: Stop detect flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveBitErrFlag: Bit error flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveFifoErrFlag: FIFO error flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveAddressMatch0Flag: Address match 0 flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveAddressMatch1Flag: Address match 1 flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveGeneralCallFlag: General call flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveBusyFlag: Master busy flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveBusBusyFlag: Bus busy flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveClearFlags: All flags which are cleared by the driver upon starting a transfer.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveIrqFlags: IRQ sources enabled by the non-blocking transactional API.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveErrorFlags: Errors to check for.

enum _lpi2c_slave_address_match

LPI2C slave address match options.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_MatchAddress0: Match only address 0.

enumerator kLPI2C_MatchAddress0OrAddress1: Match either address 0 or address 1.

enumerator kLPI2C_MatchAddress0ThroughAddress1: Match a range of slave addresses from address 0 through address 1.

enum _lpi2c_slave_transfer_event

Set of events sent to the callback for non blocking slave transfers.

These event enumerations are used for two related purposes. First, a bit mask created by OR’ing together events is passed to LPI2C_SlaveTransferNonBlocking() in order to specify which events to enable. Then, when the slave callback is invoked, it is passed the current event through its transfer parameter.

Note

These enumerations are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask of events.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveAddressMatchEvent: Received the slave address after a start or repeated start.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveTransmitEvent: Callback is requested to provide data to transmit (slave-transmitter role).

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveReceiveEvent: Callback is requested to provide a buffer in which to place received data (slave-receiver role).

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveTransmitAckEvent: Callback needs to either transmit an ACK or NACK.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveRepeatedStartEvent: A repeated start was detected.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveCompletionEvent: A stop was detected, completing the transfer.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveAllEvents: Bit mask of all available events.

typedef enum _lpi2c_slave_address_match lpi2c_slave_address_match_t: LPI2C slave address match options.

typedef struct _lpi2c_slave_config lpi2c_slave_config_t

Structure with settings to initialize the LPI2C slave module.

This structure holds configuration settings for the LPI2C slave peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPI2C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

typedef enum _lpi2c_slave_transfer_event lpi2c_slave_transfer_event_t

Set of events sent to the callback for non blocking slave transfers.

These event enumerations are used for two related purposes. First, a bit mask created by OR’ing together events is passed to LPI2C_SlaveTransferNonBlocking() in order to specify which events to enable. Then, when the slave callback is invoked, it is passed the current event through its transfer parameter.

Note

These enumerations are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask of events.

typedef struct _lpi2c_slave_transfer lpi2c_slave_transfer_t: LPI2C slave transfer structure.

typedef struct _lpi2c_slave_handle lpi2c_slave_handle_t: LPI2C slave handle structure.

typedef void (*lpi2c_slave_transfer_callback_t)(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_transfer_t *transfer, void *userData)

Slave event callback function pointer type.

This callback is used only for the slave non-blocking transfer API. To install a callback, use the LPI2C_SlaveSetCallback() function after you have created a handle.

Param base:: Base address for the LPI2C instance on which the event occurred.
Param transfer:: Pointer to transfer descriptor containing values passed to and/or from the callback.
Param userData:: Arbitrary pointer-sized value passed from the application.

struct _lpi2c_slave_config

#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

Structure with settings to initialize the LPI2C slave module.

This structure holds configuration settings for the LPI2C slave peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPI2C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

Public Members

bool enableSlave: Enable slave mode.

uint8_t address0: Slave’s 7-bit address.

uint8_t address1: Alternate slave 7-bit address.

lpi2c_slave_address_match_t addressMatchMode: Address matching options.

bool filterDozeEnable: Enable digital glitch filter in doze mode.

bool filterEnable: Enable digital glitch filter.

bool enableGeneralCall: Enable general call address matching.

struct _lpi2c_slave_config sclStall: SCL stall enable options.

bool ignoreAck: Continue transfers after a NACK is detected.

bool enableReceivedAddressRead: Enable reading the address received address as the first byte of data.

uint32_t sdaGlitchFilterWidth_ns: Width in nanoseconds of the digital filter on the SDA signal. Set to 0 to disable.

uint32_t sclGlitchFilterWidth_ns: Width in nanoseconds of the digital filter on the SCL signal. Set to 0 to disable.

uint32_t dataValidDelay_ns: Width in nanoseconds of the data valid delay.

uint32_t clockHoldTime_ns: Width in nanoseconds of the clock hold time.

struct _lpi2c_slave_transfer

#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

LPI2C slave transfer structure.

Public Members

lpi2c_slave_transfer_event_t event: Reason the callback is being invoked.

uint8_t receivedAddress: Matching address send by master.

uint8_t *data: Transfer buffer

size_t dataSize: Transfer size

status_t completionStatus: Success or error code describing how the transfer completed. Only applies for kLPI2C_SlaveCompletionEvent.

size_t transferredCount: Number of bytes actually transferred since start or last repeated start.

struct _lpi2c_slave_handle

#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

LPI2C slave handle structure.

Note

The contents of this structure are private and subject to change.

Public Members

lpi2c_slave_transfer_t transfer: LPI2C slave transfer copy.

bool isBusy: Whether transfer is busy.

bool wasTransmit: Whether the last transfer was a transmit.

uint32_t eventMask: Mask of enabled events.

uint32_t transferredCount: Count of bytes transferred.

lpi2c_slave_transfer_callback_t callback: Callback function called at transfer event.

void *userData: Callback parameter passed to callback.

struct sclStall

Public Members

bool enableAck: Enables SCL clock stretching during slave-transmit address byte(s) and slave-receiver address and data byte(s) to allow software to write the Transmit ACK Register before the ACK or NACK is transmitted. Clock stretching occurs when transmitting the 9th bit. When enableAckSCLStall is enabled, there is no need to set either enableRxDataSCLStall or enableAddressSCLStall.

bool enableTx: Enables SCL clock stretching when the transmit data flag is set during a slave-transmit transfer.

bool enableRx: Enables SCL clock stretching when receive data flag is set during a slave-receive transfer.

bool enableAddress: Enables SCL clock stretching when the address valid flag is asserted.

LPSPI: Low Power Serial Peripheral Interface

LPSPI Peripheral driver

void LPSPI_MasterInit(LPSPI_Type *base, const lpspi_master_config_t *masterConfig, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Initializes the LPSPI master.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
masterConfig – Pointer to structure lpspi_master_config_t.
srcClock_Hz – Module source input clock in Hertz

void LPSPI_MasterGetDefaultConfig(lpspi_master_config_t *masterConfig)

Sets the lpspi_master_config_t structure to default values.

This API initializes the configuration structure for LPSPI_MasterInit(). The initialized structure can remain unchanged in LPSPI_MasterInit(), or can be modified before calling the LPSPI_MasterInit(). Example:

lpspi_master_config_t  masterConfig;
LPSPI_MasterGetDefaultConfig(&masterConfig);

Parameters:

masterConfig – pointer to lpspi_master_config_t structure

void LPSPI_SlaveInit(LPSPI_Type *base, const lpspi_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

LPSPI slave configuration.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
slaveConfig – Pointer to a structure lpspi_slave_config_t.

void LPSPI_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(lpspi_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

Sets the lpspi_slave_config_t structure to default values.

This API initializes the configuration structure for LPSPI_SlaveInit(). The initialized structure can remain unchanged in LPSPI_SlaveInit() or can be modified before calling the LPSPI_SlaveInit(). Example:

lpspi_slave_config_t  slaveConfig;
LPSPI_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(&slaveConfig);

Parameters:

slaveConfig – pointer to lpspi_slave_config_t structure.

void LPSPI_Deinit(LPSPI_Type *base)

De-initializes the LPSPI peripheral. Call this API to disable the LPSPI clock.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

void LPSPI_Reset(LPSPI_Type *base)

Restores the LPSPI peripheral to reset state. Note that this function sets all registers to reset state. As a result, the LPSPI module can’t work after calling this API.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

uint32_t LPSPI_GetInstance(LPSPI_Type *base)

Get the LPSPI instance from peripheral base address.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPSPI instance.

static inline void LPSPI_Enable(LPSPI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables the LPSPI peripheral and sets the MCR MDIS to 0.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
enable – Pass true to enable module, false to disable module.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetStatusFlags(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI status flag state.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The LPSPI status(in SR register).

static inline uint8_t LPSPI_GetTxFifoSize(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Tx FIFO size.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The LPSPI Tx FIFO size.

static inline uint8_t LPSPI_GetRxFifoSize(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Rx FIFO size.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The LPSPI Rx FIFO size.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetTxFifoCount(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Tx FIFO count.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The number of words in the transmit FIFO.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetRxFifoCount(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Rx FIFO count.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The number of words in the receive FIFO.

static inline void LPSPI_ClearStatusFlags(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t statusFlags)

Clears the LPSPI status flag.

This function clears the desired status bit by using a write-1-to-clear. The user passes in the base and the desired status flag bit to clear. The list of status flags is defined in the _lpspi_flags. Example usage:

LPSPI_ClearStatusFlags(base, kLPSPI_TxDataRequestFlag|kLPSPI_RxDataReadyFlag);

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
statusFlags – The status flag used from type _lpspi_flags.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetTcr(LPSPI_Type *base)

static inline void LPSPI_EnableInterrupts(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the LPSPI interrupts.

This function configures the various interrupt masks of the LPSPI. The parameters are base and an interrupt mask. Note that, for Tx fill and Rx FIFO drain requests, enabling the interrupt request disables the DMA request.

LPSPI_EnableInterrupts(base, kLPSPI_TxInterruptEnable | kLPSPI_RxInterruptEnable );

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
mask – The interrupt mask; Use the enum _lpspi_interrupt_enable.

static inline void LPSPI_DisableInterrupts(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the LPSPI interrupts.

LPSPI_DisableInterrupts(base, kLPSPI_TxInterruptEnable | kLPSPI_RxInterruptEnable );

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
mask – The interrupt mask; Use the enum _lpspi_interrupt_enable.

static inline void LPSPI_EnableDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the LPSPI DMA request.

This function configures the Rx and Tx DMA mask of the LPSPI. The parameters are base and a DMA mask.

LPSPI_EnableDMA(base, kLPSPI_TxDmaEnable | kLPSPI_RxDmaEnable);

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
mask – The interrupt mask; Use the enum _lpspi_dma_enable.

static inline void LPSPI_DisableDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the LPSPI DMA request.

This function configures the Rx and Tx DMA mask of the LPSPI. The parameters are base and a DMA mask.

SPI_DisableDMA(base, kLPSPI_TxDmaEnable | kLPSPI_RxDmaEnable);

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
mask – The interrupt mask; Use the enum _lpspi_dma_enable.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetTxRegisterAddress(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Transmit Data Register address for a DMA operation.

This function gets the LPSPI Transmit Data Register address because this value is needed for the DMA operation. This function can be used for either master or slave mode.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The LPSPI Transmit Data Register address.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetRxRegisterAddress(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Receive Data Register address for a DMA operation.

This function gets the LPSPI Receive Data Register address because this value is needed for the DMA operation. This function can be used for either master or slave mode.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The LPSPI Receive Data Register address.

bool LPSPI_CheckTransferArgument(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer, bool isEdma)

Check the argument for transfer .

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
transfer – the transfer struct to be used.
isEdma – True to check for EDMA transfer, false to check interrupt non-blocking transfer

Returns:

Return true for right and false for wrong.

static inline void LPSPI_SetMasterSlaveMode(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_slave_mode_t mode)

Configures the LPSPI for either master or slave.

Note that the CFGR1 should only be written when the LPSPI is disabled (LPSPIx_CR_MEN = 0).

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
mode – Mode setting (master or slave) of type lpspi_master_slave_mode_t.

static inline void LPSPI_SelectTransferPCS(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_which_pcs_t select)

Configures the peripheral chip select used for the transfer.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
select – LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) configuration.

static inline void LPSPI_SetPCSContinous(LPSPI_Type *base, bool IsContinous)

Set the PCS signal to continuous or uncontinuous mode.

Note

In master mode, continuous transfer will keep the PCS asserted at the end of the frame size, until a command word is received that starts a new frame. So PCS must be set back to uncontinuous when transfer finishes. In slave mode, when continuous transfer is enabled, the LPSPI will only transmit the first frame size bits, after that the LPSPI will transmit received data back (assuming a 32-bit shift register).

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
IsContinous – True to set the transfer PCS to continuous mode, false to set to uncontinuous mode.

static inline bool LPSPI_IsMaster(LPSPI_Type *base)

Returns whether the LPSPI module is in master mode.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

Returns true if the module is in master mode or false if the module is in slave mode.

static inline void LPSPI_FlushFifo(LPSPI_Type *base, bool flushTxFifo, bool flushRxFifo)

Flushes the LPSPI FIFOs.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
flushTxFifo – Flushes (true) the Tx FIFO, else do not flush (false) the Tx FIFO.
flushRxFifo – Flushes (true) the Rx FIFO, else do not flush (false) the Rx FIFO.

static inline void LPSPI_SetFifoWatermarks(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t txWater, uint32_t rxWater)

Sets the transmit and receive FIFO watermark values.

This function allows the user to set the receive and transmit FIFO watermarks. The function does not compare the watermark settings to the FIFO size. The FIFO watermark should not be equal to or greater than the FIFO size. It is up to the higher level driver to make this check.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
txWater – The TX FIFO watermark value. Writing a value equal or greater than the FIFO size is truncated.
rxWater – The RX FIFO watermark value. Writing a value equal or greater than the FIFO size is truncated.

static inline void LPSPI_SetAllPcsPolarity(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Configures all LPSPI peripheral chip select polarities simultaneously.

Note that the CFGR1 should only be written when the LPSPI is disabled (LPSPIx_CR_MEN = 0).

This is an example: PCS0 and PCS1 set to active low and other PCSs set to active high. Note that the number of PCS is device-specific.

LPSPI_SetAllPcsPolarity(base, kLPSPI_Pcs0ActiveLow | kLPSPI_Pcs1ActiveLow);

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
mask – The PCS polarity mask; Use the enum _lpspi_pcs_polarity.

static inline void LPSPI_SetFrameSize(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t frameSize)

Configures the frame size.

The minimum frame size is 8-bits and the maximum frame size is 4096-bits. If the frame size is less than or equal to 32-bits, the word size and frame size are identical. If the frame size is greater than 32-bits, the word size is 32-bits for each word except the last (the last word contains the remainder bits if the frame size is not divisible by 32). The minimum word size is 2-bits. A frame size of 33-bits (or similar) is not supported.

Note 1: The transmit command register should be initialized before enabling the LPSPI in slave mode, although the command register does not update until after the LPSPI is enabled. After it is enabled, the transmit command register should only be changed if the LPSPI is idle.

Note 2: The transmit and command FIFO is a combined FIFO that includes both transmit data and command words. That means the TCR register should be written to when the Tx FIFO is not full.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
frameSize – The frame size in number of bits.

uint32_t LPSPI_MasterSetBaudRate(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t baudRate_Bps, uint32_t srcClock_Hz, uint32_t *tcrPrescaleValue)

Sets the LPSPI baud rate in bits per second.

This function takes in the desired bitsPerSec (baud rate) and calculates the nearest possible baud rate without exceeding the desired baud rate and returns the calculated baud rate in bits-per-second. It requires the caller to provide the frequency of the module source clock (in Hertz). Note that the baud rate does not go into effect until the Transmit Control Register (TCR) is programmed with the prescale value. Hence, this function returns the prescale tcrPrescaleValue parameter for later programming in the TCR. The higher level peripheral driver should alert the user of an out of range baud rate input.

Note that the LPSPI module must first be disabled before configuring this. Note that the LPSPI module must be configured for master mode before configuring this.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
baudRate_Bps – The desired baud rate in bits per second.
srcClock_Hz – Module source input clock in Hertz.
tcrPrescaleValue – The TCR prescale value needed to program the TCR.

Returns:

The actual calculated baud rate. This function may also return a “0” if the LPSPI is not configured for master mode or if the LPSPI module is not disabled.

void LPSPI_MasterSetDelayScaler(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t scaler, lpspi_delay_type_t whichDelay)

Manually configures a specific LPSPI delay parameter (module must be disabled to change the delay values).

This function configures the following: SCK to PCS delay, or PCS to SCK delay, or The configurations must occur between the transfer delay.

The delay names are available in type lpspi_delay_type_t.

The user passes the desired delay along with the delay value. This allows the user to directly set the delay values if they have pre-calculated them or if they simply wish to manually increment the value.

Note that the LPSPI module must first be disabled before configuring this. Note that the LPSPI module must be configured for master mode before configuring this.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
scaler – The 8-bit delay value 0x00 to 0xFF (255).
whichDelay – The desired delay to configure, must be of type lpspi_delay_type_t.

uint32_t LPSPI_MasterSetDelayTimes(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t delayTimeInNanoSec, lpspi_delay_type_t whichDelay, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Calculates the delay based on the desired delay input in nanoseconds (module must be disabled to change the delay values).

This function calculates the values for the following: SCK to PCS delay, or PCS to SCK delay, or The configurations must occur between the transfer delay.

The delay names are available in type lpspi_delay_type_t.

The user passes the desired delay and the desired delay value in nano-seconds. The function calculates the value needed for the desired delay parameter and returns the actual calculated delay because an exact delay match may not be possible. In this case, the closest match is calculated without going below the desired delay value input. It is possible to input a very large delay value that exceeds the capability of the part, in which case the maximum supported delay is returned. It is up to the higher level peripheral driver to alert the user of an out of range delay input.

Note that the LPSPI module must be configured for master mode before configuring this. And note that the delayTime = LPSPI_clockSource / (PRESCALE * Delay_scaler).

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
delayTimeInNanoSec – The desired delay value in nano-seconds.
whichDelay – The desired delay to configuration, which must be of type lpspi_delay_type_t.
srcClock_Hz – Module source input clock in Hertz.

Returns:

actual Calculated delay value in nano-seconds.

static inline void LPSPI_WriteData(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t data)

Writes data into the transmit data buffer.

This function writes data passed in by the user to the Transmit Data Register (TDR). The user can pass up to 32-bits of data to load into the TDR. If the frame size exceeds 32-bits, the user has to manage sending the data one 32-bit word at a time. Any writes to the TDR result in an immediate push to the transmit FIFO. This function can be used for either master or slave modes.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
data – The data word to be sent.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_ReadData(LPSPI_Type *base)

Reads data from the data buffer.

This function reads the data from the Receive Data Register (RDR). This function can be used for either master or slave mode.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The data read from the data buffer.

void LPSPI_SetDummyData(LPSPI_Type *base, uint8_t dummyData)

Set up the dummy data.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
dummyData – Data to be transferred when tx buffer is NULL. Note: This API has no effect when LPSPI in slave interrupt mode, because driver will set the TXMSK bit to 1 if txData is NULL, no data is loaded from transmit FIFO and output pin is tristated.

void LPSPI_MasterTransferCreateHandle(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle, lpspi_master_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the LPSPI master handle.

This function initializes the LPSPI handle, which can be used for other LPSPI transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified LPSPI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
handle – LPSPI handle pointer to lpspi_master_handle_t.
callback – DSPI callback.
userData – callback function parameter.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferBlocking(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer)

LPSPI master transfer data using a polling method.

This function transfers data using a polling method. This is a blocking function, which does not return until all transfers have been completed.

Note: The transfer data size should be integer multiples of bytesPerFrame if bytesPerFrame is less than or equal to 4. For bytesPerFrame greater than 4: The transfer data size should be equal to bytesPerFrame if the bytesPerFrame is not integer multiples of 4. Otherwise, the transfer data size can be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
transfer – pointer to lpspi_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferNonBlocking(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer)

LPSPI master transfer data using an interrupt method.

This function transfers data using an interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is transferred, the callback function is called.

Note: The transfer data size should be integer multiples of bytesPerFrame if bytesPerFrame is less than or equal to 4. For bytesPerFrame greater than 4: The transfer data size should be equal to bytesPerFrame if the bytesPerFrame is not integer multiples of 4. Otherwise, the transfer data size can be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
transfer – pointer to lpspi_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferGetCount(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the master transfer remaining bytes.

This function gets the master transfer remaining bytes.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Returns:

status of status_t.

void LPSPI_MasterTransferAbort(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI master abort transfer which uses an interrupt method.

This function aborts a transfer which uses an interrupt method.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void LPSPI_MasterTransferHandleIRQ(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI Master IRQ handler function.

This function processes the LPSPI transmit and receive IRQ.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void LPSPI_SlaveTransferCreateHandle(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle, lpspi_slave_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the LPSPI slave handle.

This function initializes the LPSPI handle, which can be used for other LPSPI transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified LPSPI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
handle – LPSPI handle pointer to lpspi_slave_handle_t.
callback – DSPI callback.
userData – callback function parameter.

status_t LPSPI_SlaveTransferNonBlocking(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer)

LPSPI slave transfer data using an interrupt method.

This function transfer data using an interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is transferred, the callback function is called.

Note: The transfer data size should be integer multiples of bytesPerFrame if bytesPerFrame is less than or equal to 4. For bytesPerFrame greater than 4: The transfer data size should be equal to bytesPerFrame if the bytesPerFrame is not an integer multiple of 4. Otherwise, the transfer data size can be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
transfer – pointer to lpspi_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

status_t LPSPI_SlaveTransferGetCount(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the slave transfer remaining bytes.

This function gets the slave transfer remaining bytes.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Returns:

status of status_t.

void LPSPI_SlaveTransferAbort(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI slave aborts a transfer which uses an interrupt method.

This function aborts a transfer which uses an interrupt method.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void LPSPI_SlaveTransferHandleIRQ(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI Slave IRQ handler function.

This function processes the LPSPI transmit and receives an IRQ.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

bool LPSPI_WaitTxFifoEmpty(LPSPI_Type *base)

Wait for tx FIFO to be empty.

This function wait the tx fifo empty

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

true for the tx FIFO is ready, false is not.

FSL_LPSPI_DRIVER_VERSION: LPSPI driver version.

Status for the LPSPI driver.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_LPSPI_Busy: LPSPI transfer is busy.

enumerator kStatus_LPSPI_Error: LPSPI driver error.

enumerator kStatus_LPSPI_Idle: LPSPI is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPSPI_OutOfRange: LPSPI transfer out Of range.

enumerator kStatus_LPSPI_Timeout: LPSPI timeout polling status flags.

enum _lpspi_flags

LPSPI status flags in SPIx_SR register.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_TxDataRequestFlag: Transmit data flag

enumerator kLPSPI_RxDataReadyFlag: Receive data flag

enumerator kLPSPI_WordCompleteFlag: Word Complete flag

enumerator kLPSPI_FrameCompleteFlag: Frame Complete flag

enumerator kLPSPI_TransferCompleteFlag: Transfer Complete flag

enumerator kLPSPI_TransmitErrorFlag: Transmit Error flag (FIFO underrun)

enumerator kLPSPI_ReceiveErrorFlag: Receive Error flag (FIFO overrun)

enumerator kLPSPI_DataMatchFlag: Data Match flag

enumerator kLPSPI_ModuleBusyFlag: Module Busy flag

enumerator kLPSPI_AllStatusFlag: Used for clearing all w1c status flags

enum _lpspi_interrupt_enable

LPSPI interrupt source.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_TxInterruptEnable: Transmit data interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_RxInterruptEnable: Receive data interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_WordCompleteInterruptEnable: Word complete interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_FrameCompleteInterruptEnable: Frame complete interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_TransferCompleteInterruptEnable: Transfer complete interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_TransmitErrorInterruptEnable: Transmit error interrupt enable(FIFO underrun)

enumerator kLPSPI_ReceiveErrorInterruptEnable: Receive Error interrupt enable (FIFO overrun)

enumerator kLPSPI_DataMatchInterruptEnable: Data Match interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_AllInterruptEnable: All above interrupts enable.

enum _lpspi_dma_enable

LPSPI DMA source.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_TxDmaEnable: Transmit data DMA enable

enumerator kLPSPI_RxDmaEnable: Receive data DMA enable

enum _lpspi_master_slave_mode

LPSPI master or slave mode configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_Master: LPSPI peripheral operates in master mode.

enumerator kLPSPI_Slave: LPSPI peripheral operates in slave mode.

enum _lpspi_which_pcs_config

LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) configuration (which PCS to configure).

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs0: PCS[0]

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs1: PCS[1]

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs2: PCS[2]

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs3: PCS[3]

enum _lpspi_pcs_polarity_config

LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) Polarity configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsActiveHigh: PCS Active High (idles low)

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsActiveLow: PCS Active Low (idles high)

enum _lpspi_pcs_polarity

LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) Polarity.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs0ActiveLow: Pcs0 Active Low (idles high).

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs1ActiveLow: Pcs1 Active Low (idles high).

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs2ActiveLow: Pcs2 Active Low (idles high).

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs3ActiveLow: Pcs3 Active Low (idles high).

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsAllActiveLow: Pcs0 to Pcs5 Active Low (idles high).

enum _lpspi_clock_polarity

LPSPI clock polarity configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_ClockPolarityActiveHigh: CPOL=0. Active-high LPSPI clock (idles low)

enumerator kLPSPI_ClockPolarityActiveLow: CPOL=1. Active-low LPSPI clock (idles high)

enum _lpspi_clock_phase

LPSPI clock phase configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_ClockPhaseFirstEdge: CPHA=0. Data is captured on the leading edge of the SCK and changed on the following edge.

enumerator kLPSPI_ClockPhaseSecondEdge: CPHA=1. Data is changed on the leading edge of the SCK and captured on the following edge.

enum _lpspi_shift_direction

LPSPI data shifter direction options.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_MsbFirst: Data transfers start with most significant bit.

enumerator kLPSPI_LsbFirst: Data transfers start with least significant bit.

enum _lpspi_host_request_select

LPSPI Host Request select configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_HostReqExtPin: Host Request is an ext pin.

enumerator kLPSPI_HostReqInternalTrigger: Host Request is an internal trigger.

enum _lpspi_match_config

LPSPI Match configuration options.

Values:

enumerator kLPSI_MatchDisabled: LPSPI Match Disabled.

enumerator kLPSI_1stWordEqualsM0orM1: LPSPI Match Enabled.

enumerator kLPSI_AnyWordEqualsM0orM1: LPSPI Match Enabled.

enumerator kLPSI_1stWordEqualsM0and2ndWordEqualsM1: LPSPI Match Enabled.

enumerator kLPSI_AnyWordEqualsM0andNxtWordEqualsM1: LPSPI Match Enabled.

enumerator kLPSI_1stWordAndM1EqualsM0andM1: LPSPI Match Enabled.

enumerator kLPSI_AnyWordAndM1EqualsM0andM1: LPSPI Match Enabled.

enum _lpspi_pin_config

LPSPI pin (SDO and SDI) configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_SdiInSdoOut: LPSPI SDI input, SDO output.

enumerator kLPSPI_SdiInSdiOut: LPSPI SDI input, SDI output.

enumerator kLPSPI_SdoInSdoOut: LPSPI SDO input, SDO output.

enumerator kLPSPI_SdoInSdiOut: LPSPI SDO input, SDI output.

enum _lpspi_data_out_config

LPSPI data output configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLpspiDataOutRetained: Data out retains last value when chip select is de-asserted

enumerator kLpspiDataOutTristate: Data out is tristated when chip select is de-asserted

enum _lpspi_transfer_width

LPSPI transfer width configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_SingleBitXfer: 1-bit shift at a time, data out on SDO, in on SDI (normal mode)

enumerator kLPSPI_TwoBitXfer: 2-bits shift out on SDO/SDI and in on SDO/SDI

enumerator kLPSPI_FourBitXfer: 4-bits shift out on SDO/SDI/PCS[3:2] and in on SDO/SDI/PCS[3:2]

enum _lpspi_delay_type

LPSPI delay type selection.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsToSck: PCS-to-SCK delay.

enumerator kLPSPI_LastSckToPcs: Last SCK edge to PCS delay.

enumerator kLPSPI_BetweenTransfer: Delay between transfers.

enum _lpspi_transfer_config_flag_for_master

Use this enumeration for LPSPI master transfer configFlags.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterPcs0: LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI master transfer use PCS0 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterPcs1: LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI master transfer use PCS1 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterPcs2: LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI master transfer use PCS2 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterPcs3: LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI master transfer use PCS3 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterPcsContinuous: Is PCS signal continuous

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterByteSwap

Is master swap the byte. For example, when want to send data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (suppose you set lpspi_shift_direction_t to MSB).

If you set bitPerFrame = 8 , no matter the kLPSPI_MasterByteSwapyou flag is used or not, the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8.
If you set bitPerFrame = 16 : (1) the waveform is 2 1 4 3 6 5 8 7 if you do not use the kLPSPI_MasterByteSwap flag. (2) the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 if you use the kLPSPI_MasterByteSwap flag.
If you set bitPerFrame = 32 : (1) the waveform is 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 if you do not use the kLPSPI_MasterByteSwap flag. (2) the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 if you use the kLPSPI_MasterByteSwap flag.

enum _lpspi_transfer_config_flag_for_slave

Use this enumeration for LPSPI slave transfer configFlags.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_SlavePcs0: LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI slave transfer use PCS0 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_SlavePcs1: LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI slave transfer use PCS1 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_SlavePcs2: LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI slave transfer use PCS2 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_SlavePcs3: LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI slave transfer use PCS3 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap

Is slave swap the byte. For example, when want to send data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (suppose you set lpspi_shift_direction_t to MSB).

If you set bitPerFrame = 8 , no matter the kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap flag is used or not, the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8.
If you set bitPerFrame = 16 : (1) the waveform is 2 1 4 3 6 5 8 7 if you do not use the kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap flag. (2) the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 if you use the kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap flag.
If you set bitPerFrame = 32 : (1) the waveform is 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 if you do not use the kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap flag. (2) the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 if you use the kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap flag.

enum _lpspi_transfer_state

LPSPI transfer state, which is used for LPSPI transactional API state machine.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_Idle: Nothing in the transmitter/receiver.

enumerator kLPSPI_Busy: Transfer queue is not finished.

enumerator kLPSPI_Error: Transfer error.

typedef enum _lpspi_master_slave_mode lpspi_master_slave_mode_t: LPSPI master or slave mode configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_which_pcs_config lpspi_which_pcs_t: LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) configuration (which PCS to configure).

typedef enum _lpspi_pcs_polarity_config lpspi_pcs_polarity_config_t: LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) Polarity configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_clock_polarity lpspi_clock_polarity_t: LPSPI clock polarity configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_clock_phase lpspi_clock_phase_t: LPSPI clock phase configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_shift_direction lpspi_shift_direction_t: LPSPI data shifter direction options.

typedef enum _lpspi_host_request_select lpspi_host_request_select_t: LPSPI Host Request select configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_match_config lpspi_match_config_t: LPSPI Match configuration options.

typedef enum _lpspi_pin_config lpspi_pin_config_t: LPSPI pin (SDO and SDI) configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_data_out_config lpspi_data_out_config_t: LPSPI data output configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_transfer_width lpspi_transfer_width_t: LPSPI transfer width configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_delay_type lpspi_delay_type_t: LPSPI delay type selection.

typedef struct _lpspi_master_config lpspi_master_config_t: LPSPI master configuration structure.

typedef struct _lpspi_slave_config lpspi_slave_config_t: LPSPI slave configuration structure.

typedef struct _lpspi_master_handle lpspi_master_handle_t: Forward declaration of the _lpspi_master_handle typedefs.

typedef struct _lpspi_slave_handle lpspi_slave_handle_t: Forward declaration of the _lpspi_slave_handle typedefs.

typedef void (*lpspi_master_transfer_callback_t)(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

Master completion callback function pointer type.

Param base:: LPSPI peripheral address.
Param handle:: Pointer to the handle for the LPSPI master.
Param status:: Success or error code describing whether the transfer is completed.
Param userData:: Arbitrary pointer-dataSized value passed from the application.

typedef void (*lpspi_slave_transfer_callback_t)(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

Slave completion callback function pointer type.

Param base:: LPSPI peripheral address.
Param handle:: Pointer to the handle for the LPSPI slave.
Param status:: Success or error code describing whether the transfer is completed.
Param userData:: Arbitrary pointer-dataSized value passed from the application.

typedef struct _lpspi_transfer lpspi_transfer_t: LPSPI master/slave transfer structure.

volatile uint8_t g_lpspiDummyData[]: Global variable for dummy data value setting.

LPSPI_DUMMY_DATA

LPSPI dummy data if no Tx data.

Dummy data used for tx if there is not txData.

SPI_RETRY_TIMES: Retry times for waiting flag.

LPSPI_MASTER_PCS_SHIFT: LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used.

LPSPI_MASTER_PCS_MASK: LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used.

LPSPI_SLAVE_PCS_SHIFT: LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used.

LPSPI_SLAVE_PCS_MASK: LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used.

struct _lpspi_master_config

#include <fsl_lpspi.h>

LPSPI master configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t baudRate: Baud Rate for LPSPI.

uint32_t bitsPerFrame: Bits per frame, minimum 8, maximum 4096.

lpspi_clock_polarity_t cpol: Clock polarity.

lpspi_clock_phase_t cpha: Clock phase.

lpspi_shift_direction_t direction: MSB or LSB data shift direction.

uint32_t pcsToSckDelayInNanoSec: PCS to SCK delay time in nanoseconds, setting to 0 sets the minimum delay. It sets the boundary value if out of range.

uint32_t lastSckToPcsDelayInNanoSec: Last SCK to PCS delay time in nanoseconds, setting to 0 sets the minimum delay. It sets the boundary value if out of range.

uint32_t betweenTransferDelayInNanoSec: After the SCK delay time with nanoseconds, setting to 0 sets the minimum delay. It sets the boundary value if out of range.

lpspi_which_pcs_t whichPcs: Desired Peripheral Chip Select (PCS).

lpspi_pcs_polarity_config_t pcsActiveHighOrLow: Desired PCS active high or low

lpspi_pin_config_t pinCfg: Configures which pins are used for input and output data during single bit transfers.

lpspi_data_out_config_t dataOutConfig: Configures if the output data is tristated between accesses (LPSPI_PCS is negated).

bool enableInputDelay: Enable master to sample the input data on a delayed SCK. This can help improve slave setup time. Refer to device data sheet for specific time length.

struct _lpspi_slave_config

#include <fsl_lpspi.h>

LPSPI slave configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t bitsPerFrame: Bits per frame, minimum 8, maximum 4096.

lpspi_clock_polarity_t cpol: Clock polarity.

lpspi_clock_phase_t cpha: Clock phase.

lpspi_shift_direction_t direction: MSB or LSB data shift direction.

lpspi_which_pcs_t whichPcs: Desired Peripheral Chip Select (pcs)

lpspi_pcs_polarity_config_t pcsActiveHighOrLow: Desired PCS active high or low

lpspi_pin_config_t pinCfg: Configures which pins are used for input and output data during single bit transfers.

lpspi_data_out_config_t dataOutConfig: Configures if the output data is tristated between accesses (LPSPI_PCS is negated).

struct _lpspi_transfer

#include <fsl_lpspi.h>

LPSPI master/slave transfer structure.

Public Members

const uint8_t *txData: Send buffer.

uint8_t *rxData: Receive buffer.

volatile size_t dataSize: Transfer bytes.

uint32_t configFlags: Transfer transfer configuration flags. Set from _lpspi_transfer_config_flag_for_master if the transfer is used for master or _lpspi_transfer_config_flag_for_slave enumeration if the transfer is used for slave.

struct _lpspi_master_handle

#include <fsl_lpspi.h>

LPSPI master transfer handle structure used for transactional API.

Public Members

volatile bool isPcsContinuous: Is PCS continuous in transfer.

volatile bool writeTcrInIsr: A flag that whether should write TCR in ISR.

volatile bool isByteSwap: A flag that whether should byte swap.

volatile bool isTxMask: A flag that whether TCR[TXMSK] is set.

volatile uint16_t bytesPerFrame: Number of bytes in each frame

volatile uint8_t fifoSize: FIFO dataSize.

volatile uint8_t rxWatermark: Rx watermark.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachWrite: Bytes for each write TDR.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachRead: Bytes for each read RDR.

const uint8_t *volatile txData: Send buffer.

uint8_t *volatile rxData: Receive buffer.

volatile size_t txRemainingByteCount: Number of bytes remaining to send.

volatile size_t rxRemainingByteCount: Number of bytes remaining to receive.

volatile uint32_t writeRegRemainingTimes: Write TDR register remaining times.

volatile uint32_t readRegRemainingTimes: Read RDR register remaining times.

uint32_t totalByteCount: Number of transfer bytes

uint32_t txBuffIfNull: Used if the txData is NULL.

volatile uint8_t state: LPSPI transfer state , _lpspi_transfer_state.

lpspi_master_transfer_callback_t callback: Completion callback.

void *userData: Callback user data.

struct _lpspi_slave_handle

#include <fsl_lpspi.h>

LPSPI slave transfer handle structure used for transactional API.

Public Members

volatile bool isByteSwap: A flag that whether should byte swap.

volatile uint8_t fifoSize: FIFO dataSize.

volatile uint8_t rxWatermark: Rx watermark.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachWrite: Bytes for each write TDR.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachRead: Bytes for each read RDR.

const uint8_t *volatile txData: Send buffer.

uint8_t *volatile rxData: Receive buffer.

volatile size_t txRemainingByteCount: Number of bytes remaining to send.

volatile size_t rxRemainingByteCount: Number of bytes remaining to receive.

volatile uint32_t writeRegRemainingTimes: Write TDR register remaining times.

volatile uint32_t readRegRemainingTimes: Read RDR register remaining times.

uint32_t totalByteCount: Number of transfer bytes

volatile uint8_t state: LPSPI transfer state , _lpspi_transfer_state.

volatile uint32_t errorCount: Error count for slave transfer.

lpspi_slave_transfer_callback_t callback: Completion callback.

void *userData: Callback user data.

LPSPI eDMA Driver

FSL_LPSPI_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION: LPSPI EDMA driver version.

DMA_MAX_TRANSFER_COUNT: DMA max transfer size.

typedef struct _lpspi_master_edma_handle lpspi_master_edma_handle_t: Forward declaration of the _lpspi_master_edma_handle typedefs.

typedef struct _lpspi_slave_edma_handle lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t: Forward declaration of the _lpspi_slave_edma_handle typedefs.

typedef void (*lpspi_master_edma_transfer_callback_t)(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

Completion callback function pointer type.

Param base:: LPSPI peripheral base address.
Param handle:: Pointer to the handle for the LPSPI master.
Param status:: Success or error code describing whether the transfer completed.
Param userData:: Arbitrary pointer-dataSized value passed from the application.

typedef void (*lpspi_slave_edma_transfer_callback_t)(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

Completion callback function pointer type.

Param base:: LPSPI peripheral base address.
Param handle:: Pointer to the handle for the LPSPI slave.
Param status:: Success or error code describing whether the transfer completed.
Param userData:: Arbitrary pointer-dataSized value passed from the application.

void LPSPI_MasterTransferCreateHandleEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, lpspi_master_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle, edma_handle_t *edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle)

Initializes the LPSPI master eDMA handle.

This function initializes the LPSPI eDMA handle which can be used for other LPSPI transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified LPSPI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Note that the LPSPI eDMA has a separated (Rx and Tx as two sources) or shared (Rx and Tx are the same source) DMA request source. (1) For a separated DMA request source, enable and set the Rx DMAMUX source for edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle and Tx DMAMUX source for edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle. (2) For a shared DMA request source, enable and set the Rx/Tx DMAMUX source for edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.
handle – LPSPI handle pointer to lpspi_master_edma_handle_t.
callback – LPSPI callback.
userData – callback function parameter.
edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle – edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle pointer to edma_handle_t.
edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle – edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle pointer to edma_handle_t.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer)

LPSPI master transfer data using eDMA.

This function transfers data using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is transferred, the callback function is called.

Note: The transfer data size should be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame if bytesPerFrame is less than or equal to 4. For bytesPerFrame greater than 4: The transfer data size should be equal to bytesPerFrame if the bytesPerFrame is not an integer multiple of 4. Otherwise, the transfer data size can be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_master_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
transfer – pointer to lpspi_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferPrepareEDMALite(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, uint32_t configFlags)

LPSPI master config transfer parameter while using eDMA.

This function is preparing to transfer data using eDMA, work with LPSPI_MasterTransferEDMALite.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_master_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
configFlags – transfer configuration flags. _lpspi_transfer_config_flag_for_master.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Execution successfully.
kStatus_LPSPI_Busy – The LPSPI device is busy.

Returns:

Indicates whether LPSPI master transfer was successful or not.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferEDMALite(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer)

LPSPI master transfer data using eDMA without configs.

This function transfers data using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is transferred, the callback function is called.

Note: This API is only for transfer through DMA without configuration. Before calling this API, you must call LPSPI_MasterTransferPrepareEDMALite to configure it once. The transfer data size should be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame if bytesPerFrame is less than or equal to 4. For bytesPerFrame greater than 4: The transfer data size should be equal to bytesPerFrame if the bytesPerFrame is not an integer multiple of 4. Otherwise, the transfer data size can be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_master_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
transfer – pointer to lpspi_transfer_t structure, config field is not uesed.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Execution successfully.
kStatus_LPSPI_Busy – The LPSPI device is busy.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The transfer structure is invalid.

Returns:

Indicates whether LPSPI master transfer was successful or not.

void LPSPI_MasterTransferAbortEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_edma_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI master aborts a transfer which is using eDMA.

This function aborts a transfer which is using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_master_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferGetCountEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the master eDMA transfer remaining bytes.

This function gets the master eDMA transfer remaining bytes.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_master_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the EDMA transaction.

Returns:

status of status_t.

void LPSPI_SlaveTransferCreateHandleEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, lpspi_slave_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle, edma_handle_t *edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle)

Initializes the LPSPI slave eDMA handle.

This function initializes the LPSPI eDMA handle which can be used for other LPSPI transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified LPSPI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Note that LPSPI eDMA has a separated (Rx and Tx as two sources) or shared (Rx and Tx as the same source) DMA request source.

(1) For a separated DMA request source, enable and set the Rx DMAMUX source for edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle and Tx DMAMUX source for edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle. (2) For a shared DMA request source, enable and set the Rx/Rx DMAMUX source for edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle .

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.
handle – LPSPI handle pointer to lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t.
callback – LPSPI callback.
userData – callback function parameter.
edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle – edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle pointer to edma_handle_t.
edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle – edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle pointer to edma_handle_t.

status_t LPSPI_SlaveTransferEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer)

LPSPI slave transfers data using eDMA.

This function transfers data using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which return right away. When all data is transferred, the callback function is called.

Note: The transfer data size should be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame if bytesPerFrame is less than or equal to 4. For bytesPerFrame greater than 4: The transfer data size should be equal to bytesPerFrame if the bytesPerFrame is not an integer multiple of 4. Otherwise, the transfer data size can be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
transfer – pointer to lpspi_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

void LPSPI_SlaveTransferAbortEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI slave aborts a transfer which is using eDMA.

This function aborts a transfer which is using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

status_t LPSPI_SlaveTransferGetCountEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the slave eDMA transfer remaining bytes.

This function gets the slave eDMA transfer remaining bytes.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the eDMA transaction.

Returns:

status of status_t.

struct _lpspi_master_edma_handle

#include <fsl_lpspi_edma.h>

LPSPI master eDMA transfer handle structure used for transactional API.

Public Members

volatile bool isPcsContinuous: Is PCS continuous in transfer.

volatile bool isByteSwap: A flag that whether should byte swap.

volatile uint8_t fifoSize: FIFO dataSize.

volatile uint8_t rxWatermark: Rx watermark.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachWrite: Bytes for each write TDR.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachRead: Bytes for each read RDR.

volatile uint8_t bytesLastRead: Bytes for last read RDR.

volatile bool isThereExtraRxBytes: Is there extra RX byte.

const uint8_t *volatile txData: Send buffer.

uint8_t *volatile rxData: Receive buffer.

volatile size_t txRemainingByteCount: Number of bytes remaining to send.

volatile size_t rxRemainingByteCount: Number of bytes remaining to receive.

volatile uint32_t writeRegRemainingTimes: Write TDR register remaining times.

volatile uint32_t readRegRemainingTimes: Read RDR register remaining times.

uint32_t totalByteCount: Number of transfer bytes

edma_tcd_t *lastTimeTCD: Pointer to the lastTime TCD

bool isMultiDMATransmit: Is there multi DMA transmit

volatile uint8_t dmaTransmitTime: DMA Transfer times.

uint32_t lastTimeDataBytes: DMA transmit last Time data Bytes

uint32_t dataBytesEveryTime: Bytes in a time for DMA transfer, default is DMA_MAX_TRANSFER_COUNT

edma_transfer_config_t transferConfigRx: Config of DMA rx channel.

edma_transfer_config_t transferConfigTx: Config of DMA tx channel.

uint32_t txBuffIfNull: Used if there is not txData for DMA purpose.

uint32_t rxBuffIfNull: Used if there is not rxData for DMA purpose.

uint32_t transmitCommand: Used to write TCR for DMA purpose.

volatile uint8_t state: LPSPI transfer state , _lpspi_transfer_state.

uint8_t nbytes: eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

lpspi_master_edma_transfer_callback_t callback: Completion callback.

void *userData: Callback user data.

edma_handle_t *edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle: edma_handle_t handle point used for RxReg to RxData buff

edma_handle_t *edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle: edma_handle_t handle point used for TxData to TxReg buff

edma_tcd_t lpspiSoftwareTCD[3]: SoftwareTCD, internal used

struct _lpspi_slave_edma_handle

#include <fsl_lpspi_edma.h>

LPSPI slave eDMA transfer handle structure used for transactional API.

Public Members

volatile bool isByteSwap: A flag that whether should byte swap.

volatile uint8_t fifoSize: FIFO dataSize.

volatile uint8_t rxWatermark: Rx watermark.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachWrite: Bytes for each write TDR.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachRead: Bytes for each read RDR.

volatile uint8_t bytesLastRead: Bytes for last read RDR.

volatile bool isThereExtraRxBytes: Is there extra RX byte.

uint8_t nbytes: eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

const uint8_t *volatile txData: Send buffer.

uint8_t *volatile rxData: Receive buffer.

volatile size_t txRemainingByteCount: Number of bytes remaining to send.

volatile size_t rxRemainingByteCount: Number of bytes remaining to receive.

volatile uint32_t writeRegRemainingTimes: Write TDR register remaining times.

volatile uint32_t readRegRemainingTimes: Read RDR register remaining times.

uint32_t totalByteCount: Number of transfer bytes

uint32_t txBuffIfNull: Used if there is not txData for DMA purpose.

uint32_t rxBuffIfNull: Used if there is not rxData for DMA purpose.

volatile uint8_t state: LPSPI transfer state.

uint32_t errorCount: Error count for slave transfer.

lpspi_slave_edma_transfer_callback_t callback: Completion callback.

void *userData: Callback user data.

edma_handle_t *edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle: edma_handle_t handle point used for RxReg to RxData buff

edma_handle_t *edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle: edma_handle_t handle point used for TxData to TxReg

edma_tcd_t lpspiSoftwareTCD[2]: SoftwareTCD, internal used

LPUART: Low Power Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter Driver

LPUART Driver

static inline void LPUART_SoftwareReset(LPUART_Type *base)

Resets the LPUART using software.

This function resets all internal logic and registers except the Global Register. Remains set until cleared by software.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.

status_t LPUART_Init(LPUART_Type *base, const lpuart_config_t *config, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Initializes an LPUART instance with the user configuration structure and the peripheral clock.

This function configures the LPUART module with user-defined settings. Call the LPUART_GetDefaultConfig() function to configure the configuration structure and get the default configuration. The example below shows how to use this API to configure the LPUART.

lpuart_config_t lpuartConfig;
lpuartConfig.baudRate_Bps = 115200U;
lpuartConfig.parityMode = kLPUART_ParityDisabled;
lpuartConfig.dataBitsCount = kLPUART_EightDataBits;
lpuartConfig.isMsb = false;
lpuartConfig.stopBitCount = kLPUART_OneStopBit;
lpuartConfig.txFifoWatermark = 0;
lpuartConfig.rxFifoWatermark = 1;
LPUART_Init(LPUART1, &lpuartConfig, 20000000U);

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to a user-defined configuration structure.
srcClock_Hz – LPUART clock source frequency in HZ.

Return values:

kStatus_LPUART_BaudrateNotSupport – Baudrate is not support in current clock source.
kStatus_Success – LPUART initialize succeed

void LPUART_Deinit(LPUART_Type *base)

Deinitializes a LPUART instance.

This function waits for transmit to complete, disables TX and RX, and disables the LPUART clock.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.

void LPUART_GetDefaultConfig(lpuart_config_t *config)

Gets the default configuration structure.

This function initializes the LPUART configuration structure to a default value. The default values are: lpuartConfig->baudRate_Bps = 115200U; lpuartConfig->parityMode = kLPUART_ParityDisabled; lpuartConfig->dataBitsCount = kLPUART_EightDataBits; lpuartConfig->isMsb = false; lpuartConfig->stopBitCount = kLPUART_OneStopBit; lpuartConfig->txFifoWatermark = 0; lpuartConfig->rxFifoWatermark = 1; lpuartConfig->rxIdleType = kLPUART_IdleTypeStartBit; lpuartConfig->rxIdleConfig = kLPUART_IdleCharacter1; lpuartConfig->enableTx = false; lpuartConfig->enableRx = false;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to a configuration structure.

status_t LPUART_SetBaudRate(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t baudRate_Bps, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Sets the LPUART instance baudrate.

This function configures the LPUART module baudrate. This function is used to update the LPUART module baudrate after the LPUART module is initialized by the LPUART_Init.

LPUART_SetBaudRate(LPUART1, 115200U, 20000000U);

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
baudRate_Bps – LPUART baudrate to be set.
srcClock_Hz – LPUART clock source frequency in HZ.

Return values:

kStatus_LPUART_BaudrateNotSupport – Baudrate is not supported in the current clock source.
kStatus_Success – Set baudrate succeeded.

void LPUART_Enable9bitMode(LPUART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable 9-bit data mode for LPUART.

This function set the 9-bit mode for LPUART module. The 9th bit is not used for parity thus can be modified by user.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
enable – true to enable, flase to disable.

static inline void LPUART_SetMatchAddress(LPUART_Type *base, uint16_t address1, uint16_t address2)

Set the LPUART address.

This function configures the address for LPUART module that works as slave in 9-bit data mode. One or two address fields can be configured. When the address field’s match enable bit is set, the frame it receices with MSB being 1 is considered as an address frame, otherwise it is considered as data frame. Once the address frame matches one of slave’s own addresses, this slave is addressed. This address frame and its following data frames are stored in the receive buffer, otherwise the frames will be discarded. To un-address a slave, just send an address frame with unmatched address.

Note

Any LPUART instance joined in the multi-slave system can work as slave. The position of the address mark is the same as the parity bit when parity is enabled for 8 bit and 9 bit data formats.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
address1 – LPUART slave address1.
address2 – LPUART slave address2.

static inline void LPUART_EnableMatchAddress(LPUART_Type *base, bool match1, bool match2)

Enable the LPUART match address feature.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
match1 – true to enable match address1, false to disable.
match2 – true to enable match address2, false to disable.

static inline void LPUART_SetRxFifoWatermark(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t water)

Sets the rx FIFO watermark.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
water – Rx FIFO watermark.

static inline void LPUART_SetTxFifoWatermark(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t water)

Sets the tx FIFO watermark.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
water – Tx FIFO watermark.

static inline void LPUART_TransferEnable16Bit(lpuart_handle_t *handle, bool enable)

Sets the LPUART using 16bit transmit, only for 9bit or 10bit mode.

This function Enable 16bit Data transmit in lpuart_handle_t.

Parameters:

handle – LPUART handle pointer.
enable – true to enable, false to disable.

uint32_t LPUART_GetStatusFlags(LPUART_Type *base)

Gets LPUART status flags.

This function gets all LPUART status flags. The flags are returned as the logical OR value of the enumerators _lpuart_flags. To check for a specific status, compare the return value with enumerators in the _lpuart_flags. For example, to check whether the TX is empty:

if (kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag & LPUART_GetStatusFlags(LPUART1))
{
    ...
}

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPUART status flags which are ORed by the enumerators in the _lpuart_flags.

status_t LPUART_ClearStatusFlags(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears status flags with a provided mask.

This function clears LPUART status flags with a provided mask. Automatically cleared flags can’t be cleared by this function. Flags that can only cleared or set by hardware are: kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag, kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteFlag, kLPUART_RxDataRegFullFlag, kLPUART_RxActiveFlag, kLPUART_NoiseErrorFlag, kLPUART_ParityErrorFlag, kLPUART_TxFifoEmptyFlag,kLPUART_RxFifoEmptyFlag Note: This API should be called when the Tx/Rx is idle, otherwise it takes no effects.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
mask – the status flags to be cleared. The user can use the enumerators in the _lpuart_status_flag_t to do the OR operation and get the mask.

Return values:

kStatus_LPUART_FlagCannotClearManually – The flag can’t be cleared by this function but it is cleared automatically by hardware.
kStatus_Success – Status in the mask are cleared.

Returns:

0 succeed, others failed.

void LPUART_EnableInterrupts(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables LPUART interrupts according to a provided mask.

This function enables the LPUART interrupts according to a provided mask. The mask is a logical OR of enumeration members. See the _lpuart_interrupt_enable. This examples shows how to enable TX empty interrupt and RX full interrupt:

LPUART_EnableInterrupts(LPUART1,kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable | kLPUART_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable);

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
mask – The interrupts to enable. Logical OR of _lpuart_interrupt_enable.

void LPUART_DisableInterrupts(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables LPUART interrupts according to a provided mask.

This function disables the LPUART interrupts according to a provided mask. The mask is a logical OR of enumeration members. See _lpuart_interrupt_enable. This example shows how to disable the TX empty interrupt and RX full interrupt:

LPUART_DisableInterrupts(LPUART1,kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable | kLPUART_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable);

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
mask – The interrupts to disable. Logical OR of _lpuart_interrupt_enable.

uint32_t LPUART_GetEnabledInterrupts(LPUART_Type *base)

Gets enabled LPUART interrupts.

This function gets the enabled LPUART interrupts. The enabled interrupts are returned as the logical OR value of the enumerators _lpuart_interrupt_enable. To check a specific interrupt enable status, compare the return value with enumerators in _lpuart_interrupt_enable. For example, to check whether the TX empty interrupt is enabled:

uint32_t enabledInterrupts = LPUART_GetEnabledInterrupts(LPUART1);

if (kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable & enabledInterrupts)
{
    ...
}

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPUART interrupt flags which are logical OR of the enumerators in _lpuart_interrupt_enable.

static inline uintptr_t LPUART_GetDataRegisterAddress(LPUART_Type *base)

Gets the LPUART data register address.

This function returns the LPUART data register address, which is mainly used by the DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPUART data register addresses which are used both by the transmitter and receiver.

static inline void LPUART_EnableTxDMA(LPUART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPUART transmitter DMA request.

This function enables or disables the transmit data register empty flag, STAT[TDRE], to generate DMA requests.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void LPUART_EnableRxDMA(LPUART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPUART receiver DMA.

This function enables or disables the receiver data register full flag, STAT[RDRF], to generate DMA requests.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
enable – True to enable, false to disable.

uint32_t LPUART_GetInstance(LPUART_Type *base)

Get the LPUART instance from peripheral base address.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPUART instance.

static inline void LPUART_EnableTx(LPUART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPUART transmitter.

This function enables or disables the LPUART transmitter.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void LPUART_EnableRx(LPUART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPUART receiver.

This function enables or disables the LPUART receiver.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void LPUART_WriteByte(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t data)

Writes to the transmitter register.

This function writes data to the transmitter register directly. The upper layer must ensure that the TX register is empty or that the TX FIFO has room before calling this function.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
data – Data write to the TX register.

static inline uint8_t LPUART_ReadByte(LPUART_Type *base)

Reads the receiver register.

This function reads data from the receiver register directly. The upper layer must ensure that the receiver register is full or that the RX FIFO has data before calling this function.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

Data read from data register.

static inline uint8_t LPUART_GetRxFifoCount(LPUART_Type *base)

Gets the rx FIFO data count.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

rx FIFO data count.

static inline uint8_t LPUART_GetTxFifoCount(LPUART_Type *base)

Gets the tx FIFO data count.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

tx FIFO data count.

void LPUART_SendAddress(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t address)

Transmit an address frame in 9-bit data mode.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
address – LPUART slave address.

status_t LPUART_WriteBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, const uint8_t *data, size_t length)

Writes to the transmitter register using a blocking method.

This function polls the transmitter register, first waits for the register to be empty or TX FIFO to have room, and writes data to the transmitter buffer, then waits for the dat to be sent out to the bus.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
data – Start address of the data to write.
length – Size of the data to write.

Return values:

kStatus_LPUART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.
kStatus_Success – Successfully wrote all data.

status_t LPUART_WriteBlocking16bit(LPUART_Type *base, const uint16_t *data, size_t length)

Writes to the transmitter register using a blocking method in 9bit or 10bit mode.

Note

This function only support 9bit or 10bit transfer. Please make sure only 10bit of data is valid and other bits are 0.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
data – Start address of the data to write.
length – Size of the data to write.

Return values:

kStatus_LPUART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.
kStatus_Success – Successfully wrote all data.

status_t LPUART_ReadBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *data, size_t length)

Reads the receiver data register using a blocking method.

This function polls the receiver register, waits for the receiver register full or receiver FIFO has data, and reads data from the TX register.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
data – Start address of the buffer to store the received data.
length – Size of the buffer.

Return values:

kStatus_LPUART_RxHardwareOverrun – Receiver overrun happened while receiving data.
kStatus_LPUART_NoiseError – Noise error happened while receiving data.
kStatus_LPUART_FramingError – Framing error happened while receiving data.
kStatus_LPUART_ParityError – Parity error happened while receiving data.
kStatus_LPUART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.
kStatus_Success – Successfully received all data.

status_t LPUART_ReadBlocking16bit(LPUART_Type *base, uint16_t *data, size_t length)

Reads the receiver data register in 9bit or 10bit mode.

Note

This function only support 9bit or 10bit transfer.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
data – Start address of the buffer to store the received data by 16bit, only 10bit is valid.
length – Size of the buffer.

Return values:

kStatus_LPUART_RxHardwareOverrun – Receiver overrun happened while receiving data.
kStatus_LPUART_NoiseError – Noise error happened while receiving data.
kStatus_LPUART_FramingError – Framing error happened while receiving data.
kStatus_LPUART_ParityError – Parity error happened while receiving data.
kStatus_LPUART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.
kStatus_Success – Successfully received all data.

void LPUART_TransferCreateHandle(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, lpuart_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the LPUART handle.

This function initializes the LPUART handle, which can be used for other LPUART transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified LPUART instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

The LPUART driver supports the “background” receiving, which means that user can set up an RX ring buffer optionally. Data received is stored into the ring buffer even when the user doesn’t call the LPUART_TransferReceiveNonBlocking() API. If there is already data received in the ring buffer, the user can get the received data from the ring buffer directly. The ring buffer is disabled if passing NULL as ringBuffer.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.
callback – Callback function.
userData – User data.

status_t LPUART_TransferSendNonBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, lpuart_transfer_t *xfer)

Transmits a buffer of data using the interrupt method.

This function send data using an interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function, which returns directly without waiting for all data written to the transmitter register. When all data is written to the TX register in the ISR, the LPUART driver calls the callback function and passes the kStatus_LPUART_TxIdle as status parameter.

Note

The kStatus_LPUART_TxIdle is passed to the upper layer when all data are written to the TX register. However, there is no check to ensure that all the data sent out. Before disabling the TX, check the kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteFlag to ensure that the transmit is finished.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.
xfer – LPUART transfer structure, see lpuart_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start the data transmission.
kStatus_LPUART_TxBusy – Previous transmission still not finished, data not all written to the TX register.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Invalid argument.

void LPUART_TransferStartRingBuffer(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, uint8_t *ringBuffer, size_t ringBufferSize)

Sets up the RX ring buffer.

This function sets up the RX ring buffer to a specific UART handle.

When the RX ring buffer is used, data received is stored into the ring buffer even when the user doesn’t call the UART_TransferReceiveNonBlocking() API. If there is already data received in the ring buffer, the user can get the received data from the ring buffer directly.

Note

When using RX ring buffer, one byte is reserved for internal use. In other words, if ringBufferSize is 32, then only 31 bytes are used for saving data.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.
ringBuffer – Start address of ring buffer for background receiving. Pass NULL to disable the ring buffer.
ringBufferSize – size of the ring buffer.

void LPUART_TransferStopRingBuffer(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the background transfer and uninstalls the ring buffer.

This function aborts the background transfer and uninstalls the ring buffer.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.

size_t LPUART_TransferGetRxRingBufferLength(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle)

Get the length of received data in RX ring buffer.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.

Returns:

Length of received data in RX ring buffer.

void LPUART_TransferAbortSend(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the interrupt-driven data transmit.

This function aborts the interrupt driven data sending. The user can get the remainBtyes to find out how many bytes are not sent out.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.

status_t LPUART_TransferGetSendCount(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, uint32_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes that have been sent out to bus.

This function gets the number of bytes that have been sent out to bus by an interrupt method.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.
count – Send bytes count.

Return values:

kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – No send in progress.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Parameter is invalid.
kStatus_Success – Get successfully through the parameter count;

status_t LPUART_TransferReceiveNonBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, lpuart_transfer_t *xfer, size_t *receivedBytes)

Receives a buffer of data using the interrupt method.

This function receives data using an interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function which returns without waiting to ensure that all data are received. If the RX ring buffer is used and not empty, the data in the ring buffer is copied and the parameter receivedBytes shows how many bytes are copied from the ring buffer. After copying, if the data in the ring buffer is not enough for read, the receive request is saved by the LPUART driver. When the new data arrives, the receive request is serviced first. When all data is received, the LPUART driver notifies the upper layer through a callback function and passes a status parameter kStatus_UART_RxIdle. For example, the upper layer needs 10 bytes but there are only 5 bytes in ring buffer. The 5 bytes are copied to xfer->data, which returns with the parameter receivedBytes set to 5. For the remaining 5 bytes, the newly arrived data is saved from xfer->data[5]. When 5 bytes are received, the LPUART driver notifies the upper layer. If the RX ring buffer is not enabled, this function enables the RX and RX interrupt to receive data to xfer->data. When all data is received, the upper layer is notified.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.
xfer – LPUART transfer structure, see uart_transfer_t.
receivedBytes – Bytes received from the ring buffer directly.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully queue the transfer into the transmit queue.
kStatus_LPUART_RxBusy – Previous receive request is not finished.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Invalid argument.

void LPUART_TransferAbortReceive(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the interrupt-driven data receiving.

This function aborts the interrupt-driven data receiving. The user can get the remainBytes to find out how many bytes not received yet.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.

status_t LPUART_TransferGetReceiveCount(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, uint32_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes that have been received.

This function gets the number of bytes that have been received.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.
count – Receive bytes count.

Return values:

kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – No receive in progress.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Parameter is invalid.
kStatus_Success – Get successfully through the parameter count;

void LPUART_TransferHandleIRQ(LPUART_Type *base, void *irqHandle)

LPUART IRQ handle function.

This function handles the LPUART transmit and receive IRQ request.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
irqHandle – LPUART handle pointer.

void LPUART_TransferHandleErrorIRQ(LPUART_Type *base, void *irqHandle)

LPUART Error IRQ handle function.

This function handles the LPUART error IRQ request.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
irqHandle – LPUART handle pointer.

FSL_LPUART_DRIVER_VERSION: LPUART driver version.

Error codes for the LPUART driver.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxBusy: TX busy

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxBusy: RX busy

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxIdle: LPUART transmitter is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxIdle: LPUART receiver is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxWatermarkTooLarge: TX FIFO watermark too large

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxWatermarkTooLarge: RX FIFO watermark too large

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_FlagCannotClearManually: Some flag can’t manually clear

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_Error: Error happens on LPUART.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxRingBufferOverrun: LPUART RX software ring buffer overrun.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxHardwareOverrun: LPUART RX receiver overrun.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_NoiseError: LPUART noise error.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_FramingError: LPUART framing error.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_ParityError: LPUART parity error.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_BaudrateNotSupport: Baudrate is not support in current clock source

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_IdleLineDetected: IDLE flag.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_Timeout: LPUART times out.

enum _lpuart_parity_mode

LPUART parity mode.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_ParityDisabled: Parity disabled

enumerator kLPUART_ParityEven: Parity enabled, type even, bit setting: PE|PT = 10

enumerator kLPUART_ParityOdd: Parity enabled, type odd, bit setting: PE|PT = 11

enum _lpuart_data_bits

LPUART data bits count.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_EightDataBits: Eight data bit

enumerator kLPUART_SevenDataBits: Seven data bit

enum _lpuart_stop_bit_count

LPUART stop bit count.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_OneStopBit: One stop bit

enumerator kLPUART_TwoStopBit: Two stop bits

enum _lpuart_transmit_cts_source

LPUART transmit CTS source.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_CtsSourcePin: CTS resource is the LPUART_CTS pin.

enumerator kLPUART_CtsSourceMatchResult: CTS resource is the match result.

enum _lpuart_transmit_cts_config

LPUART transmit CTS configure.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_CtsSampleAtStart: CTS input is sampled at the start of each character.

enumerator kLPUART_CtsSampleAtIdle: CTS input is sampled when the transmitter is idle

enum _lpuart_idle_type_select

LPUART idle flag type defines when the receiver starts counting.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_IdleTypeStartBit: Start counting after a valid start bit.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleTypeStopBit: Start counting after a stop bit.

enum _lpuart_idle_config

LPUART idle detected configuration. This structure defines the number of idle characters that must be received before the IDLE flag is set.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter1: the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter2: the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter4: the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter8: the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter16: the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter32: the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter64: the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter128: the number of idle characters.

enum _lpuart_interrupt_enable

LPUART interrupt configuration structure, default settings all disabled.

This structure contains the settings for all LPUART interrupt configurations.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_LinBreakInterruptEnable: LIN break detect. bit 7

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveEdgeInterruptEnable: Receive Active Edge. bit 6

enumerator kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable: Transmit data register empty. bit 23

enumerator kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteInterruptEnable: Transmission complete. bit 22

enumerator kLPUART_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable: Receiver data register full. bit 21

enumerator kLPUART_IdleLineInterruptEnable: Idle line. bit 20

enumerator kLPUART_RxOverrunInterruptEnable: Receiver Overrun. bit 27

enumerator kLPUART_NoiseErrorInterruptEnable: Noise error flag. bit 26

enumerator kLPUART_FramingErrorInterruptEnable: Framing error flag. bit 25

enumerator kLPUART_ParityErrorInterruptEnable: Parity error flag. bit 24

enumerator kLPUART_Match1InterruptEnable: Parity error flag. bit 15

enumerator kLPUART_Match2InterruptEnable: Parity error flag. bit 14

enumerator kLPUART_TxFifoOverflowInterruptEnable: Transmit FIFO Overflow. bit 9

enumerator kLPUART_RxFifoUnderflowInterruptEnable: Receive FIFO Underflow. bit 8

enumerator kLPUART_AllInterruptEnable

enum _lpuart_flags

LPUART status flags.

This provides constants for the LPUART status flags for use in the LPUART functions.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag: Transmit data register empty flag, sets when transmit buffer is empty. bit 23

enumerator kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteFlag: Transmission complete flag, sets when transmission activity complete. bit 22

enumerator kLPUART_RxDataRegFullFlag: Receive data register full flag, sets when the receive data buffer is full. bit 21

enumerator kLPUART_IdleLineFlag: Idle line detect flag, sets when idle line detected. bit 20

enumerator kLPUART_RxOverrunFlag: Receive Overrun, sets when new data is received before data is read from receive register. bit 19

enumerator kLPUART_NoiseErrorFlag: Receive takes 3 samples of each received bit. If any of these samples differ, noise flag sets. bit 18

enumerator kLPUART_FramingErrorFlag: Frame error flag, sets if logic 0 was detected where stop bit expected. bit 17

enumerator kLPUART_ParityErrorFlag: If parity enabled, sets upon parity error detection. bit 16

enumerator kLPUART_LinBreakFlag: LIN break detect interrupt flag, sets when LIN break char detected and LIN circuit enabled. bit 31

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveEdgeFlag: Receive pin active edge interrupt flag, sets when active edge detected. bit 30

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveFlag: Receiver Active Flag (RAF), sets at beginning of valid start. bit 24

enumerator kLPUART_DataMatch1Flag: The next character to be read from LPUART_DATA matches MA1. bit 15

enumerator kLPUART_DataMatch2Flag: The next character to be read from LPUART_DATA matches MA2. bit 14

enumerator kLPUART_TxFifoEmptyFlag: TXEMPT bit, sets if transmit buffer is empty. bit 7

enumerator kLPUART_RxFifoEmptyFlag: RXEMPT bit, sets if receive buffer is empty. bit 6

enumerator kLPUART_TxFifoOverflowFlag: TXOF bit, sets if transmit buffer overflow occurred. bit 1

enumerator kLPUART_RxFifoUnderflowFlag: RXUF bit, sets if receive buffer underflow occurred. bit 0

enumerator kLPUART_AllClearFlags

enumerator kLPUART_AllFlags

typedef enum _lpuart_parity_mode lpuart_parity_mode_t: LPUART parity mode.

typedef enum _lpuart_data_bits lpuart_data_bits_t: LPUART data bits count.

typedef enum _lpuart_stop_bit_count lpuart_stop_bit_count_t: LPUART stop bit count.

typedef enum _lpuart_transmit_cts_source lpuart_transmit_cts_source_t: LPUART transmit CTS source.

typedef enum _lpuart_transmit_cts_config lpuart_transmit_cts_config_t: LPUART transmit CTS configure.

typedef enum _lpuart_idle_type_select lpuart_idle_type_select_t: LPUART idle flag type defines when the receiver starts counting.

typedef enum _lpuart_idle_config lpuart_idle_config_t: LPUART idle detected configuration. This structure defines the number of idle characters that must be received before the IDLE flag is set.

typedef struct _lpuart_config lpuart_config_t: LPUART configuration structure.

typedef struct _lpuart_transfer lpuart_transfer_t: LPUART transfer structure.

typedef struct _lpuart_handle lpuart_handle_t

typedef void (*lpuart_transfer_callback_t)(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): LPUART transfer callback function.

typedef void (*lpuart_isr_t)(LPUART_Type *base, void *handle)

void *s_lpuartHandle[]

const IRQn_Type s_lpuartTxIRQ[]

lpuart_isr_t s_lpuartIsr[]

UART_RETRY_TIMES: Retry times for waiting flag.

struct _lpuart_config

#include <fsl_lpuart.h>

LPUART configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t baudRate_Bps: LPUART baud rate

lpuart_parity_mode_t parityMode: Parity mode, disabled (default), even, odd

lpuart_data_bits_t dataBitsCount: Data bits count, eight (default), seven

bool isMsb: Data bits order, LSB (default), MSB

lpuart_stop_bit_count_t stopBitCount: Number of stop bits, 1 stop bit (default) or 2 stop bits

uint8_t txFifoWatermark: TX FIFO watermark

uint8_t rxFifoWatermark: RX FIFO watermark

bool enableRxRTS: RX RTS enable

bool enableTxCTS: TX CTS enable

lpuart_transmit_cts_source_t txCtsSource: TX CTS source

lpuart_transmit_cts_config_t txCtsConfig: TX CTS configure

lpuart_idle_type_select_t rxIdleType: RX IDLE type.

lpuart_idle_config_t rxIdleConfig: RX IDLE configuration.

bool enableTx: Enable TX

bool enableRx: Enable RX

struct _lpuart_transfer

#include <fsl_lpuart.h>

LPUART transfer structure.

Public Members

size_t dataSize: The byte count to be transfer.

struct _lpuart_handle

#include <fsl_lpuart.h>

LPUART handle structure.

Public Members

volatile size_t txDataSize: Size of the remaining data to send.

size_t txDataSizeAll: Size of the data to send out.

volatile size_t rxDataSize: Size of the remaining data to receive.

size_t rxDataSizeAll: Size of the data to receive.

size_t rxRingBufferSize: Size of the ring buffer.

volatile uint16_t rxRingBufferHead: Index for the driver to store received data into ring buffer.

volatile uint16_t rxRingBufferTail: Index for the user to get data from the ring buffer.

lpuart_transfer_callback_t callback: Callback function.

void *userData: LPUART callback function parameter.

volatile uint8_t txState: TX transfer state.

volatile uint8_t rxState: RX transfer state.

bool isSevenDataBits: Seven data bits flag.

bool is16bitData: 16bit data bits flag, only used for 9bit or 10bit data

union __unnamed16__

Public Members

uint8_t *data: The buffer of data to be transfer.

uint8_t *rxData: The buffer to receive data.

uint16_t *rxData16: The buffer to receive data.

const uint8_t *txData: The buffer of data to be sent.

const uint16_t *txData16: The buffer of data to be sent.

union __unnamed18__

Public Members

const uint8_t *volatile txData: Address of remaining data to send.

const uint16_t *volatile txData16: Address of remaining data to send.

union __unnamed20__

Public Members

uint8_t *volatile rxData: Address of remaining data to receive.

uint16_t *volatile rxData16: Address of remaining data to receive.

union __unnamed22__

Public Members

uint8_t *rxRingBuffer: Start address of the receiver ring buffer.

uint16_t *rxRingBuffer16: Start address of the receiver ring buffer.

LPUART eDMA Driver

void LPUART_TransferCreateHandleEDMA(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle, lpuart_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *txEdmaHandle, edma_handle_t *rxEdmaHandle)

Initializes the LPUART handle which is used in transactional functions.

Note

This function disables all LPUART interrupts.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to lpuart_edma_handle_t structure.
callback – Callback function.
userData – User data.
txEdmaHandle – User requested DMA handle for TX DMA transfer.
rxEdmaHandle – User requested DMA handle for RX DMA transfer.

status_t LPUART_SendEDMA(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle, lpuart_transfer_t *xfer)

Sends data using eDMA.

This function sends data using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is sent, the send callback function is called.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.
xfer – LPUART eDMA transfer structure. See lpuart_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – if succeed, others failed.
kStatus_LPUART_TxBusy – Previous transfer on going.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Invalid argument.

status_t LPUART_ReceiveEDMA(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle, lpuart_transfer_t *xfer)

Receives data using eDMA.

This function receives data using eDMA. This is non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is received, the receive callback function is called.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to lpuart_edma_handle_t structure.
xfer – LPUART eDMA transfer structure, see lpuart_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – if succeed, others fail.
kStatus_LPUART_RxBusy – Previous transfer ongoing.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Invalid argument.

void LPUART_TransferAbortSendEDMA(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the sent data using eDMA.

This function aborts the sent data using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to lpuart_edma_handle_t structure.

void LPUART_TransferAbortReceiveEDMA(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the received data using eDMA.

This function aborts the received data using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to lpuart_edma_handle_t structure.

status_t LPUART_TransferGetSendCountEDMA(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle, uint32_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes written to the LPUART TX register.

This function gets the number of bytes written to the LPUART TX register by DMA.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.
count – Send bytes count.

Return values:

kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – No send in progress.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Parameter is invalid.
kStatus_Success – Get successfully through the parameter count;

status_t LPUART_TransferGetReceiveCountEDMA(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle, uint32_t *count)

Gets the number of received bytes.

This function gets the number of received bytes.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.
count – Receive bytes count.

Return values:

kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – No receive in progress.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Parameter is invalid.
kStatus_Success – Get successfully through the parameter count;

void LPUART_TransferEdmaHandleIRQ(LPUART_Type *base, void *lpuartEdmaHandle)

LPUART eDMA IRQ handle function.

This function handles the LPUART tx complete IRQ request and invoke user callback. It is not set to static so that it can be used in user application.

Note

This function is used as default IRQ handler by double weak mechanism. If user’s specific IRQ handler is implemented, make sure this function is invoked in the handler.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
lpuartEdmaHandle – LPUART handle pointer.

FSL_LPUART_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION: LPUART EDMA driver version.

typedef struct _lpuart_edma_handle lpuart_edma_handle_t

typedef void (*lpuart_edma_transfer_callback_t)(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): LPUART transfer callback function.

struct _lpuart_edma_handle

#include <fsl_lpuart_edma.h>

LPUART eDMA handle.

Public Members

lpuart_edma_transfer_callback_t callback: Callback function.

void *userData: LPUART callback function parameter.

size_t rxDataSizeAll: Size of the data to receive.

size_t txDataSizeAll: Size of the data to send out.

edma_handle_t *txEdmaHandle: The eDMA TX channel used.

edma_handle_t *rxEdmaHandle: The eDMA RX channel used.

uint8_t nbytes: eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

volatile uint8_t txState: TX transfer state.

volatile uint8_t rxState: RX transfer state

OCOTP: On Chip One-Time Programmable controller.

FSL_OCOTP_DRIVER_VERSION: OCOTP driver version.

_ocotp_status Error codes for the OCOTP driver.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_OCOTP_AccessError: eFuse and shadow register access error.

enumerator kStatus_OCOTP_CrcFail: CRC check failed.

enumerator kStatus_OCOTP_ReloadError: Error happens during reload shadow register.

enumerator kStatus_OCOTP_ProgramFail: Fuse programming failed.

enumerator kStatus_OCOTP_Locked: Fuse is locked and cannot be programmed.

typedef struct _ocotp_timing ocotp_timing_t

OCOTP timing structure. Note that, these value are used for calcalating the read/write timings. And the values should statisfy below rules:

Tsp_rd=(WAIT+1)/ipg_clk_freq should be >= 150ns; Tsp_pgm=(RELAX+1)/ipg_clk_freq should be >= 100ns; Trd = ((STROBE_READ+1)- 2*(RELAX_READ+1)) /ipg_clk_freq, The Trd is required to be larger than 40 ns. Tpgm = ((STROBE_PROG+1)- 2*(RELAX_PROG+1)) /ipg_clk_freq; The Tpgm should be configured within the range of 9000 ns < Tpgm < 11000 ns;

void OCOTP_Init(OCOTP_Type *base, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Initializes OCOTP controller.

Parameters:

base – OCOTP peripheral base address.
srcClock_Hz – source clock frequency in unit of Hz. When the macro FSL_FEATURE_OCOTP_HAS_TIMING_CTRL is defined as 0, this parameter is not used, application could pass in 0 in this case.

void OCOTP_Deinit(OCOTP_Type *base)

De-initializes OCOTP controller.

Return values:: kStatus_Success – upon successful execution, error status otherwise.

static inline bool OCOTP_CheckBusyStatus(OCOTP_Type *base)

Checking the BUSY bit in CTRL register. Checking this BUSY bit will help confirm if the OCOTP controller is ready for access.

Parameters:

base – OCOTP peripheral base address.

Return values:

true – for bit set and false for cleared.

static inline bool OCOTP_CheckErrorStatus(OCOTP_Type *base)

Checking the ERROR bit in CTRL register.

Parameters:

base – OCOTP peripheral base address.

Return values:

true – for bit set and false for cleared.

static inline void OCOTP_ClearErrorStatus(OCOTP_Type *base)

Clear the error bit if this bit is set.

Parameters:

base – OCOTP peripheral base address.

status_t OCOTP_ReloadShadowRegister(OCOTP_Type *base)

Reload the shadow register. This function will help reload the shadow register without reseting the OCOTP module. Please make sure the OCOTP has been initialized before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – OCOTP peripheral base addess.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Reload success.
kStatus_OCOTP_ReloadError – Reload failed.

uint32_t OCOTP_ReadFuseShadowRegister(OCOTP_Type *base, uint32_t address)

Read the fuse shadow register with the fuse addess.

Deprecated:: Use OCOTP_ReadFuseShadowRegisterExt instead of this function.

Parameters:

base – OCOTP peripheral base address.
address – the fuse address to be read from.

Returns:

The read out data.

status_t OCOTP_ReadFuseShadowRegisterExt(OCOTP_Type *base, uint32_t address, uint32_t *data, uint8_t fuseWords)

Read the fuse shadow register from the fuse addess.

This function reads fuse from address, how many words to read is specified by the parameter fuseWords. This function could read at most OCOTP_READ_FUSE_DATA_COUNT fuse word one time.

Parameters:

base – OCOTP peripheral base address.
address – the fuse address to be read from.
data – Data array to save the readout fuse value.
fuseWords – How many words to read.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Read success.
kStatus_Fail – Error occurs during read.

status_t OCOTP_WriteFuseShadowRegister(OCOTP_Type *base, uint32_t address, uint32_t data)

Write the fuse shadow register with the fuse addess and data. Please make sure the wrtie address is not locked while calling this API.

Parameters:

base – OCOTP peripheral base address.
address – the fuse address to be written.
data – the value will be writen to fuse address.

Return values:

write – status, kStatus_Success for success and kStatus_Fail for failed.

status_t OCOTP_WriteFuseShadowRegisterWithLock(OCOTP_Type *base, uint32_t address, uint32_t data, bool lock)

Write the fuse shadow register and lock it.

Please make sure the wrtie address is not locked while calling this API.

Some OCOTP controller supports ECC mode and redundancy mode (see reference mananual for more details). OCOTP controller will auto select ECC or redundancy mode to program the fuse word according to fuse map definition. In ECC mode, the 32 fuse bits in one word can only be written once. In redundancy mode, the word can be written more than once as long as they are different fuse bits. Set parameter lock as true to force use ECC mode.

Parameters:

base – OCOTP peripheral base address.
address – The fuse address to be written.
data – The value will be writen to fuse address.
lock – Lock or unlock write fuse shadow register operation.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Program and reload success.
kStatus_OCOTP_Locked – The eFuse word is locked and cannot be programmed.
kStatus_OCOTP_ProgramFail – eFuse word programming failed.
kStatus_OCOTP_ReloadError – eFuse word programming success, but error happens during reload the values.
kStatus_OCOTP_AccessError – Cannot access eFuse word.

static inline uint32_t OCOTP_GetVersion(OCOTP_Type *base)

Get the OCOTP controller version from the register.

Parameters:

base – OCOTP peripheral base address.

Return values:

return – the version value.

OCOTP_READ_FUSE_DATA_COUNT

struct _ocotp_timing

#include <fsl_ocotp.h>

OCOTP timing structure. Note that, these value are used for calcalating the read/write timings. And the values should statisfy below rules:

Tsp_rd=(WAIT+1)/ipg_clk_freq should be >= 150ns; Tsp_pgm=(RELAX+1)/ipg_clk_freq should be >= 100ns; Trd = ((STROBE_READ+1)- 2*(RELAX_READ+1)) /ipg_clk_freq, The Trd is required to be larger than 40 ns. Tpgm = ((STROBE_PROG+1)- 2*(RELAX_PROG+1)) /ipg_clk_freq; The Tpgm should be configured within the range of 9000 ns < Tpgm < 11000 ns;

Public Members

uint32_t wait: Wait time value to fill in the TIMING register.

uint32_t relax: Relax time value to fill in the TIMING register.

uint32_t strobe_prog: Storbe program time value to fill in the TIMING register.

uint32_t strobe_read: Storbe read time value to fill in the TIMING register.

PIT: Periodic Interrupt Timer

void PIT_Init(PIT_Type *base, const pit_config_t *config)

Ungates the PIT clock, enables the PIT module, and configures the peripheral for basic operations.

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application using the PIT driver.

Parameters:

base – PIT peripheral base address
config – Pointer to the user’s PIT config structure

void PIT_Deinit(PIT_Type *base)

Gates the PIT clock and disables the PIT module.

Parameters:

base – PIT peripheral base address

static inline void PIT_GetDefaultConfig(pit_config_t *config)

Fills in the PIT configuration structure with the default settings.

The default values are as follows.

config->enableRunInDebug = false;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

static inline void PIT_SetTimerChainMode(PIT_Type *base, pit_chnl_t channel, bool enable)

Enables or disables chaining a timer with the previous timer.

When a timer has a chain mode enabled, it only counts after the previous timer has expired. If the timer n-1 has counted down to 0, counter n decrements the value by one. Each timer is 32-bits, which allows the developers to chain timers together and form a longer timer (64-bits and larger). The first timer (timer 0) can’t be chained to any other timer.

Parameters:

base – PIT peripheral base address
channel – Timer channel number which is chained with the previous timer
enable – Enable or disable chain. true: Current timer is chained with the previous timer. false: Timer doesn’t chain with other timers.

static inline void PIT_EnableInterrupts(PIT_Type *base, pit_chnl_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Enables the selected PIT interrupts.

Parameters:

base – PIT peripheral base address
channel – Timer channel number
mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration pit_interrupt_enable_t

static inline void PIT_DisableInterrupts(PIT_Type *base, pit_chnl_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Disables the selected PIT interrupts.

Parameters:

base – PIT peripheral base address
channel – Timer channel number
mask – The interrupts to disable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration pit_interrupt_enable_t

static inline uint32_t PIT_GetEnabledInterrupts(PIT_Type *base, pit_chnl_t channel)

Gets the enabled PIT interrupts.

Parameters:

base – PIT peripheral base address
channel – Timer channel number

Returns:

The enabled interrupts. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration pit_interrupt_enable_t

static inline uint32_t PIT_GetStatusFlags(PIT_Type *base, pit_chnl_t channel)

Gets the PIT status flags.

Parameters:

base – PIT peripheral base address
channel – Timer channel number

Returns:

The status flags. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration pit_status_flags_t

static inline void PIT_ClearStatusFlags(PIT_Type *base, pit_chnl_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Clears the PIT status flags.

Parameters:

base – PIT peripheral base address
channel – Timer channel number
mask – The status flags to clear. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration pit_status_flags_t

static inline void PIT_SetTimerPeriod(PIT_Type *base, pit_chnl_t channel, uint32_t count)

Sets the timer period in units of count.

Timers begin counting from the value set by this function until it reaches 0, then it generates an interrupt and load this register value again. Writing a new value to this register does not restart the timer. Instead, the value is loaded after the timer expires.

Note

Users can call the utility macros provided in fsl_common.h to convert to ticks.

Parameters:

base – PIT peripheral base address
channel – Timer channel number
count – Timer period in units of ticks

static inline uint32_t PIT_GetCurrentTimerCount(PIT_Type *base, pit_chnl_t channel)

Reads the current timer counting value.

This function returns the real-time timer counting value, in a range from 0 to a timer period.

Note

Users can call the utility macros provided in fsl_common.h to convert ticks to usec or msec.

Parameters:

base – PIT peripheral base address
channel – Timer channel number

Returns:

Current timer counting value in ticks

static inline void PIT_StartTimer(PIT_Type *base, pit_chnl_t channel)

Starts the timer counting.

After calling this function, timers load period value, count down to 0 and then load the respective start value again. Each time a timer reaches 0, it generates a trigger pulse and sets the timeout interrupt flag.

Parameters:

base – PIT peripheral base address
channel – Timer channel number.

static inline void PIT_StopTimer(PIT_Type *base, pit_chnl_t channel)

Stops the timer counting.

This function stops every timer counting. Timers reload their periods respectively after the next time they call the PIT_DRV_StartTimer.

Parameters:

base – PIT peripheral base address
channel – Timer channel number.

FSL_PIT_DRIVER_VERSION: PIT Driver Version 2.0.5.

enum _pit_chnl

List of PIT channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC dependent

Values:

enumerator kPIT_Chnl_0: PIT channel number 0

enumerator kPIT_Chnl_1: PIT channel number 1

enumerator kPIT_Chnl_2: PIT channel number 2

enumerator kPIT_Chnl_3: PIT channel number 3

enum _pit_interrupt_enable

List of PIT interrupts.

Values:

enumerator kPIT_TimerInterruptEnable: Timer interrupt enable

enum _pit_status_flags

List of PIT status flags.

Values:

enumerator kPIT_TimerFlag: Timer flag

typedef enum _pit_chnl pit_chnl_t: List of PIT channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC dependent

typedef enum _pit_interrupt_enable pit_interrupt_enable_t: List of PIT interrupts.

typedef enum _pit_status_flags pit_status_flags_t: List of PIT status flags.

typedef struct _pit_config pit_config_t

PIT configuration structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the PIT peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the PIT_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your config structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

uint64_t PIT_GetLifetimeTimerCount(PIT_Type *base)

Reads the current lifetime counter value.

The lifetime timer is a 64-bit timer which chains timer 0 and timer 1 together. Timer 0 and 1 are chained by calling the PIT_SetTimerChainMode before using this timer. The period of lifetime timer is equal to the “period of timer 0 * period of timer 1”. For the 64-bit value, the higher 32-bit has the value of timer 1, and the lower 32-bit has the value of timer 0.

Parameters:

base – PIT peripheral base address

Returns:

Current lifetime timer value

struct _pit_config

#include <fsl_pit.h>

PIT configuration structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the PIT peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the PIT_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your config structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

Public Members

bool enableRunInDebug: true: Timers run in debug mode; false: Timers stop in debug mode

PMU: Power Management Unit

uint32_t PMU_GetStatusFlags(PMU_Type *base)

Get PMU status flags.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.

Returns:

PMU status flags.It indicate if regulator output of 1P1,3P0 and 2P5 is ok and brownout output of 1P1,3P0 and 2P5 is detected.

static inline void PMU_1P1SetWeakReferenceSource(PMU_Type *base, pmu_1p1_weak_reference_source_t option)

Selects the source for the reference voltage of the weak 1P1 regulator.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
option – The option for reference voltage source, see to pmu_1p1_weak_reference_source_t.

static inline void PMU_1P1EnableWeakRegulator(PMU_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables the weak 1P1 regulator.

This regulator can be used when the main 1P1 regulator is disabled, under low-power conditions.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the feature or not.

static inline void PMU_1P1SetRegulatorOutputVoltage(PMU_Type *base, uint32_t value)

Adjust the 1P1 regulator output voltage.

Each LSB is worth 25mV. Programming examples are detailed below. Other output target voltages may be interpolated from these examples. Choices must be in this range:

0x1b(1.375V) >= output_trg >= 0x04(0.8V)
0x04 : 0.8V
0x10 : 1.1V (typical)
0x1b : 1.375V NOTE: There may be reduced chip functionality or reliability at the extremes of the programming range.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
value – Setting value for the output.

static inline void PMU_1P1SetBrownoutOffsetVoltage(PMU_Type *base, uint32_t value)

Adjust the 1P1 regulator brownout offset voltage.

Control bits to adjust the regulator brownout offset voltage in 25mV steps. The reset brown-offset is 175mV below the programmed target code. Brownout target = OUTPUT_TRG - BO_OFFSET. Some steps may be irrelevant because of input supply limitations or load operation.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
value – Setting value for the brownout offset. The available range is in 3-bit.

static inline void PMU_1P1EnablePullDown(PMU_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the pull-down circuitry in the regulator.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the feature or not.

static inline void PMU_1P1EnableCurrentLimit(PMU_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the current-limit circuitry in the regulator.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the feature or not.

static inline void PMU_1P1EnableBrownout(PMU_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the brownout circuitry in the regulator.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the feature or not.

static inline void PMU_1P1EnableOutput(PMU_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the regulator output.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the feature or not.

static inline void PMU_3P0SetRegulatorOutputVoltage(PMU_Type *base, uint32_t value)

Adjust the 3P0 regulator output voltage.

Each LSB is worth 25mV. Programming examples are detailed below. Other output target voltages may be interpolated from these examples. Choices must be in this range:

0x00(2.625V) >= output_trg >= 0x1f(3.4V)
0x00 : 2.625V
0x0f : 3.0V (typical)
0x1f : 3.4V

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
value – Setting value for the output.

static inline void PMU_3P0SetVBusVoltageSource(PMU_Type *base, pmu_3p0_vbus_voltage_source_t option)

Select input voltage source for LDO_3P0.

Select input voltage source for LDO_3P0 from either USB_OTG1_VBUS or USB_OTG2_VBUS. If only one of the two VBUS voltages is present, it is automatically selected.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
option – User-defined input voltage source for LDO_3P0.

static inline void PMU_3P0SetBrownoutOffsetVoltage(PMU_Type *base, uint32_t value)

Adjust the 3P0 regulator brownout offset voltage.

Control bits to adjust the 3P0 regulator brownout offset voltage in 25mV steps. The reset brown-offset is 175mV below the programmed target code. Brownout target = OUTPUT_TRG - BO_OFFSET. Some steps may be irrelevant because of input supply limitations or load operation.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
value – Setting value for the brownout offset. The available range is in 3-bit.

static inline void PMU_3P0EnableCurrentLimit(PMU_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the current-limit circuitry in the 3P0 regulator.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the feature or not.

static inline void PMU_3P0EnableBrownout(PMU_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the brownout circuitry in the 3P0 regulator.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the feature or not.

static inline void PMU_3P0EnableOutput(PMU_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the 3P0 regulator output.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the feature or not.

static inline void PMU_2P5EnableWeakRegulator(PMU_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables the weak 2P5 regulator.

This low power regulator is used when the main 2P5 regulator is disabled to keep the 2.5V output roughly at 2.5V. Scales directly with the value of VDDHIGH_IN.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the feature or not.

static inline void PMU_2P5SetRegulatorOutputVoltage(PMU_Type *base, uint32_t value)

Adjust the 1P1 regulator output voltage.

Each LSB is worth 25mV. Programming examples are detailed below. Other output target voltages may be interpolated from these examples. Choices must be in this range:

0x00(2.1V) >= output_trg >= 0x1f(2.875V)
0x00 : 2.1V
0x10 : 2.5V (typical)
0x1f : 2.875V NOTE: There may be reduced chip functionality or reliability at the extremes of the programming range.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
value – Setting value for the output.

static inline void PMU_2P5SetBrownoutOffsetVoltage(PMU_Type *base, uint32_t value)

Adjust the 2P5 regulator brownout offset voltage.

Adjust the regulator brownout offset voltage in 25mV steps. The reset brown-offset is 175mV below the programmed target code. Brownout target = OUTPUT_TRG - BO_OFFSET. Some steps may be irrelevant because of input supply limitations or load operation.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
value – Setting value for the brownout offset. The available range is in 3-bit.

static inline void PMU_2P5EnablePullDown(PMU_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the pull-down circuitry in the 2P5 regulator.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the feature or not.

static inline void PMU_2P1EnablePullDown(PMU_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the pull-down circuitry in the 2P5 regulator.

Deprecated:: Do not use this function. It has been superceded by PMU_2P5EnablePullDown.

static inline void PMU_2P5EnableCurrentLimit(PMU_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the current-limit circuitry in the 2P5 regulator.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the feature or not.

static inline void PMU_2P5nableBrownout(PMU_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the brownout circuitry in the 2P5 regulator.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the feature or not.

static inline void PMU_2P5EnableOutput(PMU_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the 2P5 regulator output.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the feature or not.

static inline void PMU_CoreEnableIncreaseGateDrive(PMU_Type *base, bool enable)

Increase the gate drive on power gating FETs.

If set, increases the gate drive on power gating FETs to reduce leakage in the off state. Care must be taken to apply this bit only when the input supply voltage to the power FET is less than 1.1V. NOTE: This bit should only be used in low-power modes where the external input supply voltage is nominally 0.9V.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the feature or not.

static inline void PMU_CoreSetRegulatorVoltageRampRate(PMU_Type *base, pmu_core_reg_voltage_ramp_rate_t option)

Set the CORE regulator voltage ramp rate.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
option – User-defined option for voltage ramp rate, see to pmu_core_reg_voltage_ramp_rate_t.

static inline void PMU_CoreSetSOCDomainVoltage(PMU_Type *base, uint32_t value)

Define the target voltage for the SOC power domain.

Define the target voltage for the SOC power domain. Single-bit increments reflect 25mV core voltage steps. Some steps may not be relevant because of input supply limitations or load operation.

0x00 : Power gated off.
0x01 : Target core voltage = 0.725V
0x02 : Target core voltage = 0.750V
…
0x10 : Target core voltage = 1.100V
…
0x1e : Target core voltage = 1.450V
0x1F : Power FET switched full on. No regulation. NOTE: This register is capable of programming an over-voltage condition on the device. Consult the datasheet Operating Ranges table for the allowed voltages.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
value – Setting value for target voltage. 5-bit available

static inline void PMU_CoreSetARMCoreDomainVoltage(PMU_Type *base, uint32_t value)

Define the target voltage for the ARM Core power domain.

Define the target voltage for the ARM Core power domain. Single-bit increments reflect 25mV core voltage steps. Some steps may not be relevant because of input supply limitations or load operation.

0x00 : Power gated off.
0x01 : Target core voltage = 0.725V
0x02 : Target core voltage = 0.750V
…
0x10 : Target core voltage = 1.100V
…
0x1e : Target core voltage = 1.450V
0x1F : Power FET switched full on. No regulation. NOTE: This register is capable of programming an over-voltage condition on the device. Consult the datasheet Operating Ranges table for the allowed voltages.

Parameters:

base – PMU peripheral base address.
value – Setting value for target voltage. 5-bit available

FSL_PMU_DRIVER_VERSION

PMU driver version.

Version 2.1.1.

PMU Status flags.

Values:

enumerator kPMU_1P1RegulatorOutputOK: Status bit that signals when the 1p1 regulator output is ok. 1 = regulator output > brownout target.

enumerator kPMU_1P1BrownoutOnOutput: Status bit that signals when a 1p1 brownout is detected on the regulator output.

enumerator kPMU_3P0RegulatorOutputOK: Status bit that signals when the 3p0 regulator output is ok. 1 = regulator output > brownout target.

enumerator kPMU_3P0BrownoutOnOutput: Status bit that signals when a 3p0 brownout is detected on the regulator output.

enumerator kPMU_2P5RegulatorOutputOK: Status bit that signals when the 2p5 regulator output is ok. 1 = regulator output > brownout target.

enumerator kPMU_2P5BrownoutOnOutput: Status bit that signals when a 2p5 brownout is detected on the regulator output.

enum _pmu_1p1_weak_reference_source

The source for the reference voltage of the weak 1P1 regulator.

Values:

enumerator kPMU_1P1WeakReferenceSourceAlt0: Weak-linreg output tracks low-power-bandgap voltage.

enumerator kPMU_1P1WeakReferenceSourceAlt1: Weak-linreg output tracks VDD_SOC_CAP voltage.

enum _pmu_3p0_vbus_voltage_source

Input voltage source for LDO_3P0 from USB VBus.

Values:

enumerator kPMU_3P0VBusVoltageSourceAlt0: USB_OTG1_VBUS - Utilize VBUS OTG1 for power.

enumerator kPMU_3P0VBusVoltageSourceAlt1: USB_OTG2_VBUS - Utilize VBUS OTG2 for power.

enum _pmu_core_reg_voltage_ramp_rate

Regulator voltage ramp rate.

Values:

enumerator kPMU_CoreRegVoltageRampRateFast: Fast.

enumerator kPMU_CoreRegVoltageRampRateMediumFast: Medium Fast.

enumerator kPMU_CoreRegVoltageRampRateMediumSlow: Medium Slow.

enumerator kPMU_CoreRegVoltageRampRateSlow: Slow.

enum _pmu_power_bandgap

Bandgap select.

Values:

enumerator kPMU_NormalPowerBandgap: Normal power bandgap.

enumerator kPMU_LowPowerBandgap: Low power bandgap.

typedef enum _pmu_1p1_weak_reference_source pmu_1p1_weak_reference_source_t: The source for the reference voltage of the weak 1P1 regulator.

typedef enum _pmu_3p0_vbus_voltage_source pmu_3p0_vbus_voltage_source_t: Input voltage source for LDO_3P0 from USB VBus.

typedef enum _pmu_core_reg_voltage_ramp_rate pmu_core_reg_voltage_ramp_rate_t: Regulator voltage ramp rate.

typedef enum _pmu_power_bandgap pmu_power_bandgap_t: Bandgap select.

PWM: Pulse Width Modulator

status_t PWM_Init(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, const pwm_config_t *config)

Ungates the PWM submodule clock and configures the peripheral for basic operation.

This API should be called at the beginning of the application using the PWM driver. When user select PWMX, user must choose edge aligned output, becasue there are some limitation on center aligned PWMX output. When output PWMX in center aligned mode, VAL1 register controls both PWM period and PWMX duty cycle, PWMA and PWMB output will be corrupted. But edge aligned PWMX output do not have such limit. In master reload counter initialization mode, PWM period is depended by period of set LDOK in submodule 0 because this operation will reload register. Submodule 0 counter initialization cannot be master sync or master reload.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
config – Pointer to user’s PWM config structure.

Returns:

kStatus_Success means success; else failed.

void PWM_Deinit(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule)

Gate the PWM submodule clock.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to deinitialize

void PWM_GetDefaultConfig(pwm_config_t *config)

Fill in the PWM config struct with the default settings.

The default values are:

config->enableDebugMode = false;
config->enableWait = false;
config->reloadSelect = kPWM_LocalReload;
config->clockSource = kPWM_BusClock;
config->prescale = kPWM_Prescale_Divide_1;
config->initializationControl = kPWM_Initialize_LocalSync;
config->forceTrigger = kPWM_Force_Local;
config->reloadFrequency = kPWM_LoadEveryOportunity;
config->reloadLogic = kPWM_ReloadImmediate;
config->pairOperation = kPWM_Independent;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to user’s PWM config structure.

status_t PWM_SetupPwm(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, const pwm_signal_param_t *chnlParams, uint8_t numOfChnls, pwm_mode_t mode, uint32_t pwmFreq_Hz, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Sets up the PWM signals for a PWM submodule.

The function initializes the submodule according to the parameters passed in by the user. The function also sets up the value compare registers to match the PWM signal requirements. If the dead time insertion logic is enabled, the pulse period is reduced by the dead time period specified by the user. When user select PWMX, user must choose edge aligned output, becasue there are some limitation on center aligned PWMX output. Due to edge aligned PWMX is negative true signal, need to configure PWMX active low true level to get correct duty cycle. The half cycle point will not be exactly in the middle of the PWM cycle when PWMX enabled.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
chnlParams – Array of PWM channel parameters to configure the channel(s).
numOfChnls – Number of channels to configure, this should be the size of the array passed in. Array size should not be more than 3 as each submodule has 3 pins to output PWM.
mode – PWM operation mode, options available in enumeration pwm_mode_t
pwmFreq_Hz – PWM signal frequency in Hz
srcClock_Hz – PWM source clock of correspond submodule in Hz. If source clock of submodule1,2,3 is from submodule0 AUX_CLK, its source clock is submodule0 source clock divided with submodule0 prescaler value instead of submodule0 source clock.

Returns:

Returns kStatus_Fail if there was error setting up the signal; kStatus_Success otherwise

status_t PWM_SetupPwmPhaseShift(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, pwm_channels_t pwmChannel, uint32_t pwmFreq_Hz, uint32_t srcClock_Hz, uint8_t shiftvalue, bool doSync)

Set PWM phase shift for PWM channel running on channel PWM_A, PWM_B which with 50% duty cycle.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
pwmChannel – PWM channel to configure
pwmFreq_Hz – PWM signal frequency in Hz
srcClock_Hz – PWM main counter clock in Hz.
shiftvalue – Phase shift value, range in 0 ~ 50
doSync – true: Set LDOK bit for the submodule list; false: LDOK bit don’t set, need to call PWM_SetPwmLdok to sync update.

Returns:

Returns kStatus_Fail if there was error setting up the signal; kStatus_Success otherwise

void PWM_UpdatePwmDutycycle(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, pwm_channels_t pwmSignal, pwm_mode_t currPwmMode, uint8_t dutyCyclePercent)

Updates the PWM signal’s dutycycle.

The function updates the PWM dutycyle to the new value that is passed in. If the dead time insertion logic is enabled then the pulse period is reduced by the dead time period specified by the user.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
pwmSignal – Signal (PWM A, PWM B, PWM X) to update
currPwmMode – The current PWM mode set during PWM setup
dutyCyclePercent – New PWM pulse width, value should be between 0 to 100 0=inactive signal(0% duty cycle)… 100=active signal (100% duty cycle)

void PWM_UpdatePwmDutycycleHighAccuracy(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, pwm_channels_t pwmSignal, pwm_mode_t currPwmMode, uint16_t dutyCycle)

Updates the PWM signal’s dutycycle with 16-bit accuracy.

The function updates the PWM dutycyle to the new value that is passed in. If the dead time insertion logic is enabled then the pulse period is reduced by the dead time period specified by the user.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
pwmSignal – Signal (PWM A, PWM B, PWM X) to update
currPwmMode – The current PWM mode set during PWM setup
dutyCycle – New PWM pulse width, value should be between 0 to 65535 0=inactive signal(0% duty cycle)… 65535=active signal (100% duty cycle)

void PWM_UpdatePwmPeriodAndDutycycle(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, pwm_channels_t pwmSignal, pwm_mode_t currPwmMode, uint16_t pulseCnt, uint16_t dutyCycle)

Update the PWM signal’s period and dutycycle for a PWM submodule.

The function updates PWM signal period generated by a specific submodule according to the parameters passed in by the user. This function can also set dutycycle weather you want to keep original dutycycle or update new dutycycle. Call this function in local sync control mode because PWM period is depended by

INIT and VAL1 register of each submodule. In master sync initialization control mode, call this function to update INIT and VAL1 register of all submodule because PWM period is depended by INIT and VAL1 register in submodule0. If the dead time insertion logic is enabled, the pulse period is reduced by the dead time period specified by the user. PWM signal will not be generated if its period is less than dead time duration.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
pwmSignal – Signal (PWM A or PWM B) to update
currPwmMode – The current PWM mode set during PWM setup, options available in enumeration pwm_mode_t
pulseCnt – New PWM period, value should be between 0 to 65535 0=minimum PWM period… 65535=maximum PWM period
dutyCycle – New PWM pulse width of channel, value should be between 0 to 65535 0=inactive signal(0% duty cycle)… 65535=active signal (100% duty cycle) You can keep original duty cycle or update new duty cycle

static inline void PWM_EnableInterrupts(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, uint32_t mask)

Enables the selected PWM interrupts.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration pwm_interrupt_enable_t

static inline void PWM_DisableInterrupts(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, uint32_t mask)

Disables the selected PWM interrupts.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration pwm_interrupt_enable_t

static inline uint32_t PWM_GetEnabledInterrupts(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule)

Gets the enabled PWM interrupts.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure

Returns:

The enabled interrupts. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration pwm_interrupt_enable_t

static inline void PWM_DMAFIFOWatermarkControl(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, pwm_watermark_control_t pwm_watermark_control)

Capture DMA Enable Source Select.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
pwm_watermark_control – PWM FIFO watermark and control

static inline void PWM_DMACaptureSourceSelect(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, pwm_dma_source_select_t pwm_dma_source_select)

Capture DMA Enable Source Select.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
pwm_dma_source_select – PWM capture DMA enable source select

static inline void PWM_EnableDMACapture(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, uint16_t mask, bool activate)

Enables or disables the selected PWM DMA Capture read request.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
mask – The DMA to enable or disable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration pwm_dma_enable_t
activate – true: Enable DMA read request; false: Disable DMA read request

static inline void PWM_EnableDMAWrite(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, bool activate)

Enables or disables the PWM DMA write request.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
activate – true: Enable DMA write request; false: Disable DMA write request

static inline uint32_t PWM_GetStatusFlags(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule)

Gets the PWM status flags.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure

Returns:

The status flags. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration pwm_status_flags_t

static inline void PWM_ClearStatusFlags(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, uint32_t mask)

Clears the PWM status flags.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
mask – The status flags to clear. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration pwm_status_flags_t

static inline void PWM_StartTimer(PWM_Type *base, uint8_t subModulesToStart)

Starts the PWM counter for a single or multiple submodules.

Sets the Run bit which enables the clocks to the PWM submodule. This function can start multiple submodules at the same time.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModulesToStart – PWM submodules to start. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration pwm_module_control_t

static inline void PWM_StopTimer(PWM_Type *base, uint8_t subModulesToStop)

Stops the PWM counter for a single or multiple submodules.

Clears the Run bit which resets the submodule’s counter. This function can stop multiple submodules at the same time.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModulesToStop – PWM submodules to stop. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration pwm_module_control_t

FSL_PWM_DRIVER_VERSION: Version 2.9.0

enum _pwm_submodule

List of PWM submodules.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_Module_0: Submodule 0

enumerator kPWM_Module_1: Submodule 1

enumerator kPWM_Module_2: Submodule 2

enum _pwm_channels

List of PWM channels in each module.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_PwmB

enumerator kPWM_PwmA

enumerator kPWM_PwmX

enum _pwm_value_register

List of PWM value registers.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_ValueRegister_0: PWM Value0 register

enumerator kPWM_ValueRegister_1: PWM Value1 register

enumerator kPWM_ValueRegister_2: PWM Value2 register

enumerator kPWM_ValueRegister_3: PWM Value3 register

enumerator kPWM_ValueRegister_4: PWM Value4 register

enumerator kPWM_ValueRegister_5: PWM Value5 register

enum _pwm_value_register_mask

List of PWM value registers mask.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_ValueRegisterMask_0: PWM Value0 register mask

enumerator kPWM_ValueRegisterMask_1: PWM Value1 register mask

enumerator kPWM_ValueRegisterMask_2: PWM Value2 register mask

enumerator kPWM_ValueRegisterMask_3: PWM Value3 register mask

enumerator kPWM_ValueRegisterMask_4: PWM Value4 register mask

enumerator kPWM_ValueRegisterMask_5: PWM Value5 register mask

enum _pwm_clock_source

PWM clock source selection.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_BusClock: The IPBus clock is used as the clock

enumerator kPWM_ExternalClock: EXT_CLK is used as the clock

enumerator kPWM_Submodule0Clock: Clock of the submodule 0 (AUX_CLK) is used as the source clock

enum _pwm_clock_prescale

PWM prescaler factor selection for clock source.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_Prescale_Divide_1: PWM clock frequency = fclk/1

enumerator kPWM_Prescale_Divide_2: PWM clock frequency = fclk/2

enumerator kPWM_Prescale_Divide_4: PWM clock frequency = fclk/4

enumerator kPWM_Prescale_Divide_8: PWM clock frequency = fclk/8

enumerator kPWM_Prescale_Divide_16: PWM clock frequency = fclk/16

enumerator kPWM_Prescale_Divide_32: PWM clock frequency = fclk/32

enumerator kPWM_Prescale_Divide_64: PWM clock frequency = fclk/64

enumerator kPWM_Prescale_Divide_128: PWM clock frequency = fclk/128

enum _pwm_force_output_trigger

Options that can trigger a PWM FORCE_OUT.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_Force_Local: The local force signal, CTRL2[FORCE], from the submodule is used to force updates

enumerator kPWM_Force_Master: The master force signal from submodule 0 is used to force updates

enumerator kPWM_Force_LocalReload: The local reload signal from this submodule is used to force updates without regard to the state of LDOK

enumerator kPWM_Force_MasterReload: The master reload signal from submodule 0 is used to force updates if LDOK is set

enumerator kPWM_Force_LocalSync: The local sync signal from this submodule is used to force updates

enumerator kPWM_Force_MasterSync: The master sync signal from submodule0 is used to force updates

enumerator kPWM_Force_External: The external force signal, EXT_FORCE, from outside the PWM module causes updates

enumerator kPWM_Force_ExternalSync: The external sync signal, EXT_SYNC, from outside the PWM module causes updates

enum _pwm_output_state

PWM channel output status.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_HighState: The output state of PWM channel is high

enumerator kPWM_LowState: The output state of PWM channel is low

enumerator kPWM_NormalState: The output state of PWM channel is normal

enumerator kPWM_InvertState: The output state of PWM channel is invert

enumerator kPWM_MaskState: The output state of PWM channel is mask

enum _pwm_init_source

PWM counter initialization options.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_Initialize_LocalSync: Local sync causes initialization

enumerator kPWM_Initialize_MasterReload: Master reload from submodule 0 causes initialization

enumerator kPWM_Initialize_MasterSync: Master sync from submodule 0 causes initialization

enumerator kPWM_Initialize_ExtSync: EXT_SYNC causes initialization

enum _pwm_load_frequency

PWM load frequency selection.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_LoadEveryOportunity: Every PWM opportunity

enumerator kPWM_LoadEvery2Oportunity: Every 2 PWM opportunities

enumerator kPWM_LoadEvery3Oportunity: Every 3 PWM opportunities

enumerator kPWM_LoadEvery4Oportunity: Every 4 PWM opportunities

enumerator kPWM_LoadEvery5Oportunity: Every 5 PWM opportunities

enumerator kPWM_LoadEvery6Oportunity: Every 6 PWM opportunities

enumerator kPWM_LoadEvery7Oportunity: Every 7 PWM opportunities

enumerator kPWM_LoadEvery8Oportunity: Every 8 PWM opportunities

enumerator kPWM_LoadEvery9Oportunity: Every 9 PWM opportunities

enumerator kPWM_LoadEvery10Oportunity: Every 10 PWM opportunities

enumerator kPWM_LoadEvery11Oportunity: Every 11 PWM opportunities

enumerator kPWM_LoadEvery12Oportunity: Every 12 PWM opportunities

enumerator kPWM_LoadEvery13Oportunity: Every 13 PWM opportunities

enumerator kPWM_LoadEvery14Oportunity: Every 14 PWM opportunities

enumerator kPWM_LoadEvery15Oportunity: Every 15 PWM opportunities

enumerator kPWM_LoadEvery16Oportunity: Every 16 PWM opportunities

enum _pwm_fault_input

List of PWM fault selections.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_Fault_0: Fault 0 input pin

enumerator kPWM_Fault_1: Fault 1 input pin

enumerator kPWM_Fault_2: Fault 2 input pin

enumerator kPWM_Fault_3: Fault 3 input pin

enum _pwm_fault_disable

List of PWM fault disable mapping selections.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_FaultDisable_0: Fault 0 disable mapping

enumerator kPWM_FaultDisable_1: Fault 1 disable mapping

enumerator kPWM_FaultDisable_2: Fault 2 disable mapping

enumerator kPWM_FaultDisable_3: Fault 3 disable mapping

enum _pwm_fault_channels

List of PWM fault channels.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_faultchannel_0

enumerator kPWM_faultchannel_1

enum _pwm_input_capture_edge

PWM capture edge select.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_Disable: Disabled

enumerator kPWM_FallingEdge: Capture on falling edge only

enumerator kPWM_RisingEdge: Capture on rising edge only

enumerator kPWM_RiseAndFallEdge: Capture on rising or falling edge

enum _pwm_force_signal

PWM output options when a FORCE_OUT signal is asserted.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_UsePwm: Generated PWM signal is used by the deadtime logic.

enumerator kPWM_InvertedPwm: Inverted PWM signal is used by the deadtime logic.

enumerator kPWM_SoftwareControl: Software controlled value is used by the deadtime logic.

enumerator kPWM_UseExternal: PWM_EXTA signal is used by the deadtime logic.

enum _pwm_chnl_pair_operation

Options available for the PWM A & B pair operation.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_Independent: PWM A & PWM B operate as 2 independent channels

enumerator kPWM_ComplementaryPwmA: PWM A & PWM B are complementary channels, PWM A generates the signal

enumerator kPWM_ComplementaryPwmB: PWM A & PWM B are complementary channels, PWM B generates the signal

enum _pwm_register_reload

Options available on how to load the buffered-registers with new values.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_ReloadImmediate: Buffered-registers get loaded with new values as soon as LDOK bit is set

enumerator kPWM_ReloadPwmHalfCycle: Registers loaded on a PWM half cycle

enumerator kPWM_ReloadPwmFullCycle: Registers loaded on a PWM full cycle

enumerator kPWM_ReloadPwmHalfAndFullCycle: Registers loaded on a PWM half & full cycle

enum _pwm_fault_recovery_mode

Options available on how to re-enable the PWM output when recovering from a fault.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_NoRecovery: PWM output will stay inactive

enumerator kPWM_RecoverHalfCycle: PWM output re-enabled at the first half cycle

enumerator kPWM_RecoverFullCycle: PWM output re-enabled at the first full cycle

enumerator kPWM_RecoverHalfAndFullCycle: PWM output re-enabled at the first half or full cycle

enum _pwm_interrupt_enable

List of PWM interrupt options.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_CompareVal0InterruptEnable: PWM VAL0 compare interrupt

enumerator kPWM_CompareVal1InterruptEnable: PWM VAL1 compare interrupt

enumerator kPWM_CompareVal2InterruptEnable: PWM VAL2 compare interrupt

enumerator kPWM_CompareVal3InterruptEnable: PWM VAL3 compare interrupt

enumerator kPWM_CompareVal4InterruptEnable: PWM VAL4 compare interrupt

enumerator kPWM_CompareVal5InterruptEnable: PWM VAL5 compare interrupt

enumerator kPWM_CaptureX0InterruptEnable: PWM capture X0 interrupt

enumerator kPWM_CaptureX1InterruptEnable: PWM capture X1 interrupt

enumerator kPWM_CaptureB0InterruptEnable: PWM capture B0 interrupt

enumerator kPWM_CaptureB1InterruptEnable: PWM capture B1 interrupt

enumerator kPWM_CaptureA0InterruptEnable: PWM capture A0 interrupt

enumerator kPWM_CaptureA1InterruptEnable: PWM capture A1 interrupt

enumerator kPWM_ReloadInterruptEnable: PWM reload interrupt

enumerator kPWM_ReloadErrorInterruptEnable: PWM reload error interrupt

enumerator kPWM_Fault0InterruptEnable: PWM fault 0 interrupt

enumerator kPWM_Fault1InterruptEnable: PWM fault 1 interrupt

enumerator kPWM_Fault2InterruptEnable: PWM fault 2 interrupt

enumerator kPWM_Fault3InterruptEnable: PWM fault 3 interrupt

enum _pwm_status_flags

List of PWM status flags.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_CompareVal0Flag: PWM VAL0 compare flag

enumerator kPWM_CompareVal1Flag: PWM VAL1 compare flag

enumerator kPWM_CompareVal2Flag: PWM VAL2 compare flag

enumerator kPWM_CompareVal3Flag: PWM VAL3 compare flag

enumerator kPWM_CompareVal4Flag: PWM VAL4 compare flag

enumerator kPWM_CompareVal5Flag: PWM VAL5 compare flag

enumerator kPWM_CaptureX0Flag: PWM capture X0 flag

enumerator kPWM_CaptureX1Flag: PWM capture X1 flag

enumerator kPWM_CaptureB0Flag: PWM capture B0 flag

enumerator kPWM_CaptureB1Flag: PWM capture B1 flag

enumerator kPWM_CaptureA0Flag: PWM capture A0 flag

enumerator kPWM_CaptureA1Flag: PWM capture A1 flag

enumerator kPWM_ReloadFlag: PWM reload flag

enumerator kPWM_ReloadErrorFlag: PWM reload error flag

enumerator kPWM_RegUpdatedFlag: PWM registers updated flag

enumerator kPWM_Fault0Flag: PWM fault 0 flag

enumerator kPWM_Fault1Flag: PWM fault 1 flag

enumerator kPWM_Fault2Flag: PWM fault 2 flag

enumerator kPWM_Fault3Flag: PWM fault 3 flag

enum _pwm_dma_enable

List of PWM DMA options.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_CaptureX0DMAEnable: PWM capture X0 DMA

enumerator kPWM_CaptureX1DMAEnable: PWM capture X1 DMA

enumerator kPWM_CaptureB0DMAEnable: PWM capture B0 DMA

enumerator kPWM_CaptureB1DMAEnable: PWM capture B1 DMA

enumerator kPWM_CaptureA0DMAEnable: PWM capture A0 DMA

enumerator kPWM_CaptureA1DMAEnable: PWM capture A1 DMA

enum _pwm_dma_source_select

List of PWM capture DMA enable source select.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_DMARequestDisable: Read DMA requests disabled

enumerator kPWM_DMAWatermarksEnable: Exceeding a FIFO watermark sets the DMA read request

enumerator kPWM_DMALocalSync: A local sync (VAL1 matches counter) sets the read DMA request

enumerator kPWM_DMALocalReload: A local reload (STS[RF] being set) sets the read DMA request

enum _pwm_watermark_control

PWM FIFO Watermark AND Control.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_FIFOWatermarksOR: Selected FIFO watermarks are OR’ed together

enumerator kPWM_FIFOWatermarksAND: Selected FIFO watermarks are AND’ed together

enum _pwm_mode

PWM operation mode.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_SignedCenterAligned: Signed center-aligned

enumerator kPWM_CenterAligned: Unsigned cente-aligned

enumerator kPWM_SignedEdgeAligned: Signed edge-aligned

enumerator kPWM_EdgeAligned: Unsigned edge-aligned

enum _pwm_level_select

PWM output pulse mode, high-true or low-true.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_HighTrue: High level represents “on” or “active” state

enumerator kPWM_LowTrue: Low level represents “on” or “active” state

enum _pwm_fault_state

PWM output fault status.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_PwmFaultState0: Output is forced to logic 0 state prior to consideration of output polarity control.

enumerator kPWM_PwmFaultState1: Output is forced to logic 1 state prior to consideration of output polarity control.

enumerator kPWM_PwmFaultState2: Output is tristated.

enumerator kPWM_PwmFaultState3: Output is tristated.

enum _pwm_reload_source_select

PWM reload source select.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_LocalReload: The local reload signal is used to reload registers

enumerator kPWM_MasterReload: The master reload signal (from submodule 0) is used to reload

enum _pwm_fault_clear

PWM fault clearing options.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_Automatic: Automatic fault clearing

enumerator kPWM_ManualNormal: Manual fault clearing with no fault safety mode

enumerator kPWM_ManualSafety: Manual fault clearing with fault safety mode

enum _pwm_module_control

Options for submodule master control operation.

Values:

enumerator kPWM_Control_Module_0: Control submodule 0’s start/stop,buffer reload operation

enumerator kPWM_Control_Module_1: Control submodule 1’s start/stop,buffer reload operation

enumerator kPWM_Control_Module_2: Control submodule 2’s start/stop,buffer reload operation

enumerator kPWM_Control_Module_3: Control submodule 3’s start/stop,buffer reload operation

typedef enum _pwm_submodule pwm_submodule_t: List of PWM submodules.

typedef enum _pwm_channels pwm_channels_t: List of PWM channels in each module.

typedef enum _pwm_value_register pwm_value_register_t: List of PWM value registers.

typedef enum _pwm_clock_source pwm_clock_source_t: PWM clock source selection.

typedef enum _pwm_clock_prescale pwm_clock_prescale_t: PWM prescaler factor selection for clock source.

typedef enum _pwm_force_output_trigger pwm_force_output_trigger_t: Options that can trigger a PWM FORCE_OUT.

typedef enum _pwm_output_state pwm_output_state_t: PWM channel output status.

typedef enum _pwm_init_source pwm_init_source_t: PWM counter initialization options.

typedef enum _pwm_load_frequency pwm_load_frequency_t: PWM load frequency selection.

typedef enum _pwm_fault_input pwm_fault_input_t: List of PWM fault selections.

typedef enum _pwm_fault_disable pwm_fault_disable_t: List of PWM fault disable mapping selections.

typedef enum _pwm_fault_channels pwm_fault_channels_t: List of PWM fault channels.

typedef enum _pwm_input_capture_edge pwm_input_capture_edge_t: PWM capture edge select.

typedef enum _pwm_force_signal pwm_force_signal_t: PWM output options when a FORCE_OUT signal is asserted.

typedef enum _pwm_chnl_pair_operation pwm_chnl_pair_operation_t: Options available for the PWM A & B pair operation.

typedef enum _pwm_register_reload pwm_register_reload_t: Options available on how to load the buffered-registers with new values.

typedef enum _pwm_fault_recovery_mode pwm_fault_recovery_mode_t: Options available on how to re-enable the PWM output when recovering from a fault.

typedef enum _pwm_interrupt_enable pwm_interrupt_enable_t: List of PWM interrupt options.

typedef enum _pwm_status_flags pwm_status_flags_t: List of PWM status flags.

typedef enum _pwm_dma_enable pwm_dma_enable_t: List of PWM DMA options.

typedef enum _pwm_dma_source_select pwm_dma_source_select_t: List of PWM capture DMA enable source select.

typedef enum _pwm_watermark_control pwm_watermark_control_t: PWM FIFO Watermark AND Control.

typedef enum _pwm_mode pwm_mode_t: PWM operation mode.

typedef enum _pwm_level_select pwm_level_select_t: PWM output pulse mode, high-true or low-true.

typedef enum _pwm_fault_state pwm_fault_state_t: PWM output fault status.

typedef enum _pwm_reload_source_select pwm_reload_source_select_t: PWM reload source select.

typedef enum _pwm_fault_clear pwm_fault_clear_t: PWM fault clearing options.

typedef enum _pwm_module_control pwm_module_control_t: Options for submodule master control operation.

typedef struct _pwm_signal_param pwm_signal_param_t: Structure for the user to define the PWM signal characteristics.

typedef struct _pwm_config pwm_config_t

PWM config structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the PWM peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the PWM_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your config structure instance.

The config struct can be made const so it resides in flash

typedef struct _pwm_fault_input_filter_param pwm_fault_input_filter_param_t: Structure for the user to configure the fault input filter.

typedef struct _pwm_fault_param pwm_fault_param_t: Structure is used to hold the parameters to configure a PWM fault.

typedef struct _pwm_input_capture_param pwm_input_capture_param_t: Structure is used to hold parameters to configure the capture capability of a signal pin.

void PWM_SetupInputCapture(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, pwm_channels_t pwmChannel, const pwm_input_capture_param_t *inputCaptureParams)

Sets up the PWM input capture.

Each PWM submodule has 3 pins that can be configured for use as input capture pins. This function sets up the capture parameters for each pin and enables the pin for input capture operation.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
pwmChannel – Channel in the submodule to setup
inputCaptureParams – Parameters passed in to set up the input pin

void PWM_SetupFaultInputFilter(PWM_Type *base, const pwm_fault_input_filter_param_t *faultInputFilterParams)

Sets up the PWM fault input filter.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
faultInputFilterParams – Parameters passed in to set up the fault input filter.

void PWM_SetupFaults(PWM_Type *base, pwm_fault_input_t faultNum, const pwm_fault_param_t *faultParams)

Sets up the PWM fault protection.

PWM has 4 fault inputs.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
faultNum – PWM fault to configure.
faultParams – Pointer to the PWM fault config structure

void PWM_FaultDefaultConfig(pwm_fault_param_t *config)

Fill in the PWM fault config struct with the default settings.

The default values are:

config->faultClearingMode = kPWM_Automatic;
config->faultLevel = false;
config->enableCombinationalPath = true;
config->recoverMode = kPWM_NoRecovery;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to user’s PWM fault config structure.

void PWM_SetupForceSignal(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, pwm_channels_t pwmChannel, pwm_force_signal_t mode)

Selects the signal to output on a PWM pin when a FORCE_OUT signal is asserted.

The user specifies which channel to configure by supplying the submodule number and whether to modify PWM A or PWM B within that submodule.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
pwmChannel – Channel to configure
mode – Signal to output when a FORCE_OUT is triggered

static inline void PWM_SetVALxValue(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, pwm_value_register_t valueRegister, uint16_t value)

Set the PWM VALx registers.

This function allows the user to write value into VAL registers directly. And it will destroying the PWM clock period set by the PWM_SetupPwm()/PWM_SetupPwmPhaseShift() functions. Due to VALx registers are bufferd, the new value will not active uless call PWM_SetPwmLdok() and the reload point is reached.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
valueRegister – VALx register that will be writen new value
value – Value that will been write into VALx register

static inline uint16_t PWM_GetVALxValue(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, pwm_value_register_t valueRegister)

Get the PWM VALx registers.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
valueRegister – VALx register that will be read value

Returns:

The VALx register value

static inline void PWM_OutputTriggerEnable(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, pwm_value_register_t valueRegister, bool activate)

Enables or disables the PWM output trigger.

This function allows the user to enable or disable the PWM trigger. The PWM has 2 triggers. Trigger 0 is activated when the counter matches VAL 0, VAL 2, or VAL 4 register. Trigger 1 is activated when the counter matches VAL 1, VAL 3, or VAL 5 register.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
valueRegister – Value register that will activate the trigger
activate – true: Enable the trigger; false: Disable the trigger

static inline void PWM_ActivateOutputTrigger(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, uint16_t valueRegisterMask)

Enables the PWM output trigger.

This function allows the user to enable one or more (VAL0-5) PWM trigger.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
valueRegisterMask – Value register mask that will activate one or more (VAL0-5) trigger enumeration _pwm_value_register_mask

static inline void PWM_DeactivateOutputTrigger(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, uint16_t valueRegisterMask)

Disables the PWM output trigger.

This function allows the user to disables one or more (VAL0-5) PWM trigger.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
valueRegisterMask – Value register mask that will Deactivate one or more (VAL0-5) trigger enumeration _pwm_value_register_mask

static inline void PWM_SetupSwCtrlOut(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, pwm_channels_t pwmChannel, bool value)

Sets the software control output for a pin to high or low.

The user specifies which channel to modify by supplying the submodule number and whether to modify PWM A or PWM B within that submodule.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
pwmChannel – Channel to configure
value – true: Supply a logic 1, false: Supply a logic 0.

static inline void PWM_SetPwmLdok(PWM_Type *base, uint8_t subModulesToUpdate, bool value)

Sets or clears the PWM LDOK bit on a single or multiple submodules.

Set LDOK bit to load buffered values into CTRL[PRSC] and the INIT, FRACVAL and VAL registers. The values are loaded immediately if kPWM_ReloadImmediate option was choosen during config. Else the values are loaded at the next PWM reload point. This function can issue the load command to multiple submodules at the same time.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModulesToUpdate – PWM submodules to update with buffered values. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration pwm_module_control_t
value – true: Set LDOK bit for the submodule list; false: Clear LDOK bit

static inline void PWM_SetPwmFaultState(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, pwm_channels_t pwmChannel, pwm_fault_state_t faultState)

Set PWM output fault status.

These bits determine the fault state for the PWM_A output in fault conditions and STOP mode. It may also define the output state in WAIT and DEBUG modes depending on the settings of CTRL2[WAITEN] and CTRL2[DBGEN]. This function can update PWM output fault status.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
pwmChannel – Channel to configure
faultState – PWM output fault status

static inline void PWM_SetupFaultDisableMap(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, pwm_channels_t pwmChannel, pwm_fault_channels_t pwm_fault_channels, uint16_t value)

Set PWM fault disable mapping.

Each of the four bits of this read/write field is one-to-one associated with the four FAULTx inputs of fault channel 0/1. The PWM output will be turned off if there is a logic 1 on an FAULTx input and a 1 in the corresponding bit of this field. A reset sets all bits in this field.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
pwmChannel – PWM channel to configure
pwm_fault_channels – PWM fault channel to configure
value – Fault disable mapping mask value enumeration pwm_fault_disable_t

static inline void PWM_OutputEnable(PWM_Type *base, pwm_channels_t pwmChannel, pwm_submodule_t subModule)

Set PWM output enable.

This feature allows the user to enable the PWM Output. Recommend to invoke this API after PWM and fault configuration. But invoke this API before configure MCTRL register is okay, such as set LDOK or start timer.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
pwmChannel – PWM channel to configure
subModule – PWM submodule to configure

static inline void PWM_OutputDisable(PWM_Type *base, pwm_channels_t pwmChannel, pwm_submodule_t subModule)

Set PWM output disable.

This feature allows the user to disable the PWM output. Recommend to invoke this API after PWM and fault configuration. But invoke this API before configure MCTRL register is okay, such as set LDOK or start timer.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
pwmChannel – PWM channel to configure
subModule – PWM submodule to configure

uint8_t PWM_GetPwmChannelState(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, pwm_channels_t pwmChannel)

Get the dutycycle value.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
pwmChannel – PWM channel to configure

Returns:

Current channel dutycycle value.

status_t PWM_SetOutputToIdle(PWM_Type *base, pwm_channels_t pwmChannel, pwm_submodule_t subModule, bool idleStatus)

Set PWM output in idle status (high or low).

Note

This API should call after PWM_SetupPwm() APIs, and PWMX submodule is not supported.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
pwmChannel – PWM channel to configure
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
idleStatus – True: PWM output is high in idle status; false: PWM output is low in idle status.

Returns:

kStatus_Fail if there was error setting up the signal; kStatus_Success if set output idle success

void PWM_SetClockMode(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, pwm_clock_prescale_t prescaler)

Set the pwm submodule prescaler.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
prescaler – Set prescaler value

void PWM_SetPwmForceOutputToZero(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, pwm_channels_t pwmChannel, bool forcetozero)

This function enables-disables the forcing of the output of a given eFlexPwm channel to logic 0.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
pwmChannel – PWM channel to configure
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
forcetozero – True: Enable the pwm force output to zero; False: Disable the pwm output resumes normal function.

void PWM_SetChannelOutput(PWM_Type *base, pwm_submodule_t subModule, pwm_channels_t pwmChannel, pwm_output_state_t outputstate)

This function set the output state of the PWM pin as requested for the current cycle.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
pwmChannel – PWM channel to configure
outputstate – Set pwm output state, see pwm_output_state_t.

status_t PWM_SetPhaseDelay(PWM_Type *base, pwm_channels_t pwmChannel, pwm_submodule_t subModule, uint16_t delayCycles)

This function set the phase delay from the master sync signal of submodule 0.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
pwmChannel – PWM channel to configure
delayCycles – Number of cycles delayed from submodule 0.

Returns:

kStatus_Fail if the number of delay cycles is set larger than the period defined in submodule 0; kStatus_Success if set phase delay success

static inline void PWM_SetFilterSampleCount(PWM_Type *base, pwm_channels_t pwmChannel, pwm_submodule_t subModule, uint8_t filterSampleCount)

This function set the number of consecutive samples that must agree prior to the input filter.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
pwmChannel – PWM channel to configure
filterSampleCount – Number of consecutive samples.

static inline void PWM_SetFilterSamplePeriod(PWM_Type *base, pwm_channels_t pwmChannel, pwm_submodule_t subModule, uint8_t filterSamplePeriod)

This function set the sampling period of the fault pin input filter.

Parameters:

base – PWM peripheral base address
subModule – PWM submodule to configure
pwmChannel – PWM channel to configure
filterSamplePeriod – Sampling period of input filter.

PWM_SUBMODULE_SWCONTROL_WIDTH: Number of bits per submodule for software output control

PWM_SUBMODULE_CHANNEL: Submodule channels include PWMA, PWMB, PWMX.

struct _pwm_signal_param

#include <fsl_pwm.h>

Structure for the user to define the PWM signal characteristics.

Public Members

pwm_channels_t pwmChannel: PWM channel being configured; PWM A or PWM B

uint8_t dutyCyclePercent: PWM pulse width, value should be between 0 to 100 0=inactive signal(0% duty cycle)… 100=always active signal (100% duty cycle)

pwm_level_select_t level: PWM output active level select

uint16_t deadtimeValue: The deadtime value; only used if channel pair is operating in complementary mode

pwm_fault_state_t faultState: PWM output fault status

bool pwmchannelenable: Enable PWM output

struct _pwm_config

#include <fsl_pwm.h>

PWM config structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the PWM peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the PWM_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your config structure instance.

The config struct can be made const so it resides in flash

Public Members

bool enableDebugMode: true: PWM continues to run in debug mode; false: PWM is paused in debug mode

pwm_init_source_t initializationControl: Option to initialize the counter

pwm_clock_source_t clockSource: Clock source for the counter

pwm_clock_prescale_t prescale: Pre-scaler to divide down the clock

pwm_chnl_pair_operation_t pairOperation: Channel pair in indepedent or complementary mode

pwm_register_reload_t reloadLogic: PWM Reload logic setup

pwm_reload_source_select_t reloadSelect: Reload source select

pwm_load_frequency_t reloadFrequency: Specifies when to reload, used when user’s choice is not immediate reload

pwm_force_output_trigger_t forceTrigger: Specify which signal will trigger a FORCE_OUT

struct _pwm_fault_input_filter_param

#include <fsl_pwm.h>

Structure for the user to configure the fault input filter.

Public Members

uint8_t faultFilterCount: Fault filter count

uint8_t faultFilterPeriod: Fault filter period;value of 0 will bypass the filter

bool faultGlitchStretch: Fault Glitch Stretch Enable: A logic 1 means that input fault signals will be stretched to at least 2 IPBus clock cycles

struct _pwm_fault_param

#include <fsl_pwm.h>

Structure is used to hold the parameters to configure a PWM fault.

Public Members

pwm_fault_clear_t faultClearingMode: Fault clearing mode to use

bool faultLevel: true: Logic 1 indicates fault; false: Logic 0 indicates fault

bool enableCombinationalPath: true: Combinational Path from fault input is enabled; false: No combination path is available

pwm_fault_recovery_mode_t recoverMode: Specify when to re-enable the PWM output

struct _pwm_input_capture_param

#include <fsl_pwm.h>

Structure is used to hold parameters to configure the capture capability of a signal pin.

Public Members

bool captureInputSel: true: Use the edge counter signal as source false: Use the raw input signal from the pin as source

uint8_t edgeCompareValue: Compare value, used only if edge counter is used as source

pwm_input_capture_edge_t edge0: Specify which edge causes a capture for input circuitry 0

pwm_input_capture_edge_t edge1: Specify which edge causes a capture for input circuitry 1

bool enableOneShotCapture: true: Use one-shot capture mode; false: Use free-running capture mode

uint8_t fifoWatermark: Watermark level for capture FIFO. The capture flags in the status register will set if the word count in the FIFO is greater than this watermark level

QTMR: Quad Timer Driver

void QTMR_Init(TMR_Type *base, qtmr_channel_selection_t channel, const qtmr_config_t *config)

Ungates the Quad Timer clock and configures the peripheral for basic operation.

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application using the Quad Timer driver.

Parameters:

base – Quad Timer peripheral base address
channel – Quad Timer channel number
config – Pointer to user’s Quad Timer config structure

void QTMR_Deinit(TMR_Type *base, qtmr_channel_selection_t channel)

Stops the counter and gates the Quad Timer clock.

Parameters:

base – Quad Timer peripheral base address
channel – Quad Timer channel number

void QTMR_GetDefaultConfig(qtmr_config_t *config)

Fill in the Quad Timer config struct with the default settings.

The default values are:

config->debugMode = kQTMR_RunNormalInDebug;
config->enableExternalForce = false;
config->enableMasterMode = false;
config->faultFilterCount = 0;
config->faultFilterPeriod = 0;
config->primarySource = kQTMR_ClockDivide_2;
config->secondarySource = kQTMR_Counter0InputPin;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to user’s Quad Timer config structure.

void QTMR_EnableInterrupts(TMR_Type *base, qtmr_channel_selection_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Enables the selected Quad Timer interrupts.

Parameters:

base – Quad Timer peripheral base address
channel – Quad Timer channel number
mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration qtmr_interrupt_enable_t

void QTMR_DisableInterrupts(TMR_Type *base, qtmr_channel_selection_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Disables the selected Quad Timer interrupts.

Parameters:

base – Quad Timer peripheral base addres
channel – Quad Timer channel number
mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration qtmr_interrupt_enable_t

uint32_t QTMR_GetEnabledInterrupts(TMR_Type *base, qtmr_channel_selection_t channel)

Gets the enabled Quad Timer interrupts.

Parameters:

base – Quad Timer peripheral base address
channel – Quad Timer channel number

Returns:

The enabled interrupts. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration qtmr_interrupt_enable_t

uint32_t QTMR_GetStatus(TMR_Type *base, qtmr_channel_selection_t channel)

Gets the Quad Timer status flags.

Parameters:

base – Quad Timer peripheral base address
channel – Quad Timer channel number

Returns:

The status flags. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration qtmr_status_flags_t

void QTMR_ClearStatusFlags(TMR_Type *base, qtmr_channel_selection_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Clears the Quad Timer status flags.

Parameters:

base – Quad Timer peripheral base address
channel – Quad Timer channel number
mask – The status flags to clear. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration qtmr_status_flags_t

void QTMR_SetTimerPeriod(TMR_Type *base, qtmr_channel_selection_t channel, uint16_t ticks)

Sets the timer period in ticks.

Timers counts from initial value till it equals the count value set here. The counter will then reinitialize to the value specified in the Load register.

Note

This function will write the time period in ticks to COMP1 or COMP2 register depending on the count direction
User can call the utility macros provided in fsl_common.h to convert to ticks
This function supports cases, providing only primary source clock without secondary source clock.

Parameters:

base – Quad Timer peripheral base address
channel – Quad Timer channel number
ticks – Timer period in units of ticks

void QTMR_SetCompareValue(TMR_Type *base, qtmr_channel_selection_t channel, uint16_t ticks)

Set compare value.

This function sets the value used for comparison with the counter value.

Parameters:

base – Quad Timer peripheral base address
channel – Quad Timer channel number
ticks – Timer period in units of ticks.

static inline void QTMR_SetLoadValue(TMR_Type *base, qtmr_channel_selection_t channel, uint16_t value)

Set load value.

This function sets the value used to initialize the counter after a counter comparison.

Parameters:

base – Quad Timer peripheral base address
channel – Quad Timer channel number
value – Load register initialization value.

static inline uint16_t QTMR_GetCurrentTimerCount(TMR_Type *base, qtmr_channel_selection_t channel)

Reads the current timer counting value.

This function returns the real-time timer counting value, in a range from 0 to a timer period.

Note

User can call the utility macros provided in fsl_common.h to convert ticks to usec or msec

Parameters:

base – Quad Timer peripheral base address
channel – Quad Timer channel number

Returns:

Current counter value in ticks

static inline void QTMR_StartTimer(TMR_Type *base, qtmr_channel_selection_t channel, qtmr_counting_mode_t clockSource)

Starts the Quad Timer counter.

Parameters:

base – Quad Timer peripheral base address
channel – Quad Timer channel number
clockSource – Quad Timer clock source

static inline void QTMR_StopTimer(TMR_Type *base, qtmr_channel_selection_t channel)

Stops the Quad Timer counter.

Parameters:

base – Quad Timer peripheral base address
channel – Quad Timer channel number

void QTMR_EnableDma(TMR_Type *base, qtmr_channel_selection_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Enable the Quad Timer DMA.

Parameters:

base – Quad Timer peripheral base address
channel – Quad Timer channel number
mask – The DMA to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration qtmr_dma_enable_t

void QTMR_DisableDma(TMR_Type *base, qtmr_channel_selection_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Disable the Quad Timer DMA.

Parameters:

base – Quad Timer peripheral base address
channel – Quad Timer channel number
mask – The DMA to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration qtmr_dma_enable_t

void QTMR_SetPwmOutputToIdle(TMR_Type *base, qtmr_channel_selection_t channel, bool idleStatus)

Set PWM output in idle status (high or low).

Note

When the PWM is set again, the counting needs to be restarted.

Parameters:

base – Quad Timer peripheral base address
channel – Quad Timer channel number
idleStatus – True: PWM output is high in idle status; false: PWM output is low in idle status.

static inline qtmr_pwm_out_state_t QTMR_GetPwmOutputStatus(TMR_Type *base, qtmr_channel_selection_t channel)

Get the channel output status.

Parameters:

base – Quad Timer peripheral base address
channel – Quad Timer channel number

Returns:

Current channel output status.

uint8_t QTMR_GetPwmChannelStatus(TMR_Type *base, qtmr_channel_selection_t channel)

Get the PWM channel dutycycle value.

Parameters:

base – Quad Timer peripheral base address
channel – Quad Timer channel number

Returns:

Current channel dutycycle value.

void QTMR_SetPwmClockMode(TMR_Type *base, qtmr_channel_selection_t channel, qtmr_primary_count_source_t prescaler)

This function set the value of the prescaler on QTimer channels.

Parameters:

base – Quad Timer peripheral base address
channel – Quad Timer channel number
prescaler – Set prescaler value

FSL_QTMR_DRIVER_VERSION: Version

enum _qtmr_primary_count_source

Quad Timer primary clock source selection.

Values:

enumerator kQTMR_ClockCounter0InputPin: Use counter 0 input pin

enumerator kQTMR_ClockCounter1InputPin: Use counter 1 input pin

enumerator kQTMR_ClockCounter2InputPin: Use counter 2 input pin

enumerator kQTMR_ClockCounter3InputPin: Use counter 3 input pin

enumerator kQTMR_ClockCounter0Output: Use counter 0 output

enumerator kQTMR_ClockCounter1Output: Use counter 1 output

enumerator kQTMR_ClockCounter2Output: Use counter 2 output

enumerator kQTMR_ClockCounter3Output: Use counter 3 output

enumerator kQTMR_ClockDivide_1: IP bus clock divide by 1 prescaler

enumerator kQTMR_ClockDivide_2: IP bus clock divide by 2 prescaler

enumerator kQTMR_ClockDivide_4: IP bus clock divide by 4 prescaler

enumerator kQTMR_ClockDivide_8: IP bus clock divide by 8 prescaler

enumerator kQTMR_ClockDivide_16: IP bus clock divide by 16 prescaler

enumerator kQTMR_ClockDivide_32: IP bus clock divide by 32 prescaler

enumerator kQTMR_ClockDivide_64: IP bus clock divide by 64 prescaler

enumerator kQTMR_ClockDivide_128: IP bus clock divide by 128 prescaler

enum _qtmr_input_source

Quad Timer input sources selection.

Values:

enumerator kQTMR_Counter0InputPin: Use counter 0 input pin

enumerator kQTMR_Counter1InputPin: Use counter 1 input pin

enumerator kQTMR_Counter2InputPin: Use counter 2 input pin

enumerator kQTMR_Counter3InputPin: Use counter 3 input pin

enum _qtmr_counting_mode

Quad Timer counting mode selection.

Values:

enumerator kQTMR_NoOperation: No operation

enumerator kQTMR_PriSrcRiseEdge: Count rising edges of primary source

enumerator kQTMR_PriSrcRiseAndFallEdge: Count rising and falling edges of primary source

enumerator kQTMR_PriSrcRiseEdgeSecInpHigh: Count rise edges of pri SRC while sec inp high active

enumerator kQTMR_QuadCountMode: Quadrature count mode, uses pri and sec sources

enumerator kQTMR_PriSrcRiseEdgeSecDir: Count rising edges of pri SRC; sec SRC specifies dir

enumerator kQTMR_SecSrcTrigPriCnt: Edge of sec SRC trigger primary count until compare

enumerator kQTMR_CascadeCount: Cascaded count mode (up/down)

enum _qtmr_pwm_out_state

Quad Timer PWM output state.

Values:

enumerator kQTMR_PwmLow: The output state of PWM channel is low

enumerator kQTMR_PwmHigh: The output state of PWM channel is low

enum _qtmr_output_mode

Quad Timer output mode selection.

Values:

enumerator kQTMR_AssertWhenCountActive: Assert OFLAG while counter is active

enumerator kQTMR_ClearOnCompare: Clear OFLAG on successful compare

enumerator kQTMR_SetOnCompare: Set OFLAG on successful compare

enumerator kQTMR_ToggleOnCompare: Toggle OFLAG on successful compare

enumerator kQTMR_ToggleOnAltCompareReg: Toggle OFLAG using alternating compare registers

enumerator kQTMR_SetOnCompareClearOnSecSrcInp: Set OFLAG on compare, clear on sec SRC input edge

enumerator kQTMR_SetOnCompareClearOnCountRoll: Set OFLAG on compare, clear on counter rollover

enumerator kQTMR_EnableGateClock: Enable gated clock output while count is active

enum _qtmr_input_capture_edge

Quad Timer input capture edge mode, rising edge, or falling edge.

Values:

enumerator kQTMR_NoCapture: Capture is disabled

enumerator kQTMR_RisingEdge: Capture on rising edge (IPS=0) or falling edge (IPS=1)

enumerator kQTMR_FallingEdge: Capture on falling edge (IPS=0) or rising edge (IPS=1)

enumerator kQTMR_RisingAndFallingEdge: Capture on both edges

enum _qtmr_preload_control

Quad Timer input capture edge mode, rising edge, or falling edge.

Values:

enumerator kQTMR_NoPreload: Never preload

enumerator kQTMR_LoadOnComp1: Load upon successful compare with value in COMP1

enumerator kQTMR_LoadOnComp2: Load upon successful compare with value in COMP2

enum _qtmr_debug_action

List of Quad Timer run options when in Debug mode.

Values:

enumerator kQTMR_RunNormalInDebug: Continue with normal operation

enumerator kQTMR_HaltCounter: Halt counter

enumerator kQTMR_ForceOutToZero: Force output to logic 0

enumerator kQTMR_HaltCountForceOutZero: Halt counter and force output to logic 0

enum _qtmr_interrupt_enable

List of Quad Timer interrupts.

Values:

enumerator kQTMR_CompareInterruptEnable: Compare interrupt.

enumerator kQTMR_Compare1InterruptEnable: Compare 1 interrupt.

enumerator kQTMR_Compare2InterruptEnable: Compare 2 interrupt.

enumerator kQTMR_OverflowInterruptEnable: Timer overflow interrupt.

enumerator kQTMR_EdgeInterruptEnable: Input edge interrupt.

enum _qtmr_status_flags

List of Quad Timer flags.

Values:

enumerator kQTMR_CompareFlag: Compare flag

enumerator kQTMR_Compare1Flag: Compare 1 flag

enumerator kQTMR_Compare2Flag: Compare 2 flag

enumerator kQTMR_OverflowFlag: Timer overflow flag

enumerator kQTMR_EdgeFlag: Input edge flag

enum _qtmr_channel_selection

List of channel selection.

Values:

enumerator kQTMR_Channel_0: TMR Channel 0

enumerator kQTMR_Channel_1: TMR Channel 1

enumerator kQTMR_Channel_2: TMR Channel 2

enumerator kQTMR_Channel_3: TMR Channel 3

enum _qtmr_dma_enable

List of Quad Timer DMA enable.

Values:

enumerator kQTMR_InputEdgeFlagDmaEnable: Input Edge Flag DMA Enable.

enumerator kQTMR_ComparatorPreload1DmaEnable: Comparator Preload Register 1 DMA Enable.

enumerator kQTMR_ComparatorPreload2DmaEnable: Comparator Preload Register 2 DMA Enable.

typedef enum _qtmr_primary_count_source qtmr_primary_count_source_t: Quad Timer primary clock source selection.

typedef enum _qtmr_input_source qtmr_input_source_t: Quad Timer input sources selection.

typedef enum _qtmr_counting_mode qtmr_counting_mode_t: Quad Timer counting mode selection.

typedef enum _qtmr_pwm_out_state qtmr_pwm_out_state_t: Quad Timer PWM output state.

typedef enum _qtmr_output_mode qtmr_output_mode_t: Quad Timer output mode selection.

typedef enum _qtmr_input_capture_edge qtmr_input_capture_edge_t: Quad Timer input capture edge mode, rising edge, or falling edge.

typedef enum _qtmr_preload_control qtmr_preload_control_t: Quad Timer input capture edge mode, rising edge, or falling edge.

typedef enum _qtmr_debug_action qtmr_debug_action_t: List of Quad Timer run options when in Debug mode.

typedef enum _qtmr_interrupt_enable qtmr_interrupt_enable_t: List of Quad Timer interrupts.

typedef enum _qtmr_status_flags qtmr_status_flags_t: List of Quad Timer flags.

typedef enum _qtmr_channel_selection qtmr_channel_selection_t: List of channel selection.

typedef enum _qtmr_dma_enable qtmr_dma_enable_t: List of Quad Timer DMA enable.

typedef struct _qtmr_config qtmr_config_t

Quad Timer config structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the Quad Timer peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the QTMR_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your config structure instance.

The config struct can be made const so it resides in flash

status_t QTMR_SetupPwm(TMR_Type *base, qtmr_channel_selection_t channel, uint32_t pwmFreqHz, uint8_t dutyCyclePercent, bool outputPolarity, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Sets up Quad timer module for PWM signal output.

The function initializes the timer module according to the parameters passed in by the user. The function also sets up the value compare registers to match the PWM signal requirements.

Parameters:

base – Quad Timer peripheral base address
channel – Quad Timer channel number
pwmFreqHz – PWM signal frequency in Hz
dutyCyclePercent – PWM pulse width, value should be between 0 to 100 0=inactive signal(0% duty cycle)… 100=active signal (100% duty cycle)
outputPolarity – true: invert polarity of the output signal, false: no inversion
srcClock_Hz – Main counter clock in Hz.

Returns:

Returns an error if there was error setting up the signal.

void QTMR_SetupInputCapture(TMR_Type *base, qtmr_channel_selection_t channel, qtmr_input_source_t capturePin, bool inputPolarity, bool reloadOnCapture, qtmr_input_capture_edge_t captureMode)

Allows the user to count the source clock cycles until a capture event arrives.

The count is stored in the capture register.

Parameters:

base – Quad Timer peripheral base address
channel – Quad Timer channel number
capturePin – Pin through which we receive the input signal to trigger the capture
inputPolarity – true: invert polarity of the input signal, false: no inversion
reloadOnCapture – true: reload the counter when an input capture occurs, false: no reload
captureMode – Specifies which edge of the input signal triggers a capture

TMR_CSCTRL_OFLAG_MASK

TMR_CSCTRL_OFLAG_SHIFT

struct _qtmr_config

#include <fsl_qtmr.h>

Quad Timer config structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the Quad Timer peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the QTMR_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your config structure instance.

The config struct can be made const so it resides in flash

Public Members

qtmr_primary_count_source_t primarySource: Specify the primary count source

qtmr_input_source_t secondarySource: Specify the secondary count source

bool enableMasterMode: true: Broadcast compare function output to other counters; false no broadcast

bool enableExternalForce: true: Compare from another counter force state of OFLAG signal false: OFLAG controlled by local counter

uint8_t faultFilterCount: Fault filter count

uint8_t faultFilterPeriod: Fault filter period;value of 0 will bypass the filter

qtmr_debug_action_t debugMode: Operation in Debug mode

RTWDOG: 32-bit Watchdog Timer

void RTWDOG_GetDefaultConfig(rtwdog_config_t *config)

Initializes the RTWDOG configuration structure.

This function initializes the RTWDOG configuration structure to default values. The default values are:

rtwdogConfig->enableRtwdog = true;
rtwdogConfig->clockSource = kRTWDOG_ClockSource1;
rtwdogConfig->prescaler = kRTWDOG_ClockPrescalerDivide1;
rtwdogConfig->workMode.enableWait = true;
rtwdogConfig->workMode.enableStop = false;
rtwdogConfig->workMode.enableDebug = false;
rtwdogConfig->testMode = kRTWDOG_TestModeDisabled;
rtwdogConfig->enableUpdate = true;
rtwdogConfig->enableInterrupt = false;
rtwdogConfig->enableWindowMode = false;
rtwdogConfig->windowValue = 0U;
rtwdogConfig->timeoutValue = 0xFFFFU;

See also

rtwdog_config_t

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the RTWDOG configuration structure.

AT_QUICKACCESS_SECTION_CODE (void RTWDOG_Init(RTWDOG_Type *base, const rtwdog_config_t *config))

Initializes the RTWDOG module.

This function initializes the RTWDOG. To reconfigure the RTWDOG without forcing a reset first, enableUpdate must be set to true in the configuration.

Example:

rtwdog_config_t config;
RTWDOG_GetDefaultConfig(&config);
config.timeoutValue = 0x7ffU;
config.enableUpdate = true;
RTWDOG_Init(wdog_base,&config);

Parameters:

base – RTWDOG peripheral base address.
config – The configuration of the RTWDOG.

void RTWDOG_Deinit(RTWDOG_Type *base)

De-initializes the RTWDOG module.

This function shuts down the RTWDOG. Ensure that the WDOG_CS.UPDATE is 1, which means that the register update is enabled.

Parameters:

base – RTWDOG peripheral base address.

static inline void RTWDOG_Enable(RTWDOG_Type *base)

Enables the RTWDOG module.

This function writes a value into the WDOG_CS register to enable the RTWDOG. The WDOG_CS register is a write-once register. Ensure that the WCT window is still open and this register has not been written in this WCT while the function is called.

Parameters:

base – RTWDOG peripheral base address.

static inline void RTWDOG_Disable(RTWDOG_Type *base)

Disables the RTWDOG module.

This function writes a value into the WDOG_CS register to disable the RTWDOG. The WDOG_CS register is a write-once register. Ensure that the WCT window is still open and this register has not been written in this WCT while the function is called.

Parameters:

base – RTWDOG peripheral base address

static inline void RTWDOG_EnableInterrupts(RTWDOG_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the RTWDOG interrupt.

This function writes a value into the WDOG_CS register to enable the RTWDOG interrupt. The WDOG_CS register is a write-once register. Ensure that the WCT window is still open and this register has not been written in this WCT while the function is called.

Parameters:

base – RTWDOG peripheral base address.
mask – The interrupts to enable. The parameter can be a combination of the following source if defined:
- kRTWDOG_InterruptEnable

static inline void RTWDOG_DisableInterrupts(RTWDOG_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the RTWDOG interrupt.

This function writes a value into the WDOG_CS register to disable the RTWDOG interrupt. The WDOG_CS register is a write-once register. Ensure that the WCT window is still open and this register has not been written in this WCT while the function is called.

Parameters:

base – RTWDOG peripheral base address.
mask – The interrupts to disabled. The parameter can be a combination of the following source if defined:
- kRTWDOG_InterruptEnable

static inline uint32_t RTWDOG_GetStatusFlags(RTWDOG_Type *base)

Gets the RTWDOG all status flags.

This function gets all status flags.

Example to get the running flag:

uint32_t status;
status = RTWDOG_GetStatusFlags(wdog_base) & kRTWDOG_RunningFlag;

See also

_rtwdog_status_flags_t

true: related status flag has been set.
false: related status flag is not set.

Parameters:

base – RTWDOG peripheral base address

Returns:

State of the status flag: asserted (true) or not-asserted (false).

static inline void RTWDOG_EnableWindowMode(RTWDOG_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the window mode.

Parameters:

base – RTWDOG peripheral base address.
enable – Enables(true) or disables(false) the feature.

static inline uint32_t RTWDOG_CountToMesec(RTWDOG_Type *base, uint32_t count, uint32_t clockFreqInHz)

Converts raw count value to millisecond.

Note that if the clock frequency is too high the timeout period can be less than 1 ms. In this case this api will return 0 value.

Parameters:

base – RTWDOG peripheral base address.
count – Raw count value.
clockFreqInHz – The frequency of the clock source RTWDOG uses.

Returns:

Return converted time. Will return 0 if result is larger than 0xFFFFFFFF.

void RTWDOG_ClearStatusFlags(RTWDOG_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the RTWDOG flag.

This function clears the RTWDOG status flag.

Example to clear an interrupt flag:

RTWDOG_ClearStatusFlags(wdog_base,kRTWDOG_InterruptFlag);

Parameters:

base – RTWDOG peripheral base address.
mask – The status flags to clear. The parameter can be any combination of the following values:
- kRTWDOG_InterruptFlag

static inline void RTWDOG_SetTimeoutValue(RTWDOG_Type *base, uint16_t timeoutCount)

Sets the RTWDOG timeout value.

This function writes a timeout value into the WDOG_TOVAL register. The WDOG_TOVAL register is a write-once register. Ensure that the WCT window is still open and this register has not been written in this WCT while the function is called.

Parameters:

base – RTWDOG peripheral base address
timeoutCount – RTWDOG timeout value, count of RTWDOG clock ticks.

static inline void RTWDOG_SetWindowValue(RTWDOG_Type *base, uint16_t windowValue)

Sets the RTWDOG window value.

This function writes a window value into the WDOG_WIN register. The WDOG_WIN register is a write-once register. Ensure that the WCT window is still open and this register has not been written in this WCT while the function is called.

Parameters:

base – RTWDOG peripheral base address.
windowValue – RTWDOG window value.

__STATIC_FORCEINLINE void RTWDOG_Unlock (RTWDOG_Type *base)

Unlocks the RTWDOG register written.

This function unlocks the RTWDOG register written.

Before starting the unlock sequence and following the configuration, disable the global interrupts. Otherwise, an interrupt could effectively invalidate the unlock sequence and the WCT may expire. After the configuration finishes, re-enable the global interrupts.

Parameters:

base – RTWDOG peripheral base address

static inline void RTWDOG_Refresh(RTWDOG_Type *base)

Refreshes the RTWDOG timer.

This function feeds the RTWDOG. This function should be called before the Watchdog timer is in timeout. Otherwise, a reset is asserted.

Parameters:

base – RTWDOG peripheral base address

static inline uint32_t RTWDOG_GetCounterValue(RTWDOG_Type *base)

Gets the RTWDOG counter value.

This function gets the RTWDOG counter value.

Parameters:

base – RTWDOG peripheral base address.

Returns:

Current RTWDOG counter value.

WDOG_FIRST_WORD_OF_UNLOCK: First word of unlock sequence

WDOG_SECOND_WORD_OF_UNLOCK: Second word of unlock sequence

WDOG_FIRST_WORD_OF_REFRESH: First word of refresh sequence

WDOG_SECOND_WORD_OF_REFRESH: Second word of refresh sequence

FSL_RTWDOG_DRIVER_VERSION: RTWDOG driver version.

enum _rtwdog_clock_source

Describes RTWDOG clock source.

Values:

enumerator kRTWDOG_ClockSource0: Clock source 0

enumerator kRTWDOG_ClockSource1: Clock source 1

enumerator kRTWDOG_ClockSource2: Clock source 2

enumerator kRTWDOG_ClockSource3: Clock source 3

enum _rtwdog_clock_prescaler

Describes the selection of the clock prescaler.

Values:

enumerator kRTWDOG_ClockPrescalerDivide1: Divided by 1

enumerator kRTWDOG_ClockPrescalerDivide256: Divided by 256

enum _rtwdog_test_mode

Describes RTWDOG test mode.

Values:

enumerator kRTWDOG_TestModeDisabled: Test Mode disabled

enumerator kRTWDOG_UserModeEnabled: User Mode enabled

enumerator kRTWDOG_LowByteTest: Test Mode enabled, only low byte is used

enumerator kRTWDOG_HighByteTest: Test Mode enabled, only high byte is used

enum _rtwdog_interrupt_enable_t

RTWDOG interrupt configuration structure.

This structure contains the settings for all of the RTWDOG interrupt configurations.

Values:

enumerator kRTWDOG_InterruptEnable: Interrupt is generated before forcing a reset

enum _rtwdog_status_flags_t

RTWDOG status flags.

This structure contains the RTWDOG status flags for use in the RTWDOG functions.

Values:

enumerator kRTWDOG_RunningFlag: Running flag, set when RTWDOG is enabled

enumerator kRTWDOG_InterruptFlag: Interrupt flag, set when interrupt occurs

typedef enum _rtwdog_clock_source rtwdog_clock_source_t: Describes RTWDOG clock source.

typedef enum _rtwdog_clock_prescaler rtwdog_clock_prescaler_t: Describes the selection of the clock prescaler.

typedef struct _rtwdog_work_mode rtwdog_work_mode_t: Defines RTWDOG work mode.

typedef enum _rtwdog_test_mode rtwdog_test_mode_t: Describes RTWDOG test mode.

typedef struct _rtwdog_config rtwdog_config_t: Describes RTWDOG configuration structure.

struct _rtwdog_work_mode

#include <fsl_rtwdog.h>

Defines RTWDOG work mode.

Public Members

bool enableWait: Enables or disables RTWDOG in wait mode

bool enableStop: Enables or disables RTWDOG in stop mode

bool enableDebug: Enables or disables RTWDOG in debug mode

struct _rtwdog_config

#include <fsl_rtwdog.h>

Describes RTWDOG configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableRtwdog: Enables or disables RTWDOG

rtwdog_clock_source_t clockSource: Clock source select

rtwdog_clock_prescaler_t prescaler: Clock prescaler value

rtwdog_work_mode_t workMode: Configures RTWDOG work mode in debug stop and wait mode

rtwdog_test_mode_t testMode: Configures RTWDOG test mode

bool enableUpdate: Update write-once register enable

bool enableInterrupt: Enables or disables RTWDOG interrupt

bool enableWindowMode: Enables or disables RTWDOG window mode

uint16_t windowValue: Window value

uint16_t timeoutValue: Timeout value

SAI: Serial Audio Interface

SAI Driver

void SAI_Init(I2S_Type *base)

Initializes the SAI peripheral.

This API gates the SAI clock. The SAI module can’t operate unless SAI_Init is called to enable the clock.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.

void SAI_Deinit(I2S_Type *base)

De-initializes the SAI peripheral.

This API gates the SAI clock. The SAI module can’t operate unless SAI_TxInit or SAI_RxInit is called to enable the clock.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.

void SAI_TxReset(I2S_Type *base)

Resets the SAI Tx.

This function enables the software reset and FIFO reset of SAI Tx. After reset, clear the reset bit.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer

void SAI_RxReset(I2S_Type *base)

Resets the SAI Rx.

This function enables the software reset and FIFO reset of SAI Rx. After reset, clear the reset bit.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer

void SAI_TxEnable(I2S_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the SAI Tx.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
enable – True means enable SAI Tx, false means disable.

void SAI_RxEnable(I2S_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the SAI Rx.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
enable – True means enable SAI Rx, false means disable.

static inline void SAI_TxSetBitClockDirection(I2S_Type *base, sai_master_slave_t masterSlave)

Set Rx bit clock direction.

Select bit clock direction, master or slave.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
masterSlave – reference sai_master_slave_t.

static inline void SAI_RxSetBitClockDirection(I2S_Type *base, sai_master_slave_t masterSlave)

Set Rx bit clock direction.

Select bit clock direction, master or slave.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
masterSlave – reference sai_master_slave_t.

static inline void SAI_RxSetFrameSyncDirection(I2S_Type *base, sai_master_slave_t masterSlave)

Set Rx frame sync direction.

Select frame sync direction, master or slave.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
masterSlave – reference sai_master_slave_t.

static inline void SAI_TxSetFrameSyncDirection(I2S_Type *base, sai_master_slave_t masterSlave)

Set Tx frame sync direction.

Select frame sync direction, master or slave.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
masterSlave – reference sai_master_slave_t.

void SAI_TxSetBitClockRate(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t sourceClockHz, uint32_t sampleRate, uint32_t bitWidth, uint32_t channelNumbers)

Transmitter bit clock rate configurations.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
sourceClockHz – Bit clock source frequency.
sampleRate – Audio data sample rate.
bitWidth – Audio data bitWidth.
channelNumbers – Audio channel numbers.

void SAI_RxSetBitClockRate(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t sourceClockHz, uint32_t sampleRate, uint32_t bitWidth, uint32_t channelNumbers)

Receiver bit clock rate configurations.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
sourceClockHz – Bit clock source frequency.
sampleRate – Audio data sample rate.
bitWidth – Audio data bitWidth.
channelNumbers – Audio channel numbers.

void SAI_TxSetBitclockConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_master_slave_t masterSlave, sai_bit_clock_t *config)

Transmitter Bit clock configurations.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
masterSlave – master or slave.
config – bit clock other configurations, can be NULL in slave mode.

void SAI_RxSetBitclockConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_master_slave_t masterSlave, sai_bit_clock_t *config)

Receiver Bit clock configurations.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
masterSlave – master or slave.
config – bit clock other configurations, can be NULL in slave mode.

void SAI_SetMasterClockConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_master_clock_t *config)

Master clock configurations.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
config – master clock configurations.

void SAI_TxSetFifoConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_fifo_t *config)

SAI transmitter fifo configurations.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
config – fifo configurations.

void SAI_RxSetFifoConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_fifo_t *config)

SAI receiver fifo configurations.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
config – fifo configurations.

void SAI_TxSetFrameSyncConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_master_slave_t masterSlave, sai_frame_sync_t *config)

SAI transmitter Frame sync configurations.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
masterSlave – master or slave.
config – frame sync configurations, can be NULL in slave mode.

void SAI_RxSetFrameSyncConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_master_slave_t masterSlave, sai_frame_sync_t *config)

SAI receiver Frame sync configurations.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
masterSlave – master or slave.
config – frame sync configurations, can be NULL in slave mode.

void SAI_TxSetSerialDataConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_serial_data_t *config)

SAI transmitter Serial data configurations.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
config – serial data configurations.

void SAI_RxSetSerialDataConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_serial_data_t *config)

SAI receiver Serial data configurations.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
config – serial data configurations.

void SAI_TxSetConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_transceiver_t *config)

SAI transmitter configurations.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
config – transmitter configurations.

void SAI_RxSetConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_transceiver_t *config)

SAI receiver configurations.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
config – receiver configurations.

void SAI_GetClassicI2SConfig(sai_transceiver_t *config, sai_word_width_t bitWidth, sai_mono_stereo_t mode, uint32_t saiChannelMask)

Get classic I2S mode configurations.

Parameters:

config – transceiver configurations.
bitWidth – audio data bitWidth.
mode – audio data channel.
saiChannelMask – mask value of the channel to be enable.

void SAI_GetLeftJustifiedConfig(sai_transceiver_t *config, sai_word_width_t bitWidth, sai_mono_stereo_t mode, uint32_t saiChannelMask)

Get left justified mode configurations.

Parameters:

config – transceiver configurations.
bitWidth – audio data bitWidth.
mode – audio data channel.
saiChannelMask – mask value of the channel to be enable.

void SAI_GetRightJustifiedConfig(sai_transceiver_t *config, sai_word_width_t bitWidth, sai_mono_stereo_t mode, uint32_t saiChannelMask)

Get right justified mode configurations.

Parameters:

config – transceiver configurations.
bitWidth – audio data bitWidth.
mode – audio data channel.
saiChannelMask – mask value of the channel to be enable.

void SAI_GetTDMConfig(sai_transceiver_t *config, sai_frame_sync_len_t frameSyncWidth, sai_word_width_t bitWidth, uint32_t dataWordNum, uint32_t saiChannelMask)

Get TDM mode configurations.

Parameters:

config – transceiver configurations.
frameSyncWidth – length of frame sync.
bitWidth – audio data word width.
dataWordNum – word number in one frame.
saiChannelMask – mask value of the channel to be enable.

void SAI_GetDSPConfig(sai_transceiver_t *config, sai_frame_sync_len_t frameSyncWidth, sai_word_width_t bitWidth, sai_mono_stereo_t mode, uint32_t saiChannelMask)

Get DSP mode configurations.

DSP/PCM MODE B configuration flow for TX. RX is similiar but uses SAI_RxSetConfig instead of SAI_TxSetConfig:

SAI_GetDSPConfig(config, kSAI_FrameSyncLenOneBitClk, bitWidth, kSAI_Stereo, channelMask)
SAI_TxSetConfig(base, config)

Note

DSP mode is also called PCM mode which support MODE A and MODE B, DSP/PCM MODE A configuration flow. RX is similiar but uses SAI_RxSetConfig instead of SAI_TxSetConfig:

SAI_GetDSPConfig(config, kSAI_FrameSyncLenOneBitClk, bitWidth, kSAI_Stereo, channelMask)
config->frameSync.frameSyncEarly    = true;
SAI_TxSetConfig(base, config)

Parameters:

config – transceiver configurations.
frameSyncWidth – length of frame sync.
bitWidth – audio data bitWidth.
mode – audio data channel.
saiChannelMask – mask value of the channel to enable.

static inline uint32_t SAI_TxGetStatusFlag(I2S_Type *base)

Gets the SAI Tx status flag state.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer

Returns:

SAI Tx status flag value. Use the Status Mask to get the status value needed.

static inline void SAI_TxClearStatusFlags(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the SAI Tx status flag state.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
mask – State mask. It can be a combination of the following source if defined:
- kSAI_WordStartFlag
- kSAI_SyncErrorFlag
- kSAI_FIFOErrorFlag

static inline uint32_t SAI_RxGetStatusFlag(I2S_Type *base)

Gets the SAI Tx status flag state.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer

Returns:

SAI Rx status flag value. Use the Status Mask to get the status value needed.

static inline void SAI_RxClearStatusFlags(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the SAI Rx status flag state.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
mask – State mask. It can be a combination of the following sources if defined.
- kSAI_WordStartFlag
- kSAI_SyncErrorFlag
- kSAI_FIFOErrorFlag

void SAI_TxSoftwareReset(I2S_Type *base, sai_reset_type_t resetType)

Do software reset or FIFO reset .

FIFO reset means clear all the data in the FIFO, and make the FIFO pointer both to 0. Software reset means clear the Tx internal logic, including the bit clock, frame count etc. But software reset will not clear any configuration registers like TCR1~TCR5. This function will also clear all the error flags such as FIFO error, sync error etc.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
resetType – Reset type, FIFO reset or software reset

void SAI_RxSoftwareReset(I2S_Type *base, sai_reset_type_t resetType)

Do software reset or FIFO reset .

FIFO reset means clear all the data in the FIFO, and make the FIFO pointer both to 0. Software reset means clear the Rx internal logic, including the bit clock, frame count etc. But software reset will not clear any configuration registers like RCR1~RCR5. This function will also clear all the error flags such as FIFO error, sync error etc.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
resetType – Reset type, FIFO reset or software reset

void SAI_TxSetChannelFIFOMask(I2S_Type *base, uint8_t mask)

Set the Tx channel FIFO enable mask.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
mask – Channel enable mask, 0 means all channel FIFO disabled, 1 means channel 0 enabled, 3 means both channel 0 and channel 1 enabled.

void SAI_RxSetChannelFIFOMask(I2S_Type *base, uint8_t mask)

Set the Rx channel FIFO enable mask.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
mask – Channel enable mask, 0 means all channel FIFO disabled, 1 means channel 0 enabled, 3 means both channel 0 and channel 1 enabled.

void SAI_TxSetDataOrder(I2S_Type *base, sai_data_order_t order)

Set the Tx data order.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
order – Data order MSB or LSB

void SAI_RxSetDataOrder(I2S_Type *base, sai_data_order_t order)

Set the Rx data order.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
order – Data order MSB or LSB

void SAI_TxSetBitClockPolarity(I2S_Type *base, sai_clock_polarity_t polarity)

Set the Tx data order.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
polarity –

void SAI_RxSetBitClockPolarity(I2S_Type *base, sai_clock_polarity_t polarity)

Set the Rx data order.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
polarity –

void SAI_TxSetFrameSyncPolarity(I2S_Type *base, sai_clock_polarity_t polarity)

Set the Tx data order.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
polarity –

void SAI_RxSetFrameSyncPolarity(I2S_Type *base, sai_clock_polarity_t polarity)

Set the Rx data order.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
polarity –

void SAI_TxSetFIFOPacking(I2S_Type *base, sai_fifo_packing_t pack)

Set Tx FIFO packing feature.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
pack – FIFO pack type. It is element of sai_fifo_packing_t.

void SAI_RxSetFIFOPacking(I2S_Type *base, sai_fifo_packing_t pack)

Set Rx FIFO packing feature.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
pack – FIFO pack type. It is element of sai_fifo_packing_t.

static inline void SAI_TxSetFIFOErrorContinue(I2S_Type *base, bool isEnabled)

Set Tx FIFO error continue.

FIFO error continue mode means SAI will keep running while FIFO error occurred. If this feature not enabled, SAI will hang and users need to clear FEF flag in TCSR register.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
isEnabled – Is FIFO error continue enabled, true means enable, false means disable.

static inline void SAI_RxSetFIFOErrorContinue(I2S_Type *base, bool isEnabled)

Set Rx FIFO error continue.

FIFO error continue mode means SAI will keep running while FIFO error occurred. If this feature not enabled, SAI will hang and users need to clear FEF flag in RCSR register.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
isEnabled – Is FIFO error continue enabled, true means enable, false means disable.

static inline void SAI_TxEnableInterrupts(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the SAI Tx interrupt requests.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
mask – interrupt source The parameter can be a combination of the following sources if defined.
- kSAI_WordStartInterruptEnable
- kSAI_SyncErrorInterruptEnable
- kSAI_FIFOWarningInterruptEnable
- kSAI_FIFORequestInterruptEnable
- kSAI_FIFOErrorInterruptEnable

static inline void SAI_RxEnableInterrupts(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the SAI Rx interrupt requests.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
mask – interrupt source The parameter can be a combination of the following sources if defined.
- kSAI_WordStartInterruptEnable
- kSAI_SyncErrorInterruptEnable
- kSAI_FIFOWarningInterruptEnable
- kSAI_FIFORequestInterruptEnable
- kSAI_FIFOErrorInterruptEnable

static inline void SAI_TxDisableInterrupts(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the SAI Tx interrupt requests.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
mask – interrupt source The parameter can be a combination of the following sources if defined.
- kSAI_WordStartInterruptEnable
- kSAI_SyncErrorInterruptEnable
- kSAI_FIFOWarningInterruptEnable
- kSAI_FIFORequestInterruptEnable
- kSAI_FIFOErrorInterruptEnable

static inline void SAI_RxDisableInterrupts(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the SAI Rx interrupt requests.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
mask – interrupt source The parameter can be a combination of the following sources if defined.
- kSAI_WordStartInterruptEnable
- kSAI_SyncErrorInterruptEnable
- kSAI_FIFOWarningInterruptEnable
- kSAI_FIFORequestInterruptEnable
- kSAI_FIFOErrorInterruptEnable

static inline void SAI_TxEnableDMA(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask, bool enable)

Enables/disables the SAI Tx DMA requests.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
mask – DMA source The parameter can be combination of the following sources if defined.
- kSAI_FIFOWarningDMAEnable
- kSAI_FIFORequestDMAEnable
enable – True means enable DMA, false means disable DMA.

static inline void SAI_RxEnableDMA(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask, bool enable)

Enables/disables the SAI Rx DMA requests.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
mask – DMA source The parameter can be a combination of the following sources if defined.
- kSAI_FIFOWarningDMAEnable
- kSAI_FIFORequestDMAEnable
enable – True means enable DMA, false means disable DMA.

static inline uintptr_t SAI_TxGetDataRegisterAddress(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Gets the SAI Tx data register address.

This API is used to provide a transfer address for the SAI DMA transfer configuration.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
channel – Which data channel used.

Returns:

data register address.

static inline uintptr_t SAI_RxGetDataRegisterAddress(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Gets the SAI Rx data register address.

This API is used to provide a transfer address for the SAI DMA transfer configuration.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
channel – Which data channel used.

Returns:

data register address.

void SAI_WriteBlocking(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t bitWidth, uint8_t *buffer, uint32_t size)

Sends data using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks by polling until data is ready to be sent.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
channel – Data channel used.
bitWidth – How many bits in an audio word; usually 8/16/24/32 bits.
buffer – Pointer to the data to be written.
size – Bytes to be written.

void SAI_WriteMultiChannelBlocking(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t channelMask, uint32_t bitWidth, uint8_t *buffer, uint32_t size)

Sends data to multi channel using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks by polling until data is ready to be sent.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
channel – Data channel used.
channelMask – channel mask.
bitWidth – How many bits in an audio word; usually 8/16/24/32 bits.
buffer – Pointer to the data to be written.
size – Bytes to be written.

static inline void SAI_WriteData(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t data)

Writes data into SAI FIFO.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
channel – Data channel used.
data – Data needs to be written.

void SAI_ReadBlocking(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t bitWidth, uint8_t *buffer, uint32_t size)

Receives data using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks by polling until data is ready to be sent.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
channel – Data channel used.
bitWidth – How many bits in an audio word; usually 8/16/24/32 bits.
buffer – Pointer to the data to be read.
size – Bytes to be read.

void SAI_ReadMultiChannelBlocking(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t channelMask, uint32_t bitWidth, uint8_t *buffer, uint32_t size)

Receives multi channel data using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks by polling until data is ready to be sent.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
channel – Data channel used.
channelMask – channel mask.
bitWidth – How many bits in an audio word; usually 8/16/24/32 bits.
buffer – Pointer to the data to be read.
size – Bytes to be read.

static inline uint32_t SAI_ReadData(I2S_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Reads data from the SAI FIFO.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
channel – Data channel used.

Returns:

Data in SAI FIFO.

void SAI_TransferTxCreateHandle(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle, sai_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the SAI Tx handle.

This function initializes the Tx handle for the SAI Tx transactional APIs. Call this function once to get the handle initialized.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
handle – SAI handle pointer.
callback – Pointer to the user callback function.
userData – User parameter passed to the callback function

void SAI_TransferRxCreateHandle(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle, sai_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the SAI Rx handle.

This function initializes the Rx handle for the SAI Rx transactional APIs. Call this function once to get the handle initialized.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – SAI handle pointer.
callback – Pointer to the user callback function.
userData – User parameter passed to the callback function.

void SAI_TransferTxSetConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle, sai_transceiver_t *config)

SAI transmitter transfer configurations.

This function initializes the Tx, include bit clock, frame sync, master clock, serial data and fifo configurations.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – SAI handle pointer.
config – tranmitter configurations.

void SAI_TransferRxSetConfig(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle, sai_transceiver_t *config)

SAI receiver transfer configurations.

This function initializes the Rx, include bit clock, frame sync, master clock, serial data and fifo configurations.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – SAI handle pointer.
config – receiver configurations.

status_t SAI_TransferSendNonBlocking(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle, sai_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs an interrupt non-blocking send transfer on SAI.

Note

This API returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call the SAI_TxGetTransferStatusIRQ to poll the transfer status and check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is not kStatus_SAI_Busy, the transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – Pointer to the sai_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
xfer – Pointer to the sai_transfer_t structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully started the data receive.
kStatus_SAI_TxBusy – Previous receive still not finished.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input parameter is invalid.

status_t SAI_TransferReceiveNonBlocking(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle, sai_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs an interrupt non-blocking receive transfer on SAI.

Note

This API returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call the SAI_RxGetTransferStatusIRQ to poll the transfer status and check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is not kStatus_SAI_Busy, the transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
handle – Pointer to the sai_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
xfer – Pointer to the sai_transfer_t structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully started the data receive.
kStatus_SAI_RxBusy – Previous receive still not finished.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input parameter is invalid.

status_t SAI_TransferGetSendCount(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets a set byte count.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – Pointer to the sai_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
count – Bytes count sent.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

status_t SAI_TransferGetReceiveCount(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets a received byte count.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – Pointer to the sai_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
count – Bytes count received.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

void SAI_TransferAbortSend(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the current send.

Note

This API can be called any time when an interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer early.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – Pointer to the sai_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void SAI_TransferAbortReceive(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the current IRQ receive.

Note

This API can be called when an interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer early.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
handle – Pointer to the sai_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void SAI_TransferTerminateSend(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle)

Terminate all SAI send.

This function will clear all transfer slots buffered in the sai queue. If users only want to abort the current transfer slot, please call SAI_TransferAbortSend.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

void SAI_TransferTerminateReceive(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle)

Terminate all SAI receive.

This function will clear all transfer slots buffered in the sai queue. If users only want to abort the current transfer slot, please call SAI_TransferAbortReceive.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

void SAI_TransferTxHandleIRQ(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle)

Tx interrupt handler.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – Pointer to the sai_handle_t structure.

void SAI_TransferRxHandleIRQ(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle)

Tx interrupt handler.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – Pointer to the sai_handle_t structure.

FSL_SAI_DRIVER_VERSION: Version 2.4.4

_sai_status_t, SAI return status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_SAI_TxBusy: SAI Tx is busy.

enumerator kStatus_SAI_RxBusy: SAI Rx is busy.

enumerator kStatus_SAI_TxError: SAI Tx FIFO error.

enumerator kStatus_SAI_RxError: SAI Rx FIFO error.

enumerator kStatus_SAI_QueueFull: SAI transfer queue is full.

enumerator kStatus_SAI_TxIdle: SAI Tx is idle

enumerator kStatus_SAI_RxIdle: SAI Rx is idle

_sai_channel_mask,.sai channel mask value, actual channel numbers is depend soc specific

Values:

enumerator kSAI_Channel0Mask: channel 0 mask value

enumerator kSAI_Channel1Mask: channel 1 mask value

enumerator kSAI_Channel2Mask: channel 2 mask value

enumerator kSAI_Channel3Mask: channel 3 mask value

enumerator kSAI_Channel4Mask: channel 4 mask value

enumerator kSAI_Channel5Mask: channel 5 mask value

enumerator kSAI_Channel6Mask: channel 6 mask value

enumerator kSAI_Channel7Mask: channel 7 mask value

enum _sai_protocol

Define the SAI bus type.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_BusLeftJustified: Uses left justified format.

enumerator kSAI_BusRightJustified: Uses right justified format.

enumerator kSAI_BusI2S: Uses I2S format.

enumerator kSAI_BusPCMA: Uses I2S PCM A format.

enumerator kSAI_BusPCMB: Uses I2S PCM B format.

enum _sai_master_slave

Master or slave mode.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_Master: Master mode include bclk and frame sync

enumerator kSAI_Slave: Slave mode include bclk and frame sync

enumerator kSAI_Bclk_Master_FrameSync_Slave: bclk in master mode, frame sync in slave mode

enumerator kSAI_Bclk_Slave_FrameSync_Master: bclk in slave mode, frame sync in master mode

enum _sai_mono_stereo

Mono or stereo audio format.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_Stereo: Stereo sound.

enumerator kSAI_MonoRight: Only Right channel have sound.

enumerator kSAI_MonoLeft: Only left channel have sound.

enum _sai_data_order

SAI data order, MSB or LSB.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_DataLSB: LSB bit transferred first

enumerator kSAI_DataMSB: MSB bit transferred first

enum _sai_clock_polarity

SAI clock polarity, active high or low.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_PolarityActiveHigh: Drive outputs on rising edge

enumerator kSAI_PolarityActiveLow: Drive outputs on falling edge

enumerator kSAI_SampleOnFallingEdge: Sample inputs on falling edge

enumerator kSAI_SampleOnRisingEdge: Sample inputs on rising edge

enum _sai_sync_mode

Synchronous or asynchronous mode.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_ModeAsync: Asynchronous mode

enumerator kSAI_ModeSync: Synchronous mode (with receiver or transmit)

enumerator kSAI_ModeSyncWithOtherTx: Synchronous with another SAI transmit

enumerator kSAI_ModeSyncWithOtherRx: Synchronous with another SAI receiver

enum _sai_bclk_source

Bit clock source.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_BclkSourceBusclk: Bit clock using bus clock

enumerator kSAI_BclkSourceMclkOption1: Bit clock MCLK option 1

enumerator kSAI_BclkSourceMclkOption2: Bit clock MCLK option2

enumerator kSAI_BclkSourceMclkOption3: Bit clock MCLK option3

enumerator kSAI_BclkSourceMclkDiv: Bit clock using master clock divider

enumerator kSAI_BclkSourceOtherSai0: Bit clock from other SAI device

enumerator kSAI_BclkSourceOtherSai1: Bit clock from other SAI device

_sai_interrupt_enable_t, The SAI interrupt enable flag

Values:

enumerator kSAI_WordStartInterruptEnable: Word start flag, means the first word in a frame detected

enumerator kSAI_SyncErrorInterruptEnable: Sync error flag, means the sync error is detected

enumerator kSAI_FIFOWarningInterruptEnable: FIFO warning flag, means the FIFO is empty

enumerator kSAI_FIFOErrorInterruptEnable: FIFO error flag

enumerator kSAI_FIFORequestInterruptEnable: FIFO request, means reached watermark

_sai_dma_enable_t, The DMA request sources

Values:

enumerator kSAI_FIFOWarningDMAEnable: FIFO warning caused by the DMA request

enumerator kSAI_FIFORequestDMAEnable: FIFO request caused by the DMA request

_sai_flags, The SAI status flag

Values:

enumerator kSAI_WordStartFlag: Word start flag, means the first word in a frame detected

enumerator kSAI_SyncErrorFlag: Sync error flag, means the sync error is detected

enumerator kSAI_FIFOErrorFlag: FIFO error flag

enumerator kSAI_FIFORequestFlag: FIFO request flag.

enumerator kSAI_FIFOWarningFlag: FIFO warning flag

enum _sai_reset_type

The reset type.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_ResetTypeSoftware: Software reset, reset the logic state

enumerator kSAI_ResetTypeFIFO: FIFO reset, reset the FIFO read and write pointer

enumerator kSAI_ResetAll: All reset.

enum _sai_fifo_packing

The SAI packing mode The mode includes 8 bit and 16 bit packing.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_FifoPackingDisabled: Packing disabled

enumerator kSAI_FifoPacking8bit: 8 bit packing enabled

enumerator kSAI_FifoPacking16bit: 16bit packing enabled

enum _sai_sample_rate

Audio sample rate.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate8KHz: Sample rate 8000 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate11025Hz: Sample rate 11025 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate12KHz: Sample rate 12000 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate16KHz: Sample rate 16000 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate22050Hz: Sample rate 22050 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate24KHz: Sample rate 24000 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate32KHz: Sample rate 32000 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate44100Hz: Sample rate 44100 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate48KHz: Sample rate 48000 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate96KHz: Sample rate 96000 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate192KHz: Sample rate 192000 Hz

enumerator kSAI_SampleRate384KHz: Sample rate 384000 Hz

enum _sai_word_width

Audio word width.

Values:

enumerator kSAI_WordWidth8bits: Audio data width 8 bits

enumerator kSAI_WordWidth16bits: Audio data width 16 bits

enumerator kSAI_WordWidth24bits: Audio data width 24 bits

enumerator kSAI_WordWidth32bits: Audio data width 32 bits

enum _sai_data_pin_state

sai data pin state definition

Values:

enumerator kSAI_DataPinStateTriState: transmit data pins are tri-stated when slots are masked or channels are disabled

enumerator kSAI_DataPinStateOutputZero: transmit data pins are never tri-stated and will output zero when slots are masked or channel disabled

enum _sai_fifo_combine

sai fifo combine mode definition

Values:

enumerator kSAI_FifoCombineDisabled: sai TX/RX fifo combine mode disabled

enumerator kSAI_FifoCombineModeEnabledOnRead: sai TX fifo combine mode enabled on FIFO reads

enumerator kSAI_FifoCombineModeEnabledOnWrite: sai TX fifo combine mode enabled on FIFO write

enumerator kSAI_RxFifoCombineModeEnabledOnWrite: sai RX fifo combine mode enabled on FIFO write

enumerator kSAI_RXFifoCombineModeEnabledOnRead: sai RX fifo combine mode enabled on FIFO reads

enumerator kSAI_FifoCombineModeEnabledOnReadWrite: sai TX/RX fifo combined mode enabled on FIFO read/writes

enum _sai_transceiver_type

sai transceiver type

Values:

enumerator kSAI_Transmitter: sai transmitter

enumerator kSAI_Receiver: sai receiver

enum _sai_frame_sync_len

sai frame sync len

Values:

enumerator kSAI_FrameSyncLenOneBitClk: 1 bit clock frame sync len for DSP mode

enumerator kSAI_FrameSyncLenPerWordWidth: Frame sync length decided by word width

typedef enum _sai_protocol sai_protocol_t: Define the SAI bus type.

typedef enum _sai_master_slave sai_master_slave_t: Master or slave mode.

typedef enum _sai_mono_stereo sai_mono_stereo_t: Mono or stereo audio format.

typedef enum _sai_data_order sai_data_order_t: SAI data order, MSB or LSB.

typedef enum _sai_clock_polarity sai_clock_polarity_t: SAI clock polarity, active high or low.

typedef enum _sai_sync_mode sai_sync_mode_t: Synchronous or asynchronous mode.

typedef enum _sai_bclk_source sai_bclk_source_t: Bit clock source.

typedef enum _sai_reset_type sai_reset_type_t: The reset type.

typedef enum _sai_fifo_packing sai_fifo_packing_t: The SAI packing mode The mode includes 8 bit and 16 bit packing.

typedef struct _sai_config sai_config_t: SAI user configuration structure.

typedef enum _sai_sample_rate sai_sample_rate_t: Audio sample rate.

typedef enum _sai_word_width sai_word_width_t: Audio word width.

typedef enum _sai_data_pin_state sai_data_pin_state_t: sai data pin state definition

typedef enum _sai_fifo_combine sai_fifo_combine_t: sai fifo combine mode definition

typedef enum _sai_transceiver_type sai_transceiver_type_t: sai transceiver type

typedef enum _sai_frame_sync_len sai_frame_sync_len_t: sai frame sync len

typedef struct _sai_transfer_format sai_transfer_format_t: sai transfer format

typedef struct _sai_master_clock sai_master_clock_t: master clock configurations

typedef struct _sai_fifo sai_fifo_t: sai fifo configurations

typedef struct _sai_bit_clock sai_bit_clock_t: sai bit clock configurations

typedef struct _sai_frame_sync sai_frame_sync_t: sai frame sync configurations

typedef struct _sai_serial_data sai_serial_data_t: sai serial data configurations

typedef struct _sai_transceiver sai_transceiver_t: sai transceiver configurations

typedef struct _sai_transfer sai_transfer_t: SAI transfer structure.

typedef struct _sai_handle sai_handle_t

typedef void (*sai_transfer_callback_t)(I2S_Type *base, sai_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): SAI transfer callback prototype.

SAI_XFER_QUEUE_SIZE: SAI transfer queue size, user can refine it according to use case.

FSL_SAI_HAS_FIFO_EXTEND_FEATURE: sai fifo feature

struct _sai_config

#include <fsl_sai.h>

SAI user configuration structure.

Public Members

sai_protocol_t protocol: Audio bus protocol in SAI

sai_sync_mode_t syncMode: SAI sync mode, control Tx/Rx clock sync

bool mclkOutputEnable: Master clock output enable, true means master clock divider enabled

sai_bclk_source_t bclkSource: Bit Clock source

sai_master_slave_t masterSlave: Master or slave

struct _sai_transfer_format

#include <fsl_sai.h>

sai transfer format

Public Members

uint32_t sampleRate_Hz: Sample rate of audio data

uint32_t bitWidth: Data length of audio data, usually 8/16/24/32 bits

sai_mono_stereo_t stereo: Mono or stereo

uint32_t masterClockHz: Master clock frequency in Hz

uint8_t watermark: Watermark value

uint8_t channel: Transfer start channel

uint8_t channelMask: enabled channel mask value, reference _sai_channel_mask

uint8_t endChannel: end channel number

uint8_t channelNums: Total enabled channel numbers

sai_protocol_t protocol: Which audio protocol used

bool isFrameSyncCompact: True means Frame sync length is configurable according to bitWidth, false means frame sync length is 64 times of bit clock.

struct _sai_master_clock

#include <fsl_sai.h>

master clock configurations

Public Members

bool mclkOutputEnable: master clock output enable

uint32_t mclkHz: target mclk frequency

uint32_t mclkSourceClkHz: mclk source frequency

struct _sai_fifo

#include <fsl_sai.h>

sai fifo configurations

Public Members

bool fifoContinueOneError: fifo continues when error occur

sai_fifo_combine_t fifoCombine: fifo combine mode

sai_fifo_packing_t fifoPacking: fifo packing mode

uint8_t fifoWatermark: fifo watermark

struct _sai_bit_clock

#include <fsl_sai.h>

sai bit clock configurations

Public Members

bool bclkSrcSwap: bit clock source swap

bool bclkInputDelay: bit clock actually used by the transmitter is delayed by the pad output delay, this has effect of decreasing the data input setup time, but increasing the data output valid time .

sai_clock_polarity_t bclkPolarity: bit clock polarity

sai_bclk_source_t bclkSource: bit Clock source

struct _sai_frame_sync

#include <fsl_sai.h>

sai frame sync configurations

Public Members

uint8_t frameSyncWidth: frame sync width in number of bit clocks

bool frameSyncEarly: TRUE is frame sync assert one bit before the first bit of frame FALSE is frame sync assert with the first bit of the frame

bool frameSyncGenerateOnDemand: internal frame sync is generated when FIFO waring flag is clear

sai_clock_polarity_t frameSyncPolarity: frame sync polarity

struct _sai_serial_data

#include <fsl_sai.h>

sai serial data configurations

Public Members

sai_data_pin_state_t dataMode: sai data pin state when slots masked or channel disabled

sai_data_order_t dataOrder: configure whether the LSB or MSB is transmitted first

uint8_t dataWord0Length: configure the number of bits in the first word in each frame

uint8_t dataWordNLength: configure the number of bits in the each word in each frame, except the first word

uint8_t dataWordLength: used to record the data length for dma transfer

uint8_t dataFirstBitShifted: Configure the bit index for the first bit transmitted for each word in the frame

uint8_t dataWordNum: configure the number of words in each frame

uint32_t dataMaskedWord: configure whether the transmit word is masked

struct _sai_transceiver

#include <fsl_sai.h>

sai transceiver configurations

Public Members

sai_serial_data_t serialData: serial data configurations

sai_frame_sync_t frameSync: ws configurations

sai_bit_clock_t bitClock: bit clock configurations

sai_fifo_t fifo: fifo configurations

sai_master_slave_t masterSlave: transceiver is master or slave

sai_sync_mode_t syncMode: transceiver sync mode

uint8_t startChannel: Transfer start channel

uint8_t channelMask: enabled channel mask value, reference _sai_channel_mask

uint8_t endChannel: end channel number

uint8_t channelNums: Total enabled channel numbers

struct _sai_transfer

#include <fsl_sai.h>

SAI transfer structure.

Public Members

uint8_t *data: Data start address to transfer.

size_t dataSize: Transfer size.

struct _sai_handle

#include <fsl_sai.h>

SAI handle structure.

Public Members

I2S_Type *base: base address

uint32_t state: Transfer status

sai_transfer_callback_t callback: Callback function called at transfer event

void *userData: Callback parameter passed to callback function

uint8_t bitWidth: Bit width for transfer, 8/16/24/32 bits

uint8_t channel: Transfer start channel

uint8_t channelMask: enabled channel mask value, refernece _sai_channel_mask

uint8_t endChannel: end channel number

uint8_t channelNums: Total enabled channel numbers

sai_transfer_t saiQueue[(4U)]: Transfer queue storing queued transfer

size_t transferSize[(4U)]: Data bytes need to transfer

volatile uint8_t queueUser: Index for user to queue transfer

volatile uint8_t queueDriver: Index for driver to get the transfer data and size

uint8_t watermark: Watermark value

SAI EDMA Driver

void SAI_TransferTxCreateHandleEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, sai_edma_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *txDmaHandle)

Initializes the SAI eDMA handle.

This function initializes the SAI master DMA handle, which can be used for other SAI master transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified SAI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.
callback – Pointer to user callback function.
userData – User parameter passed to the callback function.
txDmaHandle – eDMA handle pointer, this handle shall be static allocated by users.

void SAI_TransferRxCreateHandleEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, sai_edma_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *rxDmaHandle)

Initializes the SAI Rx eDMA handle.

This function initializes the SAI slave DMA handle, which can be used for other SAI master transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified SAI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.
callback – Pointer to user callback function.
userData – User parameter passed to the callback function.
rxDmaHandle – eDMA handle pointer, this handle shall be static allocated by users.

void SAI_TransferSetInterleaveType(sai_edma_handle_t *handle, sai_edma_interleave_t interleaveType)

Initializes the SAI interleave type.

This function initializes the SAI DMA handle member interleaveType, it shall be called only when application would like to use type kSAI_EDMAInterleavePerChannelBlock, since the default interleaveType is kSAI_EDMAInterleavePerChannelSample always

Parameters:

handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.
interleaveType – Multi channel interleave type.

void SAI_TransferTxSetConfigEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, sai_transceiver_t *saiConfig)

Configures the SAI Tx.

Note

SAI eDMA supports data transfer in a multiple SAI channels if the FIFO Combine feature is supported. To activate the multi-channel transfer enable SAI channels by filling the channelMask of sai_transceiver_t with the corresponding values of _sai_channel_mask enum, enable the FIFO Combine mode by assigning kSAI_FifoCombineModeEnabledOnWrite to the fifoCombine member of sai_fifo_combine_t which is a member of sai_transceiver_t. This is an example of multi-channel data transfer configuration step.

sai_transceiver_t config;
SAI_GetClassicI2SConfig(&config, kSAI_WordWidth16bits, kSAI_Stereo, kSAI_Channel0Mask|kSAI_Channel1Mask);
config.fifo.fifoCombine = kSAI_FifoCombineModeEnabledOnWrite;
SAI_TransferTxSetConfigEDMA(I2S0, &edmaHandle, &config);

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.
saiConfig – sai configurations.

void SAI_TransferRxSetConfigEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, sai_transceiver_t *saiConfig)

Configures the SAI Rx.

Note

SAI eDMA supports data transfer in a multiple SAI channels if the FIFO Combine feature is supported. To activate the multi-channel transfer enable SAI channels by filling the channelMask of sai_transceiver_t with the corresponding values of _sai_channel_mask enum, enable the FIFO Combine mode by assigning kSAI_FifoCombineModeEnabledOnRead to the fifoCombine member of sai_fifo_combine_t which is a member of sai_transceiver_t. This is an example of multi-channel data transfer configuration step.

sai_transceiver_t config;
SAI_GetClassicI2SConfig(&config, kSAI_WordWidth16bits, kSAI_Stereo, kSAI_Channel0Mask|kSAI_Channel1Mask);
config.fifo.fifoCombine = kSAI_FifoCombineModeEnabledOnRead;
SAI_TransferRxSetConfigEDMA(I2S0, &edmaHandle, &config);

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.
saiConfig – sai configurations.

status_t SAI_TransferSendEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, sai_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking SAI transfer using DMA.

This function support multi channel transfer,

for the sai IP support fifo combine mode, application should enable the fifo combine mode, no limitation on channel numbers
for the sai IP not support fifo combine mode, sai edma provide another solution which using EDMA modulo feature, but support 2 or 4 channels only.

Note

This interface returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call SAI_GetTransferStatus to poll the transfer status and check whether the SAI transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.
xfer – Pointer to the DMA transfer structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Start a SAI eDMA send successfully.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input argument is invalid.
kStatus_TxBusy – SAI is busy sending data.

status_t SAI_TransferReceiveEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, sai_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking SAI receive using eDMA.

This function support multi channel transfer,

for the sai IP support fifo combine mode, application should enable the fifo combine mode, no limitation on channel numbers
for the sai IP not support fifo combine mode, sai edma provide another solution which using EDMA modulo feature, but support 2 or 4 channels only.

Note

This interface returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call the SAI_GetReceiveRemainingBytes to poll the transfer status and check whether the SAI transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.
xfer – Pointer to DMA transfer structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Start a SAI eDMA receive successfully.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input argument is invalid.
kStatus_RxBusy – SAI is busy receiving data.

status_t SAI_TransferSendLoopEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, sai_transfer_t *xfer, uint32_t loopTransferCount)

Performs a non-blocking SAI loop transfer using eDMA.

Once the loop transfer start, application can use function SAI_TransferAbortSendEDMA to stop the loop transfer.

Note

This function support loop transfer only,such as A->B->…->A, application must be aware of that the more counts of the loop transfer, then more tcd memory required, as the function use the tcd pool in sai_edma_handle_t, so application could redefine the SAI_XFER_QUEUE_SIZE to determine the proper TCD pool size. This function support one sai channel only.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.
xfer – Pointer to the DMA transfer structure, should be a array with elements counts >=1(loopTransferCount).
loopTransferCount – the counts of xfer array.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Start a SAI eDMA send successfully.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input argument is invalid.

status_t SAI_TransferReceiveLoopEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, sai_transfer_t *xfer, uint32_t loopTransferCount)

Performs a non-blocking SAI loop transfer using eDMA.

Once the loop transfer start, application can use function SAI_TransferAbortReceiveEDMA to stop the loop transfer.

Note

This function support loop transfer only,such as A->B->…->A, application must be aware of that the more counts of the loop transfer, then more tcd memory required, as the function use the tcd pool in sai_edma_handle_t, so application could redefine the SAI_XFER_QUEUE_SIZE to determine the proper TCD pool size. This function support one sai channel only.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.
xfer – Pointer to the DMA transfer structure, should be a array with elements counts >=1(loopTransferCount).
loopTransferCount – the counts of xfer array.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Start a SAI eDMA receive successfully.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input argument is invalid.

void SAI_TransferTerminateSendEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle)

Terminate all SAI send.

This function will clear all transfer slots buffered in the sai queue. If users only want to abort the current transfer slot, please call SAI_TransferAbortSendEDMA.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

void SAI_TransferTerminateReceiveEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle)

Terminate all SAI receive.

This function will clear all transfer slots buffered in the sai queue. If users only want to abort the current transfer slot, please call SAI_TransferAbortReceiveEDMA.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

void SAI_TransferAbortSendEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a SAI transfer using eDMA.

This function only aborts the current transfer slots, the other transfer slots’ information still kept in the handler. If users want to terminate all transfer slots, just call SAI_TransferTerminateSendEDMA.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

void SAI_TransferAbortReceiveEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a SAI receive using eDMA.

This function only aborts the current transfer slots, the other transfer slots’ information still kept in the handler. If users want to terminate all transfer slots, just call SAI_TransferTerminateReceiveEDMA.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

status_t SAI_TransferGetSendCountEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets byte count sent by SAI.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer.
handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.
count – Bytes count sent by SAI.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is no non-blocking transaction in progress.

status_t SAI_TransferGetReceiveCountEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets byte count received by SAI.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.
count – Bytes count received by SAI.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is no non-blocking transaction in progress.

uint32_t SAI_TransferGetValidTransferSlotsEDMA(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle)

Gets valid transfer slot.

This function can be used to query the valid transfer request slot that the application can submit. It should be called in the critical section, that means the application could call it in the corresponding callback function or disable IRQ before calling it in the application, otherwise, the returned value may not correct.

Parameters:

base – SAI base pointer
handle – SAI eDMA handle pointer.

Return values:

valid – slot count that application submit.

FSL_SAI_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION: Version 2.7.1

enum _sai_edma_interleave

sai interleave type

Values:

enumerator kSAI_EDMAInterleavePerChannelSample

enumerator kSAI_EDMAInterleavePerChannelBlock

typedef struct sai_edma_handle sai_edma_handle_t

typedef void (*sai_edma_callback_t)(I2S_Type *base, sai_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): SAI eDMA transfer callback function for finish and error.

typedef enum _sai_edma_interleave sai_edma_interleave_t: sai interleave type

struct sai_edma_handle

#include <fsl_sai_edma.h>

SAI DMA transfer handle, users should not touch the content of the handle.

Public Members

edma_handle_t *dmaHandle: DMA handler for SAI send

uint8_t nbytes: eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

uint8_t bytesPerFrame: Bytes in a frame

uint8_t channelMask: Enabled channel mask value, reference _sai_channel_mask

uint8_t channelNums: total enabled channel nums

uint8_t channel: Which data channel

uint8_t count: The transfer data count in a DMA request

uint32_t state: Internal state for SAI eDMA transfer

sai_edma_callback_t callback: Callback for users while transfer finish or error occurs

void *userData: User callback parameter

uint8_t tcd[((4U) + 1U) * sizeof(edma_tcd_t)]: TCD pool for eDMA transfer.

sai_transfer_t saiQueue[(4U)]: Transfer queue storing queued transfer.

size_t transferSize[(4U)]: Data bytes need to transfer

sai_edma_interleave_t interleaveType: Transfer interleave type

volatile uint8_t queueUser: Index for user to queue transfer.

volatile uint8_t queueDriver: Index for driver to get the transfer data and size

SNVS: Secure Non-Volatile Storage

Secure Non-Volatile Storage High-Power

void SNVS_HP_Init(SNVS_Type *base)

Initialize the SNVS.

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application using the SNVS driver.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

void SNVS_HP_Deinit(SNVS_Type *base)

Deinitialize the SNVS.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

void SNVS_HP_RTC_Init(SNVS_Type *base, const snvs_hp_rtc_config_t *config)

Ungates the SNVS clock and configures the peripheral for basic operation.

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application using the SNVS driver.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
config – Pointer to the user’s SNVS configuration structure.

void SNVS_HP_RTC_Deinit(SNVS_Type *base)

Stops the RTC and SRTC timers.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

void SNVS_HP_RTC_GetDefaultConfig(snvs_hp_rtc_config_t *config)

Fills in the SNVS config struct with the default settings.

The default values are as follows.

config->rtccalenable = false;
config->rtccalvalue = 0U;
config->PIFreq = 0U;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the user’s SNVS configuration structure.

status_t SNVS_HP_RTC_SetDatetime(SNVS_Type *base, const snvs_hp_rtc_datetime_t *datetime)

Sets the SNVS RTC date and time according to the given time structure.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
datetime – Pointer to the structure where the date and time details are stored.

Returns:

kStatus_Success: Success in setting the time and starting the SNVS RTC kStatus_InvalidArgument: Error because the datetime format is incorrect

void SNVS_HP_RTC_GetDatetime(SNVS_Type *base, snvs_hp_rtc_datetime_t *datetime)

Gets the SNVS RTC time and stores it in the given time structure.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
datetime – Pointer to the structure where the date and time details are stored.

status_t SNVS_HP_RTC_SetAlarm(SNVS_Type *base, const snvs_hp_rtc_datetime_t *alarmTime)

Sets the SNVS RTC alarm time.

The function sets the RTC alarm. It also checks whether the specified alarm time is greater than the present time. If not, the function does not set the alarm and returns an error.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
alarmTime – Pointer to the structure where the alarm time is stored.

Returns:

kStatus_Success: success in setting the SNVS RTC alarm kStatus_InvalidArgument: Error because the alarm datetime format is incorrect kStatus_Fail: Error because the alarm time has already passed

void SNVS_HP_RTC_GetAlarm(SNVS_Type *base, snvs_hp_rtc_datetime_t *datetime)

Returns the SNVS RTC alarm time.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
datetime – Pointer to the structure where the alarm date and time details are stored.

void SNVS_HP_RTC_TimeSynchronize(SNVS_Type *base)

The function synchronizes RTC counter value with SRTC.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

static inline void SNVS_HP_RTC_EnableInterrupts(SNVS_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the selected SNVS interrupts.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration :: _snvs_hp_interrupts_t

static inline void SNVS_HP_RTC_DisableInterrupts(SNVS_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the selected SNVS interrupts.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
mask – The interrupts to disable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration :: _snvs_hp_interrupts_t

uint32_t SNVS_HP_RTC_GetEnabledInterrupts(SNVS_Type *base)

Gets the enabled SNVS interrupts.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

Returns:

The enabled interrupts. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration :: _snvs_hp_interrupts_t

uint32_t SNVS_HP_RTC_GetStatusFlags(SNVS_Type *base)

Gets the SNVS status flags.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

Returns:

The status flags. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration :: _snvs_hp_status_flags_t

static inline void SNVS_HP_RTC_ClearStatusFlags(SNVS_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the SNVS status flags.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
mask – The status flags to clear. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration :: _snvs_hp_status_flags_t

static inline void SNVS_HP_RTC_StartTimer(SNVS_Type *base)

Starts the SNVS RTC time counter.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

static inline void SNVS_HP_RTC_StopTimer(SNVS_Type *base)

Stops the SNVS RTC time counter.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

static inline void SNVS_HP_EnableHighAssuranceCounter(SNVS_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable or disable the High Assurance Counter (HAC)

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
enable – Pass true to enable, false to disable.

static inline void SNVS_HP_StartHighAssuranceCounter(SNVS_Type *base, bool start)

Start or stop the High Assurance Counter (HAC)

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
start – Pass true to start, false to stop.

static inline void SNVS_HP_SetHighAssuranceCounterInitialValue(SNVS_Type *base, uint32_t value)

Set the High Assurance Counter (HAC) initialize value.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
value – The initial value to set.

static inline void SNVS_HP_LoadHighAssuranceCounter(SNVS_Type *base)

Load the High Assurance Counter (HAC)

This function loads the HAC initialize value to counter register.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

static inline uint32_t SNVS_HP_GetHighAssuranceCounter(SNVS_Type *base)

Get the current High Assurance Counter (HAC) value.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

Returns:

HAC currnet value.

static inline void SNVS_HP_ClearHighAssuranceCounter(SNVS_Type *base)

Clear the High Assurance Counter (HAC)

This function can be called in a functional or soft fail state. When the HAC is enabled:

If the HAC is cleared in the soft fail state, the SSM transitions to the hard fail state immediately;
If the HAC is cleared in functional state, the SSM will transition to hard fail immediately after transitioning to soft fail.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

static inline void SNVS_HP_LockHighAssuranceCounter(SNVS_Type *base)

Lock the High Assurance Counter (HAC)

Once locked, the HAC initialize value could not be changed, the HAC enable status could not be changed. This could only be unlocked by system reset.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

FSL_SNVS_HP_DRIVER_VERSION: Version 2.3.2

enum _snvs_hp_interrupts

List of SNVS interrupts.

Values:

enumerator kSNVS_RTC_AlarmInterrupt: RTC time alarm

enumerator kSNVS_RTC_PeriodicInterrupt: RTC periodic interrupt

enum _snvs_hp_status_flags

List of SNVS flags.

Values:

enumerator kSNVS_RTC_AlarmInterruptFlag: RTC time alarm flag

enumerator kSNVS_RTC_PeriodicInterruptFlag: RTC periodic interrupt flag

enumerator kSNVS_ZMK_ZeroFlag: The ZMK is zero

enumerator kSNVS_OTPMK_ZeroFlag: The OTPMK is zero

enum _snvs_hp_sv_status_flags

List of SNVS security violation flags.

Values:

enumerator kSNVS_LP_ViolationFlag: Low Power section Security Violation

enumerator kSNVS_ZMK_EccFailFlag: Zeroizable Master Key Error Correcting Code Check Failure

enumerator kSNVS_LP_SoftwareViolationFlag: LP Software Security Violation

enumerator kSNVS_FatalSoftwareViolationFlag: Software Fatal Security Violation

enumerator kSNVS_SoftwareViolationFlag: Software Security Violation

enumerator kSNVS_Violation0Flag: Security Violation 0

enumerator kSNVS_Violation1Flag: Security Violation 1

enumerator kSNVS_Violation2Flag: Security Violation 2

enumerator kSNVS_Violation4Flag: Security Violation 4

enumerator kSNVS_Violation5Flag: Security Violation 5

enum _snvs_hp_ssm_state

List of SNVS Security State Machine State.

Values:

enumerator kSNVS_SSMInit: Init

enumerator kSNVS_SSMHardFail: Hard Fail

enumerator kSNVS_SSMSoftFail: Soft Fail

enumerator kSNVS_SSMInitInter: Init Intermediate (transition state between Init and Check)

enumerator kSNVS_SSMCheck: Check

enumerator kSNVS_SSMNonSecure: Non-Secure

enumerator kSNVS_SSMTrusted: Trusted

enumerator kSNVS_SSMSecure: Secure

typedef enum _snvs_hp_interrupts snvs_hp_interrupts_t: List of SNVS interrupts.

typedef enum _snvs_hp_status_flags snvs_hp_status_flags_t: List of SNVS flags.

typedef enum _snvs_hp_sv_status_flags snvs_hp_sv_status_flags_t: List of SNVS security violation flags.

typedef struct _snvs_hp_rtc_datetime snvs_hp_rtc_datetime_t: Structure is used to hold the date and time.

typedef struct _snvs_hp_rtc_config snvs_hp_rtc_config_t

SNVS config structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the SNVS peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the SNVS_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your config structure instance.

The config struct can be made const so it resides in flash

typedef enum _snvs_hp_ssm_state snvs_hp_ssm_state_t: List of SNVS Security State Machine State.

static inline void SNVS_HP_EnableMasterKeySelection(SNVS_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable or disable master key selection.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
enable – Pass true to enable, false to disable.

static inline void SNVS_HP_ProgramZeroizableMasterKey(SNVS_Type *base)

Trigger to program Zeroizable Master Key.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

static inline void SNVS_HP_ChangeSSMState(SNVS_Type *base)

Trigger SSM State Transition.

Trigger state transition of the system security monitor (SSM). It results only the following transitions of the SSM:

Check State -> Non-Secure (when Non-Secure Boot and not in Fab Configuration)
Check State –> Trusted (when Secure Boot or in Fab Configuration )
Trusted State –> Secure
Secure State –> Trusted
Soft Fail –> Non-Secure

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

static inline void SNVS_HP_SetSoftwareFatalSecurityViolation(SNVS_Type *base)

Trigger Software Fatal Security Violation.

The result SSM state transition is:

Check State -> Soft Fail
Non-Secure State -> Soft Fail
Trusted State -> Soft Fail
Secure State -> Soft Fail

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

static inline void SNVS_HP_SetSoftwareSecurityViolation(SNVS_Type *base)

Trigger Software Security Violation.

The result SSM state transition is:

Check -> Non-Secure
Trusted -> Soft Fail
Secure -> Soft Fail

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

static inline snvs_hp_ssm_state_t SNVS_HP_GetSSMState(SNVS_Type *base)

Get current SSM State.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

Returns:

Current SSM state

static inline void SNVS_HP_ResetLP(SNVS_Type *base)

Reset the SNVS LP section.

Reset the LP section except SRTC and Time alarm.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

static inline uint32_t SNVS_HP_GetStatusFlags(SNVS_Type *base)

Get the SNVS HP status flags.

The flags are returned as the OR’ed value f the enumeration :: _snvs_hp_status_flags_t.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

Returns:

The OR’ed value of status flags.

static inline void SNVS_HP_ClearStatusFlags(SNVS_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clear the SNVS HP status flags.

The flags to clear are passed in as the OR’ed value of the enumeration :: _snvs_hp_status_flags_t. Only these flags could be cleared using this API.

kSNVS_RTC_PeriodicInterruptFlag
kSNVS_RTC_AlarmInterruptFlag

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
mask – OR’ed value of the flags to clear.

static inline uint32_t SNVS_HP_GetSecurityViolationStatusFlags(SNVS_Type *base)

Get the SNVS HP security violation status flags.

The flags are returned as the OR’ed value of the enumeration :: _snvs_hp_sv_status_flags_t.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

Returns:

The OR’ed value of security violation status flags.

static inline void SNVS_HP_ClearSecurityViolationStatusFlags(SNVS_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clear the SNVS HP security violation status flags.

The flags to clear are passed in as the OR’ed value of the enumeration :: _snvs_hp_sv_status_flags_t. Only these flags could be cleared using this API.

kSNVS_ZMK_EccFailFlag
kSNVS_Violation0Flag
kSNVS_Violation1Flag
kSNVS_Violation2Flag
kSNVS_Violation3Flag
kSNVS_Violation4Flag
kSNVS_Violation5Flag

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
mask – OR’ed value of the flags to clear.

SNVS_HPSVSR_SV0_MASK

SNVS_HPSVSR_SV1_MASK

SNVS_HPSVSR_SV2_MASK

SNVS_HPSVSR_SV4_MASK

SNVS_HPSVSR_SV5_MASK

SNVS_MAKE_HP_SV_FLAG(x)

Macro to make security violation flag.

Macro help to make security violation flag kSNVS_Violation0Flag to kSNVS_Violation5Flag, For example, SNVS_MAKE_HP_SV_FLAG(0) is kSNVS_Violation0Flag.

struct _snvs_hp_rtc_datetime

#include <fsl_snvs_hp.h>

Structure is used to hold the date and time.

Public Members

uint16_t year: Range from 1970 to 2099.

uint8_t month: Range from 1 to 12.

uint8_t day: Range from 1 to 31 (depending on month).

uint8_t hour: Range from 0 to 23.

uint8_t minute: Range from 0 to 59.

uint8_t second: Range from 0 to 59.

struct _snvs_hp_rtc_config

#include <fsl_snvs_hp.h>

SNVS config structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the SNVS peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the SNVS_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your config structure instance.

The config struct can be made const so it resides in flash

Public Members

bool rtcCalEnable: true: RTC calibration mechanism is enabled; false:No calibration is used

uint32_t rtcCalValue: Defines signed calibration value for nonsecure RTC; This is a 5-bit 2’s complement value, range from -16 to +15

uint32_t periodicInterruptFreq: Defines frequency of the periodic interrupt; Range from 0 to 15

Secure Non-Volatile Storage Low-Power

void SNVS_LP_Init(SNVS_Type *base)

Ungates the SNVS clock and configures the peripheral for basic operation.

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application using the SNVS driver.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

void SNVS_LP_Deinit(SNVS_Type *base)

Deinit the SNVS LP section.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

status_t SNVS_LP_SRTC_SetDatetime(SNVS_Type *base, const snvs_lp_srtc_datetime_t *datetime)

Sets the SNVS SRTC date and time according to the given time structure.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
datetime – Pointer to the structure where the date and time details are stored.

Returns:

kStatus_Success: Success in setting the time and starting the SNVS SRTC kStatus_InvalidArgument: Error because the datetime format is incorrect

void SNVS_LP_SRTC_GetDatetime(SNVS_Type *base, snvs_lp_srtc_datetime_t *datetime)

Gets the SNVS SRTC time and stores it in the given time structure.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
datetime – Pointer to the structure where the date and time details are stored.

status_t SNVS_LP_SRTC_SetAlarm(SNVS_Type *base, const snvs_lp_srtc_datetime_t *alarmTime)

Sets the SNVS SRTC alarm time.

The function sets the SRTC alarm. It also checks whether the specified alarm time is greater than the present time. If not, the function does not set the alarm and returns an error. Please note, that SRTC alarm has limited resolution because only 32 most significant bits of SRTC counter are compared to SRTC Alarm register. If the alarm time is beyond SRTC resolution, the function does not set the alarm and returns an error.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
alarmTime – Pointer to the structure where the alarm time is stored.

Returns:

kStatus_Success: success in setting the SNVS SRTC alarm kStatus_InvalidArgument: Error because the alarm datetime format is incorrect kStatus_Fail: Error because the alarm time has already passed or is beyond resolution

void SNVS_LP_SRTC_GetAlarm(SNVS_Type *base, snvs_lp_srtc_datetime_t *datetime)

Returns the SNVS SRTC alarm time.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
datetime – Pointer to the structure where the alarm date and time details are stored.

static inline void SNVS_LP_SRTC_EnableInterrupts(SNVS_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the selected SNVS interrupts.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration :: _snvs_lp_srtc_interrupts

static inline void SNVS_LP_SRTC_DisableInterrupts(SNVS_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the selected SNVS interrupts.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration :: _snvs_lp_srtc_interrupts

uint32_t SNVS_LP_SRTC_GetEnabledInterrupts(SNVS_Type *base)

Gets the enabled SNVS interrupts.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

Returns:

The enabled interrupts. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration :: _snvs_lp_srtc_interrupts

uint32_t SNVS_LP_SRTC_GetStatusFlags(SNVS_Type *base)

Gets the SNVS status flags.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

Returns:

The status flags. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration :: _snvs_lp_srtc_status_flags

static inline void SNVS_LP_SRTC_ClearStatusFlags(SNVS_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the SNVS status flags.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
mask – The status flags to clear. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration :: _snvs_lp_srtc_status_flags

static inline void SNVS_LP_SRTC_StartTimer(SNVS_Type *base)

Starts the SNVS SRTC time counter.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

static inline void SNVS_LP_SRTC_StopTimer(SNVS_Type *base)

Stops the SNVS SRTC time counter.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

void SNVS_LP_EnablePassiveTamper(SNVS_Type *base, snvs_lp_external_tamper_t pin, snvs_lp_passive_tamper_t config)

Enables the specified SNVS external tamper.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
pin – SNVS external tamper pin
config – Configuration structure of external passive tamper

status_t SNVS_LP_EnableTxActiveTamper(SNVS_Type *base, snvs_lp_active_tx_tamper_t pin, tamper_active_tx_config_t config)

Enable active tamper tx external pad.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
pin – SNVS active tamper pin
config – Configuration structure of external active tamper

status_t SNVS_LP_EnableRxActiveTamper(SNVS_Type *base, snvs_lp_external_tamper_t rx, tamper_active_rx_config_t config)

Enable active tamper rx external pad.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
rx – SNVS external RX tamper pin
config – SNVS RX tamper config structure

status_t SNVS_LP_SetVoltageTamper(SNVS_Type *base, bool enable)

Sets voltage tamper detect.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
enable – True if enable false if disable

status_t SNVS_LP_SetTemperatureTamper(SNVS_Type *base, bool enable)

Sets temperature tamper detect.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
enable – True if enable false if disable

status_t SNVS_LP_SetClockTamper(SNVS_Type *base, bool enable)

Sets clock tamper detect.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
enable – True if enable false if disable

snvs_lp_external_tamper_status_t SNVS_LP_CheckVoltageTamper(SNVS_Type *base)

brief Check voltage tamper

param base SNVS peripheral base address

snvs_lp_external_tamper_status_t SNVS_LP_CheckTemperatureTamper(SNVS_Type *base)

Check temperature tamper.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

snvs_lp_external_tamper_status_t SNVS_LP_CheckClockTamper(SNVS_Type *base)

brief Check clock tamper

param base SNVS peripheral base address

void SNVS_LP_TamperPinTx_GetDefaultConfig(tamper_active_tx_config_t *config)

Fills in the SNVS tamper pin config struct with the default settings.

The default values are as follows. code config->clock = kSNVS_ActiveTamper16HZ; config->seed = 0U; config->polynomial = 0U; endcode

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the user’s SNVS configuration structure.

void SNVS_LP_TamperPinRx_GetDefaultConfig(tamper_active_rx_config_t *config)

brief Fills in the SNVS tamper pin config struct with the default settings.

The default values are as follows. code config->filterenable = 0U; config->filter = 0U; config->tx = kSNVS_ActiveTamper1; endcode param config Pointer to the user’s SNVS configuration structure.

void SNVS_LP_PassiveTamperPin_GetDefaultConfig(snvs_lp_passive_tamper_t *config)

Fills in the SNVS tamper pin config struct with the default settings.

The default values are as follows. code config->polarity = 0U; config->filterenable = 0U; if available on SoC config->filter = 0U; if available on SoC endcode

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the user’s SNVS configuration structure.

void SNVS_LP_DisableExternalTamper(SNVS_Type *base, snvs_lp_external_tamper_t pin)

Disables the specified SNVS external tamper.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
pin – SNVS external tamper pin

void SNVS_LP_DisableAllExternalTamper(SNVS_Type *base)

Disable all external tamper.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

snvs_lp_external_tamper_status_t SNVS_LP_GetExternalTamperStatus(SNVS_Type *base, snvs_lp_external_tamper_t pin)

Returns status of the specified external tamper.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
pin – SNVS external tamper pin

Returns:

The status flag. This is the enumeration :: _snvs_lp_external_tamper_status

void SNVS_LP_ClearExternalTamperStatus(SNVS_Type *base, snvs_lp_external_tamper_t pin)

Clears status of the specified external tamper.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
pin – SNVS external tamper pin

void SNVS_LP_ClearAllExternalTamperStatus(SNVS_Type *base)

Clears status of the all external tamper.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

static inline void SNVS_LP_EnableMonotonicCounter(SNVS_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable or disable the Monotonic Counter.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
enable – Pass true to enable, false to disable.

uint64_t SNVS_LP_GetMonotonicCounter(SNVS_Type *base)

Get the current Monotonic Counter.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

Returns:

Current Monotonic Counter value.

static inline void SNVS_LP_IncreaseMonotonicCounter(SNVS_Type *base)

Increase the Monotonic Counter.

Increase the Monotonic Counter by 1.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

void SNVS_LP_WriteZeroizableMasterKey(SNVS_Type *base, uint32_t ZMKey[8U])

Write Zeroizable Master Key (ZMK) to the SNVS registers.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
ZMKey – The ZMK write to the SNVS register.

static inline void SNVS_LP_SetZeroizableMasterKeyValid(SNVS_Type *base, bool valid)

Set Zeroizable Master Key valid.

This API could only be called when using software programming mode. After writing ZMK using SNVS_LP_WriteZeroizableMasterKey, call this API to make the ZMK valid.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
valid – Pass true to set valid, false to set invalid.

static inline bool SNVS_LP_GetZeroizableMasterKeyValid(SNVS_Type *base)

Get Zeroizable Master Key valid status.

In hardware programming mode, call this API to check whether the ZMK is valid.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

Returns:

true if valid, false if invalid.

static inline void SNVS_LP_SetZeroizableMasterKeyProgramMode(SNVS_Type *base, snvs_lp_zmk_program_mode_t mode)

Set Zeroizable Master Key programming mode.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
mode – ZMK programming mode.

static inline void SNVS_LP_EnableZeroizableMasterKeyECC(SNVS_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable or disable Zeroizable Master Key ECC.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
enable – Pass true to enable, false to disable.

static inline void SNVS_LP_SetMasterKeyMode(SNVS_Type *base, snvs_lp_master_key_mode_t mode)

Set SNVS Master Key mode.

Note

When kSNVS_ZMK or kSNVS_CMK used, the SNVS_HP must be configured to enable the master key selection.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
mode – Master Key mode.

FSL_SNVS_LP_DRIVER_VERSION: Version 2.4.6

enum _snvs_lp_srtc_interrupts

List of SNVS_LP interrupts.

Values:

enumerator kSNVS_SRTC_AlarmInterrupt: SRTC time alarm.

enum _snvs_lp_srtc_status_flags

List of SNVS_LP flags.

Values:

enumerator kSNVS_SRTC_AlarmInterruptFlag: SRTC time alarm flag

enum _snvs_lp_external_tamper

List of SNVS_LP external tampers.

Values:

enumerator kSNVS_ExternalTamper1

enum _snvs_lp_active_tamper

List of SNVS_LP active tampers.

Values:

enumerator kSNVS_ActiveTamper1

enumerator kSNVS_ActiveTamper2

enumerator kSNVS_ActiveTamper3

enumerator kSNVS_ActiveTamper4

enumerator kSNVS_ActiveTamper5

enum _snvs_lp_active_clock

List of SNVS_LP external tampers.

Values:

enumerator kSNVS_ActiveTamper16HZ

enumerator kSNVS_ActiveTamper8HZ

enumerator kSNVS_ActiveTamper4HZ

enumerator kSNVS_ActiveTamper2HZ

enum _snvs_lp_external_tamper_status

List of SNVS_LP external tampers status.

Values:

enumerator kSNVS_TamperNotDetected

enumerator kSNVS_TamperDetected

enum _snvs_lp_external_tamper_polarity

SNVS_LP external tamper polarity.

Values:

enumerator kSNVS_ExternalTamperActiveLow

enumerator kSNVS_ExternalTamperActiveHigh

enum _snvs_lp_zmk_program_mode

SNVS_LP Zeroizable Master Key programming mode.

Values:

enumerator kSNVS_ZMKSoftwareProgram: Software programming mode.

enumerator kSNVS_ZMKHardwareProgram: Hardware programming mode.

enum _snvs_lp_master_key_mode

SNVS_LP Master Key mode.

Values:

enumerator kSNVS_OTPMK: One Time Programmable Master Key.

enumerator kSNVS_ZMK: Zeroizable Master Key.

enumerator kSNVS_CMK: Combined Master Key, it is XOR of OPTMK and ZMK.

typedef enum _snvs_lp_srtc_interrupts snvs_lp_srtc_interrupts_t: List of SNVS_LP interrupts.

typedef enum _snvs_lp_srtc_status_flags snvs_lp_srtc_status_flags_t: List of SNVS_LP flags.

typedef enum _snvs_lp_external_tamper snvs_lp_external_tamper_t: List of SNVS_LP external tampers.

typedef enum _snvs_lp_active_tamper snvs_lp_active_tx_tamper_t: List of SNVS_LP active tampers.

typedef enum _snvs_lp_active_clock snvs_lp_active_clock_t: List of SNVS_LP external tampers.

typedef enum _snvs_lp_external_tamper_status snvs_lp_external_tamper_status_t: List of SNVS_LP external tampers status.

typedef enum _snvs_lp_external_tamper_polarity snvs_lp_external_tamper_polarity_t: SNVS_LP external tamper polarity.

typedef struct _snvs_lp_srtc_datetime snvs_lp_srtc_datetime_t: Structure is used to hold the date and time.

typedef struct _snvs_lp_srtc_config snvs_lp_srtc_config_t

SNVS_LP config structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the SNVS_LP peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the SNVS_LP_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your config structure instance.

The config struct can be made const so it resides in flash

typedef enum _snvs_lp_zmk_program_mode snvs_lp_zmk_program_mode_t: SNVS_LP Zeroizable Master Key programming mode.

typedef enum _snvs_lp_master_key_mode snvs_lp_master_key_mode_t: SNVS_LP Master Key mode.

void SNVS_LP_SRTC_Init(SNVS_Type *base, const snvs_lp_srtc_config_t *config)

Ungates the SNVS clock and configures the peripheral for basic operation.

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application using the SNVS driver.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address
config – Pointer to the user’s SNVS configuration structure.

void SNVS_LP_SRTC_Deinit(SNVS_Type *base)

Stops the SRTC timer.

Parameters:

base – SNVS peripheral base address

void SNVS_LP_SRTC_GetDefaultConfig(snvs_lp_srtc_config_t *config)

Fills in the SNVS_LP config struct with the default settings.

The default values are as follows.

config->srtccalenable = false;
config->srtccalvalue = 0U;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the user’s SNVS configuration structure.

SNVS_ZMK_REG_COUNT: Define of SNVS_LP Zeroizable Master Key registers.

SNVS_LP_MAX_TAMPER: Define of SNVS_LP Max possible tamper.

struct tamper_active_tx_config_t: #include <fsl_snvs_lp.h>

Structure is used to configure SNVS LP active TX tamper pins.

struct tamper_active_rx_config_t: #include <fsl_snvs_lp.h>

Structure is used to configure SNVS LP active RX tamper pins.

struct snvs_lp_passive_tamper_t: #include <fsl_snvs_lp.h>

Structure is used to configure SNVS LP passive tamper pins.

struct _snvs_lp_srtc_datetime

#include <fsl_snvs_lp.h>

Structure is used to hold the date and time.

Public Members

uint16_t year: Range from 1970 to 2099.

uint8_t month: Range from 1 to 12.

uint8_t day: Range from 1 to 31 (depending on month).

uint8_t hour: Range from 0 to 23.

uint8_t minute: Range from 0 to 59.

uint8_t second: Range from 0 to 59.

struct _snvs_lp_srtc_config

#include <fsl_snvs_lp.h>

SNVS_LP config structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the SNVS_LP peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the SNVS_LP_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your config structure instance.

The config struct can be made const so it resides in flash

Public Members

bool srtcCalEnable: true: SRTC calibration mechanism is enabled; false: No calibration is used

uint32_t srtcCalValue: Defines signed calibration value for SRTC; This is a 5-bit 2’s complement value, range from -16 to +15

SPDIF: Sony/Philips Digital Interface

void SPDIF_Init(SPDIF_Type *base, const spdif_config_t *config)

Initializes the SPDIF peripheral.

Ungates the SPDIF clock, resets the module, and configures SPDIF with a configuration structure. The configuration structure can be custom filled or set with default values by SPDIF_GetDefaultConfig().

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application to use the SPDIF driver. Otherwise, accessing the SPDIF module can cause a hard fault because the clock is not enabled.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer
config – SPDIF configuration structure.

void SPDIF_GetDefaultConfig(spdif_config_t *config)

Sets the SPDIF configuration structure to default values.

This API initializes the configuration structure for use in SPDIF_Init. The initialized structure can remain unchanged in SPDIF_Init, or it can be modified before calling SPDIF_Init. This is an example.

spdif_config_t config;
SPDIF_GetDefaultConfig(&config);

Parameters:

config – pointer to master configuration structure

void SPDIF_Deinit(SPDIF_Type *base)

De-initializes the SPDIF peripheral.

This API gates the SPDIF clock. The SPDIF module can’t operate unless SPDIF_Init is called to enable the clock.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer

uint32_t SPDIF_GetInstance(SPDIF_Type *base)

Get the instance number for SPDIF.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.

static inline void SPDIF_TxFIFOReset(SPDIF_Type *base)

Resets the SPDIF Tx.

This function makes Tx FIFO in reset mode.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer

static inline void SPDIF_RxFIFOReset(SPDIF_Type *base)

Resets the SPDIF Rx.

This function enables the software reset and FIFO reset of SPDIF Rx. After reset, clear the reset bit.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer

void SPDIF_TxEnable(SPDIF_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the SPDIF Tx.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer
enable – True means enable SPDIF Tx, false means disable.

static inline void SPDIF_RxEnable(SPDIF_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the SPDIF Rx.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer
enable – True means enable SPDIF Rx, false means disable.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_GetStatusFlag(SPDIF_Type *base)

Gets the SPDIF status flag state.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer

Returns:

SPDIF status flag value. Use the _spdif_interrupt_enable_t to get the status value needed.

static inline void SPDIF_ClearStatusFlags(SPDIF_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the SPDIF status flag state.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer
mask – State mask. It can be a combination of the _spdif_interrupt_enable_t member. Notice these members cannot be included, as these flags cannot be cleared by writing 1 to these bits:
- kSPDIF_UChannelReceiveRegisterFull
- kSPDIF_QChannelReceiveRegisterFull
- kSPDIF_TxFIFOEmpty
- kSPDIF_RxFIFOFull

static inline void SPDIF_EnableInterrupts(SPDIF_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the SPDIF Tx interrupt requests.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer
mask – interrupt source The parameter can be a combination of the following sources if defined.
- kSPDIF_WordStartInterruptEnable
- kSPDIF_SyncErrorInterruptEnable
- kSPDIF_FIFOWarningInterruptEnable
- kSPDIF_FIFORequestInterruptEnable
- kSPDIF_FIFOErrorInterruptEnable

static inline void SPDIF_DisableInterrupts(SPDIF_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the SPDIF Tx interrupt requests.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer
mask – interrupt source The parameter can be a combination of the following sources if defined.
- kSPDIF_WordStartInterruptEnable
- kSPDIF_SyncErrorInterruptEnable
- kSPDIF_FIFOWarningInterruptEnable
- kSPDIF_FIFORequestInterruptEnable
- kSPDIF_FIFOErrorInterruptEnable

static inline void SPDIF_EnableDMA(SPDIF_Type *base, uint32_t mask, bool enable)

Enables/disables the SPDIF DMA requests.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer
mask – SPDIF DMA enable mask, The parameter can be a combination of the following sources if defined
- kSPDIF_RxDMAEnable
- kSPDIF_TxDMAEnable
enable – True means enable DMA, false means disable DMA.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_TxGetLeftDataRegisterAddress(SPDIF_Type *base)

Gets the SPDIF Tx left data register address.

This API is used to provide a transfer address for the SPDIF DMA transfer configuration.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.

Returns:

data register address.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_TxGetRightDataRegisterAddress(SPDIF_Type *base)

Gets the SPDIF Tx right data register address.

This API is used to provide a transfer address for the SPDIF DMA transfer configuration.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.

Returns:

data register address.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_RxGetLeftDataRegisterAddress(SPDIF_Type *base)

Gets the SPDIF Rx left data register address.

This API is used to provide a transfer address for the SPDIF DMA transfer configuration.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.

Returns:

data register address.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_RxGetRightDataRegisterAddress(SPDIF_Type *base)

Gets the SPDIF Rx right data register address.

This API is used to provide a transfer address for the SPDIF DMA transfer configuration.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.

Returns:

data register address.

void SPDIF_TxSetSampleRate(SPDIF_Type *base, uint32_t sampleRate_Hz, uint32_t sourceClockFreq_Hz)

Configures the SPDIF Tx sample rate.

The audio format can be changed at run-time. This function configures the sample rate.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.
sampleRate_Hz – SPDIF sample rate frequency in Hz.
sourceClockFreq_Hz – SPDIF tx clock source frequency in Hz.

uint32_t SPDIF_GetRxSampleRate(SPDIF_Type *base, uint32_t clockSourceFreq_Hz)

Configures the SPDIF Rx audio format.

The audio format can be changed at run-time. This function configures the sample rate and audio data format to be transferred.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.
clockSourceFreq_Hz – SPDIF system clock frequency in hz.

void SPDIF_WriteBlocking(SPDIF_Type *base, uint8_t *buffer, uint32_t size)

Sends data using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks by polling until data is ready to be sent.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.
buffer – Pointer to the data to be written.
size – Bytes to be written.

static inline void SPDIF_WriteLeftData(SPDIF_Type *base, uint32_t data)

Writes data into SPDIF FIFO.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.
data – Data needs to be written.

static inline void SPDIF_WriteRightData(SPDIF_Type *base, uint32_t data)

Writes data into SPDIF FIFO.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.
data – Data needs to be written.

static inline void SPDIF_WriteChannelStatusHigh(SPDIF_Type *base, uint32_t data)

Writes data into SPDIF FIFO.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.
data – Data needs to be written.

static inline void SPDIF_WriteChannelStatusLow(SPDIF_Type *base, uint32_t data)

Writes data into SPDIF FIFO.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.
data – Data needs to be written.

void SPDIF_ReadBlocking(SPDIF_Type *base, uint8_t *buffer, uint32_t size)

Receives data using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks by polling until data is ready to be sent.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.
buffer – Pointer to the data to be read.
size – Bytes to be read.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_ReadLeftData(SPDIF_Type *base)

Reads data from the SPDIF FIFO.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.

Returns:

Data in SPDIF FIFO.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_ReadRightData(SPDIF_Type *base)

Reads data from the SPDIF FIFO.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.

Returns:

Data in SPDIF FIFO.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_ReadChannelStatusHigh(SPDIF_Type *base)

Reads data from the SPDIF FIFO.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.

Returns:

Data in SPDIF FIFO.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_ReadChannelStatusLow(SPDIF_Type *base)

Reads data from the SPDIF FIFO.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.

Returns:

Data in SPDIF FIFO.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_ReadQChannel(SPDIF_Type *base)

Reads data from the SPDIF FIFO.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.

Returns:

Data in SPDIF FIFO.

static inline uint32_t SPDIF_ReadUChannel(SPDIF_Type *base)

Reads data from the SPDIF FIFO.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.

Returns:

Data in SPDIF FIFO.

void SPDIF_TransferTxCreateHandle(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle, spdif_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the SPDIF Tx handle.

This function initializes the Tx handle for the SPDIF Tx transactional APIs. Call this function once to get the handle initialized.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer
handle – SPDIF handle pointer.
callback – Pointer to the user callback function.
userData – User parameter passed to the callback function

void SPDIF_TransferRxCreateHandle(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle, spdif_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the SPDIF Rx handle.

This function initializes the Rx handle for the SPDIF Rx transactional APIs. Call this function once to get the handle initialized.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.
handle – SPDIF handle pointer.
callback – Pointer to the user callback function.
userData – User parameter passed to the callback function.

status_t SPDIF_TransferSendNonBlocking(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle, spdif_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs an interrupt non-blocking send transfer on SPDIF.

Note

This API returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call the SPDIF_TxGetTransferStatusIRQ to poll the transfer status and check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is not kStatus_SPDIF_Busy, the transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.
handle – Pointer to the spdif_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
xfer – Pointer to the spdif_transfer_t structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully started the data receive.
kStatus_SPDIF_TxBusy – Previous receive still not finished.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input parameter is invalid.

status_t SPDIF_TransferReceiveNonBlocking(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle, spdif_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs an interrupt non-blocking receive transfer on SPDIF.

Note

This API returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call the SPDIF_RxGetTransferStatusIRQ to poll the transfer status and check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is not kStatus_SPDIF_Busy, the transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer
handle – Pointer to the spdif_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
xfer – Pointer to the spdif_transfer_t structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully started the data receive.
kStatus_SPDIF_RxBusy – Previous receive still not finished.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input parameter is invalid.

status_t SPDIF_TransferGetSendCount(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets a set byte count.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.
handle – Pointer to the spdif_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
count – Bytes count sent.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

status_t SPDIF_TransferGetReceiveCount(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets a received byte count.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.
handle – Pointer to the spdif_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
count – Bytes count received.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

void SPDIF_TransferAbortSend(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the current send.

Note

This API can be called any time when an interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer early.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.
handle – Pointer to the spdif_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void SPDIF_TransferAbortReceive(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the current IRQ receive.

Note

This API can be called when an interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer early.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer
handle – Pointer to the spdif_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void SPDIF_TransferTxHandleIRQ(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle)

Tx interrupt handler.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.
handle – Pointer to the spdif_handle_t structure.

void SPDIF_TransferRxHandleIRQ(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle)

Tx interrupt handler.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.
handle – Pointer to the spdif_handle_t structure.

FSL_SPDIF_DRIVER_VERSION: Version 2.0.7

SPDIF return status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_RxDPLLLocked: SPDIF Rx PLL locked.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_TxFIFOError: SPDIF Tx FIFO error.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_TxFIFOResync: SPDIF Tx left and right FIFO resync.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_RxCnew: SPDIF Rx status channel value updated.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_ValidatyNoGood: SPDIF validaty flag not good.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_RxIllegalSymbol: SPDIF Rx receive illegal symbol.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_RxParityBitError: SPDIF Rx parity bit error.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_UChannelOverrun: SPDIF receive U channel overrun.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_QChannelOverrun: SPDIF receive Q channel overrun.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_UQChannelSync: SPDIF U/Q channel sync found.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_UQChannelFrameError: SPDIF U/Q channel frame error.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_RxFIFOError: SPDIF Rx FIFO error.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_RxFIFOResync: SPDIF Rx left and right FIFO resync.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_LockLoss: SPDIF Rx PLL clock lock loss.

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_TxIdle: SPDIF Tx is idle

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_RxIdle: SPDIF Rx is idle

enumerator kStatus_SPDIF_QueueFull: SPDIF queue full

enum _spdif_rxfull_select

SPDIF Rx FIFO full falg select, it decides when assert the rx full flag.

Values:

enumerator kSPDIF_RxFull1Sample: Rx full at least 1 sample in left and right FIFO

enumerator kSPDIF_RxFull4Samples: Rx full at least 4 sample in left and right FIFO

enumerator kSPDIF_RxFull8Samples: Rx full at least 8 sample in left and right FIFO

enumerator kSPDIF_RxFull16Samples: Rx full at least 16 sample in left and right FIFO

enum _spdif_txempty_select

SPDIF tx FIFO EMPTY falg select, it decides when assert the tx empty flag.

Values:

enumerator kSPDIF_TxEmpty0Sample: Tx empty at most 0 sample in left and right FIFO

enumerator kSPDIF_TxEmpty4Samples: Tx empty at most 4 sample in left and right FIFO

enumerator kSPDIF_TxEmpty8Samples: Tx empty at most 8 sample in left and right FIFO

enumerator kSPDIF_TxEmpty12Samples: Tx empty at most 12 sample in left and right FIFO

enum _spdif_uchannel_source

SPDIF U channel source.

Values:

enumerator kSPDIF_NoUChannel: No embedded U channel

enumerator kSPDIF_UChannelFromRx: U channel from receiver, it is CD mode

enumerator kSPDIF_UChannelFromTx: U channel from on chip tx

enum _spdif_gain_select

SPDIF clock gain.

Values:

enumerator kSPDIF_GAIN_24: Gain select is 24

enumerator kSPDIF_GAIN_16: Gain select is 16

enumerator kSPDIF_GAIN_12: Gain select is 12

enumerator kSPDIF_GAIN_8: Gain select is 8

enumerator kSPDIF_GAIN_6: Gain select is 6

enumerator kSPDIF_GAIN_4: Gain select is 4

enumerator kSPDIF_GAIN_3: Gain select is 3

enum _spdif_tx_source

SPDIF tx data source.

Values:

enumerator kSPDIF_txFromReceiver: Tx data directly through SPDIF receiver

enumerator kSPDIF_txNormal: Normal operation, data from processor

enum _spdif_validity_config

SPDIF tx data source.

Values:

enumerator kSPDIF_validityFlagAlwaysSet: Outgoing validity flags always set

enumerator kSPDIF_validityFlagAlwaysClear: Outgoing validity flags always clear

The SPDIF interrupt enable flag.

Values:

enumerator kSPDIF_RxDPLLLocked: SPDIF DPLL locked

enumerator kSPDIF_TxFIFOError: Tx FIFO underrun or overrun

enumerator kSPDIF_TxFIFOResync: Tx FIFO left and right channel resync

enumerator kSPDIF_RxControlChannelChange: SPDIF Rx control channel value changed

enumerator kSPDIF_ValidityFlagNoGood: SPDIF validity flag no good

enumerator kSPDIF_RxIllegalSymbol: SPDIF receiver found illegal symbol

enumerator kSPDIF_RxParityBitError: SPDIF receiver found parity bit error

enumerator kSPDIF_UChannelReceiveRegisterFull: SPDIF U channel revceive register full

enumerator kSPDIF_UChannelReceiveRegisterOverrun: SPDIF U channel receive register overrun

enumerator kSPDIF_QChannelReceiveRegisterFull: SPDIF Q channel receive reigster full

enumerator kSPDIF_QChannelReceiveRegisterOverrun: SPDIF Q channel receive register overrun

enumerator kSPDIF_UQChannelSync: SPDIF U/Q channel sync found

enumerator kSPDIF_UQChannelFrameError: SPDIF U/Q channel frame error

enumerator kSPDIF_RxFIFOError: SPDIF Rx FIFO underrun/overrun

enumerator kSPDIF_RxFIFOResync: SPDIF Rx left and right FIFO resync

enumerator kSPDIF_LockLoss: SPDIF receiver loss of lock

enumerator kSPDIF_TxFIFOEmpty: SPDIF Tx FIFO empty

enumerator kSPDIF_RxFIFOFull: SPDIF Rx FIFO full

enumerator kSPDIF_AllInterrupt: all interrupt

The DMA request sources.

Values:

enumerator kSPDIF_RxDMAEnable: Rx FIFO full

enumerator kSPDIF_TxDMAEnable: Tx FIFO empty

typedef enum _spdif_rxfull_select spdif_rxfull_select_t: SPDIF Rx FIFO full falg select, it decides when assert the rx full flag.

typedef enum _spdif_txempty_select spdif_txempty_select_t: SPDIF tx FIFO EMPTY falg select, it decides when assert the tx empty flag.

typedef enum _spdif_uchannel_source spdif_uchannel_source_t: SPDIF U channel source.

typedef enum _spdif_gain_select spdif_gain_select_t: SPDIF clock gain.

typedef enum _spdif_tx_source spdif_tx_source_t: SPDIF tx data source.

typedef enum _spdif_validity_config spdif_validity_config_t: SPDIF tx data source.

typedef struct _spdif_config spdif_config_t: SPDIF user configuration structure.

typedef struct _spdif_transfer spdif_transfer_t: SPDIF transfer structure.

typedef struct _spdif_handle spdif_handle_t

typedef void (*spdif_transfer_callback_t)(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): SPDIF transfer callback prototype.

SPDIF_XFER_QUEUE_SIZE: SPDIF transfer queue size, user can refine it according to use case.

struct _spdif_config

#include <fsl_spdif.h>

SPDIF user configuration structure.

Public Members

bool isTxAutoSync: If auto sync mechanism open

bool isRxAutoSync: If auto sync mechanism open

uint8_t DPLLClkSource: SPDIF DPLL clock source, range from 0~15, meaning is chip-specific

uint8_t txClkSource: SPDIF tx clock source, range from 0~7, meaning is chip-specific

spdif_rxfull_select_t rxFullSelect: SPDIF rx buffer full select

spdif_txempty_select_t txFullSelect: SPDIF tx buffer empty select

spdif_uchannel_source_t uChannelSrc: U channel source

spdif_tx_source_t txSource: SPDIF tx data source

spdif_validity_config_t validityConfig: Validity flag config

spdif_gain_select_t gain: Rx receive clock measure gain parameter.

struct _spdif_transfer

#include <fsl_spdif.h>

SPDIF transfer structure.

Public Members

uint8_t *data: Data start address to transfer.

uint8_t *qdata: Data buffer for Q channel

uint8_t *udata: Data buffer for C channel

size_t dataSize: Transfer size.

struct _spdif_handle

#include <fsl_spdif.h>

SPDIF handle structure.

Public Members

uint32_t state: Transfer status

spdif_transfer_callback_t callback: Callback function called at transfer event

void *userData: Callback parameter passed to callback function

spdif_transfer_t spdifQueue[(4U)]: Transfer queue storing queued transfer

size_t transferSize[(4U)]: Data bytes need to transfer

volatile uint8_t queueUser: Index for user to queue transfer

volatile uint8_t queueDriver: Index for driver to get the transfer data and size

uint8_t watermark: Watermark value

SPDIF eDMA Driver

void SPDIF_TransferTxCreateHandleEDMA(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_edma_handle_t *handle, spdif_edma_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *dmaLeftHandle, edma_handle_t *dmaRightHandle)

Initializes the SPDIF eDMA handle.

This function initializes the SPDIF master DMA handle, which can be used for other SPDIF master transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified SPDIF instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.
handle – SPDIF eDMA handle pointer.
callback – Pointer to user callback function.
userData – User parameter passed to the callback function.
dmaLeftHandle – eDMA handle pointer for left channel, this handle shall be static allocated by users.
dmaRightHandle – eDMA handle pointer for right channel, this handle shall be static allocated by users.

void SPDIF_TransferRxCreateHandleEDMA(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_edma_handle_t *handle, spdif_edma_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *dmaLeftHandle, edma_handle_t *dmaRightHandle)

Initializes the SPDIF Rx eDMA handle.

This function initializes the SPDIF slave DMA handle, which can be used for other SPDIF master transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified SPDIF instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.
handle – SPDIF eDMA handle pointer.
callback – Pointer to user callback function.
userData – User parameter passed to the callback function.
dmaLeftHandle – eDMA handle pointer for left channel, this handle shall be static allocated by users.
dmaRightHandle – eDMA handle pointer for right channel, this handle shall be static allocated by users.

status_t SPDIF_TransferSendEDMA(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_edma_handle_t *handle, spdif_edma_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking SPDIF transfer using DMA.

Note

This interface returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call SPDIF_GetTransferStatus to poll the transfer status and check whether the SPDIF transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.
handle – SPDIF eDMA handle pointer.
xfer – Pointer to the DMA transfer structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Start a SPDIF eDMA send successfully.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input argument is invalid.
kStatus_TxBusy – SPDIF is busy sending data.

status_t SPDIF_TransferReceiveEDMA(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_edma_handle_t *handle, spdif_edma_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking SPDIF receive using eDMA.

Note

This interface returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call the SPDIF_GetReceiveRemainingBytes to poll the transfer status and check whether the SPDIF transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer
handle – SPDIF eDMA handle pointer.
xfer – Pointer to DMA transfer structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Start a SPDIF eDMA receive successfully.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input argument is invalid.
kStatus_RxBusy – SPDIF is busy receiving data.

void SPDIF_TransferAbortSendEDMA(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a SPDIF transfer using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.
handle – SPDIF eDMA handle pointer.

void SPDIF_TransferAbortReceiveEDMA(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a SPDIF receive using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer
handle – SPDIF eDMA handle pointer.

status_t SPDIF_TransferGetSendCountEDMA(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets byte count sent by SPDIF.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer.
handle – SPDIF eDMA handle pointer.
count – Bytes count sent by SPDIF.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is no non-blocking transaction in progress.

status_t SPDIF_TransferGetReceiveCountEDMA(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets byte count received by SPDIF.

Parameters:

base – SPDIF base pointer
handle – SPDIF eDMA handle pointer.
count – Bytes count received by SPDIF.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is no non-blocking transaction in progress.

FSL_SPDIF_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION: Version 2.0.8

typedef struct _spdif_edma_handle spdif_edma_handle_t

typedef void (*spdif_edma_callback_t)(SPDIF_Type *base, spdif_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): SPDIF eDMA transfer callback function for finish and error.

typedef struct _spdif_edma_transfer spdif_edma_transfer_t: SPDIF transfer structure.

struct _spdif_edma_transfer

#include <fsl_spdif_edma.h>

SPDIF transfer structure.

Public Members

uint8_t *leftData: Data start address to transfer.

uint8_t *rightData: Data start address to transfer.

size_t dataSize: Transfer size.

struct _spdif_edma_handle

#include <fsl_spdif_edma.h>

SPDIF DMA transfer handle, users should not touch the content of the handle.

Public Members

edma_handle_t *dmaLeftHandle: DMA handler for SPDIF left channel

edma_handle_t *dmaRightHandle: DMA handler for SPDIF right channel

uint8_t nbytes: eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

uint8_t count: The transfer data count in a DMA request

uint32_t state: Internal state for SPDIF eDMA transfer

spdif_edma_callback_t callback: Callback for users while transfer finish or error occurs

void *userData: User callback parameter

edma_tcd_t leftTcd[(4U) + 1U]: TCD pool for eDMA transfer.

edma_tcd_t rightTcd[(4U) + 1U]: TCD pool for eDMA transfer.

spdif_edma_transfer_t spdifQueue[(4U)]: Transfer queue storing queued transfer.

size_t transferSize[(4U)]: Data bytes need to transfer, left and right are the same, so use one

volatile uint8_t queueUser: Index for user to queue transfer.

volatile uint8_t queueDriver: Index for driver to get the transfer data and size

SRC: System Reset Controller Driver

FSL_SRC_DRIVER_VERSION: SRC driver version 2.0.1.

enum _src_reset_status_flags

SRC reset status flags.

Values:

enumerator kSRC_ResetOutputEnableFlag: This bit indicates if RESET status is driven out on PTE0 pin.

enumerator kSRC_TemperatureSensorResetFlag: Indicates whether the reset was the result of software reset from on-chip Temperature Sensor. Temperature Sensor Interrupt needs to be served before this bit can be cleaned.

enumerator kSRC_Wdog3ResetFlag: IC Watchdog3 Time-out reset. Indicates whether the reset was the result of the watchdog3 time-out event.

enumerator kSRC_SoftwareResetFlag: Indicates a reset has been caused by software setting of SYSRESETREQ bit in Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register in the ARM core.

enumerator kSRC_JTAGSystemResetFlag: Indicates whether the reset was the result of software reset form JTAG

enumerator kSRC_JTAGSoftwareResetFlag: Indicates whether the reset was the result of setting SJC_GPCCR bit 31.

enumerator kSRC_JTAGGeneratedResetFlag: Indicates a reset has been caused by JTAG selection of certain IR codes: EXTEST or HIGHZ.

enumerator kSRC_WatchdogResetFlag: Indicates a reset has been caused by the watchdog timer timing out. This reset source can be blocked by disabling the watchdog.

enumerator kSRC_IppUserResetFlag: Indicates whether the reset was the result of the ipp_user_reset_b qualified reset.

enumerator kSRC_SNVSFailResetFlag: SNVS hardware failure will always cause a cold reset. This flag indicates whether the reset is a result of SNVS hardware failure.

enumerator kSRC_CsuResetFlag: Indicates whether the reset was the result of the csu_reset_b input.

enumerator kSRC_CoreLockupResetFlag: Indicates a reset has been caused by the ARM core indication of a LOCKUP event.

enumerator kSRC_PowerOnResetFlag: Indicates a reset has been caused by the power-on detection logic.

enumerator kSRC_LockupSysResetFlag: Indicates a reset has been caused by CPU lockup or software setting of SYSRESETREQ bit in Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register of the ARM core.

enumerator kSRC_IppResetPinFlag: Indicates whether reset was the result of ipp_reset_b pin (Power-up sequence).

enum _src_status_flags

SRC interrupt status flag.

Values:

enumerator kSRC_Core0WdogResetReqFlag: WDOG reset request from core0. Read-only status bit.

enum _src_mix_reset_stretch_cycles

Selection of SoC mix power reset stretch.

This type defines the SoC mix (Audio, ENET, uSDHC, EIM, QSPI, OCRAM, MMDC, etc) power up reset stretch mix reset width with the optional count of cycles

Values:

enumerator kSRC_MixResetStretchCycleAlt0: mix reset width is 1 x 88 ipg_cycle cycles.

enumerator kSRC_MixResetStretchCycleAlt1: mix reset width is 2 x 88 ipg_cycle cycles.

enumerator kSRC_MixResetStretchCycleAlt2: mix reset width is 3 x 88 ipg_cycle cycles.

enumerator kSRC_MixResetStretchCycleAlt3: mix reset width is 4 x 88 ipg_cycle cycles.

enum _src_wdog3_reset_option

Selection of WDOG3 reset option.

Values:

enumerator kSRC_Wdog3ResetOptionAlt0: Wdog3_rst_b asserts M4 reset (default).

enumerator kSRC_Wdog3ResetOptionAlt1: Wdog3_rst_b asserts global reset.

enum _src_warm_reset_bypass_count

Selection of WARM reset bypass count.

This type defines the 32KHz clock cycles to count before bypassing the MMDC acknowledge for WARM reset. If the MMDC acknowledge is not asserted before this counter is elapsed, a COLD reset will be initiated.

Values:

enumerator kSRC_WarmResetWaitAlways: System will wait until MMDC acknowledge is asserted.

enumerator kSRC_WarmResetWaitClk16: Wait 16 32KHz clock cycles before switching the reset.

enumerator kSRC_WarmResetWaitClk32: Wait 32 32KHz clock cycles before switching the reset.

enumerator kSRC_WarmResetWaitClk64: Wait 64 32KHz clock cycles before switching the reset.

typedef enum _src_mix_reset_stretch_cycles src_mix_reset_stretch_cycles_t

Selection of SoC mix power reset stretch.

This type defines the SoC mix (Audio, ENET, uSDHC, EIM, QSPI, OCRAM, MMDC, etc) power up reset stretch mix reset width with the optional count of cycles

typedef enum _src_wdog3_reset_option src_wdog3_reset_option_t: Selection of WDOG3 reset option.

typedef enum _src_warm_reset_bypass_count src_warm_reset_bypass_count_t

Selection of WARM reset bypass count.

This type defines the 32KHz clock cycles to count before bypassing the MMDC acknowledge for WARM reset. If the MMDC acknowledge is not asserted before this counter is elapsed, a COLD reset will be initiated.

static inline void SRC_EnableWDOG3Reset(SRC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the WDOG3 reset.

The WDOG3 reset is enabled by default.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the reset or not.

static inline void SRC_SetMixResetStretchCycles(SRC_Type *base, src_mix_reset_stretch_cycles_t option)

Set the mix power up reset stretch mix reset width.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.
option – Setting option, see to src_mix_reset_stretch_cycles_t.

static inline void SRC_EnableCoreDebugResetAfterPowerGate(SRC_Type *base, bool enable)

Debug reset would be asserted after power gating event.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the reset or not.

static inline void SRC_SetWdog3ResetOption(SRC_Type *base, src_wdog3_reset_option_t option)

Set the Wdog3_rst_b option.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.
option – Setting option, see to src_wdog3_reset_option_t.

static inline void SRC_DoSoftwareResetARMCoreDebug(SRC_Type *base)

Software reset for debug of arm platform only.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.

static inline bool SRC_GetSoftwareResetARMCoreDebugDone(SRC_Type *base)

Check if the software reset for debug of arm platform only is done.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.

static inline void SRC_EnableTemperatureSensorReset(SRC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the temperature sensor reset.

The temperature sersor reset is enabled by default. When the sensor reset happens, an flag bit would be asserted. This flag bit can be cleared only by the hardware reset.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the reset or not.

static inline void SRC_DoSoftwareResetARMCore0(SRC_Type *base)

Do software reset the ARM core0 only.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.

static inline bool SRC_GetSoftwareResetARMCore0Done(SRC_Type *base)

Check if the software for ARM core0 is done.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.

Returns:

If the reset is done.

static inline void SRC_DoSoftwareResetARMCore(SRC_Type *base)

Do software reset for ARM core.

This function can be used to assert the ARM core reset. Once it is called, the reset process will begin. After the reset process is finished, the command bit would be self cleared.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.

static inline bool SRC_GetSoftwareResetARMCoreDone(SRC_Type *base)

Check if the software for ARM core is done.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.

Returns:

If the reset is done.

static inline void SRC_AssertEIMReset(SRC_Type *base, bool enable)

Assert the EIM reset.

EIM reset is needed in order to reconfigure the EIM chip select. The software reset bit must de-asserted since this is not self-refresh.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.
enable – Make the assertion or not.

static inline void SRC_EnableWDOGReset(SRC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the WDOG Reset in SRC.

WDOG Reset is enabled in SRC by default. If the WDOG event to SRC is masked, it would not create a reset to the chip. During the time the WDOG event is masked, when the WDOG event flag is asserted, it would remain asserted regardless of servicing the WDOG module. The only way to clear that bit is the hardware reset.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the reset or not.

static inline void SRC_EnableLockupReset(SRC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the lockup reset.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the reset or not.

static inline void SRC_EnableCoreLockupReset(SRC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the core lockup reset.

When enable the core luckup reset, the system would be reset when core luckup event happens.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the reset or not.

static inline uint32_t SRC_GetStatusFlags(SRC_Type *base)

Get interrupt status flags.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Mask value of status flags. See to $_src_status_flags.

static inline uint32_t SRC_GetBootModeWord1(SRC_Type *base)

Get the boot mode register 1 value.

The Boot Mode register contains bits that reflect the status of BOOT_CFGx pins of the chip. See to chip-specific document for detail information about value.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.

Returns:

status of BOOT_CFGx pins of the chip.

static inline uint32_t SRC_GetBootModeWord2(SRC_Type *base)

Get the boot mode register 2 value.

The Boot Mode register contains bits that reflect the status of BOOT_MODEx Pins and fuse values that controls boot of the chip. See to chip-specific document for detail information about value.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.

Returns:

status of BOOT_MODEx Pins and fuse values that controls boot of the chip.

static inline uint32_t SRC_GetResetStatusFlags(SRC_Type *base)

Get the status flags of SRC.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Mask value of status flags, see to _src_reset_status_flags.

void SRC_ClearResetStatusFlags(SRC_Type *base, uint32_t flags)

Clear the status flags of SRC.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.
flags – value of status flags to be cleared, see to _src_reset_status_flags.

static inline void SRC_SetGeneralPurposeRegister(SRC_Type *base, uint32_t index, uint32_t value)

Set value to general purpose registers.

General purpose registers (GPRx) would hold the value during reset process. Wakeup function could be kept in these register. For example, the GPR1 holds the entry function for waking-up from Partial SLEEP mode while the GPR2 holds the argument. Other GPRx register would store the arbitray values.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.
index – The index of GPRx register array. Note index 0 reponses the GPR1 register.
value – Setting value for GPRx register.

static inline uint32_t SRC_GetGeneralPurposeRegister(SRC_Type *base, uint32_t index)

Get the value from general purpose registers.

Parameters:

base – SRC peripheral base address.
index – The index of GPRx register array. Note index 0 reponses the GPR1 register.

Returns:

The setting value for GPRx register.

TEMPMON: Temperature Monitor Module

FSL_TEMPMON_DRIVER_VERSION: TEMPMON driver version.

enum _tempmon_alarm_mode

TEMPMON alarm mode.

Values:

enumerator kTEMPMON_HighAlarmMode: The high alarm temperature interrupt mode.

enumerator kTEMPMON_PanicAlarmMode: The panic alarm temperature interrupt mode.

enumerator kTEMPMON_LowAlarmMode: The low alarm temperature interrupt mode.

typedef struct _tempmon_config tempmon_config_t: TEMPMON temperature structure.

typedef enum _tempmon_alarm_mode tempmon_alarm_mode: TEMPMON alarm mode.

void TEMPMON_Init(TEMPMON_Type *base, const tempmon_config_t *config)

Initializes the TEMPMON module.

Parameters:

base – TEMPMON base pointer
config – Pointer to configuration structure.

void TEMPMON_Deinit(TEMPMON_Type *base)

Deinitializes the TEMPMON module.

Parameters:

base – TEMPMON base pointer

void TEMPMON_GetDefaultConfig(tempmon_config_t *config)

Gets the default configuration structure.

This function initializes the TEMPMON configuration structure to a default value. The default values are: tempmonConfig->frequency = 0x02U; tempmonConfig->highAlarmTemp = 44U; tempmonConfig->panicAlarmTemp = 90U; tempmonConfig->lowAlarmTemp = 39U;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to a configuration structure.

static inline void TEMPMON_StartMeasure(TEMPMON_Type *base)

start the temperature measurement process.

Parameters:

base – TEMPMON base pointer.

static inline void TEMPMON_StopMeasure(TEMPMON_Type *base)

stop the measurement process.

Parameters:

base – TEMPMON base pointer

float TEMPMON_GetCurrentTemperature(TEMPMON_Type *base)

Get current temperature with the fused temperature calibration data.

Parameters:

base – TEMPMON base pointer

Returns:

current temperature with degrees Celsius.

void TEMPMON_SetTempAlarm(TEMPMON_Type *base, int16_t tempVal, tempmon_alarm_mode alarmMode)

Set the temperature count (raw sensor output) that will generate an alarm interrupt.

Parameters:

base – TEMPMON base pointer
tempVal – The alarm temperature with degrees Celsius
alarmMode – The alarm mode.

struct _tempmon_config

#include <fsl_tempmon.h>

TEMPMON temperature structure.

Public Members

uint16_t frequency: The temperature measure frequency.

int16_t highAlarmTemp: The high alarm temperature.

int16_t panicAlarmTemp: The panic alarm temperature.

int16_t lowAlarmTemp: The low alarm temperature.

TRNG: True Random Number Generator

FSL_TRNG_DRIVER_VERSION

TRNG driver version 2.0.17.

Current version: 2.0.17

Change log:

version 2.0.17
- Added support for RT700.
version 2.0.16
- Added support for Dual oscillator mode.
version 2.0.15
- Changed TRNG_USER_CONFIG_DEFAULT_XXX values according to latest reccomended by design team.
version 2.0.14
- add support for RW610 and RW612
version 2.0.13
- After deepsleep it might return error, added clearing bits in TRNG_GetRandomData() and generating new entropy.
- Modified reloading entropy in TRNG_GetRandomData(), for some data length it doesn’t reloading entropy correctly.
version 2.0.12
- For KW34A4_SERIES, KW35A4_SERIES, KW36A4_SERIES set TRNG_USER_CONFIG_DEFAULT_OSC_DIV to kTRNG_RingOscDiv8.
version 2.0.11
- Add clearing pending errors in TRNG_Init().
version 2.0.10
- Fixed doxygen issues.
version 2.0.9
- Fix HIS_CCM metrics issues.
version 2.0.8
- For K32L2A41A_SERIES set TRNG_USER_CONFIG_DEFAULT_OSC_DIV to kTRNG_RingOscDiv4.
version 2.0.7
- Fix MISRA 2004 issue rule 12.5.
version 2.0.6
- For KW35Z4_SERIES set TRNG_USER_CONFIG_DEFAULT_OSC_DIV to kTRNG_RingOscDiv8.
version 2.0.5
- Add possibility to define default TRNG configuration by device specific preprocessor macros for FRQMIN, FRQMAX and OSCDIV.
version 2.0.4
- Fix MISRA-2012 issues.
Version 2.0.3
- update TRNG_Init to restart entropy generation
Version 2.0.2
- fix MISRA issues
Version 2.0.1
- add support for KL8x and KL28Z
- update default OSCDIV for K81 to divide by 2

enum _trng_sample_mode

TRNG sample mode. Used by trng_config_t.

Values:

enumerator kTRNG_SampleModeVonNeumann: Use von Neumann data in both Entropy shifter and Statistical Checker.

enumerator kTRNG_SampleModeRaw: Use raw data into both Entropy shifter and Statistical Checker.

enumerator kTRNG_SampleModeVonNeumannRaw: Use von Neumann data in Entropy shifter. Use raw data into Statistical Checker.

enum _trng_clock_mode

TRNG clock mode. Used by trng_config_t.

Values:

enumerator kTRNG_ClockModeRingOscillator: Ring oscillator is used to operate the TRNG (default).

enumerator kTRNG_ClockModeSystem: System clock is used to operate the TRNG. This is for test use only, and indeterminate results may occur.

enum _trng_ring_osc_div

TRNG ring oscillator divide. Used by trng_config_t.

Values:

enumerator kTRNG_RingOscDiv0: Ring oscillator with no divide

enumerator kTRNG_RingOscDiv2: Ring oscillator divided-by-2.

enumerator kTRNG_RingOscDiv4: Ring oscillator divided-by-4.

enumerator kTRNG_RingOscDiv8: Ring oscillator divided-by-8.

typedef enum _trng_sample_mode trng_sample_mode_t: TRNG sample mode. Used by trng_config_t.

typedef enum _trng_clock_mode trng_clock_mode_t: TRNG clock mode. Used by trng_config_t.

typedef enum _trng_ring_osc_div trng_ring_osc_div_t: TRNG ring oscillator divide. Used by trng_config_t.

typedef struct _trng_statistical_check_limit trng_statistical_check_limit_t: Data structure for definition of statistical check limits. Used by trng_config_t.

typedef struct _trng_user_config trng_config_t

Data structure for the TRNG initialization.

This structure initializes the TRNG by calling the TRNG_Init() function. It contains all TRNG configurations.

status_t TRNG_GetDefaultConfig(trng_config_t *userConfig)

Initializes the user configuration structure to default values.

This function initializes the configuration structure to default values. The default values are platform dependent.

Parameters:

userConfig – User configuration structure.

Returns:

If successful, returns the kStatus_TRNG_Success. Otherwise, it returns an error.

status_t TRNG_Init(TRNG_Type *base, const trng_config_t *userConfig)

Initializes the TRNG.

This function initializes the TRNG. When called, the TRNG entropy generation starts immediately.

Parameters:

base – TRNG base address
userConfig – Pointer to the initialization configuration structure.

Returns:

If successful, returns the kStatus_TRNG_Success. Otherwise, it returns an error.

void TRNG_Deinit(TRNG_Type *base)

Shuts down the TRNG.

This function shuts down the TRNG.

Parameters:

base – TRNG base address.

status_t TRNG_GetRandomData(TRNG_Type *base, void *data, size_t dataSize)

Gets random data.

This function gets random data from the TRNG.

Parameters:

base – TRNG base address.
data – Pointer address used to store random data.
dataSize – Size of the buffer pointed by the data parameter.

Returns:

random data

struct _trng_statistical_check_limit

#include <fsl_trng.h>

Data structure for definition of statistical check limits. Used by trng_config_t.

Public Members

uint32_t maximum: Maximum limit.

uint32_t minimum: Minimum limit.

struct _trng_user_config

#include <fsl_trng.h>

Data structure for the TRNG initialization.

This structure initializes the TRNG by calling the TRNG_Init() function. It contains all TRNG configurations.

Public Members

bool lock: Disable programmability of TRNG registers.

trng_clock_mode_t clockMode: Clock mode used to operate TRNG.

trng_ring_osc_div_t ringOscDiv: Ring oscillator divide used by TRNG.

trng_sample_mode_t sampleMode: Sample mode of the TRNG ring oscillator.

uint16_t entropyDelay: Entropy Delay. Defines the length (in system clocks) of each Entropy sample taken.

uint16_t sampleSize: Sample Size. Defines the total number of Entropy samples that will be taken during Entropy generation.

uint16_t sparseBitLimit: Sparse Bit Limit which defines the maximum number of consecutive samples that may be discarded before an error is generated. This limit is used only for during von Neumann sampling (enabled by TRNG_HAL_SetSampleMode()). Samples are discarded if two consecutive raw samples are both 0 or both 1. If this discarding occurs for a long period of time, it indicates that there is insufficient Entropy.

uint8_t retryCount: Retry count. It defines the number of times a statistical check may fails during the TRNG Entropy Generation before generating an error.

uint8_t longRunMaxLimit: Largest allowable number of consecutive samples of all 1, or all 0, that is allowed during the Entropy generation.

trng_statistical_check_limit_t monobitLimit: Maximum and minimum limits for statistical check of number of ones/zero detected during entropy generation.

trng_statistical_check_limit_t runBit1Limit: Maximum and minimum limits for statistical check of number of runs of length 1 detected during entropy generation.

trng_statistical_check_limit_t runBit2Limit: Maximum and minimum limits for statistical check of number of runs of length 2 detected during entropy generation.

trng_statistical_check_limit_t runBit3Limit: Maximum and minimum limits for statistical check of number of runs of length 3 detected during entropy generation.

trng_statistical_check_limit_t runBit4Limit: Maximum and minimum limits for statistical check of number of runs of length 4 detected during entropy generation.

trng_statistical_check_limit_t runBit5Limit: Maximum and minimum limits for statistical check of number of runs of length 5 detected during entropy generation.

trng_statistical_check_limit_t runBit6PlusLimit: Maximum and minimum limits for statistical check of number of runs of length 6 or more detected during entropy generation.

trng_statistical_check_limit_t pokerLimit: Maximum and minimum limits for statistical check of “Poker Test”.

trng_statistical_check_limit_t frequencyCountLimit: Maximum and minimum limits for statistical check of entropy sample frequency count.

WDOG: Watchdog Timer Driver

void WDOG_GetDefaultConfig(wdog_config_t *config)

Initializes the WDOG configuration structure.

This function initializes the WDOG configuration structure to default values. The default values are as follows.

wdogConfig->enableWdog = true;
wdogConfig->workMode.enableWait = true;
wdogConfig->workMode.enableStop = true;
wdogConfig->workMode.enableDebug = true;
wdogConfig->enableInterrupt = false;
wdogConfig->enablePowerdown = false;
wdogConfig->resetExtension = flase;
wdogConfig->timeoutValue = 0xFFU;
wdogConfig->interruptTimeValue = 0x04u;

See also

wdog_config_t

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the WDOG configuration structure.

void WDOG_Init(WDOG_Type *base, const wdog_config_t *config)

Initializes the WDOG.

This function initializes the WDOG. When called, the WDOG runs according to the configuration.

This is an example.

wdog_config_t config;
WDOG_GetDefaultConfig(&config);
config.timeoutValue = 0xffU;
config->interruptTimeValue = 0x04u;
WDOG_Init(wdog_base,&config);

Parameters:

base – WDOG peripheral base address
config – The configuration of WDOG

void WDOG_Deinit(WDOG_Type *base)

Shuts down the WDOG.

This function shuts down the WDOG. Watchdog Enable bit is a write one once only bit. It is not possible to clear this bit by a software write, once the bit is set. This bit(WDE) can be set/reset only in debug mode(exception).

static inline void WDOG_Enable(WDOG_Type *base)

Enables the WDOG module.

This function writes a value into the WDOG_WCR register to enable the WDOG. This is a write one once only bit. It is not possible to clear this bit by a software write, once the bit is set. only debug mode exception.

Parameters:

base – WDOG peripheral base address

static inline void WDOG_Disable(WDOG_Type *base)

Disables the WDOG module.

This function writes a value into the WDOG_WCR register to disable the WDOG. This is a write one once only bit. It is not possible to clear this bit by a software write,once the bit is set. only debug mode exception

Parameters:

base – WDOG peripheral base address

static inline void WDOG_TriggerSystemSoftwareReset(WDOG_Type *base)

Trigger the system software reset.

This function will write to the WCR[SRS] bit to trigger a software system reset. This bit will automatically resets to “1” after it has been asserted to “0”. Note: Calling this API will reset the system right now, please using it with more attention.

Parameters:

base – WDOG peripheral base address

static inline void WDOG_TriggerSoftwareSignal(WDOG_Type *base)

Trigger an output assertion.

This function will write to the WCR[WDA] bit to trigger WDOG_B signal assertion. The WDOG_B signal can be routed to external pin of the chip, the output pin will turn to assertion along with WDOG_B signal. Note: The WDOG_B signal will remain assert until a power on reset occurred, so, please take more attention while calling it.

Parameters:

base – WDOG peripheral base address

static inline void WDOG_EnableInterrupts(WDOG_Type *base, uint16_t mask)

Enables the WDOG interrupt.

This bit is a write once only bit. Once the software does a write access to this bit, it will get locked and cannot be reprogrammed until the next system reset assertion

Parameters:

base – WDOG peripheral base address
mask – The interrupts to enable The parameter can be combination of the following source if defined.
- kWDOG_InterruptEnable

uint16_t WDOG_GetStatusFlags(WDOG_Type *base)

Gets the WDOG all reset status flags.

This function gets all reset status flags.

uint16_t status;
status = WDOG_GetStatusFlags (wdog_base);

See also

_wdog_status_flags

true: a related status flag has been set.
false: a related status flag is not set.

Parameters:

base – WDOG peripheral base address

Returns:

State of the status flag: asserted (true) or not-asserted (false).

void WDOG_ClearInterruptStatus(WDOG_Type *base, uint16_t mask)

Clears the WDOG flag.

This function clears the WDOG status flag.

This is an example for clearing the interrupt flag.

WDOG_ClearStatusFlags(wdog_base,KWDOG_InterruptFlag);

Parameters:

base – WDOG peripheral base address
mask – The status flags to clear. The parameter could be any combination of the following values. kWDOG_TimeoutFlag

static inline void WDOG_SetTimeoutValue(WDOG_Type *base, uint16_t timeoutCount)

Sets the WDOG timeout value.

This function sets the timeout value. This function writes a value into WCR registers. The time-out value can be written at any point of time but it is loaded to the counter at the time when WDOG is enabled or after the service routine has been performed.

Parameters:

base – WDOG peripheral base address
timeoutCount – WDOG timeout value; count of WDOG clock tick.

static inline void WDOG_SetInterrputTimeoutValue(WDOG_Type *base, uint16_t timeoutCount)

Sets the WDOG interrupt count timeout value.

This function sets the interrupt count timeout value. This function writes a value into WIC registers which are wirte-once. This field is write once only. Once the software does a write access to this field, it will get locked and cannot be reprogrammed until the next system reset assertion.

Parameters:

base – WDOG peripheral base address
timeoutCount – WDOG timeout value; count of WDOG clock tick.

static inline void WDOG_DisablePowerDownEnable(WDOG_Type *base)

Disable the WDOG power down enable bit.

This function disable the WDOG power down enable(PDE). This function writes a value into WMCR registers which are wirte-once. This field is write once only. Once software sets this bit it cannot be reset until the next system reset.

Parameters:

base – WDOG peripheral base address

void WDOG_Refresh(WDOG_Type *base)

Refreshes the WDOG timer.

This function feeds the WDOG. This function should be called before the WDOG timer is in timeout. Otherwise, a reset is asserted.

Parameters:

base – WDOG peripheral base address

FSL_WDOG_DRIVER_VERSION: Defines WDOG driver version.

WDOG_REFRESH_KEY

enum _wdog_interrupt_enable

WDOG interrupt configuration structure, default settings all disabled.

This structure contains the settings for all of the WDOG interrupt configurations.

Values:

enumerator kWDOG_InterruptEnable: WDOG timeout generates an interrupt before reset

enum _wdog_status_flags

WDOG status flags.

This structure contains the WDOG status flags for use in the WDOG functions.

Values:

enumerator kWDOG_RunningFlag: Running flag, set when WDOG is enabled

enumerator kWDOG_PowerOnResetFlag: Power On flag, set when reset is the result of a powerOnReset

enumerator kWDOG_TimeoutResetFlag: Timeout flag, set when reset is the result of a timeout

enumerator kWDOG_SoftwareResetFlag: Software flag, set when reset is the result of a software

enumerator kWDOG_InterruptFlag: interrupt flag,whether interrupt has occurred or not

typedef struct _wdog_work_mode wdog_work_mode_t: Defines WDOG work mode.

typedef struct _wdog_config wdog_config_t: Describes WDOG configuration structure.

struct _wdog_work_mode

#include <fsl_wdog.h>

Defines WDOG work mode.

Public Members

bool enableWait: If set to true, WDOG continues in wait mode

bool enableStop: If set to true, WDOG continues in stop mode

bool enableDebug: If set to true, WDOG continues in debug mode

struct _wdog_config

#include <fsl_wdog.h>

Describes WDOG configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableWdog: Enables or disables WDOG

wdog_work_mode_t workMode: Configures WDOG work mode in debug stop and wait mode

bool enableInterrupt: Enables or disables WDOG interrupt

uint16_t timeoutValue: Timeout value

uint16_t interruptTimeValue: Interrupt count timeout value

bool softwareResetExtension: software reset extension

bool enablePowerDown: power down enable bit

bool enableTimeOutAssert: Enable WDOG_B timeout assertion.

XBARA: Inter-Peripheral Crossbar Switch

void XBARA_Init(XBARA_Type *base)

Initializes the XBARA module.

This function un-gates the XBARA clock.

Parameters:

base – XBARA peripheral address.

void XBARA_Deinit(XBARA_Type *base)

Shuts down the XBARA module.

This function disables XBARA clock.

Parameters:

base – XBARA peripheral address.

void XBARA_SetSignalsConnection(XBARA_Type *base, xbar_input_signal_t input, xbar_output_signal_t output)

Sets a connection between the selected XBARA_IN[*] input and the XBARA_OUT[*] output signal.

This function connects the XBARA input to the selected XBARA output. If more than one XBARA module is available, only the inputs and outputs from the same module can be connected.

Example:

XBARA_SetSignalsConnection(XBARA, kXBARA_InputPIT_TRG0, kXBARA_OutputDMAMUX18);

Parameters:

base – XBARA peripheral address.
input – XBARA input signal.
output – XBARA output signal.

uint32_t XBARA_GetStatusFlags(XBARA_Type *base)

Gets the active edge detection status.

This function gets the active edge detect status of all XBARA_OUTs. If the active edge occurs, the return value is asserted. When the interrupt or the DMA functionality is enabled for the XBARA_OUTx, this field is 1 when the interrupt or DMA request is asserted and 0 when the interrupt or DMA request has been cleared.

Parameters:

base – XBARA peripheral address.

Returns:

the mask of these status flag bits.

void XBARA_ClearStatusFlags(XBARA_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the edge detection status flags of relative mask.

Parameters:

base – XBARA peripheral address.
mask – the status flags to clear.

void XBARA_SetOutputSignalConfig(XBARA_Type *base, xbar_output_signal_t output, const xbara_control_config_t *controlConfig)

Configures the XBARA control register.

This function configures an XBARA control register. The active edge detection and the DMA/IRQ function on the corresponding XBARA output can be set.

Example:

xbara_control_config_t userConfig;
userConfig.activeEdge = kXBARA_EdgeRising;
userConfig.requestType = kXBARA_RequestInterruptEnalbe;
XBARA_SetOutputSignalConfig(XBARA, kXBARA_OutputDMAMUX18, &userConfig);

Parameters:

base – XBARA peripheral address.
output – XBARA output number.
controlConfig – Pointer to structure that keeps configuration of control register.

enum _xbara_active_edge

XBARA active edge for detection.

Values:

enumerator kXBARA_EdgeNone: Edge detection status bit never asserts.

enumerator kXBARA_EdgeRising: Edge detection status bit asserts on rising edges.

enumerator kXBARA_EdgeFalling: Edge detection status bit asserts on falling edges.

enumerator kXBARA_EdgeRisingAndFalling: Edge detection status bit asserts on rising and falling edges.

enum _xbar_request

Defines the XBARA DMA and interrupt configurations.

Values:

enumerator kXBARA_RequestDisable: Interrupt and DMA are disabled.

enumerator kXBARA_RequestDMAEnable: DMA enabled, interrupt disabled.

enumerator kXBARA_RequestInterruptEnable: Interrupt enabled, DMA disabled.

enum _xbara_status_flag_t

XBARA status flags.

This provides constants for the XBARA status flags for use in the XBARA functions.

Values:

enumerator kXBARA_EdgeDetectionOut0: XBAR_OUT0 active edge interrupt flag, sets when active edge detected.

enumerator kXBARA_EdgeDetectionOut1: XBAR_OUT1 active edge interrupt flag, sets when active edge detected.

enumerator kXBARA_EdgeDetectionOut2: XBAR_OUT2 active edge interrupt flag, sets when active edge detected.

enumerator kXBARA_EdgeDetectionOut3: XBAR_OUT3 active edge interrupt flag, sets when active edge detected.

typedef enum _xbara_active_edge xbara_active_edge_t: XBARA active edge for detection.

typedef enum _xbar_request xbara_request_t: Defines the XBARA DMA and interrupt configurations.

typedef enum _xbara_status_flag_t xbara_status_flag_t

XBARA status flags.

This provides constants for the XBARA status flags for use in the XBARA functions.

typedef struct XBARAControlConfig xbara_control_config_t

Defines the configuration structure of the XBARA control register.

This structure keeps the configuration of XBARA control register for one output. Control registers are available only for a few outputs. Not every XBARA module has control registers.

FSL_XBARA_DRIVER_VERSION

XBARA_SELx(base, output)

XBARA_WR_SELx_SELx(base, input, output)

kXBARA_RequestInterruptEnalbe

struct XBARAControlConfig

#include <fsl_xbara.h>

Defines the configuration structure of the XBARA control register.

This structure keeps the configuration of XBARA control register for one output. Control registers are available only for a few outputs. Not every XBARA module has control registers.

Public Members

xbara_active_edge_t activeEdge: Active edge to be detected.

xbara_request_t requestType: Selects DMA/Interrupt request.

XBARB: Inter-Peripheral Crossbar Switch

void XBARB_Init(XBARB_Type *base)

Initializes the XBARB module.

This function un-gates the XBARB clock.

Parameters:

base – XBARB peripheral address.

void XBARB_Deinit(XBARB_Type *base)

Shuts down the XBARB module.

This function disables XBARB clock.

Parameters:

base – XBARB peripheral address.

void XBARB_SetSignalsConnection(XBARB_Type *base, xbar_input_signal_t input, xbar_output_signal_t output)

Configures a connection between the selected XBARB_IN[*] input and the XBARB_OUT[*] output signal.

This function configures which XBARB input is connected to the selected XBARB output. If more than one XBARB module is available, only the inputs and outputs from the same module can be connected.

Parameters:

base – XBARB peripheral address.
input – XBARB input signal.
output – XBARB output signal.

FSL_XBARB_DRIVER_VERSION

XBARB_SELx(base, output)

XBARB_WR_SELx_SELx(base, input, output)